Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 11, 2006
Registration No.  333-                     
 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form  S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
IPG Photonics Corporation
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
         
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  3674
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

50 Old Webster Road
Oxford, Massachusetts 01540
(508) 373-1100
  04-3444218
(I.R.S. employer identification
number)
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
Valentin P. Gapontsev, Ph.D.
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
IPG Photonics Corporation
50 Old Webster Road
Oxford, Massachusetts 01540
(508) 373-1100
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of agent for service)
 
Copies To:
         
Robert W. Ericson, Esq.
David A. Sakowitz, Esq.
Winston & Strawn LLP
200 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10166- 4193
(212) 294-6700
      Robert G. Day, Esq.
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
Professional Corporation
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, California 94304- 1050
(650) 493-9300
Adam M. Dinow, Esq.
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
Professional Corporation
1301 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
(212) 999-5800
          Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effectiveness of this registration statement.
          If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, please check the following box.     o
          If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o
          If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o
          If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o
          If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.     o
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
             
             
             
      Proposed Maximum      
      Aggregate Offering     Amount of
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered     Price(a)(b)     Registration Fee
             
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share
    $130,000,000     $13,910
             
             
(a)  Includes shares of Common Stock which may be purchased by the underwriters to cover overallotments, if any.
(b)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) promulgated under the Securities Act.
          The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion
Preliminary Prospectus dated                     , 2006
PROSPECTUS
                                     Shares
IPG LOGO
Common Stock
 
          This is IPG Photonics Corporation’s initial public offering of its common stock. We are offering                      shares of common stock. The selling stockholders named in this prospectus, including our chairman and chief executive officer and two other members of our board of directors, are offering an additional                      shares of common stock. We expect the public offering price to be between $          and $           per share.
          Currently, no public market exists for our common stock. After pricing of the offering, we expect that our common stock will be quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “IPGP.”
Investing in our common stock involves risks that are described in the
“Risk Factors” section beginning on page 7 of this prospectus.
 
         
    Per Share   Total
         
Public offering price
  $   $
Underwriting discount
  $   $
Proceeds, before expenses, to IPG Photonics
  $   $
Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders
  $   $
          The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional                      shares of common stock from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover overallotments.
          Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
          The shares will be ready for delivery on or about                     , 2006.
 
Joint Book-Running Managers
Merrill Lynch & Co. Lehman Brothers
 
Needham & Company, LLC
                 Jefferies & Company
  Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
 
The date of this prospectus is                     , 2006.


Table of Contents

  (LOGO)


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
     
    1  
    7  
    21  
    22  
    23  
    24  
    25  
    26  
    28  
    46  
    64  
    76  
    78  
    83  
    87  
    90  
    93  
    99  
    99  
    99  
    F-1  
  EX-3.1 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
  EX-3.2 Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
  EX-3.3 By-Laws of the Registrant
  EX-3.4 Form of Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant
  EX-4.2 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 30, 2000
  EX-4.3 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 13, 2003
  EX-10.1 2000 Incentive Compensation Plan
  EX-10.2 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan
  EX-10.3 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan
  EX-10.4 Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan
  EX-10.5 Senior Executive Short-Term Incentive Plan
  EX-10.6 Form of Subordinated Note of the Registrant to be issued to holders of Series B preferred stock
  EX-10.7 Form of Warrant to Purchasae Common Stock - series B preferred stock
  Ex-10.8 Employment Agreement, Valentin P. Gapontsev
  EX-10.9 Service Agreement, Eugene Shcherbakov
  Ex-10.10 Employment Agreement, Tim Mammen
  EX-10.11 Employment Agreement, Angelo P. Lopresti
  EX-10.12 Employment Agreement, Denis Gapontsev
  EX-10.13 Form of Indemnification Agreement
  EX-10.14 Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2000 Incentive Compensation Plan
  EX-10.15 Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan
  EX-10.16 Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2006 Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan
  EX-10.17 Form of Conifidentiality, Non-Competition and Confirmatory Assignment Agreement
  EX-10.18 Construction Loan Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2000
  EX-10.19 Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2004
  EX-21.1 List of Subsidiaries
  EX-23.1 Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
          You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of shares of our common stock.
          In this prospectus, references to “IPG Photonics,” “our company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to IPG Photonics Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise indicates.
          The market and industry data and forecasts included in this prospectus are based upon independent industry sources, including Laser Focus World, Strategies Unlimited and Frost & Sullivan. Although we believe that these independent sources are reliable, we have not independently verified the accuracy and completeness of this information, nor have we independently verified the underlying economic assumptions relied upon in preparing any data or forecasts.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
          This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because it is a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including our financial statements and the related notes and the risks of investing in our common stock discussed under “Risk Factors” before making an investment decision.  
IPG Photonics Corporation
Overview
          We are the leading developer and manufacturer of a broad line of high-performance fiber lasers and amplifiers for diverse applications in numerous markets. Since our founding in 1990, we have pioneered the development and commercialization of optical fiber-based lasers. Fiber lasers are a new generation of lasers that combine the advantages of semiconductor diodes, such as their long life and high efficiency, with the high amplification and precise beam qualities of specialty optical fibers to deliver superior performance, reliability and usability at a lower total cost of ownership compared to conventional lasers. Our products are displacing traditional lasers in many current applications and enabling new applications for lasers. Our vertically integrated operations allow us to rapidly develop and integrate advanced products, protect our proprietary technology and ensure access to critical components while reducing manufacturing costs.
          Our diverse lines of low, mid and high-power lasers and amplifiers are used in materials processing, communications, medical and advanced applications. For the year ended December 31, 2005, we reported net sales of $96.4 million and net income of $7.4 million, an increase of 59% and 269%, respectively, compared to the year ended December 31, 2004. For the six months ended June 30, 2006, we reported net sales of $64.9 million and net income of $6.1 million, an increase of 56% and 185%, respectively, from the six months ended June 30, 2005.
          Our headquarters and manufacturing facilities are located in Oxford, Massachusetts. We have additional manufacturing facilities in Germany, Russia and Italy, and regional sales offices in the United States, Japan, Korea, India and the United Kingdom.
Industry Background
          Historically, CO 2 gas lasers and crystal lasers have been the two principal laser types used in materials processing and many other applications. A CO 2 laser produces light by electrically stimulating a gas-filled tube, while a crystal laser uses a lamp, diode stack or array to optically pump a special crystal. Traditional lasers have a number of disadvantages and limitations, including low beam quality, low reliability, limited output powers and wavelength choices, high energy consumption, large size, lack of mobility, the need for expensive replacement parts and complex cooling and maintenance requirements. In addition, the operating parameters of traditional lasers are difficult to control precisely.
          We believe that fiber lasers represent a disruptive technology that has broad implications for many industries as well as the many processes that use lasers. Fiber lasers use semiconductor diodes as the light source to pump specialty optical fibers, which are infused with rare earth ions. The laser emission is created within optical fibers and delivered through a flexible cable. Over the last several years, technological improvements in active optical fibers, semiconductor diodes and other optical components have resulted in performance improvements and increases in cost effectiveness, reliability and output power levels of fiber lasers. As a result, fiber lasers have gained market share by replacing traditional lasers in existing laser applications and enabling new applications by addressing customer needs that are not met by traditional lasers and non-laser processes. We believe that fiber lasers provide a combination of benefits that include:
  Superior Performance. Fiber lasers provide high beam quality over the entire power range.

1


Table of Contents

  Lower Total Cost of Ownership. Fiber lasers offer strong value to customers because of their lower total operating costs due to their lower maintenance costs, high reliability and energy efficiency.
 
  Ease of Use. The all solid-state design and integrated fiber delivery of fiber lasers make them easy to operate, maintain and integrate into laser-based systems.
 
  Compact Size and Portability. Fiber lasers are typically smaller and lighter than traditional lasers, and their portability and versatility allow them to be used in new laser applications.
 
  Choice of Wavelengths and Precise Control of Beam. The design of fiber lasers generally provides a broad range of wavelength choices and increased beam control, allowing users to select the precise wavelength and beam parameter that best match their application and materials.
          According to Strategies Unlimited, the fiber laser market is estimated to grow at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 39%, from $131 million in 2005 to $673 million by 2010. Strategies Unlimited also estimates the total available market for fiber lasers to be growing at 9% annually from $1.8 billion in 2005 to $2.8 billion by 2010. The penetration of fiber lasers is estimated to grow from 7% to 24% of the total available market for fiber lasers during that time period.
Our Strengths
          Our key strengths and competitive advantages include:
  Differentiated Proprietary Technology Platform. Our proprietary technology platform allows our products to have higher output powers and superior beam quality than are achievable through traditional techniques. In addition, we have developed a wide range of advanced proprietary optical components that contribute to the superior performance and reliability of our products.
 
  Leading Market Position. As a pioneer and technology leader in fiber lasers and amplifiers, we have built leading positions in our various end markets with a large and diverse customer base.
 
  Breadth and Depth of Expertise. We have extensive know-how in materials sciences, which enables us to make our specialty optical fibers, semiconductor diodes and other critical components. We also have expertise in optical, electrical, mechanical and semiconductor engineering which we use to develop and manufacture our products.
 
  Vertically Integrated Development and Manufacturing. We believe that we are the only fiber laser manufacturer that is vertically integrated. We develop and manufacture all of the key components of our fiber lasers, including semiconductor diodes, specialty optical fibers and other advanced optical components. We believe our vertical integration enhances our ability to meet customer requirements, accelerate development, manage costs and improve component yields, while maintaining high performance and quality standards.
 
  Diverse Customer Base, End Markets and Applications. Our diverse customer base, end markets and applications provide us with many growth opportunities. We have shipped more than 21,000 units and, in 2005, we shipped to more than 300 customers worldwide.
 
  Broad Product Portfolio and Ability to Meet Customer Requirements. We offer a broad range of standard and custom fiber lasers and amplifiers ranging in power from one watt to 50 kilowatts. As a result of our modular, scalable technology platform, we are able to easily customize and upgrade our products to meet customer requirements.

2


Table of Contents

Our Strategy
          We intend to maintain and extend our leadership position by pursuing the following key elements of our strategy:
  Leverage Our Technology to Gain Market Share. We plan to leverage our brand and position as the leader in developing and commercializing fiber lasers and amplifiers to increase our market share in the broader market. We believe that our fiber lasers will continue to displace traditional lasers in many existing applications due to their superior performance and value.
 
  Target New Applications for Lasers. We intend to continue to enable and penetrate additional applications where lasers have not traditionally been used. We believe that fiber laser technology can overcome many of the limitations that have slowed the adoption of traditional lasers.
 
  Expand Our Product Portfolio. We plan to continue to invest in research and development to add additional wavelengths, power levels and other parameters, improve beam quality and develop new products.
 
  Optimize Our Manufacturing Capabilities. We plan to seek further increases in the automation of our component manufacturing processes and device assembly to improve component yields and increase the power outputs and capacities of the various components that we make.
 
  Expand Global Reach to Attract Customers Worldwide. We intend to capitalize on and grow our global customer base by opening new application development centers as well as sales and service offices in Asia, Europe and the United States.
Risk Factors
          Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. The principal risks that we face relate to the following factors:
  our future growth depends upon our ability to penetrate new applications for fiber lasers and to increase our market share in existing applications;
 
  if fiber lasers do not achieve broader market acceptance or if market penetration occurs more slowly than we expect, prospects for our growth and profitability may be negatively impacted;
 
  we may not be able to effectively manage our growth, which may harm our business and operating results;
 
  our vertical integration strategy results in high levels of fixed costs, and our manufacturing capacity may not be at the appropriate size for future levels of demand; and
 
  we are currently subject to claims that we are infringing third-party intellectual property rights and other claims may arise in the future, which could result in costly and lengthy litigation, the outcome of which is unknown.
Corporate Information
          We began our operations in Russia in 1990 and were incorporated in Delaware in 1998. Our principal executive offices are located at 50 Old Webster Road, Oxford, Massachusetts 01540, and our telephone number is (508)  373-1100. Our website is located at www.ipgphotonics.com . Information on our website should not be considered part of this prospectus.

3


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING
Common stock offered by IPG Photonics                      shares
 
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders                      shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding after the offering                      shares
 
Use of proceeds We expect to receive net proceeds from the offering of approximately $           million. We expect to use the net proceeds from the offering to repurchase our series B warrants, to repay certain of our outstanding indebtedness and for general corporate purposes, including working capital, expansion of our manufacturing facilities, purchases of equipment and expansion of our applications development and service capabilities. See “Use of Proceeds.” We will not receive any proceeds from the shares sold by the selling stockholders. The selling stockholders include our chairman and chief executive officer and two other members of our board of directors. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.” Entities that may be deemed to be affiliates of Merrill Lynch & Co., one of the underwriters in this offering, will receive a portion of the proceeds of this offering as a result of our repurchase of series B warrants held by them. See “Underwriting — Certain Relationships.”
 
Nasdaq Global Market Symbol “IPGP”
          The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after the offering is based on 40,883,700 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2006 and includes                      shares that we will issue upon conversion of our outstanding preferred stock effective immediately prior to completion of the offering assuming an initial public offering price of $           per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
          The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after the offering excludes:
  6,655,960 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2006, which have a weighted average exercise price of $1.71 per share;
 
  4,790,034 additional shares reserved as of June 30, 2006 for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans;
 
  warrants to purchase shares of our common stock that will be repurchased at the closing of this offering; and
 
  2,684,211 shares of our series D preferred stock that were issuable upon conversion of a convertible note. We repaid the convertible note in August 2006 and therefore the series D preferred stock underlying the convertible note will not be issued.
          Unless otherwise stated, all information contained in this prospectus:
  gives effect to the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into a combination of common stock and subordinated notes;
 
  gives effect to amendments to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws that will become effective upon completion of this offering; and
 
  assumes no exercise of the option to purchase                      additional shares of common stock granted to the underwriters.

4


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
          The following summary consolidated financial data should be read together with the more detailed information contained in “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The data for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The data for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002, is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes not included in this prospectus. The summary interim consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2006 and for the six months ended June 30, 2005 and 2006, is derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared our unaudited interim consolidated financial data on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements except that, effective January 1, 2006, we were required to begin accounting for stock-based payments at fair value, as discussed in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of our management, our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of our results of operations and financial position. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.
                                                           
    Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended June 30,
         
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                             
                        (unaudited)
    (in thousands, except per share data)
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:(1)
                                                       
Net sales
  $ 26,490     $ 22,180     $ 33,740     $ 60,707     $ 96,385     $ 41,630     $ 64,927  
Cost of sales
    26,223       23,277       38,583       42,274       62,481       28,437       39,119  
                                           
Gross profit (loss)
    267       (1,097 )     (4,843 )     18,433       33,904       13,193       25,808  
                                           
Operating expenses:
                                                       
Sales and marketing
    21,240       19,910       2,110       2,363       3,236       1,538       2,343  
Research and development
    8,407       8,383       10,063       4,831       5,788       2,873       2,622  
General and administrative
    18,875       13,354       9,998       8,179       10,598       4,352       5,813  
Other operating expenses
    15,042       9,474                                
                                           
 
Total operating expenses
    63,564       51,121       22,171       15,373       19,622       8,763       10,778  
                                           
Operating (loss) income
    (63,297 )     (52,218 )     (27,014 )     3,060       14,282       4,430       15,030  
Interest income (expense), net
    1,857       (1,089 )     (1,505 )     (2,150 )     (1,840 )     (969 )     (709 )
Fair value adjustment to series B warrants(2)
    6,862       2,518       (3,664 )     (615 )     (745 )     (314 )     (2,219 )
Other income, net
    975       2,414       1,647       196       236       141       12  
                                           
(Loss) income before benefit from (provision for) income taxes and minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
    (53,603 )     (48,375 )     (30,536 )     491       11,933       3,288       12,114  
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes
    3,985       (1,175 )     2,205       1,601       (4,080 )     (1,219 )     (5,598 )
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
    (4 )     165       121       (80 )     (426 )     81       (398 )
                                           
Net (loss) income
  $ (49,622 )   $ (49,385 )   $ (28,210 )   $ 2,012     $ 7,427     $ 2,150     $ 6,118  
                                           
Net (loss) income per share:
                                                       
 
Basic
  $ (1.45 )   $ (1.42 )   $ (0.93 )   $ (0.01 )   $ 0.11     $ 0.02     $ 0.11  
                                           
 
Diluted
  $ (1.45 )   $ (1.42 )   $ (0.93 )   $ (0.01 )   $ 0.11     $ 0.02     $ 0.10  
                                           
Weighted average shares outstanding:
                                                       
 
Basic
    35,959       36,476       38,302       38,547       39,348       39,008       40,385  
 
Diluted
    35,959       36,476       38,302       38,547       45,252       44,912       49,584  
Supplementary pro forma net income per share(3)
                                  $               $    
                                           
(footnotes on following page)

5


Table of Contents

 
(1)  Stock-based compensation is included in the following financial statement captions as follows:
                                                         
        Six Months Ended
    Year Ended December 31,   June 30,
         
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                             
                        (unaudited)
    (in thousands)
Cost of sales
  $ 2,574     $ 789     $ 577     $ 218     $ 4     $     $ 37  
Sales and marketing
    19,148       17,260       18       6       1             11  
Research and development
    1,608       314       1,062       669       1             3  
General and administrative
    9,403       3,326       546       10       1             75  
                                           
Total
  $ 32,733     $ 21,689     $ 2,203     $ 903     $ 7     $     $ 126  
                                           
  Due primarily to certain stock-based compensation awarded primarily in 2000 and 2001, we have recorded significant stock-based compensation during the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003. Those awards became fully vested during the year ended December 31, 2004.
(2)  The change in value of the series B warrants is a non-cash charge related to recording the increase or decrease in the fair value of the warrants. The change in fair value for this derivative instrument is directly related to the probability that the warrants will be exercised prior to their expiration in April 2008. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repurchase the series B warrants. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Factors and Trends That Affect our Operations and Financial Results — Effect of Preferred Stock On Net Income and Net Income Per Share.”
 
(3)  The supplemental pro forma disclosures are intended to demonstrate the effects on net income per share of the completion of this offering and the related impacts of the conversion of our preferred stock and the repurchase of the series B warrants with a portion of the net proceeds of this offering. The number of shares used in the calculation of supplementary pro forma net income per common share includes (a) the basic weighted average common stock outstanding, (b)                      shares of common stock, which will be issued upon completion of this offering upon the conversion of our preferred stock, and (c)                      shares related to the additional dilutive impact of existing options assuming that the fair value of the common stock increases to the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Supplementary pro forma net income used in the calculation of supplementary pro forma net income per share reflects the elimination of the increase in value of the series B warrants, which will be repurchased upon the completion of this offering, totaling $745,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005 and $2.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2006. In addition, all accretion of preferred stock has been eliminated in the determination of net income attributable to common stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Fair Value Adjustment of Warrants” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
          The table below summarizes our consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2006 on an actual basis, on a pro forma basis to give effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock as of that date into common stock and the issuance of subordinated notes totaling $20.0 million, which will occur upon closing of this offering, and on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the transactions described above as well as the sale of                      shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed offering price of $           per share and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom as described in “Use of Proceeds.”
                         
    As of June 30, 2006
     
    Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma as Adjusted
             
    (unaudited)
    (in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 11,282     $ 11,282          
Working capital
    22,721       22,721          
Total assets
    131,996       131,996          
Long-term debt, including current portion
    24,268       44,268          
Series B warrants
    16,863       16,863          
Convertible redeemable preferred stock
    97,385                
Preferred stock
    4,880                
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity
    (38,545 )     38,840          

6


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS
          This offering involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties below, together with the financial and other information contained in this prospectus, before you decide to buy our common stock. If any of the following risks and uncertainties actually occur, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations would likely suffer. In these circumstances, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.
Risks Related To Our Business
Our future growth depends upon our ability to penetrate new applications for fiber lasers and increase our market share in existing applications.
          Our future growth will depend on our ability to generate sales of fiber lasers in applications where traditional lasers, such as CO 2 and yttrium aluminum garnet (YAG) lasers, have been used or in new and developing markets and applications for lasers where they have not been used previously. To date, a significant portion of our revenue growth has been derived from sales of fiber lasers primarily for applications where CO 2 and YAG lasers historically have been used. In order to increase market demand for our fiber laser products, we will need to devote substantial resources to:
  demonstrate the effectiveness of fiber lasers in new applications;
 
  increase our direct and indirect sales efforts;
 
  extend our product line to address new applications for our products;
 
  continue to reduce our manufacturing costs and enhance our competitive position; and
 
  effectively service and support our installed product base.
          If we are unable to implement our strategy to develop new applications for our products, our revenues, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully implement our business strategy. In addition, our newly developed or enhanced products may not achieve market acceptance or may be rendered obsolete or less competitive by the introduction of new products by other companies.
If fiber lasers do not achieve broader market acceptance or if market penetration occurs more slowly than we expect, prospects for our growth and profitability may be negatively impacted.
          The fiber laser market is relatively new when compared to the conventional laser market and our future success depends on the development and broader market acceptance of fiber lasers. Potential customers may be reluctant to adopt fiber lasers as an alternative to traditional lasers, such as CO 2 and YAG, and non-laser methods, such as mechanical tools. Such potential customers may have substantial investments and know-how related to their existing laser and non-laser technologies, and may perceive risks relating to the reliability, quality, usefulness and cost-effectiveness of fiber lasers when compared to other laser or non-laser technologies available in the market. Many of our target markets, such as the automotive, machine tool and other manufacturing, communications and medical industries, have historically adopted new technologies slowly. These markets often require long test and qualification periods or lengthy government approval processes before adopting new technologies. As a result, we may expend significant resources and time to qualify our products for a new customer application, and we cannot assure that our products will be qualified or approved for such markets. If acceptance of fiber laser technology, and of our fiber lasers in particular, does not continue to grow within the markets that we serve, then the opportunities to increase our revenues and profitability may be severely limited.

7


Table of Contents

We may not be able to effectively manage our growth and we may need to incur significant costs to address the operational requirements related to our growth, either of which could harm our business and operating results.
          We have been experiencing a period of significant growth and expansion, both in the United States and internationally, which has required, and will continue to require, increased efforts of our management and other resources. Our recent and anticipated growth has placed, and is expected to continue to place, significant strain on our research and development, sales and marketing, operational and administrative resources. To manage our growth, we will need to continue to improve our operational and financial systems and expand, train and manage our employees. For example, we must implement new modules of our management information system, hire and train new sales representatives, service and application personnel, and expand our supply chain management and quality control operations. This may require substantial managerial and financial resources, and our efforts in this regard may not be successful. If we fail to adequately manage our expected growth, or to improve our operational, financial and management information systems, or fail to effectively motivate or manage our new and future employees, the quality of our products and the management of our operations could suffer and our operating results could be adversely affected.
Our vertically integrated business results in high levels of fixed costs that may adversely impact our gross profits and our operating results in the event of a reduction in demand for our products.
          We have a high fixed cost base due to our vertically integrated business model, including the fact that approximately 710 of our 900 employees as of June 30, 2006 were employed in our manufacturing operations. We cannot adjust these fixed costs quickly to adapt to rapidly changing market conditions. Our gross profit, in absolute dollars and as a percentage of net sales, is greatly impacted by our sales volume and the corresponding absorption of fixed manufacturing overhead expenses. In addition, because we are a vertically integrated manufacturer and design and manufacture our key specialty components, insufficient demand for our products may subject us to the risk of high inventory carrying costs and increased inventory obsolescence. As a result, we may be required to write down inventory costs in the future as we have done in the past, and the high inventory costs may have an adverse effect on our gross profits and our operating results.
We are subject to lawsuits alleging that we are infringing third-party intellectual property rights. Intellectual property claims could result in costly litigation and harm our business.
          In recent years, there has been significant litigation involving intellectual property rights in many technology-based industries, including our own. We face risks and uncertainties in connection with such litigation, including the risk that patents issued to others may harm our ability to do business; that there could be existing patents of which we are unaware that could be pertinent to our business; and that it is not possible for us to know whether there are patent applications pending that our products might infringe upon, since patent applications often are not disclosed until a patent is issued or published.
          From time to time, we have been notified of allegations and claims that we may be infringing patents or intellectual property rights owned by third parties. We are presently defending two patent infringement lawsuits brought by the Scientific-Atlanta division of Cisco Systems, Inc. and Spectra-Physics, a division of Newport Corporation. See “Business — Legal Proceedings.” There can be no assurance that we will be able to amicably dispose of the pending litigation, claims and other allegations made against us and claims that may be asserted in the future. The outcome of any litigation, including the pending litigations, is uncertain. Even if we ultimately are successful on the merits of any such litigation, legal and administrative proceedings related to intellectual property are typically expensive and time-consuming, generate negative publicity and divert financial and managerial resources. Some litigants against us may have greater financial resources and may be able to sustain the costs of complex intellectual property litigation more easily than we can.
          If we do not prevail in any intellectual property litigation brought against us, it could affect our ability to sell our products and materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

8


Table of Contents

These developments could adversely affect our ability to compete for customers and increase our revenues. Plaintiffs in intellectual property cases often seek, and sometimes obtain, injunctive relief. Intellectual property litigation commenced against us could force us to take actions that could be harmful to our business, including the following:
  stop selling our products or using the technology that contains the allegedly infringing intellectual property;
 
  pay actual monetary damages, royalties, lost profits or increased damages and the plaintiff’s attorneys’ fees;
 
  attempt to obtain a license to use the relevant intellectual property, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all; and
 
  attempt to redesign the products that allegedly infringed upon intellectual property of others.
          In addition, intellectual property lawsuits can be brought by third parties against OEMs and end users that incorporate our products into their systems or processes. In some cases, we indemnify OEMs against third-party infringement claims relating to our products and we often make representations affirming, among other things, that our products do not infringe on the intellectual property rights of others. As a result, we may incur liabilities in connection with lawsuits against our customers. Any such lawsuits, whether or not they have merit, could be time-consuming to defend, damage our reputation and result in substantial and unanticipated costs.
Our inability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technologies could result in the unauthorized use of our technologies by third parties, hurt our competitive position and adversely affect our operating results.
          We rely on trade secret laws, contractual agreements, technical know-how and other unpatented proprietary information to protect our products, product development and manufacturing activities from unauthorized copying by third parties. While we own a small number of patents, we have not historically emphasized patents as a source of significant competitive advantage, and we do not expect these patents alone to prevent third parties from unauthorized copying of our technologies, products and product components. Rather, we seek to protect our proprietary technology under laws affording protection for trade secrets. We also seek to protect our trade secrets and proprietary information, in part, by requiring employees to enter into agreements providing for the maintenance of confidentiality and the assignment of rights to inventions made by them while employed by us. We have significant international operations and we are subject to foreign laws which differ in many respects from U.S. laws. Policing unauthorized use of our trade secret technologies throughout the world and proving misappropriation of our technologies are particularly difficult, especially due to the number of our employees and operations in numerous foreign countries. The steps that we take to acquire ownership of our employees’ inventions and trade secrets in foreign countries may not have been effective under all such local laws, which could expose us to potential claims or the inability to protect intellectual property developed by our employees. Furthermore, any changes in, or unexpected interpretations of, the trade secret and other intellectual property laws in any country in which we operate may adversely affect our ability to enforce our trade secret and intellectual property positions. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to determine the scope of our confidential information and trade secret protection. We also enter into confidentiality agreements with our consultants and other suppliers to protect our confidential information that we deliver to them. However, there can be no assurance that our confidentiality agreements will not be breached, that we will be able to effectively enforce them or that we will have adequate remedies for any breach.
          Given our reliance on trade secret laws, others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate our technologies and commercialize discoveries that we have made. Therefore, our intellectual property efforts may be insufficient to maintain our competitive advantage or to stop other parties from commercializing similar products or technologies. Many countries outside of the United States afford little or no protection to trade secrets and other intellectual property rights. Intellectual property

9


Table of Contents

litigation can be time-consuming and expensive, and there is no guarantee that we will have the resources to fully enforce our rights. If we are unable to prevent misappropriation or infringement of our intellectual property rights, or the independent development or design of similar technologies, our competitive position and operating results could suffer.
We depend upon internal production and on outside single or limited-source suppliers for many of our key components and raw materials. Any interruption in the supply of these key components and raw materials could adversely affect our results of operations.
          We rely exclusively on our own production capabilities to manufacture certain of our key components, such as semiconductor diodes, specialty optical fibers and optical components. We do not have redundant production lines for some of our components, such as our diodes and some other components, which are made at a single manufacturing facility. These may not be readily available from other sources at our current costs. If our manufacturing activities were obstructed or hampered significantly, it could take a considerable length of time, or it could increase our costs, for us to resume manufacturing or find alternative sources of supply. Many of the tools and equipment we use are custom-designed, and it could take a significant period of time to repair or replace them. In particular, we use complex tools in the production of our semiconductor diodes that may be taken out of production for months to be serviced and the tools must be recertified before they are put back into production. If we are unable to successfully recommission these tools in a timely fashion, our results of operations and business may be adversely affected. If, as a result of a flood, fire, natural disaster, political unrest, act of terrorism, war, outbreak of disease or other similar event, any of our three major manufacturing facilities or equipment should become inoperable, inaccessible, damaged or destroyed, our business could be adversely affected to the extent that we do not have redundant production capabilities.
          Also, we purchase certain raw materials used in the manufacture of our products and other components, such as semiconductor wafer substrates, modulators and high-power beam delivery products, from single or limited-source suppliers. In general, we have no long-term contractual supply arrangements with these suppliers. Some of our suppliers are also our competitors. Furthermore, other than our current suppliers, there are a limited number of entities from whom we could obtain these supplies. We do not anticipate that we would be able to purchase these components or raw materials that we require in a short period of time or at the same cost from other sources in commercial quantities or that have our required performance specifications. Any interruption or delay in the supply of any of these components or materials, or the inability to obtain these components and materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices and within a reasonable amount of time, could adversely affect our business. If our suppliers face financial or other difficulties or if there are significant changes in demand for the components and materials we obtain from them, they could limit the availability of these components and materials to us, which in turn could adversely affect our business.
We rely on the significant experience and specialized expertise of our senior management and scientific staff and if we are unable to retain these key employees and attract other highly skilled personnel necessary to grow our business successfully, our business and results of operations could suffer.
          Our future success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our executive officers, particularly our founder and chief executive officer, Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev, and our managing director of IPG Laser, Dr. Eugene Shcherbakov, our highly trained team of scientists, many of whom have several years of experience and specialized expertise in optical fibers, semiconductors and optical component technology, and other key engineering, sales, marketing, manufacturing and support personnel, any of whom may leave, which could harm our business. Furthermore, our business requires scientists and engineers with experience in several disciplines, including physics, optics, materials sciences, chemistry and electronics. We will need to continue to recruit and retain highly skilled scientists and engineers for certain functions. Our future success also depends on our ability to identify, attract, hire, train, retain and motivate highly skilled research and development, managerial, operations, sales, marketing and customer service personnel. If we fail to attract, integrate and retain the necessary personnel, our ability to extend and

10


Table of Contents

maintain our scientific expertise and grow our business could suffer significantly. In addition, following the completion of this offering, our ability to attract and retain employees with equity compensation may be limited.
Failure to effectively build and expand our direct field service and support organization could have an adverse effect on our business.
          We believe that it will become increasingly important for us to provide rapid, responsive service directly to our customers throughout the world and to build and expand our own personnel resources to provide these services. Accordingly, we have an ongoing effort to develop our direct support systems in Asia, one of our largest markets. This requires us to recruit and train additional qualified field service and support personnel as well as maintain effective and highly trained organizations that can provide service to our customers in various countries. We may not be able to attract and train additional qualified personnel to expand our direct support operations successfully. We may not be able to find and engage additional qualified third-party resources to supplement and enhance our direct support operations. Further, we may incur significant costs in providing these direct field and support services. Failure to implement our direct support operation effectively could adversely affect our relationships with our customers, and our operating results may suffer.
The laser and amplifier industries may experience declining average selling prices, which could cause our gross margins to decline and harm our operating results.
          Products in the laser and amplifier industries generally, and our products specifically, have in the past and may in the future continue to experience a decline in average selling prices (ASPs) as a result of new product and technology introductions, increased competition and price pressures from significant customers. If the ASPs of our products decline and we are unable to increase our unit volumes, introduce new or enhanced products with higher margins or reduce manufacturing costs to offset anticipated decreases in the prices of our existing products, our operating results may be adversely affected. In addition, because of our significant fixed costs, we are limited in our ability to reduce total costs quickly in response to any revenue shortfalls. Because of these factors, we may experience material adverse fluctuations in our future operating results on a quarterly or annual basis if the ASPs of our products continue to decline.
A few customers account for a significant portion of our sales, and if we lose any of these customers or they significantly curtail their purchases of our products, our results of operations could be adversely affected.
          We rely on a few customers for a significant portion of our sales. Our top five customers accounted for an aggregate of between 37% and 38% of our consolidated net sales for each of the past three years. Our largest customer has accounted for at least 10% of our net sales for each of the last three years and accounted for approximately 13% of our consolidated net sales in 2005 and approximately 11% for the six months ended June 30, 2006. We generally do not enter into agreements with our customers obligating them to purchase our fiber lasers or amplifiers. Our business is characterized by short-term purchase orders and shipment schedules. If any of our principal customers discontinues its relationship with us, replaces us as a vendor for certain products or suffers downturns in its business, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.
We have experienced, and expect to experience in the future, fluctuations in our quarterly operating results. These fluctuations may increase the volatility of our stock price.
          We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, fluctuations in our quarterly operating results. We believe that fluctuations in quarterly results may cause the market price of our common stock

11


Table of Contents

to fluctuate, perhaps substantially. Factors which may have an influence on our operating results in a particular quarter include:
  the increase, decrease, cancellation or rescheduling of significant customer orders;
 
  the timing of revenue recognition based on the installation or acceptance of certain products shipped to our customers;
 
  the timing of customer qualification of our products and commencement of volume sales of systems that include our products;
 
  the rate at which our present and future customers and end users adopt our technologies;
 
  the gain or loss of a key customer;
 
  product or customer mix;
 
  competitive pricing pressures;
 
  the relative proportions of our U.S. and international sales;
 
  our ability to design, manufacture and introduce new products on a cost-effective and timely basis;
 
  the incurrence of expenses to develop and improve application and support capabilities, the benefits of which may not be realized until future periods, if at all;
 
  different capital expenditure and budget cycles for our customers, which affect the timing of their spending;
 
  foreign currency fluctuations; and
 
  our ability to control expenses.
          These factors make it difficult for us to accurately predict our operating results. In addition, our ability to accurately predict our operating results is complicated by the fact that many of our products have long sales cycles, some lasting as long as twelve months. Once a sale is made, our delivery schedule typically ranges from four weeks to four months, and therefore our sales will often reflect orders shipped in the same quarter that they are received and will not enhance our ability to predict our results for future quarters. In addition, long sales cycles may cause us to incur significant expenses without offsetting revenues since customers typically expend significant effort in evaluating, testing and qualifying our products before making a decision to purchase them. Moreover, customers may cancel or reschedule shipments, and production difficulties could delay shipments. Accordingly, our results of operations are subject to significant fluctuations from quarter to quarter, and we may not be able to accurately predict when these fluctuations will occur.
Our manufacturing capacity may not be at the appropriate size for future levels of demand.
          In response to an increase in demand for our fiber lasers over the last three years, we started adding substantial manufacturing capacity at our facilities in the United States, Germany and Russia beginning in early 2005, and we are continuing to expand our capacity further. A significant portion of our manufacturing facilities and production equipment, such as our semiconductor production and processing equipment, diode packaging equipment and diode burn-in stations, are special-purpose in nature and cannot be adapted easily to make other products. If the demand for fiber lasers or amplifiers does not increase from current levels, we may have significant excess manufacturing capacity, which could in turn adversely affect our business.
          Conversely, if demand for fiber lasers or amplifiers increases substantially more than we anticipate, our manufacturing capacity may not be adequate to meet the increased customer demand. As a result, we might not be able to fulfill customer orders in a timely manner, which could adversely affect our customer relationships and operating results. Moreover, our efforts to increase our production capacity may

12


Table of Contents

not succeed in enabling us to manufacture the required quantities of our products in a timely manner or at gross profit margins that we have achieved in the past. As a result, the profit margins we ultimately achieve on sales of fiber lasers and amplifiers may be lower than our historical profit margins.
Future downturns in the economy, particularly in the materials processing and communications markets, could have a material adverse effect on our sales and profitability.
          Our business depends substantially upon capital expenditures by our customers, particularly by manufacturers in the materials processing and communications markets. We estimate that approximately 79% of our revenues during 2005 were in these two markets. Although these industries are broad, they are cyclical and have historically experienced sudden and severe downturns and periods of oversupply, resulting in significantly reduced demand for capital equipment, including the products that we manufacture and market. For the foreseeable future, our operations will continue to depend upon capital expenditures by customers in these markets, which, in turn, depend upon the demand for their products or services. Decreased demand for products and services from customers in these industries during an economic downturn may lead to decreased demand for our products, which would reduce our sales or sales growth rate.
We depend on our OEM customers and system integrators and their ability to incorporate our products into their systems.
          Our future growth will depend in part on our ability to maintain existing and secure new OEM customers. Our revenues also depend in part upon the ability of our current and potential OEM customers and system integrators to develop and sell systems that incorporate our laser and amplifier products. The commercial success of these systems depends to a substantial degree on the efforts of these OEM customers and system integrators to develop and market products that incorporate our technologies. Relationships and experience with traditional laser makers, limited marketing resources, reluctance to invest in research and development and other factors affecting these OEM customers and third-party system integrators could have a substantial impact upon our financial results. Furthermore, if our OEM customers or third-party system integrators experience financial or other difficulties that adversely affect their operations, our financial condition or results of operations may also be adversely affected.
Because we lack long-term purchase commitments from our customers, our sales can be difficult to predict, which could adversely affect our operating results.
          We generally do not enter into long-term agreements with our customers obligating them to purchase our fiber lasers or amplifiers. Our business is characterized by short-term purchase orders and shipment schedules and, in some cases, orders may be cancelled or delayed without significant penalty. As a result, it is difficult to forecast our revenues and to determine the appropriate levels of inventory required to meet future demand. In addition, due to the absence of long-term volume purchase agreements, we forecast our revenues and plan our production and inventory levels based upon the demand forecasts of our OEM customers, end users, and distributors, which are highly unpredictable and can fluctuate substantially. If our OEM customers, end users or distributors fail to accurately forecast the demand for our products, fail to accurately forecast the timing of such demand, or are unable to consistently negotiate acceptable purchase order terms with customers, our results of operations may be adversely affected.
The markets for our products are highly competitive and increased competition could increase our costs, reduce our sales or cause us to lose market share.
          The industries in which we operate are characterized by significant price and technological competition. Our fiber laser and amplifier products compete with conventional laser technologies and amplifier products offered by several well-established companies, some of which are larger and have substantially greater financial, managerial and technical resources, more extensive distribution and service networks, greater sales and marketing capacity, and larger installed customer bases than we do. Also, we compete with widely used non-laser production methods, such as resistance welding. We believe that

13


Table of Contents

competition will be particularly intense from makers of CO 2 and YAG lasers, as these makers of traditional solutions may lower prices to maintain current market share and have committed significant research and development resources to pursue opportunities related to these technologies.
          Further, we face competition from a growing number of fiber laser makers. We also expect competition from established laser makers which may have started or may start programs to develop and sell fiber lasers or alternative new solid state laser technologies. Because many of the components required to develop and produce low-power fiber lasers and amplifiers are commercially available, barriers to entry into these submarkets are relatively low, and we expect new competitive product entries in these submarkets. We may not be able to successfully differentiate our current and proposed products from the products of our competitors and the market may not consider our products to be superior to competing products. To maintain our competitive position in these markets, we believe that we will be required to continue a high level of investment in research and development, application development and customer service and support, and react to market pricing conditions. We may not have sufficient resources to continue to make these investments and we may not be able to make the technological advances or price adjustments necessary to maintain our competitive position. We also compete against our OEM customers’ internal production of competitive laser technologies.
Our inability to manage risks associated with our international customers and operations could adversely affect our business.
          Our products are currently marketed and sold in numerous countries. The United States, Germany, Japan and Russia are our principal markets. A significant amount of our revenues are derived from customers outside of the United States. We anticipate that foreign sales will continue to account for a significant portion of our revenues in the foreseeable future. Our operations and sales in these markets are subject to risks inherent in international business activities, including:
  longer accounts receivable collection periods;
 
  changes in the values of foreign currencies;
 
  changes in a specific country’s or region’s economic conditions, such as recession;
 
  compliance with a wide variety of domestic and foreign laws and regulations and unexpected changes in those laws and regulatory requirements, including uncertainties regarding taxes, tariffs, quotas, export controls, export licenses and other trade barriers;
 
  certification requirements;
 
  environmental regulations;
 
  less effective protection of intellectual property rights in some countries;
 
  potentially adverse tax consequences;
 
  different capital expenditure and budget cycles for our customers, which affect the timing of their spending;
 
  political, legal and economic instability, foreign conflicts, and the impact of regional and global infectious illnesses in the countries in which we and our customers, suppliers, manufacturers and subcontractors are located;
 
  preference for locally produced products;
 
  difficulties and costs of staffing and managing international operations across different geographic areas and cultures;
 
  seasonal reductions in business activities; and
 
  fluctuations in freight rates and transportation disruptions.

14


Table of Contents

          Political and economic instability and changes in governmental regulations could adversely affect both our ability to effectively operate our foreign sales offices and the ability of our foreign suppliers to supply us with required materials or services. Any interruption or delay in the supply of our required components, products, materials or services, or our inability to obtain these components, materials, products or services from alternate sources at acceptable prices and within a reasonable amount of time, could impair our ability to meet scheduled product deliveries to our customers and could cause customers to cancel orders.
          We are also subject to risks of doing business in Russia through our indirect subsidiary, NTO IRE-Polus, which conducts research and development and provides components and test equipment to us. The results of operations, business prospects and facilities of NTO IRE-Polus are subject to the economic and political environment in Russia. In recent years Russia has undergone substantial political, economic and social change. As is typical of an emerging market, Russia does not possess a well-developed business, legal and regulatory infrastructure that would generally exist in a more mature free market economy. In addition, the tax, currency and customs legislation within Russia is subject to varying interpretations and changes, which can occur frequently. The future economic direction of Russia remains largely dependent upon the effectiveness of economic, financial and monetary measures undertaken by the government, together with tax, legal, regulatory, and political developments. Our failure to manage the risks associated with NTO IRE-Polus and our other existing and potential future international business operations could have a material adverse effect upon our results of operations.
Foreign currency transaction risk may negatively affect our net sales, cost of sales and operating margins and could result in exchange losses.
          We conduct our business and incur costs in the local currency of most countries in which we operate. In 2005, our net sales outside the United States represented a significant portion of our total sales. We incur currency transaction risk whenever one of our operating subsidiaries enters into either a purchase or a sales transaction using a different currency from the currency in which it receives revenues. We currently do not hedge against foreign currency exchange risks, and therefore the impact of future exchange rate fluctuations on our results of operations cannot be accurately predicted. Given the volatility of exchange rates, we may not be able to effectively manage our currency transaction or translation risks, and any volatility in currency exchange rates may increase the price of our products in local currency to our foreign customers, which may have an adverse effect on our financial condition, cash flows and profitability.
Our products could contain defects, which may reduce sales of those products, harm market acceptance of our fiber laser products or result in claims against us.
          The manufacture of our fiber lasers and amplifiers involves highly complex and precise processes. Despite testing by us and our customers, errors have been found, and may be found in the future, in our products. These defects may cause us to incur significant warranty, support and repair costs, divert the attention of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts and harm our relationships with our customers. These problems could result in, among other things, loss of revenues or a delay in revenue recognition, loss of market share, harm to our reputation or a delay or loss of market acceptance of our fiber laser products. Defects, integration issues or other performance problems in our fiber laser and amplifier products could also result in personal injury or financial or other damages to our customers, which in turn could damage market acceptance of our products. Our customers could also seek damages from us for their losses. A product liability claim brought against us, even if unsuccessful, could be time-consuming and costly to defend.
We may pursue acquisitions and investments in new businesses, products or technologies. These may involve risks which could disrupt our business and may harm our financial condition.
          We currently have no commitments or agreements to make any acquisitions and have limited experience in making acquisitions. In the future, we may make acquisitions of and investments in new

15


Table of Contents

businesses, products, technologies and geographic areas, or we may acquire operations that expand our current capabilities. Acquisitions present a number of potential risks and challenges that could, if not met, disrupt our business operations, increase our operating costs and reduce the value of the acquired company to us. For example, if we identify an acquisition candidate, we may not be able to successfully negotiate or finance the acquisition on favorable terms. Even if we are successful, we may not be able to integrate the acquired businesses, products or technologies into our existing business and products. As a result of the rapid pace of technological change in our industry, we may misgauge the long-term potential of the acquired business or technology, or the acquisition may not be complementary to our existing business. Furthermore, potential acquisitions and investments, whether or not consummated, may divert our management’s attention and require considerable cash outlays at the expense of our existing operations. In addition, to complete future acquisitions, we may issue equity securities, incur debt, assume contingent liabilities or have amortization expenses and write-downs of acquired assets, which could adversely affect our profitability and result in dilution to our existing and future stockholders.
We are subject to various environmental laws and regulations that could impose substantial costs upon us and may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
          Some of our operations use substances regulated under various federal, state, local, and international laws governing the environment, including those relating to the storage, use, discharge, disposal, labeling, and human exposure to hazardous and toxic materials. We could incur costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions, third-party property damage or personal injury claims, or could be required to incur substantial investigation or remediation costs, if we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws. Liability under environmental laws can be joint and several and without regard to comparative fault. Compliance with current or future environmental laws and regulations could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or require us to acquire additional expensive equipment, modify our manufacturing processes, or incur other significant expenses. There can be no assurance that violations of environmental laws or regulations will not occur in the future as a result of the inability to obtain permits, human error, accident, equipment failure or other causes.
          The European Union Directive 2002/96/ EC on waste electrical and electronic equipment, known as the “WEEE Directive,” requires producers of certain electrical and electronic equipment to be financially responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and present covered products placed on the market in the European Union. As a manufacturer of potentially covered products, we may be required to register as a producer in some European Union countries, and we may incur some financial responsibility for the collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of both new product sold, and product already sold prior to the WEEE Directive’s enforcement date, to customers within the European Union. European Union Directive 2002/95/ EC on the restriction of the use of hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment, known as the “RoHS Directive” restricts the use of certain hazardous substances in specified covered products. We are implementing changes to our manufacturing processes and redesigning products regulated under the RoHS Directive in order to be able to continue to offer them for sale within the European Union, a market currently accounting for approximately one-third of our revenues. We will continue to review the applicability and impact of both directives and, although we cannot currently estimate the extent of such impact, they are likely to result in additional costs, which may adversely affect our operating results. Failure to comply with the directives could result in the imposition of fines and penalties, inability to sell covered products in the European Union, and loss of revenues. Similar laws may be enacted in other countries in the near future, which would result in similar risks and impacts to operating results.
We are subject to export control regulations that could restrict our ability to increase our international sales and may adversely affect our business.
          A significant part of our business is the export of our products to other countries. Certain of these products are subject to the Export Administration Regulations, administered by the Department of Commerce and the Bureau of Industry Security, and their foreign counterpart laws and regulations which

16


Table of Contents

require that we obtain an export license before we can export products or technology to specified countries. In addition, our products are subject to export controls that may be more stringent than those applicable to traditional lasers. The stricter controls applicable to some products could put us at a competitive disadvantage in selling our products to customers in certain countries that require an export license, restrict our ability to sell products to customers in certain countries, or give rise to delays or expenses in obtaining appropriate licenses. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in government sanctions, including substantial monetary penalties, denial of export privileges, debarment from government contracts and a loss of revenues. Delays in obtaining or failure to obtain required export licenses also may require us to defer shipments to subsequent periods or cancel orders. Any of these could adversely affect our operations and, as a result, our financial results could suffer.
Risks Related To This Offering
      The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in this offering.
          Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock, and an active market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. The market price of our common stock after this offering may vary from its initial public offering price. Fluctuations in market price and volume are particularly common among securities of technology companies. As a result, you may be unable to sell your shares of common stock at or above the initial offering price. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to the following factors, among others, some of which are beyond our control:
  general market conditions;
 
  U.S. and international economic factors;
 
  actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating results;
 
  changes in or failure to meet publicly disclosed expectations as to our future financial performance;
 
  changes in securities analysts’ estimates of our financial performance or lack of research and reports by industry analysts;
 
  changes in market valuations or earnings of similar companies;
 
  announcements by us or our competitors of significant products, contracts, acquisitions or strategic partnerships;
 
  developments or disputes concerning intellectual property or proprietary rights, including increases or decreases in litigation expenses associated with intellectual property lawsuits we may initiate, or in which we may be named as defendants;
 
  failure to complete significant sales;
 
  any future sales of our common stock or other securities; and
 
  additions or departures of key personnel.
We could be the subject of securities class action litigation due to future stock price volatility, which could divert management’s attention and adversely affect our operating results.
          The stock market in general, and market prices for the securities of technology companies like ours in particular, have experienced volatility from time to time that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of the underlying companies. A certain degree of stock price volatility can be attributed to being a newly public company. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In several recent situations where the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have instituted

17


Table of Contents

securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders were to bring a lawsuit against us, the defense and disposition of such lawsuit could be costly and divert the time and attention of management and harm our business.
Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev, our chairman, chief executive officer and principal stockholder, will control more than      % of our voting power after the completion of this offering, and will have a significant influence on the outcome of director elections and other matters requiring stockholder approval, including a change in corporate control.
          After giving effect to the offering, Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev, our chairman and chief executive officer, and IP Fibre Devices (UK) Ltd. (IPFD), of which Dr. Gapontsev is the managing director and majority owner, will beneficially own an aggregate of                      shares of our common stock, or      % of our common stock. In addition, after giving effect to the offering, Dr. Denis Gapontsev, our Vice President of Research and Development and the son of Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev, will beneficially own 2,578,352 shares of our common stock, or      % of our common stock, and collectively with Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev,      % of our common stock. As a result, Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev will continue to have a significant influence on the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, including:
  election of our directors;
 
  amendment of our certificate of incorporation or by-laws; and
 
  approval of mergers, consolidations or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets.
          Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev may vote his shares of our common stock in ways that are adverse to the interests of other holders of our common stock, including investors in this offering. Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev’s significant ownership interest could delay, prevent or cause a change in control of our company, any of which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev, our chairman, chief executive officer and principal stockholder, owns a material portion of one of our operating subsidiaries, which creates the possibility of a conflict of interest.
          Although we own 51.0% of NTO IRE-Polus, our Russian subsidiary, Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev owns 26.7%, and the remaining 22.3% is owned by unaffiliated third parties and certain current and former employees of NTO IRE-Polus. NTO IRE-Polus conducts research and development for us and provides us with components and test equipment. Transactions between us and NTO IRE-Polus generated approximately $7.8 million and $5.8 million of revenues for NTO IRE-Polus for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the six months ended June 30, 2006, respectively. Dr. Gapontsev’s significant ownership interest in this entity creates the possibility of a conflict of interest since, by having an ownership interest in both our company and NTO IRE-Polus, his economic interests may be affected by transactions between the two entities. Under Russian law and NTO IRE-Polus’s charter, supermajority or unanimous stockholder approval is required to take certain significant non-operational actions, such as amending NTO IRE-Polus’s charter, electing the executive body or altering certain fundamental stockholder rights. Although we have taken steps to address possible conflicts of interests and potential issues concerning the requirement to obtain supermajority approval, these steps may not prove effective. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Transactions with NTO-IRE Polus.”
Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could prevent or delay a change in control of our company, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders.
          Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering, including certain provisions that will take effect when certain of our stockholders collectively cease to beneficially own an aggregate of 25% or more of our outstanding voting securities, may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or change of control, even if it would be beneficial to

18


Table of Contents

our stockholders. The existence of these provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. These provisions include:
  authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock;
 
  establishing a classified board;
 
  providing that directors may only be removed for cause;
 
  prohibiting stockholder action by written consent;
 
  limiting the persons who may call a special meeting of stockholders;
 
  establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors and for proposing matters to be submitted to a stockholder vote; and
 
  supermajority stockholder approval to change these provisions.
          Provisions of Delaware law may also discourage, delay or prevent someone from acquiring or merging with our company or obtaining control of our company. Specifically, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which will apply to our company upon the completion of this offering, may prohibit business combinations with stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock.
Substantial sales of our common stock could cause our stock price to decline.
          Sales of a substantial number of shares of common stock after the completion of this offering, or the perception that sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. On completion of this offering, we will have            shares of common stock outstanding and            shares subject to outstanding options. The shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the federal securities laws. An additional            shares will be eligible for sale without restriction under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act. Our directors, executive officers and other stockholders holding in the aggregate approximately      % of our outstanding shares have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock for a period of at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written approval of Merrill Lynch & Co. and Lehman Brothers Inc., which could be given at any time. When the lock-up agreements expire or are terminated, approximately            shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale under Rule 144, Rule 144(k) or Rule 701. An additional            shares will become eligible for sale under one or more of those rules from time to time thereafter. After the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of approximately            shares of common stock will have registration rights, including the right to require us to register the sale of their shares and the right to include their shares in public offerings we undertake in the future. After the completion of this offering, we intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our stock option plans. Once we register these shares, they may be freely sold in the public market, subject to the lock-up restrictions described above, and subject, in the case of any awards under our stock-based compensation plans, to applicable vesting requirements.
We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could adversely affect our operating results.
          As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with recently adopted corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules implemented by the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Market. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to significantly increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, and we may be required to hire additional personnel. We also expect these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur

19


Table of Contents

substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as our executive officers.
We will be required to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and any adverse results from such evaluation could result in a loss of investor confidence in our financial reports and have an adverse effect on our stock price.
          Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, beginning as early as the time of the filing of our Annual Report on Form  10-K for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2007, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting. Such a report will contain, among other matters, an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of our fiscal year, including a statement as to whether or not our internal control over financial reporting is effective. This assessment must include disclosure of any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting identified by management. Such report must also contain a statement that our independent registered public accounting firm has issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of such internal controls.
          We have begun the systems and process documentation and evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. If our management identifies one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that such internal control is effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to attest that our management’s report is fairly stated or it is unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls, investors could lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could have an adverse effect on our stock price.
Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.
          The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. Therefore, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur an immediate dilution of $               in net tangible book value per share from the price you paid. In the past, we issued options to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent these outstanding options are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors.

20


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
          This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risk and uncertainties. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, included in this prospectus are forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, statements regarding our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenues, projected costs and prospects. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “could,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue,” and similar expressions, whether in the negative or affirmative. These statements are only predictions and may be inaccurate. Actual events or results may differ materially and adversely from those anticipated, estimated or expected. In evaluating these statements, you should specifically consider various factors, including the risks outlined under “Risk Factors” and in other parts of this prospectus. These factors may cause our actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking statement. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the dates on which the statements are made. We do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
          This prospectus also contains market data related to our business and industry. This market data includes projections that are based on a number of assumptions. If these assumptions turn out to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions. As a result, our markets may not grow at the rates projected by this data, or at all. The failure of these markets to grow at these projected rates may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and the market price of our common stock.

21


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS
          We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock we are offering will be approximately $          after the underwriting discount, commissions and expenses, assuming an initial public offering price of $           per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. If the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full, the net proceeds from the shares we sell will be approximately $           million. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. Our chairman and chief executive officer and two other members of our board of directors are selling shares of common stock in this offering. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”
          A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $           per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $           million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
          We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:
  approximately $22.1 million to repurchase the warrants to purchase shares of our common stock that are owned by holders of the series B preferred stock;
 
  approximately $4.7 million to repay Euro-denominated construction loans due from 2006 to 2010 that bear annual interest at 5.25%;
 
  approximately $5.7 million to repay a U.S. construction loan due January 2007 that bears annual interest at 7.9%;
 
  approximately $5.5 million to repay other Euro-denominated term debt with various maturities ranging from 2006 to 2019 with fixed and variable interest rates ranging from 4.2% to 6.5%; and
 
  the balance of the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including working capital, expansion of our manufacturing facilities, purchases of equipment and expansion of our applications development and service capabilities.
          We may also use a portion of the net proceeds in acquisitions of businesses, products and technologies that are complementary to our business. Although we have from time to time evaluated possible acquisitions, we currently have no commitments or agreements to make any acquisitions, and we cannot assure you that we will make any acquisitions in the future. Until we use our net proceeds of the offering, we intend to invest the funds in U.S. government securities and other short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments or high-grade corporate notes. Management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of the offering.
          TA Associates, Inc. beneficially owns 2,000,000 shares of our series B preferred stock and will beneficially own      % of our common stock after the completion of this offering. TA Associates, Inc. will receive $                    of the proceeds of this offering as a result of our repurchase of the series B warrants held by it. One of our directors, Michael C. Child, is a managing director of TA Associates, Inc. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”
          Entities that may be deemed to be affiliates of Merrill Lynch & Co., one of the underwriters in this offering, will receive $          of the proceeds of this offering as a result of our repurchase of series B warrants held by them. See “Underwriting — Certain Relationships.”

22


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY
          We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We anticipate that we will retain any future earnings to support operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Therefore, we do not expect to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Our payment of any future dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account general economic and business conditions, any contractual and legal restrictions on our payment of dividends, and our financial condition, operating results, cash needs and growth plans. In addition, current agreements with certain of our lenders contain, and future loan agreements may contain, restrictive covenants that generally prohibit us from paying cash dividends, making any distribution on any class of stock or making stock repurchases.

23


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION
          The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2006:
  on an actual basis;
 
  on a pro forma basis to give effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock upon the closing of this offering into                 shares of common stock and the issuance of subordinated notes totaling $20.0 million to the holders of our series B preferred stock; and
 
  on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the transactions described above as well as our sale of                      shares of our common stock in this offering and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom as described in “Use of Proceeds.”
          You should read the following table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
                           
    As of June 30, 2006
     
        Pro Forma As
    Actual   Pro Forma   Adjusted
             
        (unaudited)    
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 11,282     $ 11,282     $    
                   
Short-term debt:
                       
 
Revolving line-of-credit facilities
    11,011       11,011          
Subordinated notes
          20,000          
Other long-term debt (including current maturities)
    24,268       24,268          
                   
Total debt
    35,279       55,279          
                   
Series B warrants
    16,863       16,863        
                   
Convertible redeemable preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share:
                       
 
Series B preferred stock, 3,800,000 shares designated, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares designated, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    92,285              
                   
 
Series D preferred stock, 5,400,000 shares designated, 2,684,211 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares designated, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    5,100              
                   
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:
                       
 
Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 15,000,000 shares authorized, actual; Series A preferred stock, 500,000 shares designated, 488,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    4,880              
 
Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 70,000,000 shares authorized, 40,883,700 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 175,000,000 shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted;      shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;      shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
    4       4          
 
Additional paid-in capital
    94,912       177,177          
 
Notes receivable from stockholders
    (463 )     (463 )        
 
Accumulated deficit
    (143,507 )     (143,507 )        
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    5,629       5,629          
                   
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity
  $ (38,545 )   $ 38,840     $    
                   
Total capitalization
  $ 110,982     $ 110,982     $    
                   
          The “Pro forma” and “Pro forma as adjusted” columns above do not reflect the following transactions, which occurred after June 30, 2006:
  we repaid a $4.6 million credit line through an exchange with our chief executive officer;
 
  we repaid a $5.1 million subordinated note; and
 
  two of our directors repaid $681,000 owed to us.
See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

24


Table of Contents

DILUTION
          Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2006 was approximately $38.8 million, or $          per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2006 and reflects the conversion of all of our preferred stock upon the closing of this offering and the issuance of subordinated notes to the holders of our series B preferred stock.
          After giving effect to the transactions described above and the sale by us of                      shares of common stock in this offering after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the use of the proceeds therefrom, our adjusted pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2006 would have been approximately $           million, or approximately $           per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $           per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $           per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share immediately after the completion of this offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for a share of our common stock. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:
                   
Assumed initial public offering price per share
          $    
 
Pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2006
  $ (       )        
 
Increase per share attributable to new investors
               
             
Adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering
               
             
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors
          $    
             
          If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering would be $           per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $           per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in the offering would be $           per share.
          The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2006, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share that existing stockholders and new investors paid, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The table gives effect to the conversion of all of our preferred stock into common stock.
                                           
    Shares Purchased   Total Consideration   Average
            Price Per
    Number   Percent   Amount   Percent   Share
                     
Existing stockholders
              %   $           %   $    
New investors
                                       
                               
 
Total
            100.0 %   $       $ 100.0 %        
                               
          The foregoing tables and calculations assume no exercise of any options outstanding as of June 30, 2006. To the extent that any of our outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.
          A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $           per share would increase (decrease) the total consideration that we receive from this offering by $           million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

25


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
          The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to, our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. The data as of December 31, 2004 and 2005, and for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The data as of December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, and for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002, is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes not included in this prospectus. The selected interim consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2006 and for the six months ended June 30, 2005 and 2006, is derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared our interim unaudited consolidated financial data on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements except that, effective January 1, 2006, we were required to begin accounting for stock-based payments at fair value, as discussed in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of our management, our interim unaudited consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of our results of operations and financial position. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.
                                                             
    Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended June 30,
         
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                             
                        (unaudited)
    (in thousands, except per share data)
Consolidated Statement of
Operations Data:(1)
Net sales
  $ 26,490     $ 22,180     $ 33,740     $ 60,707     $ 96,385     $ 41,630     $ 64,927  
Cost of sales
    26,223       23,277       38,583       42,274       62,481       28,437       39,119  
                                           
Gross profit (loss)
    267       (1,097 )     (4,843 )     18,433       33,904       13,193       25,808  
                                           
Operating expenses:
                                                       
 
Sales and marketing
    21,240       19,910       2,110       2,363       3,236       1,538       2,343  
 
Research and development
    8,407       8,383       10,063       4,831       5,788       2,873       2,622  
 
General and administrative
    18,875       13,354       9,998       8,179       10,598       4,352       5,813  
 
Aborted offering costs
    2,156                                      
 
In-process research and development
    900                                      
 
Provision for contract settlement
          9,474                                
 
Amortization and impairment of intangible assets
    11,986                                      
                                           
   
Total operating expenses
    63,564       51,121       22,171       15,373       19,622       8,763       10,778  
                                           
Operating (loss) income
    (63,297 )     (52,218 )     (27,014 )     3,060       14,282       4,430       15,030  
Interest income (expense), net
    1,857       (1,089 )     (1,505 )     (2,150 )     (1,840 )     (969 )     (709 )
Fair value adjustment to series B warrants(2)
    6,862       2,518       (3,664 )     (615 )     (745 )     (314 )     (2,219 )
Other income, net
    975       2,414       1,647       196       236       141       12  
                                           
(Loss) income before benefit from (provision for) income taxes and minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
    (53,603 )     (48,375 )     (30,536 )     491       11,933       3,288       12,114  
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes
    3,985       (1,175 )     2,205       1,601       (4,080 )     (1,219 )     (5,598 )
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
    (4 )     165       121       (80 )     (426 )     81       (398 )
                                           
Net (loss) income
  $ (49,622 )   $ (49,385 )   $ (28,210 )   $ 2,012     $ 7,427     $ 2,150     $ 6,118  
                                           
Net (loss) income per share:
                                                       
 
Basic
  $ (1.45 )   $ (1.42 )   $ (0.93 )   $ (0.01 )   $ 0.11     $ 0.02     $ 0.11  
                                           
 
Diluted
  $ (1.45 )   $ (1.42 )   $ (0.93 )   $ (0.01 )   $ 0.11     $ 0.02     $ 0.10  
                                           
Weighted average shares outstanding:
                                                       
 
Basic
    35,959       36,476       38,302       38,547       39,348       39,008       40,385  
 
Diluted
    35,959       36,476       38,302       38,547       45,252       44,912       49,584  
Supplementary pro forma net income per share(3)
                                  $               $    
                                           

26


Table of Contents

                                                 
    As of December 31,    
        As of June 30,
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2006
                         
                        (unaudited)
    (in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 8,851     $ 1,379     $ 536     $ 2,548     $ 8,361     $ 11,282  
Working capital
    44,711       35,669       16,303       20,934       23,550       22,721  
Total assets
    128,230       117,166       105,481       110,545       115,481       131,996  
Long-term debt, including current portion and a provision for contract settlement
    21,668       38,143       34,268       31,454       26,081       24,268  
Series B warrants
    12,138       9,620       13,284       13,899       14,644       16,863  
Convertible redeemable preferred stock
    81,842       84,194       91,646       93,997       96,348       97,385  
Preferred stock
    18,660       5,000       5,000       4,880       4,880       4,880  
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    12,090       (19,516 )     (51,947 )     (49,038 )     (46,504 )     (38,545 )
 
(1)  Stock-based compensation is included in the following financial statement captions as follows:
                                                         
        Six Months Ended
    Year Ended December 31,   June 30,
         
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                             
                        (unaudited)
    (in thousands)
Cost of sales
  $ 2,574     $ 789     $ 577     $ 218     $ 4     $     $ 37  
Sales and marketing
    19,148       17,260       18       6       1             11  
Research and development
    1,608       314       1,062       669       1             3  
General and administrative
    9,403       3,326       546       10       1             75  
                                           
Total
  $ 32,733     $ 21,689     $ 2,203     $ 903     $ 7     $     $ 126  
                                           
  Due primarily to certain stock-based compensation awarded primarily in 2000 and 2001, we have recorded significant stock-based compensation during the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003. Those awards became fully vested during the year ended December 31, 2004.
(2)  The change in value of the series B warrants is a non-cash charge related to recording the increase or decrease in the fair value of the warrants. The change in fair value for this derivative instrument is directly related to the probability that the warrants will be exercised prior to their expiration in April 2008. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repurchase the series B warrants. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Factors and Trends That Affect our Operations and Financial Results — Effect of Preferred Stock On Net Income and Net Income Per Share.”
 
(3)  The supplemental pro forma disclosures are intended to demonstrate the effects on net income per share of the completion of this offering and the related impacts of the conversion of our preferred stock and the repurchase of the series B warrants with a portion of the net proceeds of this offering. The number of shares used in the calculation of supplementary pro forma net income per common share includes (a) the basic weighted average common stock outstanding, (b)                      shares of common stock, which will be issued upon completion of this offering upon the conversion of our preferred stock, and (c)                shares related to the additional dilutive impact of existing options assuming that the fair value of the common stock increases to the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Supplementary pro forma net income used in the calculation of supplementary pro forma net income per share reflects the elimination of the increase in value of the series B warrants, which will be repurchased upon the completion of this offering, totaling $745,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005 and $2.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2006. In addition, all accretion of preferred stock has been eliminated in the determination of net income attributable to common stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Fair Value Adjustment of Warrants” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

27


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
          You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated by these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
          We are the leading developer and manufacturer of a broad line of high-performance fiber lasers and amplifiers for diverse applications in numerous markets. Since our founding in 1990, we have pioneered the development and commercialization of optical fiber-based lasers. Fiber lasers are a new generation of lasers that combine the advantages of semiconductor diodes, such as long life and high efficiency, with the high amplification and precise beam qualities of specialty optical fibers to deliver superior performance, reliability and usability at a lower total cost of ownership compared to conventional lasers. Our products are displacing traditional lasers in many current applications and enabling new applications for lasers.
          Our diverse lines of low, mid and high-power lasers and amplifiers are used in materials processing, communications, medical and advanced applications. We sell our products globally to original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, system integrators and end users. We market our products internationally primarily through our direct sales force and also through agreements with independent sales representatives and distributors. We have sales offices in the United States, Germany, Italy, United Kingdom, Japan, Korea, India and Russia.
          We are vertically integrated such that we design and manufacture all key components used in our finished products, from semiconductor diodes to optical fiber preforms, finished fiber lasers and amplifiers. Our vertically integrated operations allow us to reduce manufacturing costs, ensure access to critical components and rapidly develop and integrate advanced products while protecting our proprietary technology.
          Since our formation in 1990 in Russia, we have been focused on developing and manufacturing high-power fiber lasers and amplifiers. We established manufacturing and research operations in Germany in 1994 and in the United States in 1998. In the following years, we developed numerous OEM customer relationships for our advanced, active fiber-based products and generated a substantial majority of our sales from communications companies. Despite the significant economic downturn in the communications industry during 2001 and 2002, we invested in developing and manufacturing our own semiconductor diodes, one of our highest-cost components, rather than purchasing them from third-party vendors. Also, we developed new products with higher output levels, targeting new applications and markets outside of the communications industry, particularly materials processing.
Description of Our Net Sales, Costs and Expenses
          Net sales. We derive net sales primarily from the sale of fiber lasers and amplifiers. We also sell diode lasers, communications systems and complementary products. We develop our products to standard specifications and use a common set of components within our product architectures. We sell our products through our direct sales organization and our network of distributors and sales representatives, as well as system integrators. We sell our products to OEMs that supply materials processing laser systems, communications systems and medical laser systems to end users. We also sell our products to end users that build their own systems which incorporate our products or use our products as an energy or light source. Sales of our products generally are recognized upon shipment, provided that no obligations remain and collection of the receivable is reasonably assured.

28


Table of Contents

          Our sales cycle varies substantially, ranging from a period of a few weeks to as long as one year or more. Our scientists and engineers work closely with OEMs and end users to analyze their system requirements and select and meet appropriate specifications. We estimate that the life cycles of our products range from two to five years. Our sales typically are made on a purchase order basis rather than through long-term purchase commitments.
          The average selling prices of our products generally decrease as the products mature. These decreases arise from factors such as increased competition, the introduction of new products, increases in unit volumes and market share considerations. In the past, we have lowered our selling prices in order to penetrate new markets and applications in which previously it was not economically feasible for customers to deploy our products. Furthermore, we offer volume discounts to customers who buy multiple units. We cannot predict the timing and degree of these price declines.
          Cost of sales. Our cost of sales consists primarily of the cost of raw materials and components, direct labor expenses and manufacturing overhead. We are vertically integrated and currently manufacture all critical components for our products as well as assemble finished products. We believe our vertical integration allows us to increase efficiencies, leverage our scale and lower our cost of sales. For example, we believe that our internally manufactured diodes offer performance superior to that of commercially available diodes. Cost of sales also includes personnel costs and overhead related to our manufacturing and engineering operations, related occupancy and equipment costs, shipping costs and reserves for inventory obsolescence and for warranty obligations. Inventories are written off and charged to cost of sales when identified as excess or obsolete.
          Due to our vertical integration strategy, we maintain a relatively high fixed manufacturing overhead. We cannot adjust these fixed costs quickly to adapt to rapidly changing market conditions. Our gross profit, in absolute dollars and as a percentage of net sales, is greatly impacted by our sales volume and the corresponding absorption of fixed manufacturing overhead expenses. Additionally, because many of our products are customized, we are frequently required to devote significant engineering resources to the sales process, which we also include in cost of product sales as incurred.
          Sales and marketing. Our sales and marketing expense consists primarily of compensation, costs of advertising, trade shows, professional and technical conferences, promotions, travel related to our sales and marketing operations, related occupancy and equipment costs and other marketing costs.
          Research and development. Our research and development expense consists primarily of compensation, test and development expenses related to the design of our products and certain components, and facilities costs. We use a common research and development platform for our products. Costs related to product development are recorded as research and development expenses in the period in which they are incurred.
          General and administrative. Our general and administrative expense consists primarily of compensation and associated costs for executive management, finance and other administrative personnel, outside professional fees, allocated facilities costs and other corporate expenses.
          Fair value adjustment to series B warrants. In connection with the issuance of our series B preferred stock in 2000, we issued warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. The fair value adjustment to our series B warrants consists of a non-cash benefit or expense relating to a change in the fair value of the warrants. These warrants are accounted for as a derivative and are exercisable only after an initial public offering, a merger or liquidation or the sale of a majority of our common stock. A change in the fair value of the warrants is based on a change in the probability of any of such events occurring prior to the expiration of the warrants. We will continue to incur a non-cash benefit or expense each quarter based upon the increase or decrease, respectively, in the fair value of the warrants until such warrants are repurchased, exercised or otherwise are no longer outstanding. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repurchase the series B warrants, following which we will record no further adjustments to their fair value in our financial statements.

29


Table of Contents

          Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries. Our financial statements consolidate the financial results of our subsidiaries, including the subsidiaries that are not wholly owned by us. We own all of the stock of our subsidiaries, except for 20% of our Italian subsidiary, IPG Fibertech S.r.l., 49% of our Russian subsidiary, NTO IRE-Polus, 20% of our Japanese subsidiary, IPG Photonics (Japan) Ltd. (IPG Japan), and 10% of our Korean subsidiary, IPG Photonics (Korea) Ltd. We reduce or increase our net income by the net income or loss, respectively, attributable to the minority ownership interest in such subsidiaries. Any reduction in net loss related to such subsidiaries is limited to the extent that the minority stockholders are obligated and have the ability to absorb such losses.
Factors and Trends That Affect Our Operations and Financial Results
          In reading our financial statements, you should be aware of the following factors and trends that our management believes are important in understanding our financial performance.
          Net sales. Our net sales have grown rapidly in recent years. From 2002 to 2005, our net sales grew from $22.2 million to $96.4 million, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 63%. Our net sales in the six months ended June 30, 2006 increased by 56% over the corresponding period in 2005. The principal drivers of our net sales growth have been (i) introduction of new products, including our high-power lasers, and increasing demand for our products, fueled by the decreasing average cost per watt of output power, (ii) the expansion of our product line into higher output power levels, (iii) the growing market acceptance of fiber lasers, (iv) the development of new applications for our products and new OEM customer relationships, and (v) the increased investment by communications system providers for broadband applications. Although we believe we have multiple opportunities for additional net sales growth and are planning our business accordingly, we do not expect our net sales to continue to grow at rates as high as those we have recently experienced. We experienced periods of rapid growth from 1998 to 2000 and from 2002 to the present, as well as a period when net sales decreased in 2001 and 2002 following the decline in the communications market. Since 2002 we have diversified our end markets and reduced our reliance on any particular industry.
          In planning our business, we take into account the cyclical nature of some of the end markets that we serve, as well as the longer-term historical patterns in the development of our business. For example, our net sales growth from materials processing applications could slow if there is a decline in investment in machinery and equipment used in manufacturing. Net sales derived from communications sales were adversely affected following the increase in inventory levels of communications devices in 2000 and 2001. Furthermore, net sales can be affected by the time taken to qualify our products for use in new applications in the end markets that we serve. The adoption of our products by a new customer or qualification in a new application can lead to an increase in net sales for a period, which may then slow until we further penetrate new markets or customers.
          Gross margin. One of our important objectives is maintaining and improving our gross margin, which is our gross profit expressed as a percentage of our net sales. In the last three years our gross margins have increased from (14.4)% in 2003 to 30.4% in 2004 and 35.2% in 2005.
          Our total gross margin in any period can be affected by total net sales in any period, product mix, that is, the percentage of our revenue in that period that is attributable to higher or lower-power products, and by other factors, some of which are not under our control. Due to the fact that we have high fixed costs, our costs are difficult to adjust in response to changes in demand. Therefore, our manufacturing costs as a percentage of net sales are volatile and can increase or decrease depending on total net sales reported in a period. Our product mix affects our margins because the selling price per watt is higher for low and mid-power devices than for high-power devices. The overall cost of high-power lasers may be partially offset by improved absorption of fixed overhead costs associated with sales of larger volumes of higher-power products. We regularly review our inventory for items that have been rendered obsolete or determined to be excess, and any writeoff of such obsolete or excess inventory affects our gross margins.

30


Table of Contents

          The factors that can influence the gross margins derived from sales of any individual product include the following:
  factors that affect the prices we can charge, including the features and performance of our products, their output power, the nature of the end user and application, and competitive pressures;
 
  factors that affect the cost of our net sales, including the cost of raw materials and components, manufacturing costs and shipping costs;
 
  production volumes of specific product lines; and
 
  in the case of our OEM customers, the type of market that they serve and the competitive pricing pressures faced by our OEM customers.
          Cost of diodes. Prior to 2004, we used semiconductor diodes purchased from a third-party supplier. In 2004, we began production at our semiconductor diode manufacturing facility, which enabled us to significantly reduce the cost of our semiconductor diodes and eliminate reliance upon suppliers for this component. For many of our products, particularly at higher power levels, the cost of diodes is the most important factor in determining the price of the product. In addition, we have increased the output power of an individual semiconductor diode, further reducing our cost per watt. We do not anticipate that any further reductions in the cost of diodes will be as significant as we have experienced in the past.
          Sales and marketing expense. We expect to continue to expand our worldwide direct sales organization and personnel involved in marketing in our existing and new geographic locations and to increase expenditures on sales and marketing activities in order to support the growth in our net sales. As such, we expect that our sales and marketing expenses will increase in the aggregate.
          Research and development expense. We plan to continue to invest in research and development to improve our existing components and products and develop new components and products. We plan to increase the personnel involved in research and development and expect to increase other research and development expenses. As such, we expect our research and development expenses will increase in the aggregate.
          General and administrative expense. We expect to expand our general and administrative personnel and other general and administrative expenses as we expand finance and other administrative functions to support our growth in net sales and additional reporting and compliance requirements associated with being a public company. As such, we expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the aggregate.
          Major customers. We have historically depended on a few customers for a large percentage of our annual net sales. The composition of this group can change from year to year. Net sales derived from our five largest customers as a percentage of our annual net sales was 38% in 2003, 37% in 2004 and 37% in 2005. Sales to our largest customer accounted for 17%, 20%, 13% and 11% of our net sales in 2003, 2004 and 2005 and the six months ended June 30, 2006, respectively. We seek to add new customers and to expand our relationships with existing customers. We anticipate that the composition of our net sales to our significant customers will continue to change. If any of our significant customers were to substantially reduce their purchases from us, our results would be adversely affected.
          Effect of preferred stock on net income and net income per share. Our net income per share computations historically have been impacted by our convertible preferred stock, convertible debt and the series B warrants. Upon completion of this offering, we will no longer have any such convertible debt or equity instruments outstanding. As such, our net income per share computations will no longer be adjusted for the effects of these convertible instruments for the quarters following the completion of this offering. Elsewhere in this prospectus, we have supplementally provided pro forma net income per share information for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the six months ended June 30, 2006. See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data.” These pro forma disclosures are intended to demonstrate the effects on net

31


Table of Contents

income per share upon the completion of this offering and the related impacts of the conversion of our preferred stock and the repurchase of the series B warrants.
          In connection with the issuance of our series B preferred stock, we issued warrants (the series B warrants) to purchase, in the aggregate, shares of our common stock valued at $47.5 million at an equivalent per-share price of 50% of the fair value on the date of an initial public offering of common stock or the sale, merger or liquidation of our company. The series B warrants are exercisable upon the completion of this offering. The series B warrants constitute freestanding derivatives that are accounted for as liabilities at fair value and the changes in fair value of the series B warrants are recorded as non-cash expenses or benefits. Any increase in the fair value of the series B warrants has the effect of reducing our reported net income and net income per share. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, the fair value of the series B warrants increased by $3.7 million, $0.6 million and $0.7 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2006, the fair value of the series B warrants increased by $2.2 million. We will continue to incur a non-cash expense or benefit each quarter based upon the increase or decrease, respectively, in the fair value of the warrants until such warrants are repurchased, exercised or otherwise are no longer outstanding. We plan to repurchase the series B warrants using approximately $22.1 million of the net proceeds of this offering. In the quarter in which we complete this offering, we will record incremental expense associated with the series B warrants totaling approximately $  million, representing the increase in fair value from the carrying value on the most recent measurement date to the $22.1 million repurchase value. In subsequent quarters, we will not recognize any further income or expense with respect to the series B warrants.
          The terms of our series A preferred stock and series B preferred stock include price protection or anti-dilution features that constitute a contingent beneficial conversion feature (or deemed dividend) that will be recorded upon the resolution of the contingency, which will occur upon the completion of this offering. The deemed dividend does not reduce net income but does reduce net income applicable to common stockholders in the computation of net income (loss) per share. A deemed dividend totaling approximately $          will be recorded in the period that this offering occurs. No further deemed dividends associated with the beneficial conversion features related to our series A preferred stock or series B preferred stock will be required following the completion of this offering.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
          The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net sales and expenses. By their nature, these estimates and judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. On an ongoing basis we re-evaluate our judgments and estimates including those related to inventories, income taxes and the fair value of certain debt and equity instruments including stock-based compensation. We base our estimates and judgments on our historical experience and on other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making the judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates, which may result in material effects on our operating results and financial position. The accounting policies described below are those which, in our opinion, involve the most significant application of judgment, or involve complex estimation, and which could, if different judgments or estimates were made, materially affect our reported results of operations and financial position.
          Revenue recognition. Our net sales are generated from sales of fiber lasers, fiber amplifiers, diode lasers and complementary products. Our products are used in a wide range of applications by different types of end users or used as components or integrated into systems by OEMs or system integrators, and are often used as sub-assemblies required for end products manufactured by or for the customer. We also sell communications systems that include our fiber lasers and amplifiers as components.
          We recognize revenue in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 104, “Revenue Recognition.” SAB No. 104 requires that four basic criteria be met before revenue can be

32


Table of Contents

recognized: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; (iii) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue from the sale of our products is generally recognized upon shipment, provided that the other revenue recognition criteria have been met. We have no obligation to provide upgrades, enhancements or customer support subsequent to the sale. Revenue from orders with multiple deliverables is divided into separate units of accounting when certain criteria are met. The consideration for the arrangement is then allocated to the separate units of accounting based on their relative fair values. We defer the revenue on multiple element arrangements if the fair values of all deliverables are not known or if customer acceptance is contingent on delivery of specified items or performance conditions. Applicable revenue recognition criteria are then applied separately for each separate unit of accounting.
          Returns and customer credits are infrequent and are recorded as a reduction to revenue. Rights of return are generally not included in sales arrangements. Generally, we receive a customer purchase order as evidence of an arrangement and product shipment terms are free on board (F.O.B.) shipping point.
          Inventory. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market. Inventory includes parts and components that may be specialized in nature and subject to rapid obsolescence. We maintain a reserve for inventory items to provide for an estimated amount of excess or obsolete inventory. The reserve is based upon a review of inventory materials on hand, which we compare with estimated future usage. In addition, we review the inventory and compare recorded costs with estimates of current market value. Writedowns are recorded to reduce the carrying value to the net realizable value with respect to any part with costs in excess of current market value. Estimating demand and current market values is inherently difficult, particularly given that we make unique components and products. We determine the valuation of excess and obsolete inventory by making our best estimate considering the current quantities of inventory on hand and our forecast of the need for this inventory to support future sales of our products. We often have limited information on which to base our forecasts. If future sales differ from these forecasts, the valuation of excess and obsolete inventory may change. For example, as a result of commencing internal production of our semiconductor diodes and due to the downturn in the communications market, we recorded a charge to inventory of $8.3 million in 2003 related to the reduction in the carrying value of semiconductor diodes and certain other optical components. In addition, during 2005 we recorded a charge against the remaining diodes that had been procured from third parties, other components and finished goods that totaled $2.4 million .
          Stock-based compensation. Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for stock-based employee compensation arrangements in accordance with the intrinsic value provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” Therefore, we did not record any compensation expense for stock options we granted to our employees where the exercise price was at least equal to the fair value of the stock on the date of grant. Due primarily to certain stock-based compensation awarded primarily in 2000 and 2001, we have recorded significant stock-based compensation during the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003. Those awards became fully vested during the year ended December 31, 2004. We comply with the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 and SFAS No. 148, which require that we disclose our pro forma net income or loss and net income or loss per common share as if we had expensed the options at fair value. As a private company, we applied the provisions of SFAS No. 123 using the minimum value computations, which assume no volatility in the fair value of our common stock underlying employee stock options. In December 2004, SFAS No. 123 was amended (now referred to as SFAS No. 123(R)), and we account for any newly issued, modified or settled stock awards on or after January 1, 2006 at fair value.
          We adopted SFAS No. 123(R) using the prospective transition method. Under this method, compensation costs recorded during the six months ended June 30, 2006 include: (i) compensation costs for all share-based payment awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of, January 1, 2006, based on the intrinsic value in accordance with the original provisions of APB 25; and (ii) compensation costs for all share-based payment awards granted subsequent to January 1, 2006, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R). We allocate and record stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

33


Table of Contents

          Under SFAS No. 123(R), we calculate the fair value of stock option grants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of stock-based payment awards require the use of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected life of the stock-based payment awards and stock price volatility. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates, but the estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. The weighted average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model were 6.25 years for the expected term, 65% for the expected volatility, 4.75% for the risk-free rate and 0% for dividend yield for the six months ended June 30, 2006. Because there is currently no public market for our common stock, we are unable to use actual price volatility or option life as input assumptions within our Black-Scholes valuation model.
          The weighted average expected option term for 2006 reflects the application of the simplified method set forth in Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 107, which was issued in March 2005. The simplified method defines the life as the average of the contractual term of the options and the weighted average vesting period for all option tranches.
          Because there has been no public market for our common stock, the fair value of our common stock was determined by our board of directors based on consideration of relevant factors. Factors considered by our board of directors included:
  independent valuation reports that we received;
 
  the agreed-upon consideration paid in arms-length transactions in the form of convertible preferred stock and common stock;
 
  the superior rights and preferences of securities senior to our common stock at the time of each grant;
 
  historical and anticipated fluctuations in our net sales and results of operations, which reflect our dependence on certain key customers, the cyclical nature of certain of our end markets and market acceptance of our products; and
 
  the risk of owning our common stock and its non-liquid nature.
          For the calculation of expected volatility, because there is currently no public market for our common stock, and therefore we lack company-specific historical and implied volatility information, we based our estimate of expected volatility on the expected volatility of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available. We used the following factors to identify similar public entities: industry, stage of life cycle, size and profitability. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar entities until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified entities are no longer similar to us. In this latter case, more suitable, similar entities whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.
          As stock-based compensation expense recorded in our statement of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2006 is based on options ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The stock-based compensation recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2006 reflects an estimated forfeiture rate of 5%. For purposes of preparing the pro forma information required under SFAS 123 for the periods prior to 2006, we accounted for forfeitures as they occurred.
          In accordance with the prospective transition method, our financial statements for prior periods have not been restated to reflect, and do not include, the impact of SFAS 123(R). Total employee stock-based compensation expense recorded under SFAS 123(R) for the six months ended June 30, 2006 was $0.1 million. We expect that our quarterly stock-based compensation expense will increase for the remainder of 2006.

34


Table of Contents

          Income taxes. We account for income taxes under the provisions of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” Under this method, we determine the deferred tax assets and liabilities based upon the difference between the financial statements and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. The tax consequences of most events recognized in the current year’s financial statements are included in determining income taxes currently payable. However, because tax laws and financial accounting standards differ in their recognition and measurement of assets, liabilities, equity, net sales, expenses, gains and losses, differences arise between the amount of taxable income and pretax financial income for a year and the tax basis of assets or liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. Because we assume that the reported amounts of assets and liabilities will be recovered and settled, respectively, a difference between the tax basis of an asset or a liability and its reported amount in the balance sheet will result in a taxable or a deductible amount in some future years when the related assets or liabilities are settled or the reported amount of the assets are recovered, giving rise to a deferred tax asset or liability. We must then periodically assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from our future taxable income, and, to the extent we believe that it is more likely than not our deferred tax assets will not be recovered, we must establish a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.
          We have used the majority of our net operating losses in Germany that we have previously generated and we are now paying income taxes in Germany. We have recorded deferred tax assets related to operating losses in Germany as we believe that no valuation allowance was necessary. As of December 31, 2005, we have a valuation allowance totaling $19.4 million, primarily against U.S. federal and state net operating losses as well as certain other U.S. timing differences. The release of the valuation allowance will depend upon the continued improvement in results of our U.S. operations and the reversal of a material U.S. timing difference. If the results of our U.S. operations continue to improve, we expect to be able to start using the net operating losses available in the United States and to release the valuation allowance. Our reported net income will increase substantially for the quarter in which we release the valuation allowance, reflecting the reduction of our future income taxes as a result of the utilization of the prior year net operating losses. Based on our projections of operating income and taxable income, we anticipate that we will release the valuation allowance in the latter half of 2006.
          Fair value adjustment of warrants. In connection with the issuance of our series B preferred stock, we issued warrants to purchase, in the aggregate, shares of our common stock valued at $47.5 million at an equivalent per-share price of 50% of the fair value on the date of an initial public offering of our common stock or the sale, merger or liquidation of our company. The warrants are treated as a free-standing derivative under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” SFAS No. 133 requires us to record a non-cash expense or benefit each quarter, based upon the increase or decrease in the fair value of the warrants, until such warrants are repurchased, exercised or otherwise are no longer outstanding. We periodically assess the fair value of the warrants by estimating the probability that the warrants will be exercised based upon our estimate of the increase or decrease in the likelihood of an initial public offering, merger, liquidation or sale of the majority of our common stock prior to the warrants’ expiration. Estimating these probabilities is inherently difficult.

35


Table of Contents

Results of Operations
          The following table sets forth selected statement of operations data for the periods indicated in dollar amounts and expressed as a percentage of net sales.
                                                                                   
    Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended June 30,
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
    (in thousands, except percentages)
Net sales
  $ 33,740       100.0 %   $ 60,707       100.0 %   $ 96,385       100.0 %   $ 41,630       100.0 %   $ 64,927       100.0 %
Cost of sales
    38,583       114.4       42,274       69.6       62,481       64.8       28,437       68.3       39,119       60.3  
                                                             
Gross (loss) profit
    (4,843 )     (14.4 )     18,433       30.4       33,904       35.2       13,193       31.7       25,808       39.7  
                                                             
Operating expenses:
                                                                               
 
Sales and marketing
    2,110       6.3       2,363       3.9       3,236       3.4       1,538       3.7       2,343       3.6  
 
Research and development
    10,063       29.8       4,831       8.0       5,788       6.0       2,873       6.9       2,622       4.0  
 
General and administrative
    9,998       29.6       8,179       13.5       10,598       11.0       4,352       10.5       5,813       9.0  
                                                             
 
Total operating expenses
    22,171       65.7       15,373       25.4       19,622       20.4       8,763       21.1       10,778       16.6  
                                                             
Operating (loss) income
    (27,014 )     (80.1 )     3,060       5.0       14,282       14.8       4,430       10.6       15,030       23.1  
Interest expense, net
    (1,505 )     (4.5 )     (2,150 )     (3.5 )     (1,840 )     (1.9 )     (969 )     (2.3 )     (709 )     (1.1 )
Fair value adjustment to series B warrants
    (3,664 )     (10.9 )     (615 )     (1.0 )     (745 )     (0.8 )     (314 )     (0.8 )     (2,219 )     (3.4 )
Other income, net
    1,647       4.9       196       0.3       236       0.2       141       0.3       12       0.0  
                                                             
(Loss) income before benefit from (provision for) income taxes and minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
    (30,536 )     (90.6 )     491       0.8       11,933       12.3       3,288       7.8       12,114       18.6  
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes
    2,205       6.5       1,601       2.6       (4,080 )     (4.2 )     (1,219 )     (2.9 )     (5,598 )     (8.6 )
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
    121       0.4       (80 )     (0.1 )     (426 )     (0.4 )     81       0.2       (398 )     (0.6 )
                                                             
Net (loss) income
  $ (28,210 )     (83.7 )%   $ 2,012       3.3 %   $ 7,427       7.7 %   $ 2,150       5.1 %   $ 6,118       9.4 %
                                                             
Comparison of Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 to Six Months Ended June 30, 2005
          Net sales. Our net sales increased by $23.3 million, or 56.0%, to $64.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006 from $41.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2005. This increase was primarily attributable to a higher volume of sales of fiber lasers in materials processing applications, where net sales increased by $20.2 million or by 86.9% of the total increase in net sales. Communications accounted for 13.0% of the increase in net sales. The growth in net sales resulted primarily from increased market acceptance of high-power fiber lasers and the continued growth in sales of low and medium-power fiber lasers for materials processing. Net sales growth was also driven by increased sales of fiber amplifiers used in broadband systems in the United States and communications systems in Europe.
          Cost of sales and gross margin. Our costs of sales increased by $10.7 million, or 37.7%, to $39.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006 from $28.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2005, as a result of the increased sales volume. Our gross margin increased to 39.7% in the six months ended June 30, 2006 from 31.7% in the six months ended June 30, 2005 because of a reduction in the cost of our internally manufactured optical components, including semiconductor diodes, and more favorable absorption of fixed manufacturing costs as a result of our higher production volume.

36


Table of Contents

          Sales and marketing expense. Sales and marketing expense increased by $0.8 million, or 53.3%, to $2.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006 from $1.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2005, primarily as a result of a $0.4 million increase in personnel costs due to increases in sales commissions and the expansion of our worldwide direct sales organization driven by the increase in net sales.
          Research and development expense. Research and development expense decreased by $0.3 million, or 10.3%, to $2.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006 from $2.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2005. This reduction in research and development expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2006 was primarily attributable to the timing of research and development projects and is not indicative of any reduction in our commitment to research and development.
          General and administrative expense. General and administrative expense increased by $1.4 million, or 31.8%, to $5.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006 from $4.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2005, primarily due to a $0.3 million increase in consulting costs and other administrative expenses. Personnel expenses related to general and administrative expense were approximately the same in the six months ended June 30, 2006 compared to the same period of 2005 despite an increase in headcount because the expenses for 2005 included bonuses to certain employees of $0.4 million.
          Interest expense, net. Interest expense, net decreased by $0.3 million, or 30%, to $0.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006 from $1.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2005, resulting from the repayment of term debt as well as lower utilization of our credit lines in Germany in the six months ended June 30, 2006.
          Fair value adjustment to series B warrants. The fair value of the series B warrants increased by $2.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006 due to an increase in management’s estimate of the probability of completion of an initial public offering prior to the expiration of the warrants.
          (Provision for) benefit from income taxes. Our provision for income tax expense increased by $4.4 million, to a provision of $5.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006 from $1.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2005 representing an effective tax rate of 39.0% in the six months ended June 30, 2006 as compared to 33.8% in the same period of 2005. The increase in the provision for income taxes was driven by an increase in earnings before tax of $8.8 million to $12.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006 from $3.3 million in the same period of 2005, as well as changes in the relative amounts of our taxable income generated throughout various tax jurisdictions.
          Net income (loss). Net income increased by $3.9 million, or more than 100%, to $6.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2006 from $2.2 million for the same period in 2005 and our net income margin increased by 4.2 percentage points to 9.4% of net sales for the six months ended June 30, 2006 from 5.2% of net sales for the same period in 2005.
Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2005 to Year Ended December 31, 2004
          Net sales. Our net sales increased by $35.7 million, or 58.8%, to $96.4 million in 2005 from $60.7 million in 2004. This increase was primarily attributable to higher sales of fiber lasers in the materials processing market, where net sales increased by $18.4 million or 51.5% of the total increase in net sales. Communications, medical and advanced applications each accounted for an approximately equal portion of the remaining increase in net sales. The growth in net sales resulted primarily from increased market acceptance of fiber lasers in materials processing applications, particularly high-power fiber lasers, and to a lesser extent, broadband systems rollouts that increased fiber amplifier sales.
          Cost of sales and gross margin. Our cost of sales increased by $20.2 million, or 47.8%, to $62.5 million in 2005 from $42.3 million in 2004, as a result of increased sales volumes. Our gross margin increased to 35.2% in 2005 from 30.4% in 2004 because of a reduction in the cost of our internally manufactured semiconductor diodes and more favorable absorption of fixed manufacturing costs as a result of our increased production volume, offset by higher manufacturing and labor costs.

37


Table of Contents

          Sales and marketing expense. Sales and marketing expense increased by $0.8 million, or 33.3%, to $3.2 million in 2005 from $2.4 million in 2004 as a result of a $0.4 million increase in personnel costs associated with the increase in sales commissions and the expansion of our worldwide direct sales organization.
          Research and development expense. Research and development expense increased by $1.0 million, or 20.8%, to $5.8 million in 2005 from $4.8 million in 2004. The increase in our research and development expense was primarily attributable to a $1.9 million increase in personnel costs due to increased headcount, which was partially offset by a decrease in other development expenses.
          General and administrative expense. General and administrative expense increased by $2.4 million, or 29.3%, to $10.6 million in 2005 from $8.2 million in 2004, primarily due to a $2.7 million increase in personnel costs, partially offset by a $0.5 million decrease in certain other expenses such as travel and lease expenses.
          Interest expense, net. Interest expense, net decreased by $0.4 million, or 18.2%, to $1.8 million in 2005 from $2.2 million in 2004. The decrease resulted from the repayment of debt.
          Fair value adjustment to series B warrants. The fair value of the series B warrants increased by $0.1 million to $0.7 million in 2005 from $0.6 million in 2004 due to an increase in the probability of their exercise as well as a lower total discount related to the time value of money.
          (Provision for) benefit from income taxes. Our provision for income tax expense increased by $5.7 million, to $4.1 million in 2005 from a benefit of $1.6 million in 2004, representing an effective tax rate of 32.2% in 2005 and more than negative 100% in 2004. The $1.6 million benefit in 2004 largely reflects the reversal of $1.6 million in reserves for prior year taxes as a result of the completion of a tax audit in the United States. The relative amounts of our taxable income generated between Germany and the United States have a significant impact on our effective rate. In each of 2005 and 2004, we did not provide any benefits on our operating losses in the United States, whereas in Germany we have historically been profitable and recorded a tax provision without a valuation allowance. Absent the effects of the valuation allowance, our blended worldwide effective tax rate is estimated to have been approximately 40% in each of 2005 and 2004.
          Net income (loss). Our net income increased by $5.4 million to $7.4 million in 2005 from $2.0 million in 2004 and our net income margin increased by 4.4 percentage points to 7.7% of net sales in 2005 from 3.3% of net sales in 2004.
Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2004 to Year Ended December 31, 2003
          Net sales. Our net sales increased by $27.0 million, or 80.1%, to $60.7 million in 2004 from $33.7 million in 2003. This increase was primarily attributable to a higher volume of sales of fiber lasers in the materials processing market, where net sales increased by $18.3 million. Communications equipment accounted for $4.5 million of the increase in net sales. The growth in net sales resulted primarily from increased market acceptance of fiber lasers for materials processing applications, as well as broadband systems rollouts that increased fiber amplifier sales. In 2004, our sales of high-power lasers began to increase as compared to 2003, when these products were still largely in the prototype phase, such that the increase in our net sales was also attributable to higher unit sales of high-power (generally one kilowatt and above) fiber lasers introduced in prior years.
          Cost of sales and gross margin. Our cost of sales increased by $3.7 million, or 9.6%, to $42.3 million in 2004 from $38.6 million in 2003. The increase in materials costs related to increased sales volumes was partially offset by a reduction in charges related to inventory reserves. Excluding $8.3 million inventory reserves that we recorded in 2003, our cost of sales increased by $12.0 million, or 39.6%, in 2004 from 2003. Excluding the impact of this inventory reserve provision, our gross margin increased to 30.3% in 2004 from 10.1% in 2003 because of a reduction in our cost of materials resulting from a decrease in the cost of our in-house manufactured semiconductor diodes and more favorable absorption of fixed manufacturing costs as a result of our increased production volume.

38


Table of Contents

          Sales and marketing expense. Sales and marketing expense increased by $0.3 million, or 14.3%, to $2.4 million in 2004 from $2.1 million in 2003 as a result of increases in personnel costs associated with the increase in sales commissions as a result of net sales growth and the expansion of our worldwide direct sales organization.
          Research and development expense. Research and development expense decreased by $5.3 million, or 52.5%, to $4.8 million in 2004 from $10.1 million in 2003. The decrease in our research and development expense was primarily attributable to the fact that we began commercial production of our diodes in the first quarter of 2004. The costs related to the diode manufacturing facility that were previously classified as research and development were now classified as cost of sales. Excluding the expenses related to the diode manufacturing facility, research and development expense decreased by $1.4 million, or 22.6%, to $4.8 million in 2004 from $6.2 million in 2003.
          General and administrative expense. General and administrative expense decreased by $1.8 million, or 18%, to $8.2 million in 2004 from $10.0 million in 2003, primarily due to a $0.5 million decrease in professional fees costs and a $0.5 million decrease in stock-based compensation.
          Interest expense, net. Interest expense, net increased by $0.7 million, or 46.7%, to $2.2 million from $1.5 million in 2003, as a result of additional interest charges relating to the issuance of a note to a supplier and the increased use of lines of credit on which the interest rates exceeded our weighted average cost of bank debt.
          Fair value adjustment to series B warrants. The fair value of the series B warrants decreased by $3.1 million to $0.6 million in 2004 from $3.7 million in 2003 due to a higher total discount related to the time value of money.
          (Provision for) benefit from income taxes. Our benefit from income taxes decreased by $0.6 million, to $1.6 million in 2004 from a benefit of $2.2 million in 2003. In 2004, we released a $1.6 million reserve for prior year taxes upon the completion of a tax audit of our U.S. operations for the years 1999 through 2001. Our effective tax rates in each of 2004 and 2003 were impacted by the relative amounts of our taxable income generated between Germany and the United States and the full valuation allowance provided against U.S. timing differences as well as net operating loss carryforwards.
          Net income (loss). Our net income (loss) increased by $30.2 million to net income of $2.0 million in 2004 from a net loss of $28.2 million in 2003 and our net income margin increased to 3.3% of net sales in 2004 from (83.7)% of net sales in 2003.
Selected Quarterly Results
          The following table presents certain unaudited quarterly financial information for our last six quarters. The unaudited interim consolidated financial information contained herein has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary to fairly present such information when read together with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

39


Table of Contents

                                                     
    Three Months Ended
     
    Mar. 31,   June 30,   Sep. 30,   Dec. 31,   Mar. 31,   June 30,
    2005   2005   2005   2005   2006   2006
                         
    (in thousands)
Net sales
  $ 18,788     $ 22,843     $ 20,607     $ 34,147     $ 32,743     $ 32,184  
Cost of sales
    12,937       15,501       13,325       20,718       20,278       18,841  
                                     
Gross profit
    5,851       7,342       7,282       13,429       12,465       13,343  
Operating expenses:
                                               
 
Sales and marketing
    650       887       817       882       1,080       1,263  
 
Research and development
    1,370       1,504       1,303       1,611       1,235       1,387  
 
General and administrative
    1,793       2,559       2,337       3,909       2,659       3,154  
                                     
   
Total operating expenses
    3,813       4,950       4,457       6,402       4,974       5,804  
                                     
Operating income
    2,038       2,392       2,825       7,027       7,491       7,539  
Interest expense, net
    (514 )     (454 )     (442 )     (430 )     (355 )     (354 )
Fair value adjustment to series B warrants
    (155 )     (159 )     (163 )     (268 )     (1,862 )     (357 )
Other income, net
    (2 )     143       55       40       8       4  
                                     
Income before provision for income taxes and minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
    1,367       1,922       2,275       6,369       5,282       6,832  
Provision for income taxes
    (468 )     (751 )     (818 )     (2,043 )     (2,833 )     (2,765 )
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
    77       5       (107 )     (401 )     (288 )     (110 )
                                     
Net income
  $ 976     $ 1,176     $ 1,350     $ 3,925     $ 2,161     $ 3,957  
                                     
          The following table presents certain unaudited quarterly information as a percentage of our net sales for our last six quarters.
                                                     
    Three Months Ended
     
    Mar. 31,   June 30,   Sep. 30,   Dec. 31,   Mar. 31,   June 30,
    2005   2005   2005   2005   2006   2006
                         
Net sales
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost of sales
    68.9       67.9       64.7       60.7       61.9       58.5  
                                     
Gross profit
    31.1       32.1       35.3       39.3       38.1       41.5  
Operating expenses:
                                               
 
Sales and marketing
    3.5       3.9       4.0       2.6       3.3       3.9  
 
Research and development
    7.3       6.6       6.3       4.7       3.8       4.3  
 
General and administrative
    9.5       11.2       11.3       11.4       8.1       9.8  
                                     
   
Total operating expenses
    20.3       21.7       21.6       18.7       15.2       18.0  
                                     
Operating income
    10.8       10.4       13.7       20.6       22.9       23.5  
Interest expense, net
    (2.7 )     (2.0 )     (2.1 )     (1.3 )     (1.1 )     (1.1 )
Fair value adjustment to series B warrants
    (0.8 )     (0.7 )     (0.8 )     (0.8 )     (5.7 )     (1.1 )
Other income, net
    (0.0 )     0.6       0.3       0.1       0.0       0.0  
                                     
Income before provision for income taxes and minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
    7.3       8.3       11.1       18.6       16.1       21.3  
Provision for income taxes
    (2.5 )     (3.3 )     (4.0 )     (6.0 )     (8.7 )     (8.6 )
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
    0.4       0.0       (0.5 )     (1.2 )     (0.9 )     (0.3 )
                                     
Net income
    5.2 %     5.0 %     6.6 %     11.4 %     6.5 %     12.4 %
                                     

40


Table of Contents

          Our net sales fluctuate on a quarterly basis and increased from $18.8 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2005 to $32.2 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2006, primarily due to the increased acceptance of our lasers in industrial markets. Our sales have been and will continue to be impacted by the timing of our shipments and customer acceptance of our products. For example, we experienced sequential growth in net sales in the first and second quarter of 2005. In the quarter ended September 30, 2005, our net sales declined as the revenue from one high-power laser shipped in that quarter had to be deferred until the fourth quarter of 2005 due to delayed installation and customer acceptance.
          Our gross margin generally improved over the six quarters ended June 30, 2006, ranging from 31.1% to 41.5%. Gross profit varies from quarter to quarter depending upon changes in the level of net sales and upon customer and product mix. Such changes can impact our absorption of our indirect manufacturing costs. Furthermore, the level of gross profit in a quarter can be reduced by the need to record additional inventory provisions.
          Our operating margin also fluctuated from quarter to quarter, although it improved as our net sales increased in the fourth quarter of 2005 and the first two quarters of 2006. The higher level of net sales and increase in gross profit in those quarters enabled us to reduce our operating expenses as a percentage of sales and improve our operating margin. Our operating margin decreased from 10.8% in the first quarter of 2005 to 10.4% in the second quarter of 2005 despite an increase in sales over the same period, then increased to 20.6% in the fourth quarter of 2005 and 23.5% in the second quarter of 2006. The decline in operating margin in the second quarter of 2005 was due primarily to an increase in operating expenses in that period, which offset the increase in gross profit. Operating expenses were higher in the second quarter, primarily due to personnel expenses relating to bonus payments and accounting and legal fees.
          Our quarterly net sales and operating results have fluctuated in the past and are likely to continue to vary from quarter to quarter due to a number of factors, many of which are not within our control. Therefore, we do not believe that our operating results in any quarter or quarters should be relied upon as an accurate indicator of our future performance. In future periods, the market price of our common stock could decline if our net sales and results of operations are below the expectations of analysts and investors. Factors that may cause our net sales and operating results to fluctuate include those discussed in “Risk Factors.”
Liquidity and Capital Resources
          We have financed our operations through internally generated cash flow from operations which includes, from time to time, deposits made by our customers when they place orders with us and private sales of common and preferred stock.
          In addition to these sources, we negotiated line-of -credit facilities and term bank loans with our banks in the United States, Germany, Japan and Italy. A summary of these financing arrangements is shown below.

41


Table of Contents

          The following table details our line-of -credit facilities:
                 
Description   Available Principal   Interest Rate   Maturity   Security
                 
Euro Overdraft Facility
  Euro 4.4 million ($5.5 million)   7.5%-8.0%, depending upon principal outstanding   Euro 2.0 million ($2.5 million) available through September 2006

Euro 2.4 million ($3.0 million) available through March 2010
  Common pool of assets of German subsidiary
U.S. Demand Line(1)
  80% of eligible receivables, up to $7,000,000   LIBOR plus 3.0%   June 2008   All assets held by our U.S. parent company (IPG Photonics Corporation)
Japanese Overdraft Facility
  100% of eligible receivables, up to JPY700,000,000 ($6.0 million)   1.88%   September 2006   Pool of assets of Japanese subsidiary
 
(1)  This loan has a minimum debt service coverage covenant.
          We also have two credit lines with total availability of $0.7 million which bear interest at rates ranging from 4.0% to 7.6% and are secured by assets of our Italian subsidiary.
          The following table details our fixed-term debt. We plan to use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to repay this fixed-term debt:
                         
Description   Principal   Interest Rate   Maturity   Security
                 
U.S. Construction Loan(1)
    $5.8  million       7.9%     January 2007   Property and plant in United States
Euro Construction Loans
    $7.1  million       5.25%     September 2006 to December 2010   Property and plant in Germany
Other Euro-fixed term debt
    $6.3  million       4.2-6.5%     December 2006 to December 2019   Property, plant and equipment, receivables and other assets in Germany
 
(1)  The construction loan has a minimum debt service coverage covenant.
          The improved performance of our business beginning in 2003 enabled us to negotiate the U.S. demand line-of -credit facility in the fourth quarter of 2004 and, in the second quarter of 2005, obtain the release of restricted cash held by a lender. In the second quarter of 2005, we obtained a new loan in Germany to finance part of the acquisition costs of a building there. The Japanese line of credit was negotiated in the third quarter of 2005 to finance the accounts receivable of IPG Japan as a result of the increase in net sales of that company.
          While historically the use of lines of credit and bank term debt have been important sources of financing for us, we expect to repay substantially all of our term financing facilities with the proceeds of this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.” We intend to maintain availability under our lines of credit to finance our short-term working capital requirements that may arise from time to time.
          Our principal sources of liquidity as of June 30, 2006 consisted of cash and cash equivalents of $11.3 million, unused credit lines and overdraft facilities of $8.9 million and working capital of

42


Table of Contents

$22.7 million. This compares to cash and cash equivalents of $7.0 million, unused credit lines and overdraft facilities of $3.8 million and working capital of $30.1 million as of June 30, 2005.
          Operating activities. Cash provided by operating activities was $10.3 million and $1.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The increase in cash provided by operating activities of $8.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2005 was primarily due to the increase in net income of $3.9 million and an increase in deferred income taxes as well as accounts payable, partially offset by an increase in inventory levels. Cash flows generated by operating activities were $13.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to cash generated by operating activities of $6.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2004 and cash used by operating activities of $1.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2003.
          Given our vertical integration, rigorous and time-consuming testing procedures for both internally manufactured and externally purchased components and the lead time required to manufacture components used in our finished product, the rate at which we turn inventory has historically been low when compared to our cost of sales. We do not expect this to change significantly in the future and believe that we will have to maintain a relatively high level of inventory compared to our cost of sales. As a result we continue to expect to have a significant amount of working capital invested in inventory and for changes in our level of inventory to lead to an increase in cash generated from our operations when it is sold or a decrease in cash generated from our operations at times when the amount of inventory is increasing. A reduction in our level of net sales or the rate of growth of our net sales from their current levels would mean that the rate which we are able to convert our inventory into accounts receivable would decrease.
          Investing activities. Cash used in investing activities was $8.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006 as compared to cash generated from investing activities of $0.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2005. The cash used in investing activities in the six months ended June 30, 2006 was related to capital expenditures on plant and machinery and equipment, primarily in the United States and Germany. In the six months ended June 30, 2005, capital expenditures of $6.5 million were offset by a one-time cash inflow from investing activities of $6.6 million related to the release of restricted cash. We expect to continue to invest in plant and machinery and to use a significant amount of our cash generated from operations to finance capital expenditures. The timing and extent of any capital expenditures in and between periods can have a significant effect on the cash flow available for financing activities. Many of the capital expenditure projects that we undertake have long lead times and are difficult to cancel or defer in the event that our net sales are reduced or if our rate of growth slows, with the result that it would be difficult to defer committed capital expenditures to a later period. Cash used in investing activities was $8.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to $3.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2004 and $0.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2003.
          Financing activities . Cash provided by financing activities was $0.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006 as compared to $2.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2005. The primary uses of cash in financing activities in the six months ended June 30, 2006 were for the repayment of long-term debt in Germany, the United States and Russia of $1.9 million, $0.2 million and $0.6 million, respectively, as compared to $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.0 million, respectively, in the six months ended June 30, 2005. In the six months ended June 30, 2006, the cash outflows related to the repayment of term debt were offset by net inflows of $2.2 million relating to amounts drawn down against lines of credit and overdraft facilities and proceeds of $0.9 million from the exercise of stock options. In the six months ended June 30, 2005, the cash outflows related to the repayment of term debt were offset by a cash inflow of $2.2 million relating to a new German mortgage used to finance the acquisition of a building and net drawdowns of $0.9 million against lines of credit and overdraft facilities. Cash provided by financing activities was $1.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to cash used in financing activities of $0.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2004 and cash provided by financing activities of $0.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2003.

43


Table of Contents

          We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repurchase the series B warrants and to repay bank debt owed by us. See “Use of Proceeds.” We believe that the remaining net proceeds from this offering, along with our existing cash balances, our cash flows from operations, and borrowings available under our credit facilities, will provide us with sufficient liquidity to meet our current and anticipated financial obligations, committed capital expenditures, and other liquidity needs through at least the next 12 months. Our future long-term capital requirements will depend on many factors including our rate of net sales growth, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, the timing and introductions of new products, the need to ensure access to adequate manufacturing capacity and the continuing market acceptance of our products. We have made no arrangements to obtain additional financing, and there is no assurance that such financing, if required or desired, will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.
Contractual Obligations
          The following table describes our cash commitments, in thousands, to settle contractual obligations as of December 31, 2005.
                                         
    Payments Due in
     
        Less Than       More Than
    Total   1 Year   1-3 Years   3-5 Years   5 Years
                     
Operating lease obligations
  $ 3,386     $ 1,094     $ 1,679     $ 613     $  
Long-term debt obligations (including interest)
    28,573       11,845       12,900       1,346       2,482  
                               
Total
  $ 31,959     $ 12,939     $ 14,579     $ 1,959     $ 2,482  
                               
          Of the total long-term debt obligations, $4.6 million were repaid in July 2006, $5.1 million were repaid in August 2006 and we intend to repay an additional $15.9 million with the net proceeds of this offering. In addition, upon completion of this offering, we will issue subordinated notes totaling $20 million in principal amount to the holders of our series B preferred stock. The subordinated notes will be due on the third anniversary of the date of issuance and will bear interest at the greater of the short-term applicable Federal rate or 4% in the first year, 7% in the second year and 10% in the third year.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
          We are exposed to market risk in the ordinary course of business, which consists primarily of interest rate risk associated with our cash and cash equivalents and our debt and foreign exchange rate risk.
          Interest rate risk. Our investments have limited exposure to market risk. To minimize this risk, we maintain a portfolio of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, consisting primarily of bank deposits, money market funds and short-term government funds. The interest rates are variable and fluctuate with current market conditions. Because of the short-term nature of these instruments, a sudden change in market interest rates would not be expected to have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
          Our exposure to market risk also relates to the increase or decrease in the amount of interest expense we must pay on our bank debt and borrowings on our bank credit facilities. The interest rate on our existing bank debt is currently fixed except for our U.S. demand line of credit. The rates on our Euro overdraft facilities in Germany and Italy and our Japanese Yen overdraft facility are fixed for twelve-month periods. Approximately 82% of our outstanding debt has a fixed rate of interest. We do not believe that a 10% change in market interest rates would have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.
          Exchange rates. Due to our international operations, a significant portion of our net sales, cost of sales and operating expenses in 2005 were denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, principally the Euro and the Japanese Yen. As a result, our international operations give rise to

44


Table of Contents

transactional market risk associated with exchange rate movements of the U.S. dollar, the Euro and the Japanese Yen. Charges related to losses on foreign exchange transactions are reported as a component of general and administrative expense and totaled $0.1 million, $0.3 million and $0.7 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
          Historically, we have not utilized any derivative instruments or other measures to protect us against foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. We will continue to analyze our exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations and may engage in financial hedging techniques in the future to attempt to minimize the effect of these potential fluctuations. However, exchange rate fluctuations may adversely affect our financial results in the future.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
          In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs — an Amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4,” which revised ARB No. 43, relating to inventory costs. This revision is intended to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted material (spoilage). This accounting standard, which is effective for inventory costs for annual periods beginning after January 1, 2006, requires that these items be recorded as a current period charge regardless of whether they meet the criterion specified in ARB No. 43. In addition, this accounting standard requires the allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on normal capacity of the production facilities. The adoption of SFAS No. 151 did not have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations.
          In July 2006, the FASB issued Financial Accounting Standards Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.” FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for recording in the financial statements uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosures and transitions. FIN 48 will be effective for us beginning January 1, 2007. We are currently analyzing the effects, if any, of the adoption of FIN 48. We do not anticipate that adoption of FIN 48 to have a material impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

45


Table of Contents

BUSINESS
Our Company
          We are the leading developer and manufacturer of a broad line of high-performance fiber lasers and amplifiers for diverse applications in numerous markets. Since our founding in 1990, we have pioneered the development and commercialization of optical fiber-based lasers. Fiber lasers are a new generation of lasers that combine the advantages of semiconductor diodes, such as long life and high efficiency, with the high amplification and precise beam qualities of specialty optical fibers to deliver superior performance, reliability and usability at a lower total cost of ownership compared to conventional lasers. Our products are displacing traditional lasers in many current applications and enabling new applications for lasers. Our vertically integrated operations allow us to rapidly develop and integrate advanced products, protect our proprietary technology and ensure access to critical components while reducing manufacturing costs.
          We manufacture and sell an extensive array of fiber lasers and amplifiers across a wide power range to a well-established customer base in numerous applications across diverse industries:
  Materials Processing. Our fiber lasers are used in a diverse range of materials processing applications: marking, engraving and printing; welding, cutting, drilling, soldering and hardening; and high precision machining. Examples of such processes using our low and mid-power fiber lasers include razorblade, stent and pacemaker manufacturing, integrated circuit marking and trimming; semiconductor memory repair and trimming; and computer disk manufacturing and texturing. Examples of such processes using our high-power fiber lasers include cutting and welding metal blanks, sheets, frames and transmissions in the automotive industry; welding aluminum and titanium air frames in the aerospace industry; hardening, cutting and welding in heavy industries such as nuclear power, pipelines, ships and rail cars; and drilling and cutting concrete and rock.
 
  Communications. Our fiber amplifiers are used in the deployment of interactive and advanced “triple-play” broadband services that include video, high-speed internet and telephony services, as well as in wireline transport networks. We also sell integrated transport systems for ultra-long-haul optical dense wavelength multiplexing networks.
 
  Medical. Our lasers are used for applications as components in medical laser systems, driven by aesthetic applications such as skin resurfacing and rejuvenation. Other soft-tissue applications include dentistry, urology, surgery and vision correction.
 
  Advanced Applications. Our fiber lasers and amplifiers are utilized by commercial firms and by academic, government and other institutions worldwide for commercial products and for research in advanced technologies and products. Our products are used in the aerospace, research, scientific and test and measurement markets.
          For the six months ended June 30, 2006, materials processing accounted for 72.6% of our net sales and communications, medical and advanced applications accounted for 12.8%, 7.6% and 7.0%, respectively, of our net sales. In addition to these existing applications, we believe that there are numerous prospective uses for our fiber laser and amplifier products.
          Our headquarters and manufacturing facilities are located in Oxford, Massachusetts. We have additional manufacturing facilities in Germany, Russia and Italy, and regional sales offices in the United States, Japan, Korea, India and the United Kingdom. We have shipped over 21,000 units and, in 2005, we shipped to more than 300 customers worldwide. For the year ended December 31, 2005, we reported net sales of $96.4 million and net income of $7.4 million, an increase of 59% and 269%, respectively, compared to the year ended December 31, 2004. For the six months ended June 30, 2006, we reported net sales of $64.9 million and net income of $6.1 million, an increase of 56% and 185%, respectively, from the six months ended June 30, 2005.

46


Table of Contents

Industry Background
Traditional Laser Technologies
          Since the laser was invented over 45 years ago, laser technology has revolutionized a broad range of applications and products in various industries, including automotive, medical, research, consumer products, electronics, semiconductors and communications. Lasers provide flexible, non-contact and high-speed ways to process and treat various materials. They are widely used to transmit large volumes of data in optical communications systems, in various medical applications and in test and measurement systems. For a wide variety of applications, lasers provide superior performance and a more cost-effective solution than non-laser technologies.
          Lasers emit an intense light beam that can be focused on a small area, causing metals and other materials to melt, vaporize or change their character. These properties are utilized in applications requiring very high-power densities, such as marking, printing, welding, cutting and other materials processing procedures. Lasers are well-suited for imaging and inspection applications, and the ability to confine laser light to narrow wavelengths makes them particularly effective in medical and sensing applications. A laser works by converting electrical energy to optical energy. In a laser, an energy source excites or pumps a lasing medium, which converts the energy from the source into an emission consisting of particles of light, called photons, at a particular wavelength. Lasers are used as an energy or light source for various applications. They are also incorporated into manufacturing, medical and other systems by original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), system integrators and end users.
          Historically, CO 2 gas lasers and crystal lasers have been the two principal laser types used in materials processing and many other applications. They are named for the materials used to create the lasing action. A CO 2 laser produces light by electrically stimulating a gas-filled tube. A crystal laser uses an arc lamp, pulsed flash lamp, or diode stack or array to optically pump a special crystal. The most common crystal lasers use YAG crystals infused with neodymium or ytterbium.
          Despite the improvements in CO 2 and YAG laser technologies over the past 40 years, these technologies have not kept pace with evolving customer requirements. These traditional lasers have a number of disadvantages and limitations, including low beam quality, low reliability, limited output powers and wavelength choices, high energy consumption, large size, lack of mobility, the need for expensive replacement parts and complex cooling and maintenance requirements. In addition, the operating parameters of traditional lasers are difficult to control precisely. Customers increasingly require systems that allow for precise control of various operating parameters such as output power, are energy efficient and reliable, require little or no maintenance, and have a higher degree of flexibility and ease of use.
Introduction of Fiber Lasers
          We believe that fiber lasers represent a disruptive technology that has broad implications for many industries as well as the many processes that use lasers. The worldwide market for laser sources in 2005 was $2.2 billion according to a 2006 report by Laser Focus World, an independent industry publication. Strategies Unlimited, another independent industry publication, estimates that the fiber laser market will grow by a compound annual growth rate of approximately 39%, from $131 million in 2005 to $673 million by 2010. In addition, the 2006 report by Strategies Unlimited states that fiber lasers have demonstrated several advantages over conventional lasers and are therefore expected to grow much faster than the broader laser market.
          Fiber lasers use semiconductor diodes as the light source to pump specialty optical fibers, which are infused, with rare earth ions. These fibers are called active fibers and are comparable in diameter to a human hair. The laser emission is created within optical fibers and delivered through a flexible cable. As a result of their different design and components, fiber lasers are more reliable, efficient, robust and portable, and easier to operate than traditional lasers. In addition, fiber lasers free the laser users from fine mechanical adjustments and the high maintenance costs that are typical for conventional lasers.

47


Table of Contents

          Although low-power fiber lasers have existed for approximately four decades, their increased recent adoption has been driven primarily by our improvements in their performance, increases in output power levels and decreased costs. Over the last several years, technological improvements in optical components such as active fibers have increased their power capacities and resulted in overall performance improvements in fiber lasers. Fiber lasers offer output powers that exceed those of conventional lasers in many categories. Also, semiconductor diodes historically have represented the majority of the cost of fiber lasers. The high cost of diodes meant that fiber lasers could not compete with conventional lasers on price and limited their use to high value-added applications. Recently, however, semiconductor diodes have become more affordable and reliable due in part to substantial advancements in semiconductor diode technology and increased production volumes. As a result, the average cost per watt of output power has decreased dramatically over the last decade. Because of these improvements, fiber lasers can now effectively compete with conventional lasers over a wide range of output powers and applications. As a pioneer in the development and commercialization of fiber lasers, we have contributed to many advancements in fiber laser technology and products.
Advantages of Fiber Lasers over Traditional Lasers
          We believe that fiber lasers provide a combination of benefits that include:
  Superior Performance. Fiber lasers provide high beam quality over the entire power range. In most traditional laser solutions, the beam quality is sensitive to output power, while in fiber lasers, the output beam is virtually non-divergent over a wide power range, meaning the beam can be highly focused to achieve high levels of precision, increased power densities and greater distances over which processing can be completed. The superior beam quality and greater intensity of a fiber laser’s beam allow tasks to be accomplished rapidly and with lower-power units than comparable traditional lasers.
 
  Lower Total Cost of Ownership. Fiber lasers offer strong value to customers because of their lower total operating costs due to their lower maintenance costs, high reliability and energy efficiency. The initial purchase price for fiber lasers is generally below that of YAG lasers and comparable to that of CO 2 lasers. Fiber lasers convert electrical energy to optical energy 2 to 3 times more efficiently than diode-pumped YAG lasers, 3 times more efficiently than CO 2 lasers and 15 to 30 times more efficiently than lamp-pumped YAG lasers. Because fiber lasers are much more energy-efficient and place lower levels of thermal stress on their internal components, they have substantially lower cooling requirements compared to conventional lasers and lower or no maintenance costs. For example, single-emitter diodes used in fiber lasers have estimated lives of over 200,000 hours. In contrast, diode bars used in YAG lasers are typically replaced every 10,000 to 20,000 hours and lamps are typically replaced every 1,000 hours, involving substantial costs and lost production time. CO 2 lasers also utilize components that require frequent replacement, such as resonator mirrors, fluids and filters.
 
  Ease of Use. Many features of fiber lasers make them easy to operate, maintain and integrate into laser-based systems, providing a turnkey solution. Unlike traditional solutions that require frequent adjustments, fiber lasers have a monolithic solid-state design that does not require fine mechanical alignment or adjustment of mirrors or other components. An additional benefit is that fiber lasers deliver their energy through an integrated flexible optical fiber that can be up to 100 meters long.
 
  Compact Size and Portability. Fiber lasers are typically smaller and lighter in weight than traditional lasers, saving valuable floor space. While conventional lasers are delicate due to the precise alignment of mirrors, fiber lasers are more durable and able to perform in variable working environments. These qualities permit fiber laser systems to be transported easily. The portability and versatility of fiber lasers also allow them to be used in new laser applications, such as nuclear facility pipe welding and welding on ships.

48


Table of Contents

  Choice of Wavelengths and Precise Control of Beam. The design of fiber lasers generally provides a broad range of wavelength choices, allowing users to select the precise wavelength that best matches their application and materials. Conventional lasers generally have limited wavelength options. In addition, the greater stability of the output and improved control of output beam parameters in fiber lasers, such as beam shape, allow users to more effectively use lasers in their applications.
          Fiber amplifiers are similar in design to fiber lasers, use many of the same components, such as semiconductor diodes and specialty optical fibers, and provide many of the same advantages in the applications that require amplification.
Adoption of Fiber Lasers and Amplifiers
          As the performance, output power and cost-effectiveness of fiber lasers have improved, their acceptance in both new and existing applications has increased. Fiber lasers have gained market share by replacing traditional lasers (CO 2 and YAG) in existing laser applications and enabling new applications by addressing customer needs that are not met by traditional lasers and non-laser processes. We believe proliferation of fiber lasers will be based on the displacement of traditional lasers in existing applications and the enabling of new applications. This should drive growth that is significantly higher than the growth rate of the overall laser market. Strategies Unlimited estimates the total available market for fiber lasers to be growing at approximately 9% annually from $1.8 billion in 2005 to $2.8 billion by 2010. The penetration of fiber lasers is estimated to grow from 7% to 24% of the total available market for fiber lasers during that time period. As a result, the fiber laser market is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 39% annually.
          The major markets served by fiber lasers and fiber amplifiers are described below.
          Materials Processing. This segment represents the largest market opportunity for fiber lasers with a total addressable market of approximately $1.3 billion in 2005. Strategies Unlimited estimates that this segment of the market is expected to grow to $1.9 billion by 2010, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 10%. The materials processing segment includes various applications such as marking, engraving, printing, other low-power materials processing and high-power materials processing. Prior to 2004, fiber lasers had initial success in low-power and mid-power applications, which require relatively few diode laser pumps, such as marking, engraving, printing, fine cutting, microwelding, texturing and soldering. High-power lasers use hundreds or more diodes, which represent their primary cost component. When we began internally producing pump diodes in 2004, we were able to reduce significantly the cost of this component. This reduction enabled us to penetrate high-power laser applications, such as cutting and welding for automotive manufacturing, because high-power lasers contain a larger number of diodes.
          Communications. Fiber amplifiers boost light signals in optical fiber networks and are an essential building block in optical networks. Fiber amplifiers are used predominantly in next-generation communications networks that are being deployed by telephone service providers and cable companies. These next-generation networks are configured for “triple-play” services that transmit voice, video and data traffic over the same network. The fiber amplifier market was estimated to be $412 million in 2005 and is expected to grow to $540 million in 2009, representing a compound annual growth rate of 7%, according to a report by Frost & Sullivan, an independent industry research firm. As data volume transmitted over networks increases and broadband networks are deployed, fiber amplifiers can help network operators lower capital investment and operating costs by sending signals down longer spans of optical fiber or sending greater data volumes without the need for additional in-line amplification.
          Medical. The addressable medical market is the second largest market for fiber lasers and is estimated by Strategies Unlimited to grow from approximately $316 million in 2005 to approximately $565 million by 2010, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 12%. This market is in its early stages of development for fiber lasers and we believe that there are significant opportunities for fiber lasers to displace conventional lasers in these applications. Current fiber laser applications within this

49


Table of Contents

market include aesthetic applications such as skin resurfacing and rejuvenation, and other soft tissue applications such as urology, surgery and dentistry.
          Advanced Applications. Fiber lasers and amplifiers are also used in other diverse end markets such as test and measurement, instrumentation, sensing, pollution measurement, government and scientific research and development. These markets are expected by Strategies Unlimited to grow from $233 million in 2005 to approximately $336 million by 2010, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 8%.
Our Competitive Strengths
          We believe that our competitive strengths position us well to take advantage of the opportunities to displace traditional laser technologies and enable new laser applications. Our key strengths and competitive advantages include the following:
          Differentiated Proprietary Technology Platform. At the core of our products is our proprietary pumping technology platform that allows our products to have higher output powers and superior beam quality than are achievable through traditional techniques. Our technology platform is modular, scalable, robust and electrically efficient. It allows us to combine a greater number of diodes, specialty optical fibers and optoelectronic components in parallel into a single beam using our advanced proprietary components and state-of -the-art combining techniques. Another key element of our technology is our ability to side-pump our specialty optical fibers through the cladding with our high-brightness single-emitter multi-mode diodes. In addition, we have developed a wide range of advanced proprietary optical components that contribute to the superior performance and reliability of our products.
          Leading Market Position. As a pioneer and technology leader in fiber lasers and amplifiers, we have built leading positions in our various end markets with a large and diverse customer base. Based on our leadership position, we are driving the proliferation of fiber lasers in existing and new applications. As a result, we have established a well-respected and widely recognized brand. We believe that we are the leading provider of low and mid-power fiber lasers and amplifiers, and we believe that we introduced and were the first to commercialize high-power fiber lasers and are the only significant supplier of high-power fiber lasers. For example, we believe that we are the sole supplier of industrial-grade fiber lasers at power levels of 200 watts and above.
          Breadth and Depth of Expertise. Since the founding of our company in 1990, our core business has been developing, designing, manufacturing and marketing advanced fiber lasers and amplifiers. We have extensive know-how in materials sciences, which enables us to make our specialty optical fibers, semiconductor diodes and other critical components. We also have expertise in optical, electrical, mechanical and semiconductor engineering which we use to develop and manufacture our products. Our staff includes over 55 scientists that have Ph.D. degrees in physics or engineering. Our expertise allows us to develop the many different types of specialty components used in our finished products expeditiously and to rapidly incorporate them into new products.
          Vertically Integrated Development and Manufacturing. We believe that we are the only fiber laser manufacturer that is vertically integrated. We develop and manufacture all of our key specialty components, such as semiconductor diodes, active fibers, passive fibers and specialty optical components. Our proprietary components, which we do not resell, are capable of handling the stress of the high optical powers from our products and we believe they exceed the performance of commercially available components. We own our foundry for high-volume manufacturing of semiconductor diodes, which we process, package and rigorously test in-house. In addition, we make our own specialty optical preforms, draw our own specialty optical fibers from the optical preforms, and make a variety of advanced optical components in addition to assembling and testing our finished products. We believe that our vertical integration enhances our ability to meet customer requirements, accelerate development, manage costs and improve component yields, while maintaining high performance and quality standards.

50


Table of Contents

          Diverse Customer Base, End Markets and Applications. Our diverse customer base, end markets and applications provide us with many growth opportunities. We have shipped more than 21,000 units and, in 2005, we shipped to more than 300 customers worldwide. Our products are used in a variety of applications and end markets worldwide. Our principal end markets and representative applications within those markets include:
(CHART)
          We believe that the diversity of our customers, end markets and applications and the flexible architecture of our products, which share many of the same components, help mitigate the impact of fluctuations in demand from any particular customer or industry on our business.
          Broad Product Portfolio and Ability to Meet Customer Requirements. We offer a broad range of standard and custom fiber lasers and amplifiers that operate between 1 and 2 microns. Our product portfolio currently includes numerous products ranging in power from one watt to 50 kilowatts. As a result of our modular, scalable technology platform, we are able to easily customize and upgrade our products to meet customer requirements. We often supply custom fiber devices by developing specialized versions of our standard products and, in other cases, by developing new products to meet the specific requirements of our customers. We offer our products in a wide variety of packaging formats for a broad range of

51


Table of Contents

applications. Our vertically integrated manufacturing and broad technology expertise enable us to rapidly design, prototype and commence high-volume production of our products, allowing our customers to meet their time-to -market requirements.
Our Strategy
          We intend to maintain and extend our leadership position by pursuing the following key elements of our strategy:
                     Leverage Our Technology to Gain Market Share. As the benefits of fiber lasers and amplifiers become more widely recognized, we plan to leverage our brand and position as the leader in developing and commercializing fiber lasers and amplifiers to increase our market share in the broader market. We believe that our fiber lasers will continue to displace traditional lasers in many existing applications due to their superior performance and value. For example, our lasers are displacing traditional lasers in numerous low and mid-power materials processing applications, such as marking, engraving and printing, and our high-power lasers more recently have been penetrating automotive applications that use conventional lasers, such as welding and cutting of parts.
                     Target New Applications for Lasers. We intend to continue to enable and penetrate additional applications where lasers have not traditionally been used. We believe that fiber laser technology can overcome many of the limitations that have slowed the adoption of traditional lasers. We intend to target applications where higher power, portability, efficiency, size and flexible fiber cable delivery can lead customers to adopt fiber lasers instead of non-laser solutions. New and potential applications include annealing in nuclear reactors, remote welding in the auto industry, on-site welding and cutting of plate steel and aluminum for ships, rail cars, pipelines and fuel storage tanks, portable cladding systems for aircraft turbines and portable paint stripping for ships and aircraft.
                     Expand Our Product Portfolio. We plan to continue to invest in research and development to add additional wavelengths, power levels and other parameters while also improving beam quality. We intend to use our core technologies to develop new products and complementary products and systems that incorporate fiber lasers and amplifiers to expand our product portfolio.
                     Optimize Our Manufacturing Capabilities. We plan to seek further increases in the automation of our component manufacturing processes and device assembly to improve component yields and increase the power outputs and capacities of the various components that we make. These initiatives, in addition to maintaining efficient labor costs, are intended to improve margins. We intend to leverage our technology and operations expertise to manufacture additional components in order to reduce costs, ensure component quality and ensure supply.
                     Expand Global Reach to Attract Customers Worldwide. In 2005, more than 60% of our sales came from international customers. We intend to capitalize on and grow our global customer base by opening new application development centers as well as sales and service offices in Asia, Europe and the United States.
Products
          We design and manufacture a broad range of high-performance optical fiber-based lasers and amplifiers. We also make direct diode laser systems and communications systems that utilize our optical fiber-based products. Many of our products are designed to be used as general purpose energy or light sources, making them useful in diverse applications and markets.
          Our products are based on a common proprietary technology platform using many of the same core components, such as semiconductor diodes, specialty fibers, beam combiners, isolators, polarizers, splitters and modulators, which we configure to our customers’ specifications. Our engineers and scientists work closely with OEMs and end users to develop and customize our products for their needs. Because of our flexible and modular product architecture, we offer products in different configurations according to the desired application, including modules, rack-mounted units and tabletop units.

52


Table of Contents

Lasers
          Our laser products include low (1 to 99 watts), medium (100 to 999 watts) and high (1,000 watts and above) output power lasers from 1 to 2 microns in wavelength. These lasers may be either continuous wave or may be modulated at different rates. We offer several different types of lasers, which are defined by the type of gain medium they use. These are ytterbium, erbium, thulium and raman. We also sell fiber coupled direct diode laser systems that use semiconductor diodes rather than optical fibers as their gain medium. In addition, we offer high energy pulsed lasers, multi-wavelength lasers, tunable lasers, single-polarization and single-frequency lasers, as well as other versions of our products.
          We believe that we produce the highest power solid-state lasers in the industry. Our ytterbium fiber lasers are capable of reaching power levels over 50,000 watts. We also make single-mode output ytterbium fiber lasers with powers of up to 2,000 watts and single-mode output erbium and thulium fiber lasers with powers of up to 200 watts. Our compact, durable design and integrated fiber optic beam delivery allows us to offer versatile laser energy sources and simple laser integration for complex production processes, without compromising quality, speed or power.
Amplifiers
          Our amplifier products range from milliwatts to up to 500 watts of output power from 1 to 2 microns in wavelength. We offer erbium-doped fiber amplifiers, commonly called EDFAs, raman amplifiers and integrated communications systems that incorporate our amplifiers. These products are predominantly deployed in broadband networks and dense wavelength division multiplexing, or DWDM, networks. We also offer ytterbium and thulium specialty fiber amplifiers and broadband light sources that are used in advanced applications. In addition, we sell single-frequency, linearly polarized and polarization-maintaining versions of our amplifier products. As with our fiber lasers, our fiber amplifiers offer some of the highest output power levels and highest number of optical outputs. We believe our line of fiber amplifiers offers the best commercially available output power and performance.

53


Table of Contents

          The following summarizes some of our product offerings by product family, primary markets and representative applications for each product family:
(CHART)

54


Table of Contents

Materials Processing
          The most significant materials processing applications for fiber lasers are marking, printing, welding and cutting. Other applications include micromachining, surface treatment, drilling, soldering, annealing, rapid prototyping and laser-assisted machining.
          Marking, Engraving and Printing Applications. With the increasing need for source traceability, component identification and product tracking as a means of reducing product liability and preventing falsification, as well as the demand for modern robotic production systems, industrial manufacturers are increasingly demanding marking systems capable of applying serialized alphanumeric, graphic or bar code identifications directly onto their manufactured components. Laser engraving is similar to marking but forms deeper grooves in the material. In contrast to conventional acid etching and ink-based technologies, lasers can mark a wide variety of metal and non-metal materials, such as ceramic, glass and plastic surfaces, at high speeds and without contact by changing the surface structure of the material or by engraving. Laser marking systems can be easily integrated into a customer’s production process and do not subject the item being marked to mechanical stress.
          In the semiconductor industry, lasers are typically used to mark wafers and integrated circuits. In the electronics industry, lasers are typically used to mark electrical components such as contactors and relays, printed circuit boards and keyboards. With the increase in marking speed in the past few years, the cost of laser marking has decreased, improving the price and performance characteristics of this technology. The high beam quality, flexible fiber delivery and competitive price of fiber lasers have accelerated the adoption of fiber lasers in this low-power application.
          Historically, the printing industry has depended upon silver-halide films and chemicals to engrave printing plates. This chemical engraving process requires several time-consuming steps. In recent years, we have worked closely with OEMs in the printing industry to employ fiber lasers for alternative “computer-to -plate,” or CTP, processes. As a result, our ytterbium fiber lasers are now widely used for CTP printing, an environmentally friendly process that saves production time by writing directly to plates and greatly reduces chemical waste.
          Welding Applications. Laser welding offers several important advantages over conventional welding technology as it is non-contact, easy to automate, provides high process speed and results in narrow-seamed, high quality welds that generally require little or no post-processing machining. Parts can be accurately machined before welding because laser welding does not overly heat or otherwise damage or distort the material being processed. The high beam quality of our fiber lasers coupled with high CW power offers deep penetration welding as well as shallow conduction mode welding. High modulation frequencies offer very high throughput in pulsed applications. Also, fiber lasers can be focused to a small spot with extremely long focal lengths, enabling remote welding “on the fly,” a flexible method of three-dimensional welding in which the laser beam is positioned by a robot-guided scanner. Such remote welding stations equipped with fiber lasers are used for welding door panels and the multiple welding of spot and lap welds over the entire auto body frame. Typically, mid to high-power ytterbium fiber lasers are used in welding applications.
          Cutting Applications. Laser-based cutting technology has several advantages compared to alternative technologies. Laser cutting is fast, flexible, highly precise and can be used to cut complex contours on flat, tubular or three-dimensional materials. The laser source can be easily programmed to process many different kinds of materials such as steel, aluminum, brass, copper, glass, ceramic and plastic at various thicknesses. Laser cutting technology is a non-contact process that is easy to integrate into an automated production line and is not subject to wear of the cutting medium. We sell low, mid and high-power ytterbium fiber lasers for laser cutting. The operating wavelength, multi-kilowatt power, high beam quality, wide operating power range, power stability and small spot size are some of the qualities offered by fiber lasers for most cutting applications.
          Emerging Technologies and Applications. Robotic production methods are increasing in use, driven by their lower production costs, flexibility and consistency. Fiber lasers complement the capabilities

55


Table of Contents

of robots with their flexible fiber delivery, high-power beam and low beam divergence. We expect that fiber lasers increasingly will be integrated with robotic systems in applications such as tailored blanks. Another potential application of fiber lasers is in cutting new lightweight and high-strength metal alloys used in automobile manufacturing, which requires the high output power densities that fiber lasers provide.
Communications
          We design and manufacture a full range of fiber amplifiers and raman pump lasers with varying output power and wavelengths that enhance data transmission in broadband access and DWDM optical networks.
          Broadband Access. The delivery to subscribers of television programming and Internet-based information and communication services is converging, driven by advances in IP technology and by changes in the regulatory and competitive environment. Fiber optic lines offer connection speeds of up to 50 megabits per second, or 50 times faster than digital subscriber lines (DSL) or cable links. We offer a series of specialty multi-port EDFAs and cable TV nodes and transmitters that support different types of passive optical network architectures, enabling high speed data, voice, video on demand and high definition TV. We provide an EDFA that supports up to 32 ports, which allows service providers to support a high number of customers in a small space, reducing overall power consumption and network cost. End users for our products include communications network operators for video wavelength division multiplexing overlay, as well as cable and multiple service operators for video signal and hybrid fiber coaxial cable.
          DWDM. DWDM is a technology that expands the capacity of optical networks allowing service providers to extend the life of existing fiber networks and reduce operating and capital costs by maximizing bandwidth capacity. We provide a broad range of high-power products for DWDM applications including EDFAs and raman lasers. We provide a DWDM transport system that offers service providers and private network operators a simple, flexible, optical layer solution optimized for up to eight channels.
Medical
          We sell our commercial fiber and diode lasers to OEMs that incorporate our products into their medical laser systems. Continuous wave and pulsed lasers from 1 to 150 watts and diode laser systems can be used in medical and biomedical applications. Aesthetic applications addressed by lasers include skin rejuvenation, skin resurfacing and stretch mark removal. Purchasers use our diode lasers in urological applications and dental procedures. Fiber lasers have the ability to fine-tune optical penetration depth and absorption characteristics and can be used for ear, nose and throat, urology, gynecology and other surgical procedures.
Advanced Applications
          Our fiber lasers and amplifiers are utilized by commercial firms and by academic and government institutions worldwide for manufacturing of commercial systems and for research in advanced technologies and products. These markets may use specialty products developed by us or commercial versions of our products.
          Obstacle Warning. Our products are used aboard aircraft for obstacle warning and 3-dimensional mapping of earth surfaces.
          Special Projects. Due to the high power, compactness, performance, portability, ruggedness and electrical efficiency of our fiber lasers and amplifiers, we sell our commercial products for government research and projects. These include materials testing, ordnance destruction, coherent beam combining, advanced communications and research.
          Research and Development. Our products are used in a variety of applications for research and development by scientists and industrial researchers. In addition, our lasers and amplifiers are used to design, test and characterize components and systems in a variety of markets and applications.

56


Table of Contents

          Optical Pumping and Harmonic Generation. Several types of our lasers are used to optically pump other solid-state lasers and for harmonic generation and parametric converters to support research in sensing, medical and other scientific research in the infrared and visible wavelength domains. Our lasers are used as a power source for these other lasers.
          Optical Communication. We provide high-power EDFAs and ytterbium fiber amplifiers for deployment in both point-to -point and point-to -multipoint free space optical networks. These networks permit communications between two or more points on land or in the sky without the use of fiber optic lines or radio or microwaves.
          Remote Sensing. Our products are used in light detection and ranging, also called LIDAR, a laser technique for remote sensing. Optical fiber can be used as a sensor for measuring changes in temperature, pressure and gas concentration in oil wells, atmospheric and pollution measurements and seismic exploration.
Technology
          Our products are based on our proprietary technology platform that we have developed and refined since our formation. The following technologies are key elements in our products.
Specialty Optical Fibers
          We have extensive expertise in the disciplines and techniques that form the basis for the multi-clad active and passive optical fibers used in our products. Active optical fibers form the laser cavity or gain medium in which lasing or amplification of light occurs in our products. Passive optical fibers deliver the optical energy created in our products. Our active fibers consist of an inner core that is infused with the appropriate rare earth ion, such as ytterbium, erbium or thulium, and outer cores of un-doped glass having different indices of refraction. We believe that our large portfolio of specialty active and passive optical fibers has a number of advantages as compared to commercially available optical fibers. These include higher concentrations of rare earth ions, fibers that will not degrade at the high power levels over the useful life of the product, high lasing efficiency, ability to withstand high optical energies and temperatures and scalable side-pumping capability. Our ability to quickly optimize our proprietary active and passive optical fibers allow us to provide a variety of innovative fiber devices in customizable configurations.
Semiconductor Diode Laser Processing and Packaging Technologies
          Another key element of our technology platform is that we use multiple multi-mode, or broad area, single-emitter diodes rather than diode bars or stacks as a pump source. We believe that multi-mode single-emitter diodes are the most efficient and reliable pumping source presently available, surpassing diode bars and stacks in efficiency, brightness and reliability. Single-emitter diodes have substantially reduced cooling requirements and have estimated lifetimes of more than 200,000 hours at high operating currents, compared to typical lifetimes of 10,000 to 20,000 hours for diode bars.
          We developed advanced molecular beam epitaxy techniques to grow alumina indium gallium arsenide wafers for our diodes. This method yields high-quality optoelectronic material for low-defect density and high uniformity of optoelectronic parameters. In addition, we have developed numerous proprietary wafer processes and testing and qualification procedures in order to create a high energy output in a reliable and high-power diode. We package our diodes in hermetically sealed pump modules in which the diodes are combined with an optical fiber output. Characteristics such as the ability of the package to dissipate heat produced by the diode and withstand vibration, shock, high temperature, humidity and other environmental conditions are critical to the reliability and efficiency of the products.

57


Table of Contents

Specialty Components and Combining Techniques
          We have developed a wide range of advanced optical components that are capable of handling high optical power levels and contribute to the superior performance, efficiency, reliability and uniqueness of our products. In addition to fibers and diodes, our optical component portfolio includes fiber gratings, isolators and combiners. We also developed special methods and expertise in splicing fibers together with low optical energy loss and on-line loss testing. We believe that our internal development and manufacturing of key components allows us to lower our manufacturing costs and improve product performance.
Side Pumping of Fibers and Fiber Block Technologies
          Our technology platform allows us to efficiently combine a greater number of multi-mode single-emitter semiconductor diodes with our active optical fibers that are used in all of our products. A key element of this technology is that we pump our fiber lasers through the cladding surrounding the active core. We splice our specialty active optical fibers with other optical components and package them in a sealed box, which we call a fiber block. The fiber blocks are compact and eliminate the risk of contamination or misalignment due to mechanical vibrations and shocks as well as temperature or humidity variations. Our design is scalable and modular, permitting us to make products with high output power by coupling a large number of diodes with fiber blocks, which can be combined in parallel and serially.
High-Stress Testing
          We employ high-stress techniques in testing components and final products that help increase reliability and accelerate product development. For example, we test all of our diodes with high current and temperatures to accelerate aging. We also have built a large database of diode test results that allows us to predict the estimated lifetime of our diodes. This testing allows us to eliminate defective diodes prior to further assembly and thus increase reliability.
Customers
          We sell our products globally to OEMs, system integrators and end users in a wide range of diverse markets who have the in-house engineering capability to integrate our products into their own systems. In 2005, we shipped products to over 300 customers worldwide. Our end markets include materials processing (comprised of general manufacturing, automotive, aerospace, heavy industry, semiconductor, electronics and consumer products customers), communications (comprised of system integrators, utilities and municipalities), medical (medical laser systems manufacturers) and advanced applications (comprised of commercial companies, universities, research entities and government entities). We believe that our customer and end market diversification minimizes dependence on any single industry or group of customers.
          Our 15 largest customers for the year ended December 31, 2005 were:
         
•     BAE Systems
•     Daihen Corporation
•     EO TECHNICS
•     Esko-Graphics
•     German Institute for Materials Processing
  •     The Gillette Company
•     Harmonic Inc.
•     HM Laser Machinery Co., Ltd.
•     Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, Ltd.
•     Nippon Steel Corporation
  •     Reliant Technologies Inc.
•     Sahajanand Laser Technology
•     SUNX Limited
•     Telesis Technologies
•     TEM Incorporated

58


Table of Contents

          The following table shows the allocation of our net sales among our principal markets:
                                                                   
        Six Months
    Year Ended December 31,    
         
                Ended June 30,
    2003   2004   2005   2006
                 
                            (unaudited)
Materials Processing
  $ 23,685       70.2 %   $ 41,990       69.2 %   $ 60,399       62.7 %   $ 47,168       72.6 %
Communications
  $ 5,250       15.6 %   $ 9,697       16.0 %   $ 15,751       16.3 %   $ 8,281       12.8 %
Medical
  $ 181       0.5 %   $ 1,544       2.5 %   $ 7,422       7.7 %   $ 4,949       7.6 %
Advanced Applications
  $ 4,624       13.7 %   $ 7,476       12.3 %   $ 12,813       13.3 %   $ 4,529       7.0 %
                                                 
 
Total
  $ 33,740       100.0 %   $ 60,707       100.0 %   $ 96,385       100.0 %   $ 64,927       100.0 %
                                                 
          SUNX Limited, a provider of laser marking systems, accounted for 17%, 20%, 13% and 11% of our net sales for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, and the six months ended June 30, 2006, respectively.
          Our net sales (in thousands) were derived from customers in the following geographic regions:
                                                                   
        Six Months
    Year Ended December 31,    
         
                Ended June 30,
    2003   2004   2005   2006
                 
                            (unaudited)
North and South America
  $ 10,365       30.7 %   $ 20,911       34.4 %   $ 38,512       40.0 %   $ 23,044       35.5 %
Europe
  $ 12,963       38.4 %   $ 19,339       31.9 %   $ 23,882       24.8 %   $ 18,585       28.6 %
Asia and Australia
  $ 10,412       30.9 %   $ 20,232       33.3 %   $ 33,569       34.8 %   $ 23,298       35.9 %
Rest of World
  $       0.0 %   $ 225       0.4 %   $ 422       0.4 %   $       0.0 %
                                                 
 
Total
  $ 33,740       100.0 %   $ 60,707       100.0 %   $ 96,385       100.0 %   $ 64,927       100.0 %
                                                 
Sales, Marketing and Support
          We market our products internationally primarily through our direct sales force and also through agreements with independent sales representatives and distributors. We have sales offices in the United States, Germany, Russia, Italy, Japan, Korea, India and the United Kingdom. Our independent sales representatives and distributors are located in the United States, Japan, China, Brazil and other parts of the world. Only one of these arrangements is on an exclusive basis. Foreign sales to customers are generally priced in local currencies and are therefore subject to currency exchange fluctuations.
          We maintain a customer support and field service staff in our major markets within the United States, Europe, Russia, Japan and Korea. We work closely with customers, customer groups and independent representatives to service equipment, train customers to use our products and explore additional applications for our technologies. We typically repair products at our facilities or at customer sites. We plan to expand our support and field service, particularly in locations where customer concentration or volume requires local service capabilities.
          We typically provide one to three-year parts and service warranties on our lasers and amplifiers. Most of our sales offices provide support to customers in their respective geographic areas. Warranty reserves have generally been sufficient to cover product warranty repair and replacement costs.
Manufacturing
          Vertical integration is one of our core business strategies through which we control our proprietary processes and technologies as well as the supply of key components and assemblies. We believe that our vertically integrated business model gives us the following advantages:
  maintaining a technological lead over competitors;
 
  reducing component and final product costs as volumes increase;

59


Table of Contents

  ensuring access to critical components, enabling us to better meet customer demands;
 
  controlling performance, quality and consistency; and
 
  enabling rapid development and deployment of new products and technologies.
          Our vertically integrated manufacturing operations include optical preform making, specialty fiber drawing, semiconductor wafer growth, diode processing and packaging, specialty optical component manufacturing, fiber block and fiber module assembly for different power units, software and electronics development, final assembly, as well as testing, tool manufacturing and automated production systems. We are currently adding additional production capabilities, including building redundant diode and optical fiber manufacturing in separate facilities, in order to increase our capacity as well as reduce the risks associated with our production process.
          We operate our own semiconductor foundry for the production of the multi-mode single-emitter diodes. Diodes are the pumps that are used as the light source in each device we make. We also process, package and extensively test all of our diodes. As pump diodes represent a significant component cost of the final laser or amplifier, we have chosen to develop internal manufacturing capabilities for diodes. As a result of our high volume production levels of pump diodes, proprietary processes and use of limited chip designs, we have been able to increase yields, lower component costs and assure high quality. We also design, manufacture and optimize many of our own test instruments, diode test racks, robotic and automated assembly tools and machines.
          We developed these proprietary components, manufacturing tools, equipment and techniques over many years in an effort to address the major issues that had been inhibiting the development of fiber laser technology and to provide products that differentiate us from our competitors. We believe that the proprietary components, manufacturing tools, equipment, techniques and software utilized in all of our product lines provide extensive barriers to potential competitors. Generally, we do not sell our proprietary components to third parties. Using our technology platform, we configure standard products based upon each customer’s specifications. Through our vertically integrated manufacturing operations, we can develop, test and produce new products and configurations with higher performance and reliability and in less time than it would take by working with external vendors. We have developed proprietary testing methodologies that allow us to develop higher power components and products in short periods of time, enable us to introduce products to the market more quickly, capitalize on new opportunities and provide superior service to our customers.
          Our in-house manufacturing includes only those operations and components that are critical to the protection of our intellectual property, reducing our costs or to the achievement of performance and quality standards. We purchase from vendors common as well as specialized mechanical, electrical and optical parts and raw materials, such as printed circuit boards, wafer substrates and various optical components.
Research and Development
          We have extensive research and development experience in laser materials, fiber and optoelectronic components. We have assembled a team of scientists and engineers with specialized experience and extensive knowledge in fiber lasers and amplifiers, critical components, testing and manufacturing process design. Our research and development team includes over 55 scientists who hold Ph.D. degrees and over 30 additional scientists and engineers.
          We focus our research and development efforts on designing and introducing new and improved standard and customized products and the mass production of components that go into our products. In addition to our cladding-pumped specialty fiber platform, we have core competencies in high-power multi-mode semiconductor laser diodes, diode packaging, specialty active and passive optical fibers, high-performance optical components, fiber gain blocks and fiber modules, as well as splicing and combining techniques and high-stress test methods. Our research and development efforts are aided by our vertical integration and our proprietary high-stress testing techniques that result in accelerated development cycles. The strategy of developing our proprietary components has allowed us to leverage our optical experience

60


Table of Contents

and large volume requirements to lower the cost of our products. We concentrate our research and development efforts on advancements in performance as well as capacity to hold and produce higher optical power levels.
          Our research and development efforts are also directed at expanding our product line by increasing power levels, improving beam quality and electrical efficiency, decreasing size and lowering the cost per watt. Our team of experienced scientists and engineers work closely with many of our customers to develop and introduce custom products that address specific applications and performance requirements.
          We incurred research and development costs of approximately $5.8 million in 2005, $4.8 million in 2004 and $10.1 million in 2003. The decrease from 2003 to 2004 was primarily due to the commencement of commercial production of our diodes early in 2004. Costs related to the diode production were recorded as research and development costs in 2003 and transferred to cost of sales in 2004. We plan to continue our commitment to research and development and to introduce new products, systems and complementary products that would allow us to maintain our competitive position. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition of Results of Operations.”
Intellectual Property
          We seek to protect our proprietary technology primarily through U.S. and foreign laws affording protection for trade secrets, and to seek U.S. and foreign patent, copyright and trademark protection of our products and processes where appropriate. We rely primarily on trade secrets, technical know-how and other unpatented proprietary information relating to our product development and manufacturing activities. We seek to protect our trade secrets and proprietary information, in part, by requiring our employees to enter into agreements providing for the maintenance of confidentiality and the assignment to us of rights to inventions that they make while we employ them. We also enter into non-disclosure agreements with our consultants and suppliers to protect confidential information delivered to them. We believe that our vertical integration, including our long experience in making a wide range of specialty and high-power capacity components, as well as our technology platform make it difficult for others to reverse engineer our products. Intellectual property rights, including those that we own and those of others, involve significant risks. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — Our Inability to Protect Our Intellectual Property and Proprietary Technologies Could Result in the Unauthorized Use of Our Technologies by Third Parties, Hurt Our Competitive Position and Adversely Affect Our Operating Results.”
Competition
          Our markets are competitive and characterized by rapidly changing technology. We believe that the primary competitive factors in our markets are:
  product performance and reliability;
 
  quality and service support;
 
  price and value to the customer;
 
  ability to manufacture and deliver products on a timely basis;
 
  ability to achieve qualification for and integration into OEM systems;
 
  ability to meet customer specifications; and
 
  ability to respond quickly to market demand and technological developments.
          We believe we compete favorably on the basis of these criteria. In the materials processing market, the competition is fragmented and includes a large number of competitors. We compete with makers of high-power conventional CO 2 and solid-state lasers, including Lasag Ltd., Rofin-Sinar Technologies, Inc., and Trumpf Inc., and makers of mid and low-power conventional CO 2 and solid-state lasers such as Coherent, Inc., GSI Group Inc., Newport Corporation and Rofin-Sinar Technologies, Inc. We also compete with fiber laser makers including Keopsys SA, Mitsubishi Cable Industries, Ltd.,

61


Table of Contents

Miyachi Unitek Corporation, MPB Communications Inc. and SPI Lasers plc for low and mid-power lasers. We compete in the materials processing, medical and advanced applications markets with end users who produce their own solid-state and gas lasers. We also compete with manufacturers of non-laser methods and tools in these markets, such as resistance welding in the materials processing market and scalpels in the medical market.
          In the communications market, our principal competitors are manufacturers of high-power fiber amplifiers and DWDM systems, such as Avanex Corporation, Bookham Inc., the Scientific-Atlanta division of Cisco Systems, Inc. (Scientific-Atlanta), Emcore Corporation, JDS Uniphase Corporation and MPB Communications Inc.
Employees
          As of June 30, 2006, we had approximately 900 full-time employees, including approximately 80 in research and development, 710 in manufacturing operations, 40 in sales and marketing, and 70 in general and administrative functions. Of our total full-time employees at our principal facilities, approximately 265 were in the United States, 320 were in Germany, 265 were in Russia and 12 were in Italy. We have never experienced a work stoppage and none of our employees is subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our current relations with our employees are good.
Facilities
          Our main facilities include the following:
                             
    Owned or   Lease   Approximate    
Location   Leased   Expiration   Size (sq. ft.)   Primary Activity
                 
Oxford, Massachusetts
    Owned             123,000     Diodes, components, complete device manufacturing, administration
Burbach, Germany
    Owned             137,000     Optical fiber, components, final assembly, complete device manufacturing, administration
Fryazino, Russia
    Leased       April 2007       55,000     Components, complete device manufacturing, administration
Legnano, Italy
    Leased       March  2012       12,000     Complete device manufacturing, administration
          We are expanding our facilities in Massachusetts and Germany by adding approximately 82,000 square feet of property that we own. These additional facilities will be used primarily for manufacturing and we plan to finance this expansion using a portion of the proceeds of this offering.
          We maintain our corporate headquarters in Oxford, Massachusetts, and conduct research and development in Oxford, Massachusetts, Burbach, Germany and Fryazino, Russia. We operate four manufacturing facilities for lasers, amplifiers and components in the United States, Germany, Russia and Italy. We also manufacture certain optical components in India. We are committed to meeting internationally recognized manufacturing standards. Our facilities in the United States and Germany are ISO 9001 certified and we have ISO certification in Russia for specific products. We have sales personnel at each of our manufacturing facilities and at leased offices in Wixom, Michigan; London, England; Tokyo, Japan; Daejeon, South Korea; and Bangalore, India.
          We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our current needs and that we will be able to obtain additional commercial space as needed.

62


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings
          From time to time, we are party to various legal proceedings incidental to our business, including those described below.
          We are a defendant in an action by Scientific-Atlanta filed in April 2005 in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts. The plaintiff alleges that certain of our optical fiber amplifier products infringe one U.S. patent allegedly owned by it and seeks damages in an unspecified amount, treble damages and injunctive relief. Simultaneous with filing the complaint, Scientific-Atlanta requested that the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office reexamine its patent to consider certain prior art. Scientific-Atlanta also presented narrowing amendments to many of the issued patent claims and added several new claims. The Patent Office granted Scientific-Atlanta’s request to reexamine the patent, finding that the new prior art raised a substantial new question of patentability. The District Court stayed the litigation until the conclusion of the Patent Office reexamination and we are awaiting the outcome of the reexamination. The patent claims in the issued patent relate generally to silicic optical fiber containing certain concentrations of erbium and ytterbium together with phosphate. The patent expires in January 2011. While we believe we have meritorious defenses and intend to vigorously contest the claims against us, we cannot predict the outcome of either the Patent Office reexamination or the litigation proceeding.
          We are a defendant in an action by the Spectra-Physics division of Newport Corporation filed in June 2006 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. The plaintiff alleges that certain of our optical fiber laser and amplifier products infringe one U.S. patent allegedly owned by it and seeks damages of over $20.0 million, treble damages and injunctive relief. The patent claims relate generally to laser diode pumping of a single mode fiber core of laser material through the use of a surrounding multi-mode pump cavity. The patent expires in June 2007. While we believe we have meritorious defenses and intend to vigorously contest the claims against us, we cannot predict the outcome of the proceeding.

63


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers and Directors
          The following table sets forth information with respect to our executive officers and members of our board of directors as of June 30, 2006:
             
Name   Age   Position(s)
         
Valentin P. Gapontsev, Ph.D. 
    67     Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
Eugene Shcherbakov, Ph.D. 
    59     Managing Director of IPG Laser and Director
Timothy P.V. Mammen
    36     Chief Financial Officer and Vice President
Angelo P. Lopresti
    42     General Counsel, Secretary and Vice President
Denis Gapontsev, Ph.D. 
    34     Vice President-Research & Development
George BuAbbud, Ph.D. 
    51     Vice President-Telecommunications Products
Alex Ovtchinnikov, Ph.D. 
    43     Vice President-Components
Igor Samartsev
    43     Acting General Manager of NTO IRE-Polus and Director
Robert A. Blair(1)(2)
    60     Director
Michael C. Child(1)(3)
    51     Director
John H. Dalton
    64     Director
Henry E. Gauthier(1)(3)
    65     Director
William S. Hurley(2)(3)
    62     Director
William F. Krupke, Ph.D.(2)
    69     Director
 
(1)  Member of the compensation committee.
 
(2)  Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
 
(3)  Member of the audit committee.
          Valentin P. Gapontsev, Ph.D., founded IPG in 1990 and has been our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our Board of Directors since our inception. Prior to that time, he served as senior scientist in laser material physics and head of the laboratory at the Soviet Academy of Science’s Institute of Radio Engineering and Electronics in Moscow. He has over thirty years of academic research experience in the fields of solid state laser materials, laser spectroscopy and non-radiative energy transfer between rare earth ions and is the author of many scientific publications and several international patents. Dr. Gapontsev holds a Ph.D. in Physics from the Moscow Institute of Physics and Technology. In 2006, he was awarded the Ernst & Young ® Entrepreneur of the Year Award for Industrial Products and Services in New England. He is the father of Denis Gapontsev.
          Eugene Shcherbakov, Ph.D., has served as the Managing Director of IPG Laser, our German subsidiary, since August 2000 and has been a member of our Board of Directors since September 2000. Dr. Shcherbakov served as the Technical Director of IPG Laser from 1995 to August 2000. From 1983 to 1995, Dr. Shcherbakov was a senior scientist in fiber optics and head of the optical communications laboratory at the General Physics Institute, Russian Academy of Science in Moscow. Dr. Shcherbakov graduated from the Moscow Physics and Technology Institute with an M.S. in Physics. In addition, Dr. Shcherbakov attended the Russian Academy of Science in Moscow, where he received a Ph.D. in Quantum Electronics from its Lebedev Physics Institute and a Dr.Sci. degree in Laser Physics from its General Physics Institute.

64


Table of Contents

          Timothy P.V. Mammen has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 2000 and a Vice President since November 2000. Between May 1999 and July 2000, Mr. Mammen served as the Group Finance Director and General Manager of the United Kingdom operations for IPFD. Mr. Mammen was Finance Director and General Manager of United Partners Plc, a commodities trading firm, from 1995 to 1999 and prior to that he worked in the finance department of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. Mr. Mammen holds an Upper Second B.Sc. Honours degree in International Trade and Development from the London School of Economics and Political Science and is a Chartered Accountant and a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland.
          Angelo P. Lopresti has served as our General Counsel and Secretary and one of our Vice Presidents since February 2001. Prior to joining us, Mr. Lopresti was a partner at the law firm of Winston & Strawn from 1999 to 2001. Prior to that, he was a partner at the law firm of Hertzog, Calamari & Gleason from 1998 to 1999 and an associate there from 1991 to 1998. Mr. Lopresti holds a B.A. in Economics from Trinity College and a J.D. from the New York University School of Law.
          Denis Gapontsev, Ph.D. , has served as our Vice President of Research and Development since August 2000. From 2000 until 2005, he was also a member of our Board of Directors. From 1994 to 1996, Dr. Gapontsev worked as a scientist at NTO IRE-Polus. He worked at IPFD from 1996 to 1998 and at IPG Laser from 1999 to 2000, where he researched fiber lasers and raman fiber lasers. Dr. Gapontsev holds a B.S. and an M.S. in Physics from the Moscow Physics and Technology Institute and a Ph.D. from the University of London. He is the son of Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev.
          George H. BuAbbud, Ph.D. , has served as our Vice President, Telecommunications Products, since July 2002. Prior to joining us, Dr. BuAbbud was Vice President and Chief Technical Officer for the Access Network Systems division of Marconi Communications, Inc., a maker of broadband access communications systems, from 1999 to 2002. He holds a B.E. in Electrical Engineering from the American University of Beirut and an M.S. and a Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Nebraska.
          Alexander Ovtchinnikov, Ph.D., has served as our Vice President, Components, since September 2005 and as Director of Material Sciences from October 2001 to September 2005. Prior to joining us, Dr. Ovtchinnikov was Material Science Manager of Lasertel, Inc., a maker of high-power semiconductor lasers, from 1999 to 2001. For 15 years prior to joining Lasertel, Inc., he worked on the development and commercialization of high power diode pump technology at the Ioffe Institute, Tampere University of Technology, Coherent, Inc. and Spectra-Physics Corporation. He holds an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from the Electrotechnical University of St. Petersburg, Russia, and a Ph.D. from Ioffe Institute of the Russian Academy of Sciences.
          Igor Samartsev has been the acting General Manager of NTO IRE-Polus since 2005. He served as the Technical Director of NTO IRE-Polus from 2000 to April 2005 and, from 1993 to 2001, he was the Deputy Director of NTO IRE-Polus. Mr. Samartsev holds an M.S. in Physics from the Moscow Institute of Physics and Technology.
          Robert A. Blair has served as a member of our Board of Directors since September 2000. Since January 1999, Mr. Blair has been the President of the Blair Law Firm P.C. Mr. Blair was a senior partner at the law firm of Manatt, Phelps & Phillips from 1995 to 1999. He was the managing partner of the law firm of Anderson, Hibey, Nauheim & Blair from 1981 to 1995. He is a trustee under Winkler Trusts, previously the primary sources of equity for, and owners of, real estate ventures developed by The Mark Winkler Company. Mr. Blair is managing partner of several real estate partnerships, has been a manager/principal in cellular telephone ventures and assisted in the launch of a VoIP business. Mr. Blair holds a B.A. in Mathematics from the College of William & Mary, where he serves on its governing Board of Visitors, and a J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law.
          Michael C. Child has served as a member of our Board of Directors since September 2000. Since July 1982, Mr. Child has been employed by TA Associates, Inc., a private equity investment firm, where he currently serves as a Managing Director. Mr. Child holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the

65


Table of Contents

University of California at Davis and an M.B.A. from the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. He is on the Board of Directors of Eagle Test Systems, Inc.
          John H. Dalton has served as a member of our Board of Directors since September 2000. Since 2005, he has been President of the Housing Policy Council of The Financial Services Roundtable. From September 2000 to December 2004, Mr. Dalton served as our President. He was appointed Secretary of the Navy by President Clinton in 1993 and served in that capacity until 1998. Mr. Dalton was nominated by President Carter to be President of the Government National Mortgage Association and to the Federal Home Loan Bank Board, where he served as Chairman. He serves as Chairman of the board of directors of Breeze-Eastern Corp. and he is a member of the boards of directors of Fresh Del Monte Produce Inc. and eSpeed Inc. Mr. Dalton graduated with distinction from the United States Naval Academy and holds an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of Finance and Commerce of the University of Pennsylvania.
          Henry E. Gauthier has served as a member of our Board of Directors since April 2006. Mr. Gauthier was President of Reliant Technologies, Inc., a manufacturer of medical laser systems, from February to May 2005 and has served as Chairman of the board of directors of Reliant Technologies since May 2005. Reliant Technologies is one of our customers. He also serves as a consultant to Reliant Technologies. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” He served as Vice Chairman of the board of directors of Coherent, Inc., a manufacturer of photonic products, from October 2002 to March 2005. He served as Chairman of the board of directors of Coherent, Inc. from February 1997 to October 2002 and was its President from 1983 to 1996. Since July 1996, Mr. Gauthier has served as a principal at Gauthier Consulting. He has been a member of the board of directors of Alara, Inc. since 1997. Mr. Gauthier attended the United States Coast Guard Academy, San Jose State University, and the Executive Institute of the Stanford University Graduate Business School.
          William S. Hurley has served as a member of our Board of Directors since April 2006. Since April 2006, he has been principal of W.S. Hurley Financial Consulting LLC, which provides supplemental chief financial officer services. From 2002 to April 2006, he was a partner with Tatum LLC, a nationwide executive services and consulting firm. He was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Applied Science & Technology, a developer, manufacturer and supporter of semiconductor capital equipment, from 1999 until 2001. He served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Cybex International, Inc., a designer, manufacturer and distributor of fitness equipment, from 1996 to 1999. From 1992 to 1995, he was Vice President-Controller and Chief Accounting Officer at BBN Corporation, formerly known as Bolt, Beranek & Newman, Inc., a high technology company. Mr. Hurley holds a B.S. in Accounting from Boston College and an M.B.A. in Finance from Columbia University Graduate School of Business. Mr. Hurley is a certified public accountant.
          William F. Krupke, Ph.D., has served as a member of our Board of Directors since February 2001. Since 1999, Dr. Krupke has been President of a laser technology and applications consulting firm (now WFK Lasers, LLC). From 1972 to 1999, Dr. Krupke worked at the Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory, which provides research and development services to various U.S. government departments, serving for the last twenty of such years as Deputy Associate Director of the Laser Programs Directorate. He has over forty years of experience in the fields of solid-state lasers and innovative laser materials. Dr. Krupke holds a B.S. degree in Physics from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in Physics from the University of California at Los Angeles.
Board of Directors
          Our certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon completion of this offering authorizes a board of directors consisting of at least one, but no more than eleven, members. We currently have nine directors. One of our directors, Mr. Child, was nominated and elected as a director pursuant to certain board composition provisions contained in a stockholders agreement that we entered into with the holders of our series B preferred stock and certain of our other stockholders and pursuant to board composition provisions of our current certificate of incorporation. The board composition provisions of the stockholders agreement and our certificate of incorporation will be terminated upon the closing of this offering. This

66


Table of Contents

stockholders agreement is described below under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Series B Preferred Stockholders.” Following the completion of this offering, there will be no further contractual obligations with respect to the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.
          The members of our board of directors are elected annually at our annual meeting of stockholders. At the first annual meeting following the date that any stockholder that beneficially owned 25% or more of the total voting power of our company on the effective date of our certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon completion of this offering ceases to own at least 25% of the total voting power, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. The creation of a classified board could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us.
          A majority of our directors are “independent” within the meaning of the applicable rules of the Nasdaq Global Market. Our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Blair, Child, Gauthier, Hurley and Krupke is an independent director.
Committees of the Board of Directors
          Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and functioning of all of our committees complies with the rules of the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Market that are currently applicable to us, and we intend to comply with additional requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.
          Audit Committee. The current members of our audit committee are Mr. Hurley, who serves as Chairman, Mr. Child and Mr. Gauthier, each of whom is “independent” for audit committee purposes under the applicable rules of the Nasdaq Global Market and the SEC. The board of directors has determined that Mr. Hurley qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the applicable rules of the Nasdaq Global Market. The audit committee, among other things:
  appoints, approves the compensation of, and assesses the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;
 
  reviews the audit committee charter periodically and recommends any necessary amendments to such charter to our board of directors;
 
  oversees the work of our independent auditor, which includes the receipt and consideration of certain reports from the independent registered public accounting firm;
 
  resolves disagreements between management and our independent registered public accounting firm;
 
  pre-approves auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;
 
  reviews and discusses with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;
 
  coordinates the oversight of our internal and external controls over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct and ethics;
 
  establishes, reviews and updates our code of business conduct and ethics;
 
  reviews and approves all related-party transactions;
 
  establishes procedures for the receipt of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

67


Table of Contents

  meets independently with our independent registered public accounting firm and management; and
 
  will prepare the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our proxy statements.
          Compensation Committee. The current members of our compensation committee are Mr. Blair, who serves as Chairman, Mr. Child and Mr. Gauthier, each of whom is an independent director. The compensation committee, among other things:
  annually reviews base salary and incentive compensation for our chief executive officer and other executive officers;
 
  approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers;
 
  evaluates the performance of our chief executive officer in light of our corporate goals and objectives and determines the compensation of our chief executive officer;
 
  reviews and makes recommendations to the board of directors with respect to the compensation of our other executive officers; and
 
  periodically reviews our incentive-based compensation plans and stock-based plans and makes recommendations to the board of directors with respect to such plans.
          Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The current members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Dr. Krupke, who serves as Chairman, Mr. Blair and Mr. Hurley, each of whom is an independent director. The nominating and corporate governance committee, among other things:
  develops and recommends to the board of directors criteria for board membership;
 
  recommends to the board of directors changes that the committee believes to be desirable with regard to the appropriate size, functions and needs of the board of directors;
 
  identifies and evaluates director candidates, including nominees recommended by our stockholders;
 
  identifies individuals qualified to fill vacancies on any committee of the board of directors;
 
  reviews procedures for stockholders to submit recommendations for director candidates;
 
  recommends to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;
 
  reviews the performance of the committee and evaluates its charter periodically; and
 
  develops and recommends to the board of directors a set of corporate governance guidelines.
Director Compensation
          Directors who are also our employees receive no additional compensation for their service as directors. Our non-employee directors receive an annual retainer from us of $30,000 and do not receive separate fees for attending meetings of the board of directors, committees or stockholders. The chairman of our audit committee receives an additional annual retainer of $20,000 and the other members of the audit committee each receive an additional annual retainer of $10,000. The chairman of our compensation committee receives an additional annual retainer of $15,000 and the other members of the compensation committee each receive an additional annual retainer of $7,500. The chairman of our nominating and corporate governance committee receives an additional annual retainer of $10,000 and all other members of the nominating and corporate governance committee each receive an additional annual retainer of $5,000. The chairman of any other committee will receive an additional annual retainer of $5,000 and all

68


Table of Contents

other members of such committees each will receive an additional annual retainer of $2,500. In addition, commencing in 2007, the non-employee directors continuing in office after the date of our annual meeting of stockholders will receive immediately following that date, a grant of stock options to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock vesting in four equal annual installments. Upon initial election to the board of directors, new non-employee directors will receive a grant of stock options to purchase 30,000 shares of our common stock vesting in four equal annual installments. The exercise price of these stock options will not be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Non-employee directors also are reimbursed for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with attending board and committee meetings.
          Since January 1, 2005, we have granted the following options to purchase common stock to our non-employee directors for their service on the board of directors:
  We granted options to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock to each of Messrs. Blair, Child and Dalton and Dr. Krupke on June 12, 2005, at an exercise price of $1.00 per share;
 
  We granted options to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock to each of Messrs. Gauthier and Hurley on April 18, 2006, at an exercise price of $3.58 per share; and
 
  We granted options to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock to each of Messrs. Blair, Child and Dalton and Dr. Krupke on June 21, 2006, at an exercise price of $4.30 per share.
          Each of the stock options vests in four equal annual installments.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
          None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.
Executive Compensation
          The following table sets forth the compensation of our chief executive officer and each of our other most highly compensated executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2005. We refer to these officers as the “named executive officers.”

69


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table
                                           
                Long-Term    
        Compensation    
    Annual Compensation   Awards    
             
        Other Annual   Securities   All Other
Name and Principal       Compensation   Underlying   Compensation
Position   Salary($)   Bonus ($)(1)   ($)(2)   Options(#)   ($)(3)
                     
Valentin P. Gapontsev
  $ 383,284     $ 604,243                 $ 2,945  
  Chief Executive Officer and                                        
  Chairman of the Board(4)(5)                                        
Eugene Shcherbakov
    256,515       138,935                    
  Managing Director and                                        
  Director(4)(5)                                        
Angelo P. Lopresti
    254,248       147,567             20,000       8,913 (6)
  Vice President, General                                        
  Counsel and Secretary                                        
Timothy P.V. Mammen
    200,000       142,500             20,000       8,550 (7)
  Vice President and                                        
  Chief Financial Officer                                        
Denis Gapontsev
    227,479       94,250                   470  
  Vice President,                                        
  Research and Development(5)                                        
 
(1)  The bonuses paid in 2005 include an annual performance bonus for the achievement of certain performance objectives which were met during 2005. Bonuses paid in 2005 also include a one-time, non-recurring loyalty bonus intended to reward officers for their long-term contributions to us in the following amounts: Dr. V. Gapontsev, $368,823; Dr. Shcherbakov, $72,236; Mr. Lopresti, $68,750; Mr. Mammen, $82,500; and Dr. D. Gapontsev, $29,750.
 
(2)  We have concluded that the aggregate amount of perquisites and other personal benefits paid to each of the named executive officers for fiscal year 2005 did not exceed the lesser of 10% of such named executive officer’s total annual salary and bonus for 2005 or $50,000; such amounts are not included in the table.
 
(3)  All Other Compensation consists of our matching contributions to retirement accounts under our 401(k) plan and our payment of premiums on group term life insurance on behalf of our employees. The group term life insurance does not have a cash surrender value and premiums paid are not refunded upon termination.
 
(4)  A portion of the amounts paid to Dr. Shcherbakov and Dr. V. Gapontsev were denominated in Euros. These amounts are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate as of December 30, 2005.
 
(5)  A portion of the amounts paid to Dr. Shcherbakov, Dr. V. Gapontsev and Dr. D. Gapontsev were denominated in Rubles. These amounts are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate as of December 30, 2005.
 
(6)  Reflects our contribution of $8,430 to Mr. Lopresti’s retirement account under our 401(k) plan and payment of $483 of premiums on Mr. Lopresti’s group term life insurance.
 
(7)  Reflects our contribution of $8,294 to Mr. Mammen’s retirement account under our 401(k) plan and payment of $256 of premiums on Mr. Mammen’s group term life insurance.

70


Table of Contents

Stock Option Grants in the Last Fiscal Year
          The following table sets forth certain information concerning grants of stock options to purchase shares of our common stock to each of our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. The percentage of total options set forth below is based on an aggregate of 1,252,000 shares of our common stock underlying options granted to employees and directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. All options were granted under our 2000 Incentive Compensation Plan and have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant as determined by our board of directors. These options will vest over four years in four equal installments from the date of grant.
                                                 
                    Value at Assumed
                    Annual Rates of
    Securities   % of Total           Stock Price
    Underlying   Options           Appreciation for
    Options   Granted to   Exercise       Option Term (1)
    Granted   Employees in   Price Per        
Name   (#)   Fiscal Year   Share   Expiration Date   5%   10%
                         
Valentin P. Gapontsev
                                   
Eugene Shcherbakov
                                   
Angelo P. Lopresti
    20,000       1.60     $ 1.25       September 22, 2015                  
Timothy P.V. Mammen
    20,000       1.60     $ 1.25       September 22, 2015                  
Denis Gapontsev
                                   
 
(1)  Potential realizable values are net of exercise price, but before any taxes associated with exercise. The assumed rates of stock price appreciation are provided in accordance with SEC rules based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $           per share, and do not represent our estimate of our future stock price.
Aggregated Stock Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year
and Fiscal Year-End Option Values
          The following table provides information regarding exercisable and unexercisable options held on December 31, 2005 by each of the named executive officers.
                                                 
            Number of Securities   Value at Assumed Annual
            Underlying Unexercised   Rates of Stock Price
            Options at Fiscal   Appreciation for
    Shares       Year-End (#)   Option Term (1)
    Acquired on   Value        
Name   Exercise (#)   Realized ($)   Exercisable   Unexercisable   Exercisable   Unexercisable
                         
Valentin P. Gapontsev
                355,876                        
Eugene Shcherbakov
    55,215               34,776                        
Angelo P. Lopresti
    75,000               283,708       36,666                  
Timothy P.V. Mammen
    50,000               271,259       36,666                  
Denis Gapontsev
                70,019       16,666                  
 
(1)  There was no public trading market for our common stock as of December 31, 2005. Accordingly, the value of unexercised in-the -money options is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $           per share, minus the per share exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares underlying the option.

71


Table of Contents

Benefit Plans
2000 Incentive Compensation Plan, 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan and Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan
          In April 2000, our board of directors adopted our 2000 Incentive Compensation Plan, or 2000 plan, and in February 2006, our board of directors adopted our 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan, or 2006 plan. The 2000 plan was approved by our stockholders and we plan to seek stockholder approval of the 2006 plan before the completion of this offering. We reserved 8,750,000 shares under the 2000 plan and 6,000,000 shares under the 2006 plan for the issuance of awards under the plans. Other than the number of shares reserved, the plans are substantially identical. Each plan will terminate ten years after its adoption, unless terminated earlier by our board of directors.
          The 2000 plan and the 2006 plan are administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. The committee approves awards under the plans, including the exercise price and other terms of each award, subject to the provisions of the plans and has general authority to administer the plan, including to accelerate the vesting of awards and grant awards in replacement of previously granted awards.
          Each plan authorizes the grant of options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options, as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, and nonstatutory stock options. The plans also provide for awards of restricted stock, stock units, performance shares, performance units, stock appreciation rights and cash awards. The 2000 plan also provides for awards of unrestricted stock.
          Our officers, directors, employees, consultants and advisors are eligible to receive awards under the plans. No participant may receive awards for over 2,000,000 shares of common stock in any calendar year under the 2000 plan, or over 2,500,000 shares of common stock in any calendar year under the 2006 plan.
          Incentive stock options may be granted under each plan to our employees and employees of our affiliates as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.421(h), including our officers, as well as officers and directors of our affiliates who are also employees. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted under each plan must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted to an optionee who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock must be at least equal to 110% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. This type of optionee must exercise his or her incentive stock option within five years from the date of grant.
          Under the terms of the 2000 plan and the 2006 plan, we may grant nonstatutory stock options to our officers and other employees, our directors and other individuals providing services to us at an exercise price at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, unless the compensation committee in its sole discretion and due to special circumstances determines otherwise on the date of grant.
          In June 2006, our board of directors adopted our Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan (the non-employee director plan). We plan to seek stockholder approval of this plan before the completion of this offering. Only our non-employee directors are eligible to receive awards under the plan. We reserved 250,000 shares for issuance under the non-employee director plan. The maximum number of shares that may be issued or transferred under the plan equals 0.75% of the number of shares of our company outstanding (on a fully diluted basis) at the end of the plan year preceding the then-current plan year, or on January 1, 2006, whichever is greater, up to a maximum of 250,000 shares. The plan will terminate ten years after its adoption, unless terminated earlier by our board of directors.
          The non-employee director plan is administered by our compensation committee. The committee approves awards under the plan, including the exercise price and other terms of each award, subject to the provisions of the plan and has general authority to administer the plan, including to grant awards in

72


Table of Contents

replacement of other awards. The exercise price must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.
          The non-employee director plan authorizes the grant of options to purchase common stock that are not intended to qualify as incentive stock options, as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. The plan also provides for awards of stock appreciation rights, stock units, stock awards and cash awards.
          Each of the 2000 plan and the 2006 plan provides that, upon a change of control of our company, the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion:
  accelerate the time for exercise or payout of all outstanding awards;
 
  cancel the award after notice to the holder of an outstanding award as long as the holder receives a payment equal to the difference between the fair market value of the award on the date of the change of control and the exercise price per share, if any, of such award; or
 
  provide that all outstanding awards will be assumed by the entity that acquires control or substituted for similar awards by such entity.
          In addition, in the event that the 2000 plan or 2006 plan is terminated due to a merger or acquisition of our company, the compensation committee has the right, but not the obligation, to direct the repurchase of outstanding stock options at a price equal to the fair market value of the shares subject to the repurchased options less the exercise price per share.
          The non-employee director plan provides that awards accelerate upon a change in control.
          For these purposes, a “change of control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
  any person becomes a beneficial owner of our securities representing at least 50% of the combined voting power of our then-outstanding securities;
 
  persons who, at the beginning of any period of two consecutive years, were members of the board of directors cease to constitute a majority of the board of directors unless the election or nomination for election by the stockholders of each new director during that two-year period is approved by at least two-thirds of the incumbent directors then still in office;
 
  the occurrence of a merger, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, cash tender or exchange offer, contested election or other business combination under circumstances in which our stockholders immediately prior to such merger or other such transaction do not, after such transaction, own shares representing at least a majority of our voting power or the surviving or resulting corporation, as the case may be; or
 
  our stockholders approve a complete liquidation.
401(k) Plan
          We adopted an employee savings and retirement plan qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code and covering all of our employees in the United States. Employees may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to 15% of their eligible compensation per payroll period, but not in excess of the statutorily prescribed annual limit and have the amount of the reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan. We currently make matching contributions equal to 50% of each employee’s contribution to the 401(k) plan, subject to a maximum contribution of 6% of such employee’s annual compensation.
Senior Executive Short-Term Incentive Plan
          Employees who are at the level of vice president or employee-director or at a more senior level are eligible to receive awards under our Senior Executive Short-Term Incentive Plan (short-term plan). The short-term plan is administered by a committee appointed by our board of directors. No later than ninety days after the start of each fiscal year, the committee must determine who is eligible to receive

73


Table of Contents

awards under the short-term plan, establish performance goals and objectives for those eligible employees, establish target awards for each participant of up to 200% of the participant’s aggregated base salary and deferred compensation for the relevant performance period, and determine what percentage of the target award should be allocated to the achievement of each of the chosen performance targets.
          As soon as practicable after the end of the relevant performance period, the committee must certify the amount of the award for each participant, after the committee has determined the performance results for each performance goal and objective and the amount to which each participant is entitled based on his or her percentage allocation. The committee has the discretion to reduce the amount of any award to reflect its assessment of an individual’s performance during the relevant performance period or for other reasons. Awards are paid to participants as soon as practicable after the awards are determined, but in no event later than two and a half months after the end of the relevant performance period. A participant must be employed at the end of the relevant performance period in order to receive an award subject to certain specified exceptions.
          In the event that any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, acquisition, divestiture, consolidation, spin-off, combination, liquidation, dissolution, sale of assets or other similar corporate transaction or any other extraordinary item or event not foreseen at the time of the grant of the award or other event that distorts the applicable performance goals and objectives, the committee is required to adjust the chosen performance targets to the extent necessary to prevent reduction or enlargement of participants’ awards under the short-term plan.
          In the event of a change of control, we are required to pay each eligible employee a fraction of either the amount of the award granted to such employee in the prior performance period or the amount of such employee’s current target award. This payment does not discharge the obligation to make a final payment under the short-term plan, but the payment will be offset against any later award required under the short-term plan for the calendar year in which the change of control occurs. For purposes of the short-term plan, a “change of control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
  any person becomes a beneficial owner of our securities representing at least 50% of the combined voting power of our then-outstanding securities; or
 
  our stockholders approve a reorganization, merger or consolidation, or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of our company.
Agreements with Executive Officers
Employment Agreements
          On March 1, 2006, we entered into employment agreements with Dr. Valentin Gapontsev, Dr. Shcherbakov, Messrs. Mammen and Lopresti, and Dr. Denis Gapontsev. These agreements are for a two-year term of employment, except that the term of Dr. Valentin Gapontsev’s agreement is three years. All of these agreements are automatically renewed upon the completion of their initial terms for successive one-year periods until either we or the executive officer gives 180 days’ prior written notice of their intent not to extend the agreement. The annual base salaries for these officers are as follows: Dr. Valentin Gapontsev, $360,000; Dr. Shcherbakov, $280,000; Mr. Mammen, $270,000; Mr. Lopresti, $270,000; and Dr. Denis Gapontsev, $240,000. The agreements entitle these executive officers to participate in any bonus plans, standard insurance plans, such as life, accidental death and dismemberment, short-term disability and long-term disability insurance, and retirement benefits, such as the 401(k) plan and stock option plans described earlier, on similar terms and on a similar basis as such benefits are available to executives at similar levels within the organization. The agreements for Dr. Valentin Gapontsev, Dr. Eugene Shcherbakov and Dr. Denis Gapontsev require each of them to refrain from competing with us for a period of one year following the termination of their employment with us for any reason, and from hiring our employees or soliciting our customers for a period ending on the later of March 1, 2008 or eighteen months following the termination of their employment with us for any reason. These employment agreements also provide for payment of any unpaid bonus award to the respective executive officer in the

74


Table of Contents

event his employment with us is terminated as a result of his disability or to his estate if his employment is terminated as a result of his death. In addition, each of these agreements, other than the agreement with Dr. Valentin Gapontsev, provide that in the case of termination by an officer for good reason, or by us without cause, the officer will receive 100% of his salary, for a period of one year from the date of termination. In the event that Dr. Valentin Gapontsev terminates his employment for good reason, he will receive 100% salary continuation for the longer of one year or the remaining term of his agreement, but in no event longer than two years.
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification
          Our certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon completion of this offering limits the personal liability of our directors for breach of fiduciary duty as our director to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Our certificate of incorporation provides that no director will have personal liability to us or to our stockholders for monetary damages for any such breach of fiduciary duty as a director. However, these provisions do not eliminate or limit the liability of any of our directors or officers for:
  any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
 
  any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions; or
 
  any transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper personal benefit.
          These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission.
          Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by law, and that we will advance expenses, including attorney’s fees, to our directors and officers in connection with legal proceedings, subject to very limited exceptions.
          In addition to the indemnification provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and our executive officers. These agreements provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by law and advance expenses to each indemnitee in connection with any proceeding in which indemnification is available.
          We also maintain general liability insurance which covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
          These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. We believe that these provisions, the indemnification agreements and the insurance are necessary to attract and retain qualified and experienced directors and officers.
          At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers where indemnification may be required or permitted. We are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim for such indemnification.

75


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
          The following table provides information about the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30, 2006 by:
  each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our common stock;
 
  each of our named executive officers;
 
  each of our directors;
 
  all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and
 
  each selling stockholder.
          In accordance with SEC rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares for which a person or group of affiliated persons has sole or shared voting power or investment power and any shares for which the person or entity has the right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days through the exercise of any option or otherwise. Except as noted below, we believe that the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares of common stock set forth opposite their names. Except as otherwise indicated, the address of each of the persons in this table is in care of IPG Photonics Corporation, 50 Old Webster Road, Oxford, Massachusetts 01540.
          The percentages of beneficial ownership are based on 48,574,763 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2006,                      shares of common stock outstanding on a pro forma basis and                      shares of common stock that will be outstanding after completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option. The number of shares and percentages of our common stock beneficially owned prior to this offering are calculated assuming that each share of preferred stock converts into common stock at the conversion rates now in effect. The pro forma beneficial ownership prior to the offering gives effect to the conversion of each share of preferred stock into common stock at the adjusted conversion rates for our preferred stock to be in effect at the closing of the offering that will be based upon the public offering price. The series B warrants that are currently outstanding will be repurchased at the closing of this offering and accordingly have been excluded from this table for all purposes. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
                                                         
        Pro Forma Beneficial        
    Beneficial Ownership Prior   Ownership Prior to       Beneficial Ownership
    to Offering   Offering   Shares   After Offering
            Being    
Name of Beneficial Owner   Number   Percentage   Number   Percentage   Offered   Number   Percentage
                             
Valentin P. Gapontsev(1)
    30,398,876       62.6 %                                        
IP Fibre Devices (UK) Ltd.(1)
    11,150,000       23.0 %                     0                  
TA Associates Funds(2)
    2,352,941       4.8 %                     0                  
JDS Uniphase Corporation(3)
    2,684,211       5.5 %                     0                  
Denis Gapontsev(4)
    2,578,352       5.3 %                     0                  
Robert A. Blair
    547,500       1.1 %                                        
John H. Dalton(5)
    496,933       1.0 %                                        
Igor Samartsev(6)
    503,445       1.0 %                     0                  
Eugene Shcherbakov(7)
    389,991       *                       0                  
Timothy P.V. Mammen(8)
    417,592       *                       0                  
Angelo P. Lopresti(9)
    417,042       *                       0                  
William F. Krupke(10)
    157,500       *                       0                  
Michael C. Child(11)
    2,460,441       5.1 %                     0                  
Henry E. Gauthier
    0                             0                  
William S. Hurley
    0                             0                  
All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons)
    38,367,672       77.8 %                                        

76


Table of Contents

 
   *   Less than 1.0%.
 
  (1)  Includes shares beneficially owned by IPFD, of which Dr. Valentin Gapontsev is the managing director. Dr. Valentin Gapontsev has voting and investment power with respect to the shares held of record by IPFD and is the father of Dr. Denis Gapontsev. Dr. Valentin Gapontsev has a 53% economic interest in IPFD.
 
  (2)  Amounts shown reflect the aggregate number of shares of common stock held by TA IX L.P., TA/Atlantic and Pacific IV L.P., TA/Advent VIII L.P., TA Executives Fund LLC, and TA Investors LLC (collectively, the “TA Associates Funds”), assuming the conversion of 2,000,000 shares of our series B preferred stock. Investment and voting control of the TA Associates Funds is held by TA Associates, Inc. No stockholder, director or officer of TA Associates, Inc. has voting or investment power with respect to our shares of common stock held by the TA Associates Funds. Voting and investment power with respect to such shares is vested in a four-person investment committee consisting of the following employees of TA Associates: Messrs. Michael C. Child, Jonathan M. Goldstein, C. Kevin Landry and Kenneth T. Schiciano. Mr. Child is a Managing Director of TA Associates, Inc., the manager of the general partner of TA IX L.P. and TA/Advent VIII L.P.; the manager of TA Investors LLC and TA Executives Fund LLC; and the general partner of the general partner of TA/Atlantic and Pacific IV L.P. Mr. Child has been a member of our board of directors since November 2000. See note 11 below. The address of TA Associates, Inc. is John Hancock Tower, 56th Floor, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.
 
  (3)  Amounts shown reflect the aggregate number of shares of common stock held by JDS Uniphase Corporation, assuming the conversion of 2,684,211 shares of our series D preferred stock. Does not include a convertible note that was convertible into an aggregate of 2,684,211 shares of our series D preferred stock at our option, which note was repaid in August 2006. The address of JDS Uniphase is 1768 Automation Parkway, San Jose, California 95131.
  (4)  Includes 78,352 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options. Does not include shares held by IPFD. Dr. Denis Gapontsev has a 15% economic interest in IPFD but does not possess voting or investment power with respect to such interest.
 
  (5)  Includes 7,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options.
 
  (6)  Includes 3,445 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options. Does not include shares held by IPFD. Mr. Samartsev has an 8% economic interest in IPFD but does not possess voting or investment power with respect to such interest.
 
  (7)  Does not include shares held by IPFD. Dr. Shcherbakov has an 8% economic interest in IPFD but does not possess voting or investment power.
 
  (8)  Includes 279,592 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options.
 
  (9)  Includes 267,042 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options.
(10)  Includes 7,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options.
 
(11)  Includes 107,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options. Mr. Child is a managing director of TA Associates, Inc. and may be considered to have beneficial ownership of TA Associates, Inc.’s interest in us. Mr. Child disclaims beneficial ownership of all such shares. Mr. Child has been a member of our board of directors since September 2000. See note 2 above.

77


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Transactions with IP Fibre Devices
          We currently do not have any loans due to IPFD or due from Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev, our chief executive officer and chairman of the board.
          Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev, Dr. Denis Gapontsev, our Vice President, Research and Development, Dr. Eugene Shcherbakov, a member of our board of directors and Managing Director of IPG Laser, and Igor Samartsev, a member of our board of directors and Managing Director of NTO IRE-Polus, own 53%, 15%, 8% and 8%, respectively, of IPFD, which owns 11,150,000 shares of our common stock, which will represent      % of our outstanding common stock upon completion of this offering. IPFD is a company organized to hold financial and other assets and does not engage in any business that is competitive to ours. Until July 31, 2006, we maintained a revolving credit line with available principal of up to $4.6 million with IPFD. Borrowings under the credit facility bore interest at a rate equal to the three-month LIBOR rate in effect on the date of drawdown plus 2%. The weighted average annual rate was 3.5% at December 31, 2005. Interest under this credit line totaled $106,000, $156,000 and $161,000 for 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. The credit facility was secured by certain of our inventory and equipment located in the United States. The credit line was established in August 2002 with an initial borrowing availability of $3.0 million and increased to $4.6 million in April 2003.
          On July 31, 2006, IPFD purchased 1,156,005 shares of our common stock from Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev in exchange for $357,000 in cash and $4.6 million in the form of the assignment of amounts due under our credit line with IPFD. Simultaneously, we exchanged with Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev the note to us due from him described below with a remaining amount due of $5.0 million for $357,000 in cash and $4.6 million in the form of the assignment of amounts due under our credit line.
          NTO IRE-Polus, one of our subsidiaries, borrowed $560,000 from IPFD in January 2002 at an interest rate of 4.5% annually. NTO IRE-Polus paid interest on the loan of $30,000, $20,000 and $25,000 in 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. The loan was repaid in full in May 2006.
          We sublease office space in London, UK from IPFD and reimburse IPFD for general and administrative expenses. The costs related to the sublease and shared services totaled $115,000, $148,000 and $116,000 in 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. During 2004, IPFD sold optical components to us with an aggregate value of $297,000, and in 2003, it sold equipment and optical components to us with an aggregate value of $819,000 and $16,000, respectively.
Transactions with NTO IRE-Polus
          We own 51% of NTO IRE-Polus, our Russian subsidiary. Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev and Igor Samartsev own 26.7% and 4.9%, respectively, of NTO IRE-Polus. The remaining 17.1% of NTO IRE-Polus is owned by certain of NTO IRE-Polus’s other current and former employees and unaffiliated third parties. NTO IRE-Polus provides us with research and development and low-cost contract manufacturing capacity, and sells products to customers in Russia and neighboring countries. We acquired our majority ownership interest directly from NTO IRE-Polus in 2001. At such time, we agreed to invest up to $5.0 million in NTO IRE-Polus, of which $2.5 million has been invested. Our investment obligation is subject to and in accordance with the business plan of NTO IRE-Polus, which is subject to our approval. The proceeds of our investment were and are to be used by NTO IRE-Polus solely for equipment purchases and the development of additional manufacturing capacity. There have been no distributions to shareholders of NTO-IRE Polus since we purchased our majority interest. In the ordinary course of business, we sell components to NTO IRE-Polus. NTO IRE-Polus also sells us components, tools and equipment that we use in our production and testing.
          In August 2000, we entered into an agreement regarding intellectual property with NTO IRE-Polus. Pursuant to the agreement, NTO IRE-Polus provides us and our subsidiaries, on an exclusive basis, with research and development services relating to fiber amplifiers, fiber lasers and other associated

78


Table of Contents

products as well as all intellectual property incorporated in or relating to these products. Under this agreement, we are required to pay NTO IRE-Polus’s direct and overhead costs, plus a fee of 10% for its research and development services.
          Transactions between us and NTO IRE-Polus generated approximately $7.8 million and $5.8 million of revenues for NTO IRE-Polus for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the six months ended June 30, 2006, respectively. Dr. Gapontsev’s significant ownership interest in this entity creates the possibility of a conflict of interest since, by having an ownership interest in both our company and NTO IRE-Polus, his economic interests may be affected by transactions between the two entities. To address potential or perceived conflicts of interest, we intend to implement the following procedures:
  we intend to adopt a board policy that the audit committee of our board of directors will review and approve any distributions and dividends to stockholders of NTO IRE-Polus;
 
  Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev and Mr. Samartsev intend to grant a proxy to us to vote their shares with respect to NTO IRE-Polus, giving us the ability to vote 82.6% of its total shares and allowing us to have sufficient votes to elect the general manager of NTO IRE-Polus and approve other changes that require the approval of 66 2 / 3 % of NTO IRE-Polus’s stockholders; and
 
  Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev and Mr. Samartsev intend to grant a right of first refusal to us on any sale of their shares of NTO IRE-Polus to existing stockholders of NTO  IRE-Polus at a price equal to the lesser of the per-share fair value or book value of NTO IRE-Polus as of June 30, 2006. The charter documents of NTO IRE-Polus and applicable Russian law also provide that existing stockholders, including us, have a right of first refusal up to their respective pro rata interests with respect to transfers of shares of NTO IRE-Polus to third parties.
          Additionally, in accordance with the applicable rules of the Nasdaq Global Market, we will conduct an appropriate review of all related party transactions for potential conflict of interest situations on an ongoing basis and all such transactions will be approved by our audit committee. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering — Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev, Our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Principal Stockholder, Owns a Material Portion of One of Our Operating Subsidiaries, Which Creates the Possibility of a Conflict of Interest.”
Transactions with Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev
          In March 2001, Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, borrowed $5.8 million at an annual interest rate of 5.86% from us to pay personal income taxes related to a restructuring of our company in 2000. He pledged 696,000 shares of our common stock owned by him to secure the loan. In April 2003, we amended the note to make it a non-recourse note and lowered the annual interest rate to 1.46%, the applicable Federal rate at that time, in consideration for Dr. Gapontsev (i) causing his affiliate, IPFD, to increase its credit line to our company to $4.6 million from $3.0 million (as described above under “— Transactions with IP Fibre Devices”), (ii) pledging an additional 5,104,000 shares of our common stock and (iii) agreeing to apply any tax refunds that he received relating to our restructuring towards prepayment of the note. In July 2003, Dr. Gapontsev repaid approximately $1.7 million in principal and interest on the loan. In April 2005, we extended the maturity date of the loan from December 31, 2004 to the earlier of December 31, 2006 or one year following our initial public offering. This loan was repaid in July 2006 as described above.
          In November 2004, Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev provided a personal guarantee relating to a bank line of credit for us in the principal amount of up to $3.0 million. In consideration of the personal guarantee, we agreed to pay him a fee equal to the interest on his loan from us (to be adjusted to account for any adverse tax effects) for each quarter that his loan was outstanding. We paid $16,000 and $136,000 in 2004 and 2005, respectively, to Dr. Gapontsev for this guarantee. His loan has been repaid. The credit line guarantee amount has increased to $7.0 million. Dr. Gapontsev has also provided a personal guarantee

79


Table of Contents

relating to a Euro-denominated note with a principal balance of $2.1 million, as well as partial guarantees with respect to our overdraft facility with available principal of Euro 4.4 million (approximately $5.2 million at December 31, 2005) and our Euro construction loan. We did not compensate Dr. Gapontsev for these guarantees.
Director and Officer Loans
          The notes described below from Messrs. Robert A. Blair and John H. Dalton were repaid in full in August 2006.
          In 2000, Mr. Blair, one of our directors, borrowed $440,000 from us under two notes to exercise options to purchase shares of our common stock. One of the notes, in the principal amount of $190,000, was non-recourse and was secured by a pledge of 190,000 shares of our common stock and then bore interest at 6.8%. The other note, in the principal amount of $250,000, was recourse and then bore interest at 6.0%. We amended the notes in 2003 to (i) lower the interest rate to 1.68%, the applicable Federal rate at that time, for the $190,000 note and 1.52%, the applicable Federal rate at that time, for the $250,000 note, (ii) extend the maturity dates to March 2005 for the $190,000 note and November 2005 for the $250,000 note, and (iii) convert the $250,000 note to a non-recourse obligation. Mr. Blair also pledged an additional 300,000 shares of our common stock to secure both notes. In April 2005, we extended the maturity dates of the notes to the earlier of December 31, 2006 or one year following our initial public offering.
          In April 2001, Mr. Dalton, one of our directors, borrowed $150,000 from us under a note bearing interest at an annual rate of 5.86%. The note was secured by a pledge of 75,000 shares of our common stock. We amended the note in September 2003 to lower the interest rate to 1.52% per year, the applicable Federal rate at that time, and to extend the maturity date to December 31, 2004. In July 2004, we extended the maturity date to the earlier of December 31, 2006 or one year following our initial public offering.
          In December 2004, Mr. Dalton exercised non-qualified options to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share for a total purchase price of $100,000. Mr. Dalton paid the exercise price in the form of 10,000 shares of our series A preferred stock that he owned that had an aggregate liquidation preference of $100,000.
          In November 2003, we made a loan to Dr. Denis Gapontsev in the amount of $175,000. The loan was secured by real property owned by Dr. Denis Gapontsev. In 2004, he repaid $103,000 of the outstanding principal amount and, in 2005, he repaid the remaining outstanding principal amount of $72,000.
Series B Preferred Stockholders
          General. In 2000, we sold 3,800,000 shares of our series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase common stock to a group of investors for a total purchase price of $95.0 million. Of these investors, TA Associates Inc., together with its affiliated entities, purchased an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares of our series B preferred stock and related warrants for a total purchase price of $50.0 million. Michael C. Child, one of our directors, is a managing director of TA Associates. Holders of series B preferred stock are entitled to elect a director to our board of directors and they have the right to require us to redeem their series B preferred stock starting on April 15, 2007. Upon completion of this offering, the series B preferred stock, including the 2,000,000 shares of series B preferred stock held by TA Associates and its affiliates, will convert into                      shares of our common stock, assuming an offering price of $           per share, and, pursuant to the terms of the series B preferred stock, as amended, we will issue to the holders of the series B preferred stock subordinated notes in the principal amount of $20.0 million, including an aggregate principal amount of $10.5 million of such notes which will be issued to TA Associates and its affiliates. Also, we intend to purchase with a portion of the proceeds of this offering the warrants held by the holders of the series B preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of

80


Table of Contents

$22.1 million, including an aggregate of $11.6 million which we will pay for the warrants held by TA Associates and its affiliates.
          Series B Preferred Stock. In December 2005, we amended the terms of our series B preferred stock. Pursuant to this amendment, the right of the holders of our series B preferred stock to require us to redeem an aggregate of 33 1 / 3 % of the originally issued and outstanding series B preferred stock then held by such holders was deferred from August 25, 2006 to April 15, 2007. We also agreed to automatically convert the series B preferred stock into a combination of common stock and subordinated debt upon the occurrence of a qualified public offering at initial offering prices below $25 per share, which was the minimum conversion price of the series B preferred stock at the time of the amendment. Under the terms of the series B preferred stock, a “qualified public offering” is one: (i) that generates gross proceeds to us of at least $75 million, (ii) that offers the shares of our common stock at or above a price of $3.00 per share, (iii) that is listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market, and (iv) in which either we repurchase all of the warrants to purchase our common stock that were granted to the holders of our series B preferred stock or the holders of warrants are permitted to exercise them and sell the common stock acquired upon exercise in the offering. We further amended the terms of the series B preferred stock to provide that in a qualified public offering, the holders of series B preferred stock will receive value equal to the greater of (A) what such holders would have received if we were sold to a third party using the public offering price to compute the total sale price and (B) what such holders would have received if the series B preferred stock were converted upon the public offering at the following per share conversion prices: (x) $10.00, if (as described under “— Warrants” below) the price to the public is equal to or greater than $3.00 and less than $25.00; (y) the price to the public divided by a factor of 2.5, if the offering price per share is equal to or greater than $25.00 and less than $62.50; and (z) $25.00, if the price to the public in the qualified public offering is equal to or greater than $62.50. The value that the holders of series B preferred stock will receive upon a qualified public offering consists of subordinated three-year notes totaling $20.0 million in principal amount and the remainder in the form of our common stock. The subordinated notes will bear interest at the greater of the short-term applicable Federal rate or 4% in the first year, 7% in the second year and 10% in the third year.
          Warrants. There are warrants outstanding entitling the holders to purchase shares of our common stock. We granted the warrants in 2000 to a group of private investors in connection with the sale of our series B preferred stock. The warrants entitle the holders to acquire shares of our common stock valued at $47.5 million, or                      shares, assuming an offering price of $          , at an exercise price equal to 50% of the public offering price. The warrants are exercisable only upon the merger or liquidation of our company, the sale of all of our assets or stock or an underwritten initial public offering of our common stock. In December 2005, we extended the expiration date of all of the warrants from August 30, 2007 to April 15, 2008. We also obtained the option to purchase the warrants for an aggregate price of $22.1 million at the conclusion of our initial public offering. We intend to purchase all of the warrants upon the completion of this offering using a portion of the proceeds from the sale of our common stock.
Series D Preferred Stockholder
          In August 2003, we settled a contract dispute and related litigation with JDS Uniphase Corporation (JDSU), one of our component suppliers. Under the terms of the settlement: (i) we issued a three-year secured promissory note in the principal amount of $6.4 million payable to JDSU, bearing interest at a rate of 4% per year, in payment for previously shipped product; (ii) we entered into two new supply agreements to sell specified laser products to JDSU at discounted amounts and to purchase from JDSU certain percentages of our external requirements, if any, for specified components; (iii) we issued to JDSU (A) 2,684,211 shares of our series D preferred stock having a liquidation preference of $5.1 million and (B) a $5.1 million non-interest bearing three-year note, convertible into an additional 2,684,211 shares of our series D preferred stock at a conversion price of $1.90 per share; and (iv) we terminated an earlier purchase agreement with JDSU. The interest we paid to JDSU under the interest-bearing note totaled $91,000, $187,000 and $45,000 in 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. We repaid all amounts under the interest-bearing note in May 2005 and we repaid all amounts under the convertible note in August 2006.

81


Table of Contents

We sold products to JDSU for an aggregate sale price of $38,000, $189,000 and $119,000 in 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
          Holders of our series D preferred stock have a number of rights superior to those of our common stock and series A preferred stock relating to liquidation and sale preference, voting rights, redemption rights and required approvals of certain transactions. Upon completion of this offering, 2,684,211 shares of series D preferred stock held by JDSU will automatically convert into shares of our common stock.
Stockholders Agreement
          In connection with the investment in us by the holders of our series B preferred stock, including TA Associates, we entered into a stockholders agreement, dated as of August 30, 2000, with the holders of the series B preferred stock, IPFD, Drs. Valentin P. Gapontsev, Denis Gapontsev and Eugene Shcherbakov, Igor Samartsev and our other founders. The stockholders agreement contains rights of last refusal and co-sale, preemptive rights and voting rights. JDSU obtained pre-emptive and co-sale rights under a stockholders agreement, dated as of August 13, 2003, in connection with the issuance of our series D preferred stock. These provisions, as well as most other provisions, of the stockholders agreements, will terminate upon the closing of this offering. One of the surviving provisions is our covenant to indemnify the holders of our series B preferred stock, subject to exceptions, for damages, expenses or losses arising out of, based upon or by reason of any third-party or governmental claims relating to their status as a security holder, creditor, director, agent, representative or controlling person of us, or otherwise relating to their involvement with us. This covenant continues until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations.
Registration Rights Agreements
          In connection with the issuance of our series B preferred stock, we entered into a registration rights agreement in August 2000 with the holders of our series B preferred stock. We also entered into a registration rights agreement in August 2003 with JDSU in connection with the issuance of our series D preferred stock and the convertible note to JDSU. Pursuant to these agreements, under certain circumstances these stockholders are entitled to require us to register their shares of common stock under the U.S. federal securities laws for resale. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights” for a description of these and other registration rights agreements.
Reliant Technologies
          In April 2006, Henry E. Gauthier joined our board of directors. Mr. Gauthier serves as the non-executive Chairman of the board of directors of, and a consultant to, Reliant Technologies, Inc., one of our customers. Our total sales to Reliant were $180,000, $1.5 million, and $7.0 million in 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

82


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
          Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 175,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. We refer in this section to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. The following description of our capital stock is intended as a summary only and is qualified by reference to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
          As of June 30, 2006, there were 40,883,700 shares of our common stock outstanding held by approximately 120 stockholders of record, 488,000 shares of our series A preferred stock outstanding held by 45 stockholders of record, 3,800,000 shares of our series B preferred stock held by 15 stockholders of record and 2,684,211 shares of our series D preferred stock held by one stockholder of record. In addition, options to purchase 6,655,960 shares of our common stock under our stock option plans were outstanding as of the same date. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, each share of our currently outstanding series A preferred stock will be converted into            shares of common stock, each share of our currently outstanding series B preferred stock will be converted into            shares of common stock and $20.0 million principal amount of subordinated promissory notes to be issued at the closing of this offering, and each share of our currently outstanding series D preferred stock will be converted into            shares of common stock.
Common Stock
          The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. The holders of our common stock do not have any cumulative voting rights. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive proportionally any dividends declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any outstanding preferred stock.
          In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights.
Preferred Stock
          Upon completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be designated or outstanding and our board of directors will be authorized, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. The board of directors can fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible future financings and acquisitions and other corporate purposes could, under certain circumstances, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and might harm the market price of our common stock.
          Our board of directors will make any determination to issue such shares based on its judgment as to our company’s best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

83


Table of Contents

Registration Rights
          We have entered into agreements with holders of our preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock that give certain registration rights to such holders. These rights are described below. Following the conversion of our preferred stock into            shares of our common stock, there will be            shares of our common stock subject to such registration rights.
          Piggyback Registration Rights. If we propose to register any securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders exercising registration rights, the holders of registration rights are entitled to notice of the registration and are entitled to include their shares of common stock in the registration. We are required to use our commercially reasonable best efforts to effect the registrations, subject to conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters in an offering to limit the number of shares included in the registration.
          Demand Registration Rights. At any time more than 180 days after the effective date of this offering, subject to exceptions, holders of registration rights have a right to demand that we file a registration statement covering the offer and sale of our common stock held by them and their affiliates. After the completion of this offering, the holders of such registration rights will own            shares of our common stock. If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form  S-3, parties to three of these agreements have the right to demand that we file a registration statement on Form  S-3 so long as the aggregate value of securities to be sold under the registration statement exceeds $500,000. We have the ability to delay the filing of a registration statement under specified conditions, such as for a period of time following the effective date of a prior registration statement or if we are in possession of material nonpublic information that it would not be in our best interests to disclose. We are not obligated by any of the registration rights agreements to file a registration statement on Form  S-1 on more than two occasions. This offering will not count toward this limit.
          Expenses of Registration. We will pay all registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, related to any demand or piggyback registration.
          Indemnification. The registration rights agreements contain customary cross-indemnification provisions, pursuant to which we are obligated to indemnify the selling stockholders in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions attributable to them.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions in Our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws
          Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will, upon completion of this offering, include a number of provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us and encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. Further, these provisions will protect against an unsolicited proposal for our takeover that may affect the long-term value of our stock or that may otherwise be unfair to our stockholders. These provisions include the items described below.
          Board Composition and Filling Vacancies. In accordance with our certificate of incorporation, after Dr. Valentin Gapontsev (together with his affiliates and associates) ceases to beneficially own 25% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of all classes of stock entitled to vote generally for the election of our directors, our directors, other than those elected by any preferred stockholders, will be divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class being elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that, after Dr. Valentin Gapontsev (together with his affiliates and associates) ceases to beneficially own 25% or more of the total voting power, directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our

84


Table of Contents

board, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if such majority is less than a quorum.
          No Written Consent of Stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation provides that, after Dr. Valentin Gapontsev (together with his affiliates and associates) ceases to beneficially own 25% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of all classes of stock entitled to vote generally for the election of our directors, stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This provision may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our by-laws or removal of directors by our stockholders without a meeting of stockholders.
          Meetings of Stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation provides that only a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.
          Advance Notice Requirements. Our by-laws establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. The notice must contain certain information specified in the by-laws. These provisions may impede the stockholders’ ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders or make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.
          Amendment to By-laws and Certificate of Incorporation. As required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, any amendment of our certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors, and if required by law or our certificate of incorporation, thereafter be approved by 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote on the amendment, and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class. Our by-laws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority vote of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the by-laws, or by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote on the amendment.
          Undesignated Preferred Stock. Our certificate of incorporation provides for 5,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could make it more difficult for a third party to, or discourage an attempt to, obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of us or our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock.
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
          In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination or transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder

85


Table of Contents

status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:
  before the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
 
  upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding, for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and some employee stock plans; or
 
  at or after the time the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination was approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
          We have expressly elected in Article XI of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203. Section 203 will apply to us following such time as it would apply to us on its own terms and Dr. Valentin Gapontsev (together with his affiliates and associates) ceases to beneficially own 25% or more of the total voting power of our outstanding shares.
Nasdaq Global Market Listing
          We have applied for the approval of our common stock for quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol “IPGP.”
Transfer Agent and Registrar
          The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. Its address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021.

86


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
          Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that sales of shares of common stock to the public or the availability of shares for sale to the public will have on the market price of the common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, if a significant number of shares of common stock are sold in the public market, or if people believe that such sales may occur, the prevailing market price of our common stock could decline and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.
          Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding            shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options after June 30, 2006. Of these shares, the            shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates”, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
          The remaining            shares of common stock held by existing stockholders were issued and sold by us in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and are “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Of these shares, a total of            shares are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters in this offering that provide that the holders of those shares may not dispose of or hedge any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock. The restrictions imposed by the lock-up agreements will be in effect for a period of at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension under certain circumstances for an additional period of up to 18 days, as described under — “Lock-up Agreements” below. At any time and without notice, Merrill Lynch and Lehman Brothers Inc. may, in their sole discretion, release some or all of the securities from these lock-up agreements. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and 144(k) under the Securities Act and assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their overallotment option, additional shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
     
Number of    
Shares Eligible    
for Future Sale   Date
     
    Immediately after the date of
this prospectus
    After 90 days from the
date of this prospectus
    After 180 days from the
date of this prospectus
Rule 144
          In general, under Rule 144, an affiliate of ours, or any person or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated, who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one year will be entitled to sell in any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
  one percent of the then-outstanding shares of common stock (approximately            shares immediately after this offering); or
 
  the average weekly trading volume on the Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks before the date on which the seller files a notice of the proposed sale with the SEC.
          Sales under Rule 144 must also comply with manner-of -sale provisions and notice requirements and current information about us must be publicly available.
Rule 144(k)
          Under Rule 144(k), a person who has not been an “affiliate” of ours at any time during the three months before a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, generally including the holding period of any prior owner other than an “affiliate” from whom the holder acquired the shares for value, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale,

87


Table of Contents

notice filing, volume limitation or public information requirements of Rule 144. Therefore, unless otherwise restricted, shares eligible for sale under Rule 144(k) may be sold immediately upon the completion of this offering.
Rule 701
          Certain of our employees, officers, directors or consultants who purchased shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provision of Rule 701 under the Securities Act. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares. A total of           of the Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale at the earlier of (1) the expiration of the 180-day lock-up agreements and (2) no sooner than 90 days after this offering upon obtaining the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch and Lehman Brothers Inc.
Registration of Shares in Connection with Compensatory Benefit Plans
          We are unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold under Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 because that number will depend on the market price for the common stock, the personal circumstances of the sellers and other factors. After the closing of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form  S-8 under the Securities Act covering, among other things, shares of common stock covered by outstanding options under our stock plans. Based on the number of shares covered by outstanding options as of June 30, 2006 and currently reserved for issuance under our stock plans, the registration statement would cover approximately            shares. The registration statement will become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under the registration statement on Form  S-8 will be available for sale in the open market immediately, after complying with Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, with applicable lock-up agreements and with the vesting requirements and restrictions on transfer affecting any shares that are subject to restricted stock awards.
Lock-up Agreements
          We have agreed that we will not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement relating to any shares of our common stock, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch and Lehman Brothers Inc. for a period of 180 days after the date of this offering, subject to extension in certain cases.
          Our officers and directors and certain of our stockholders have agreed that they will not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, enter into any transaction, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement relating to any shares of our common stock, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch and Lehman Brothers Inc. for a period of 180 days after the date of this offering, subject to extension in certain cases. Merrill Lynch and Lehman Brothers Inc. may, in their sole discretion at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the shares of the common stock subject to these lock-up agreements.

88


Table of Contents

Registration Rights
          After the completion of this offering, holders of            shares of common stock will be entitled to specific rights to register those shares for sale in the public market. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates, immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement relating to such shares.

89


Table of Contents

CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S.  HOLDERS
          The following summary describes certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of common stock by a Non-U.S.  Holder (as defined below) holding shares of our common stock as capital assets (i.e., generally for investment) as of the date of this prospectus. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation and does not deal with estate, gift, foreign, state and local tax consequences that may be relevant to such Non-U.S.  Holders in light of their personal circumstances. Special U.S. tax rules may apply to certain Non-U.S.  Holders, such as “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, investors in partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, dealers in securities, holders of securities held as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction, and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States that are subject to special treatment under the Code. Such entities and persons should consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified with or without retroactive effect so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.
          If a partnership or other pass-through entity holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership or an owner of the entity generally will depend on the status of the partner or owner and the activities of the partnership or entity. Persons who are partners in partnerships or owners of pass-through entities holding our common stock should consult their own tax advisors.
          The authorities on which this summary is based are subject to various interpretations, and any views expressed within this summary are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (which we also refer to as the IRS) or the courts. No assurance can be given that the IRS or the courts will agree with the tax consequences described in this prospectus.
          As used herein, a “Non-U.S.  Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not any of the following for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
  a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
 
  an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
 
  a trust (i) which is subject to primary supervision by a court situated within the United States and as to which one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
          Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences, as well as other U.S. federal, state, and local income and estate tax consequences, and non-U.S.  tax consequences, to them of acquiring, owning, and disposing of our common stock.
Dividends
          If we make distributions on our common stock, such distributions paid to a Non-U.S.  Holder generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent such distributions are paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax

90


Table of Contents

principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the Non-U.S.  Holder’s investment to the extent of the Non-U.S.  Holder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain. See “— Gain on Disposition of Common Stock” for additional information.
          Dividends paid to a Non-U.S.  Holder generally will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. A Non-U.S.  Holder of common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate for dividends generally will be required to complete IRS Form  W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify, under penalty of perjury, that such holder is not a U.S. person and is eligible for the benefits with respect to dividends allowed by such treaty. Special certification requirements apply to certain Non-U.S.  Holders that are “pass-through” entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A Non-U.S.  Holder eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty generally may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld from the IRS by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
          This U.S. withholding tax generally will not apply to dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the Non-U.S.  Holder within the United States, and, if a treaty applies, attributable to a United States permanent establishment or fixed base of the Non-U.S.  Holder. Dividends effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business, as well as those attributable to a United States permanent establishment or fixed base of the Non-U.S.  Holder under an applicable treaty, are subject to U.S. federal income tax generally in the same manner as if the Non-U.S.  Holder were a U.S. person, as defined under the Code. Certain IRS certification and disclosure requirements must be complied with in order for effectively connected dividends to be exempt from withholding. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a Non-U.S.  Holder that is a foreign corporation may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
Gain on Disposition of Common Stock
          A Non-U.S.  Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax (or any withholding thereof) with respect to gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of common stock unless:
  the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the Non-U.S.  Holder in the United States and, where a tax treaty applies, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment or fixed base of the Non-U.S.  Holder;
 
  the Non-U.S.  Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 or more days during the taxable year of disposition and meets certain other requirements; or
 
  we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code, also referred to as a USRPHC, for United States federal income tax purposes at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition (or, if shorter, the Non-U.S.  Holder’s holding period for the common stock).
          Gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of common stock and effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, or attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base of the Non-U.S.  Holder under an applicable treaty, is subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis generally in the same manner as if the Non-U.S.  Holder were a U.S. person, as defined under the Code. Any such effectively connected gain from the sale or disposition of common stock received by a Non-U.S.  Holder that is a foreign corporation may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
          An individual Non-U.S.  Holder who is present in the United States for 183 or more days during the taxable year of disposition generally will be subject to a 30% tax imposed on the gain derived from the

91


Table of Contents

sale or disposition of our common stock, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses realized in the same taxable year.
          In general, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its “U.S. real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide (domestic and foreign) real property interest and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. For this purpose, real property interests include land, improvements and associated personal property.
          We believe that we currently are not a USRPHC. In addition, based on these financial statements and current expectations regarding the value and nature of our assets and other relevant data, we do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC.
          If we become a USRPHC, a Non-U.S.  Holder nevertheless will not be subject to United States federal income tax if our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, within the meaning of applicable Treasury regulations, and the Non-U.S.  Holder holds no more than five percent of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, during the applicable testing period. We intend to apply for our common stock to be approved for quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market and we expect that our common stock may be regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States so long as it is so quoted.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
          We must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S.  Holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S.  Holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.
          The United States imposes a backup withholding tax on dividends and certain other types of payments to U.S. persons (currently at a rate of 28%) of the gross amount. Dividends paid to a Non-U.S.  Holder generally will not be subject to backup withholding if proper certification of foreign status (usually on an IRS Form  W-8BEN) is provided, and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a U.S. person, or the holder is a corporation or one of several types of entities and organizations that qualify for exemption.
          Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally may be allowed as a refund from the IRS or a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

92


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING
          Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Lehman Brothers Inc. are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below and joint book-running managers for this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us and the selling stockholders, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.
         
    Number of
Underwriter   Shares
     
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
       
Lehman Brothers Inc. 
       
Needham & Company, LLC
       
Jefferies & Company Inc. 
       
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
       
       
             Total
       
       
          Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.
          We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
          The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
Commissions and Discounts
          The underwriters have advised us that they propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $           per share. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $           per share to other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public offering price, concession and discount may be changed.
          The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds, before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment options.
                         
    Per Share   Without Option   With Option
             
Public offering price
    $       $       $  
Underwriting discount
    $       $       $  
Proceeds, before expenses, to IPG Photonics
    $       $       $  
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders
    $       $       $  

93


Table of Contents

          The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $                    and are payable by us.
Overallotment Option
          We have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to                      additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise their option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any overallotments. If the underwriters exercise their option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.
No Sales of Similar Securities
          We, our executive officers and directors and certain of our other existing holders of our outstanding common stock have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Merrill Lynch and Lehman Brothers Inc. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed not to directly or indirectly:
  offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock;
 
  sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock;
 
  purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock;
 
  grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock;
 
  lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock;
 
  enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequences of ownership of any common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise; or
 
  publicly announce any of the foregoing.
          The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:
  during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or
 
  prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period,
in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or occurrence of a material event, unless such extension is waived in writing by Merrill Lynch and Lehman Brothers Inc.
          Merrill Lynch and Lehman Brothers Inc., in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice. When determining whether or not to release common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, Merrill Lynch and Lehman Brothers Inc. will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares of common stock and other securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time.
Quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market
          We intend to apply for the shares to be approved for quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “IPGP.”

94


Table of Contents

Offering Price Determination
          Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:
  the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the underwriters believe to be comparable to us;
 
  our financial information;
 
  the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;
 
  an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;
 
  the present state of our development; and
 
  the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.
          An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
Discretionary Sales
          The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
Stamp Taxes
          If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.
Certain Relationships
          Merrill Lynch KECALP L.P. 1999, KECALP Inc., as Nominee for Merrill Lynch KECALP International L.P. 1999, Merrill Lynch Taurus Fund 2000, L.P., ML IBK Positions, Inc. and Merrill Lynch Ventures L.P. 2001, beneficially own an aggregate of 600,000 shares of our series B preferred stock, which will convert upon the completion of this offering into (a)                      shares of common stock and (b) subordinated notes having an aggregate principal amount of approximately $3.1 million. In addition, we intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to purchase warrants to purchase common stock held by these entities for approximately $3.5 million. The Merrill Lynch entities acquired these shares and warrants pursuant to a stock purchase agreement in 2000. The Merrill Lynch entities may be deemed to be affiliates of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, which is acting as a joint book-running manager of this offering.
Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
          Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.
          The underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the

95


Table of Contents

underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotment option. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.
          Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market.
          The representatives may also impose a penalty bid on underwriters and selling group members. This means that if the representatives purchase shares in the open market to reduce the underwriters’ short position or to stabilize the price of such shares, they may reclaim the amount of the selling concession from the underwriters and selling group members who sold those shares. The imposition of a penalty bid may also affect the price of the shares in that it discourages resales of those shares.
          Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the representatives make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares
          A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representatives on the same basis as other allocations.
          Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.
United Kingdom
          This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (Order) or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (e) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The shares of common stock are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such common stock will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

96


Table of Contents

          Each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that:
  it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and
 
  it has complied with, and will comply with, all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
European Economic Area
          To the extent that the offer of the common stock is made in any Member State of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive before the date of publication of a prospectus in relation to the common stock which has been approved by the competent authority in the Member State in accordance with the Prospectus Directive (or, where appropriate, published in accordance with the Prospectus Directive and notified to the competent authority in the Member State in accordance with the Prospectus Directive), the offer (including any offer pursuant to this document) is only addressed to qualified investors in that Member State within the meaning of the Prospectus Directive or has been or will be made otherwise in circumstances that do not require us to publish a prospectus pursuant to the Prospectus Directive.
          In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
  to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
  to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year, (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or
 
  in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
          For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/ EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
          The EEA selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out herein. In relation to each Relevant Member State, each purchaser of shares of common stock (other than the underwriters) will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it will not make an offer

97


Table of Contents

of shares of common stock to the public in any Relevant Member State, except that it may, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, make an offer of shares of common stock to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time in any circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive, provided that such purchaser agrees that it has not and will not make an offer of any shares of common stock in reliance or purported reliance on Article 3(2)(b) of the Prospectus Directive. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares of common stock in any Relevant Member State has the same meaning as in the preceding paragraph.

98


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS
          The validity of the shares offered in this prospectus and certain other legal matters will be passed upon for us by Winston & Strawn LLP, New York, New York. Legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California and New York, New York.
EXPERTS
          The consolidated financial statements of IPG Photonics Corporation as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein, and have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
          We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form  S-1 with respect to the shares of common stock that we and the selling stockholders are offering by this prospectus. In addition, upon completion of the offering, we will be required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy the registration statement and any other documents we have filed at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities. Our SEC filings are also available to the public at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
          This prospectus is part of the registration statement and does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. Whenever a reference is made in this prospectus to any of our contracts or other documents, the reference may not be complete and, for a copy of the contract or document, you should refer to the exhibits that are a part of the registration statement.

99


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     
  F-2
  F-3
  F-4
  F-5
  F-6
  F-7

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
IPG Photonics Corporation
Oxford, Massachusetts
          We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of IPG Photonics Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2004 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
          We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
          In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of IPG Photonics Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
July 5, 2006

F-2


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                       
    December 31,        
            Pro Forma
    2004   2005   June 30, 2006   June 30, 2006
                 
            (unaudited)   (unaudited)
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)
ASSETS
                               
CURRENT ASSETS:
                               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 2,548     $ 8,361     $ 11,282          
 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $172, $198, and $189 as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 and June 30, 2006, respectively
    10,806       15,434       18,131          
 
Inventories — net
    29,577       28,588       34,759          
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    2,072       2,482       4,141          
 
Deferred income taxes
    1,648       3,005       168          
                         
     
Total current assets
    46,651       57,870       68,481          
RESTRICTED CASH
    6,607       36       38          
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES
    4,761                          
PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT — Net
    45,982       50,995       57,545          
EMPLOYEE AND STOCKHOLDER LOANS
    6,265       6,339       5,303          
OTHER ASSETS
    279       241       629          
                         
TOTAL
  $ 110,545     $ 115,481     $ 131,996          
                         
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
                               
 
Revolving line-of-credit facilities
  $ 8,259     $ 8,746     $ 11,011          
 
Current portion of long-term debt
    5,995       10,438       15,301          
 
Accounts payable
    3,240       5,164       6,231          
 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    7,174       9,907       11,248          
 
Income taxes payable
    1,049       65       1,969          
                         
     
Total current liabilities
    25,717       34,320       45,760          
                         
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES
            82       223          
                         
LONG-TERM DEBT
    25,459       15,643       8,967     $ 28,967  
                         
SERIES B WARRANTS
    13,899       14,644       16,863          
                         
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes 6, 10 and 13)
                               
MINORITY INTERESTS
    511       948       1,343          
                         
CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK, $0.0001 par value:
                               
 
Series B — designated, issued, and outstanding, 3,800,000 shares; liquidation and redemption value, $95,000
    88,897       91,248       92,285        
                         
 
Series D — designated, 5,400,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 2,684,211 shares; liquidation and redemption values, $5,100
    5,100       5,100       5,100        
                         
STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY:
                               
 
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value — authorized, 15,000,000 shares; Series A — designated, 500,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 488,000 shares; liquidation value, $4,880
    4,880       4,880       4,880        
 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value — authorized, 70,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 38,987,494, 39,988,948 and 40,883,700 shares at
                               
   
December 31, 2004 and 2005 and June 30, 2006, respectively
    4       4       4       4  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    96,261       95,029       94,912       177,177  
 
Notes receivable from stockholders
    (463 )     (463 )     (463 )     (463 )
 
Deferred compensation
            (111 )                
 
Accumulated deficit
    (157,052 )     (149,625 )     (143,507 )     (143,507 )
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    7,332       3,782       5,629       5,629  
                         
     
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity
    (49,038 )     (46,504 )     (38,545 )     38,840  
                         
TOTAL
  $ 110,545     $ 115,481     $ 131,996          
                         
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                             
    Years Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended June 30,
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (unaudited)   (unaudited)
    (in thousands except per share data)
NET SALES
  $ 33,740     $ 60,707     $ 96,385     $ 41,630     $ 64,927  
COST OF SALES
    38,583       42,274       62,481       28,437       39,119  
                               
GROSS (LOSS) PROFIT
    (4,843 )     18,433       33,904       13,193       25,808  
                               
OPERATING EXPENSES:
                                       
 
Sales and marketing
    2,110       2,363       3,236       1,538       2,343  
 
Research and development
    10,063       4,831       5,788       2,873       2,622  
 
General and administrative
    9,998       8,179       10,598       4,352       5,813  
                               
   
Total operating expenses
    22,171       15,373       19,622       8,763       10,778  
                               
OPERATING (LOSS) INCOME
    (27,014 )     3,060       14,282       4,430       15,030  
                               
OTHER (EXPENSE) INCOME — Net:
                                       
 
Interest expense — net
    (1,505 )     (2,150 )     (1,840 )     (969 )     (709 )
 
Fair value adjustment to Series B Warrants
    (3,664 )     (615 )     (745 )     (314 )     (2,219 )
 
Other income — net
    1,647       196       236       141       12  
                               
   
Total other expense
    (3,522 )     (2,569 )     (2,349 )     (1,142 )     (2,916 )
                               
(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE BENEFIT FROM (PROVISION FOR) INCOME TAXES AND MINORITY INTERESTS IN CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
    (30,536 )     491       11,933       3,288       12,114  
BENEFIT FROM (PROVISION FOR) INCOME TAXES
    2,205       1,601       (4,080 )     (1,219 )     (5,598 )
MINORITY INTERESTS IN CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
    121       (80 )     (426 )     81       (398 )
                               
NET (LOSS) INCOME
  $ (28,210 )   $ 2,012     $ 7,427     $ 2,150     $ 6,118  
                               
NET (LOSS) INCOME PER SHARE:
                                       
 
Basic
  $ (0.93 )   $ (0.01 )   $ 0.11     $ 0.02     $ 0.11  
 
Diluted
  $ (0.93 )   $ (0.01 )   $ 0.11     $ 0.02     $ 0.10  
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:
                                       
 
Basic
    38,302       38,547       39,348       39,008       40,385  
 
Diluted
    38,302       38,547       45,252       44,912       49,584  
Stock-based compensation is included in the following financial statement captions as follows:
                                         
                Six Months
                Ended
                June 30,
                 
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
Cost of sales
  $ 577     $ 218     $ 4     $     $ 37  
Sales and marketing
    18       6       1             11  
Research and development
    1,062       669       1             3  
General and administrative
    546       10       1             75  
                               
Total
  $ 2,203     $ 903     $ 7     $     $ 126  
                               
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
                                                                                                                                 
          Convertible                                    
    Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock     Preferred Stock                                    
                                               
    Series B   Series D     Series A   Common Stock       Note           Accumulated       Other
                      Additional   Receivable           Other       Comprehensive
                      Par   Paid-In   From   Deferred   Accumulated   Comprehensive       Income
    Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount     Shares   Amount   Shares   Value   Capital   Stockholders   Compensation   Deficit   Income   Total   (Loss)
                                                               
    (In thousands, except share and per-share data)
BALANCE — January 1, 2003
    3,800,000     $ 84,194           $         500,000     $ 5,000       37,940,668     $ 4     $ 100,076     $ (463 )   $ (2,613 )   $ (130,854 )   $ 747     $ (28,103 )        
 
Comprehensive income:
                                                                                                                         
   
Net loss
                                                                                              (28,210 )             (28,210 )   $ (28,210 )
   
Translation adjustment
                                                                                                      4,508       4,508       4,508  
                                                                                             
     
Total comprehensive loss
                                                                                                                    $ (23,702 )
                                                                                             
 
Issuance of Series D Preferred Stock
                    2,684,211       5,100                                                                                            
 
Beneficial conversion charge
            (4,991 )                               (251 )                     5,242                                       4,991          
 
Accretion of Series B Preferred Stock
            7,343                                 251                       (7,594 )                                     (7,343 )        
 
Sale of common stock
                                                      500,000               5                                       5          
 
Stock-based compensation awarded
                                                                      496               (496 )                                
 
Amortization of stock-based compensation
                                                                                      2,203                       2,203          
 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
                                                      2,375               2                                       2          
                                                                                             
BALANCE — December 31, 2003
    3,800,000       86,546       2,684,211       5,100         500,000       5,000       38,443,043       4       98,227       (463 )     (906 )     (159,064 )     5,255       (51,947 )        
 
Comprehensive income:
                                                                                                                         
   
Net income
                                                                                              2,012               2,012     $ 2,012  
   
Translation adjustment
                                                                                                      2,077       2,077       2,077  
                                                                                             
     
Total comprehensive income
                                                                                                                    $ 4,089  
                                                                                             
 
Accretion of Series B Preferred Stock
            2,351                                                         (2,351 )                                     (2,351 )        
 
Common stock issued to acquire subsidiary
                                                      99,000                                                                
 
Stock-based awards forfeited
                                                                      (3 )             3                                
 
Amortization of stock-based compensation
                                                                                      903                       903          
 
Exercise of stock options
                                      (12,000 )     (120 )     445,451               388                                       268          
                                                                                             
BALANCE — December 31, 2004
    3,800,000       88,897       2,684,211       5,100         488,000       4,880       38,987,494       4       96,261       (463 )           (157,052 )     7,332       (49,038 )        
 
Comprehensive income:
                                                                                                                         
   
Net income
                                                                                              7,427               7,427     $ 7,427  
   
Translation adjustment
                                                                                                      (3,550 )     (3,550 )     (3,550 )
                                                                                             
     
Total comprehensive income
                                                                                                                    $ 3,877  
                                                                                             
 
Accretion of Series B Preferred Stock
            2,351                                                         (2,351 )                                     (2,351 )        
 
Stock-based awards
                                                                      118               (118 )                              
 
Amortization of stock-based compensation
                                                                                      7                       7          
 
Exercise of stock options
                                                      1,001,454               1,001                                       1,001          
                                                                                             
BALANCE — December 31, 2005
    3,800,000       91,248       2,684,211       5,100         488,000       4,880       39,988,948       4       95,029       (463 )     (111 )     (149,625 )     3,782       (46,504 )        
 
Comprehensive income:
                                                                                                                         
   
Net income (unaudited)
                                                                                              6,118               6,118     $ 6,118  
   
Translation adjustment (unaudited)
                                                                                                      1,847       1,847       1,847  
                                                                                             
     
Total comprehensive income (unaudited)
                                                                                                                    $ 7,965  
                                                                                             
 
Adoption of FAS 123(R) (unaudited)
                                                                      (111 )             111                                
 
Accretion of Series B Preferred Stock (unaudited)
            1,037                                                         (1,037 )                                     (1,037 )        
 
Stock-based awards (unaudited)
                                                                      126                                       126          
 
Amortization of stock-based compensation (unaudited)
                                                                                                                         
 
Exercise of stock options (unaudited)
                                                      894,752               905                                       905          
                                                                                             
BALANCE — June 30, 2006 (unaudited)
    3,800,000     $ 92,285       2,684,211     $ 5,100         488,000     $ 4,880       40,883,700     $ 4     $ 94,912     $ (463 )   $     $ (143,507 )   $ 5,629     $ (38,545 )        
                                                                                             
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                                   
                Six Months Ended
                 
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (unaudited)   (unaudited)
    (in thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                                       
 
Net (loss) income
  $ (28,210 )   $ 2,012     $ 7,427     $ 2,150     $ 6,118  
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                       
     
Depreciation and amortization
    7,759       7,154       7,583       3,567       3,754  
     
Deferred income taxes
    (2,536 )     (462 )     2,732       1,084       3,063  
     
Stock-based compensation
    2,203       903       7             126  
     
Interest accretion of convertible note
    86       235       247       121       127  
     
(Gain) loss on sale of investment and fixed assets
    (484 )     (14 )     (238 )     56       69  
     
Inventory provisions
    8,321               2,370       923        
     
Fair value adjustment to Series B Warrants
    3,664       615       745       314       2,219  
     
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
    (121 )     80       426       (81 )     398  
     
Changes in assets and liabilities that provided (used) cash:
                                       
       
Accounts receivable
    (2,101 )     (2,791 )     (5,599 )     (3,064 )     (2,281 )
       
Due from affiliates — net
    (1,174 )     (40 )     236       162       21  
       
Inventories
    10,970       1,176       (4,011 )     (1,174 )     (6,091 )
       
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (324 )     (55 )     (312 )     (539 )     (1,212 )
       
Accounts payable
    (1,209 )     (1,460 )     (1,030 )     (2,005 )     871  
       
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    1,955       207       4,088       (27 )     983  
       
Income and other taxes payable
    53       (1,312 )     (1,086 )     61       2,143  
                               
         
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    (1,148 )     6,248       13,585       1,548       10,308  
                               
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                                       
 
Purchases of property, plant, and equipment
    (2,588 )     (4,037 )     (15,989 )     (6,451 )     (9,054 )
 
Proceeds from sale of property, plant, and equipment
            80       782       132       20  
 
Proceeds on sale of investment
    502                          
 
Employee and shareholder loans repaid
    1,719                         1,071  
 
Restricted cash released to support construction loan
    313       87       6,566       6,566        
                               
         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (54 )     (3,870 )     (8,641 )     247       (7,963 )
                               
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                                       
 
Proceeds from line-of-credit facilities
    5,204       3,456       9,561       1,710       8,517  
 
Payments on line-of-credit facilities
    (2,493 )     (2,638 )     (9,384 )     (772 )     (6,325 )
 
Principal payments on long-term borrowings
    (2,351 )     (1,654 )     (2,263 )     (449 )     (2,688 )
 
Proceeds from long-term borrowings
                2,209       2,239          
 
Issuance of common stock and exercise of employee stock options
    7       268       1,001       79       905  
 
Minority interest capital contribution
            142       11       11        
                               
         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    367       (426 )     1,135       2,818       409  
                               
EFFECT OF CHANGES IN EXCHANGE RATES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    (8 )     60       (266 )     (147 )     167  
                               
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    (843 )     2,012       5,813       4,466       2,921  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Beginning of period
    1,379       536       2,548       2,548       8,361  
                               
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — End of period
  $ 536     $ 2,548     $ 8,361     $ 7,014     $ 11,282  
                               
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
                                       
 
Cash paid for interest
  $ 1,565     $ 1,780     $ 2,046     $ 999     $ 716  
                               
 
Income taxes paid
  $     $ 59     $ 1,989     $     $ 781  
                               
 
Non-cash transactions:
                                       
   
Stock-for-stock swap on options
  $     $ 120     $     $     $  
   
Issuance of Series D Preferred Stock in satisfaction of accrued contract settlement
  $ 5,100                                  
   
Issuance of convertible note in satisfaction of accrued contract settlement
  $ 4,374                                  
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
          Nature of Business  — IPG Photonics Corporation (the “Company”) designs and manufactures a broad line of high-performance fiber lasers and fiber amplifiers for diverse applications in numerous markets, such as materials processing, communications, medical and advanced applications. The Company’s administrative and manufacturing facilities in the United States are located in Oxford, Massachusetts; and European operations are located in Burbach, Germany; Milan, Italy; London, England; and Fryazino, Russia. In 2004, the Company opened sales and service centers in Tokyo, Japan and Bangalore, India. In 2005, the Company opened a sales and service center in Seoul, Korea.
          Principles of Consolidation  — The Company was incorporated as a Delaware corporation in December 1998. The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
          Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation  — The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data presented as of June 30, 2006 reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock as of that date into common stock and the issuance of a long-term note payable totaling $20,000,000, which will occur upon closing of the proposed initial public offering.
          Unaudited Interim Financial Information  — The accompanying unaudited interim financial statements as of June 30, 2006 and for the six month periods ended June 30, 2005 and 2006 have been prepared by the Company pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding interim financial reporting. As a result, certain footnote and other disclosure required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been omitted. The reader is encouraged to read the interim financial statements together with the audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005. The interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements, except that the financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2006 reflect the Company’s adoption of the fair value provisions of SFAS 123(R) with respect to recording stock-based compensation discussed in Note 2. The interim financial statements include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the interim periods presented. The operating results for the interim periods presented are not necessarily indicative of the results that could be expected for the full year.
          Use of Estimates  — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
          Foreign Currency  — The financial information for entities outside the United States is measured using local currencies as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate in effect on the respective balance sheet dates. Income and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars based on the average rate of exchange for the corresponding period. Exchange rate differences resulting from translation adjustments are accounted for directly as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Gains or losses from foreign currency transactions are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.
          Cash and Cash Equivalents  — Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of highly liquid investments, such as bank deposits, with insignificant interest rate risk and original maturities of three months or less at the date of acquisition.

F-7


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
          Inventories  — Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis. Inventories include parts and components that may be specialized in nature and subject to rapid obsolescence. The Company periodically reviews the quantities and carrying values of inventories to assess whether the inventories are recoverable. The costs associated with provisions for excess quantities, technological obsolescence, or component rejection are charged to cost of sales as incurred.
          Property, Plant, and Equipment  — Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is determined using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the related assets. In the case of leasehold improvements, the estimated useful lives of the related assets do not exceed the remaining terms of the corresponding leases. The following table presents the assigned economic useful lives of property, plant, and equipment:
         
Category   Economic Useful Life
     
Buildings
    30 years  
Machinery and equipment
    3-5 years  
Office furniture and fixtures
    3-5 years  
Other assets
    3-5 years  
          Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations. Interest expense associated with significant capital projects is capitalized as a cost of the project. The Company capitalized $0, $0, $239,000 and $76,405 of interest expense in 2003, 2004, 2005 and the six months ended June 30, 2006, respectively.
          Impairment of Long-Lived Assets  — Long-lived assets, which consist primarily of property, plant, and equipment, are reviewed by management for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. In cases in which undiscounted expected future cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recorded equal to the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of assets.
          Revenue Recognition  — The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with SEC Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 104, “Revenue Recognition.” SAB No. 104 requires that four basic criteria be met before revenue can be recognized: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; (3) the fee is fixed and determinable; and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue from the sale of the Company’s products is generally recognized upon shipment, provided that the other revenue recognition criteria have been met. The Company has no obligation to provide upgrades, enhancements or customer support subsequent to the sale.
          Revenue from orders with multiple deliverables is divided into separate units of accounting when certain criteria are met. The consideration for the arrangement is then allocated to the separate units of accounting based on their relative fair values. The Company defers revenue on multiple element arrangements if the fair values of all deliverables are not known or if customer acceptance is contingent on delivery of specified items or performance conditions. Applicable revenue recognition criteria are then applied separately for each separate unit of accounting.
          Returns and customer credits are infrequent and are recorded as a reduction to revenue. Rights of return are generally not included in sales arrangements. Generally, the Company receives a customer purchase order as evidence of an arrangement and product shipment terms are free on board (F.O.B.) shipping point.
          Allowance for Doubtful Accounts  — The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to provide for the estimated amount of accounts receivable that will not be collected. The allowance is based upon an assessment of customer creditworthiness, historical payment experience and the age of outstanding receivables.

F-8


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
          Activity related to the allowance for doubtful accounts was as follows (in thousands):
         
Balance at January 1, 2003
  $ 278  
Provision for bad debts
    172  
Uncollectible accounts written off
    (153 )
Foreign currency translation
    25  
       
Balance at December 31, 2003
    322  
Provision for bad debts
    35  
Uncollectible accounts written off
    (185 )
       
Balance at December 31, 2004
    172  
Provision for bad debts
    43  
Uncollectible accounts written off
    (24 )
Foreign currency translation
    7  
       
Balance at December 31, 2005
  $ 198  
       
          Warranties  — In general, the Company’s products carry a warranty against defect for a period of one to three years, depending upon the product type and customer negotiations. The expected cost associated with these warranty obligations is recorded when the revenue is recognized. Warranty costs and related accrued warranty costs were not significant for the periods presented.
          Advertising Expense  — The cost of advertising is expensed as incurred. The Company conducts substantially all of its sales and marketing efforts through trade shows, professional and technical conferences, direct sales and use of its website. The Company’s advertising costs were not significant for the periods presented.
          Research and Development  — Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.
          Income Taxes  — Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities and net operating loss carryforwards and credits using enacted rates in effect when those differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided against deferred tax assets that are not deemed to be recoverable.
          Stock-Based Compensation  — Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS No. 123”), encourages, but does not require, companies to record compensation cost for stock-based employee compensation plans at fair value. As permitted by SFAS No. 123, the Company has elected to account for stock-based compensation awarded to employees using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations and has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123. Accordingly, for financial reporting purposes, compensation cost for stock options granted to employees and directors is measured as the excess, if any, of the estimated fair market value of the Company’s stock at the deemed measurement date over the amount an employee or director must pay to acquire the stock.

F-9


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
          If the compensation costs for options awarded to employees and directors had been determined using the fair value amortized to expense over the vesting period of the awards, the recorded net income would have been as follows (in thousands):
                         
    2003   2004   2005
             
Reported net income
  $ (28,210 )   $ 2,012     $ 7,427  
Add stock-based employee compensation expense included in net income — net of taxes
    2,203       903       7  
Deduct stock-based employee compensation expense determined using the fair value for all awards — net of taxes
    (2,241 )     (915 )     (22 )
                   
Pro forma net income
  $ (28,248 )   $ 2,000     $ 7,412  
                   
          The Company’s pro forma calculations for 2003, 2004, and 2005 were made using the minimum value method with the following weighted-average assumptions: expected life of four years; stock volatility of 0%; risk-free interest rate of 3.5% in 2003 and 2004 and 4.5% in 2005; and no dividend payments during the expected term. Forfeitures are recognized as they occur.
          Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS No. 123(R)”). SFAS No. 123(R) establishes accounting for stock-based awards exchanged for employee services and other stock-based transactions. Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recorded as compensation cost over the requisite service period. The Company elected to adopt the modified prospective application method provided by SFAS No. 123(R) as discussed in Note 2.
          Concentration of Credit Risk  — Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company maintains substantially all of its cash in two financial institutions, which are believed to be high-credit, quality financial institutions. The Company grants credit to customers in the ordinary course of business and provides a reserve for potential credit losses. Such losses historically have been within management’s expectations (see discussion related to significant customers in Note 14).
          Fair Value of Financial Instruments  — The Company’s financial instruments consist of accounts receivable, accounts payable, and long-term debt. The current carrying amounts of such instruments are considered reasonable estimates of their fair market value, due to the short maturity of these instruments or as a result of the competitive market interest rates, which have been negotiated.
          Comprehensive Income (Loss)  — Comprehensive income (loss) includes charges and credits to equity that are not the result of transactions with stockholders. Included in other comprehensive income (loss) for the Company is the cumulative translation adjustment. These adjustments are accumulated within the consolidated statements of convertible redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit under accumulated other comprehensive income.
          Derivative Instruments  — The Company has entered into financial instruments that constitute freestanding derivative instruments. The Company accounts for these arrangements in accordance with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS No. 133”), as well as related interpretations. Derivative instruments are recognized as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheets and are measured at fair value with gains or losses recognized in earnings or other comprehensive income depending on the nature of the derivative. The Company determines the fair value of derivative instruments based on available market data using appropriate valuation models, giving consideration to all of the rights and obligations of each instrument.

F-10


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
          Beneficial Conversion  — When the Company issues debt or equity that is convertible into common stock at a discount from the common stock fair value at the date the debt or equity is issued, a beneficial conversion feature for the difference between the fair value and the conversion price multiplied by the number of shares issuable upon conversion is recorded as a beneficial conversion charge or deemed dividend. The beneficial conversion feature is presented as a discount to the related debt or a deemed dividend to the related equity holders, with an offsetting amount increasing additional paid-in capital.
          Business Segment Information  — The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information (“SFAS No. 131”), establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments. The Company is structured with eight distinct legal entities in eight different countries; however, the Company operates in one segment as each of its legal entities have similar economic characteristics and each meets the criteria for aggregation as defined in SFAS No. 131. All of the Company’s operations involve the design, development, production and distribution of fiber lasers, fiber amplifiers and related optical components. As disclosed in Note 14, the Company monitors and maintains information on the sale of its products into its various end markets, including (i) materials processing, (ii) telecommunications, (iii) medical and (iv) advanced applications, but the Company does not maintain separate operating financial information for these end markets or on any other basis. The Company’s product lines, customer base and manufacturing processes are similar throughout the world, with little distinction between legal entity or product end market. The Company has a single, company-wide management team that administers all properties as a whole rather than as discrete operating segments. The chief decisionmaker measures financial performance as a single enterprise and not on legal entity or end-market basis. Throughout the year, the chief decisionmaker allocates capital resources on a project-by-project basis across the Company’s entire asset base to maximize profitability without regard to legal entity or end-market basis.
          Recent Accounting Pronouncements  — In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs — an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4 (“SFAS No. 151”), relating to inventory costs. This revision is to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted material (spoilage). This statement requires that these items be recorded as a current period charge regardless of whether they meet the criterion specified in ARB No. 43. In addition, this Statement requires the allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on normal capacity of the production facilities. SFAS No. 151 is effective for the Company for inventory costs incurred beginning after January 1, 2006. The adoption of SFAS No. 151 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
          In July 2006, the FASB issued Financial Accounting Standards Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for recording in the financial statements uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosures and transitions. FIN 48 will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2007. The Company is currently analyzing the effects, if any, of the adoption of FIN 48, but does not anticipate that the results of adoption will have a material impact on its reported results of operations or financial condition.
2. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (UNAUDITED)
          The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) using the prospective transition method. Under this method, compensation costs recorded during the six months ended June 30, 2006 include: (a) compensation costs for all share-based payment awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006, based on the intrinsic value in accordance with the original provisions of APB 25 and

F-11


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(b) compensation costs for all share-based payment awards granted subsequent to January 1, 2006, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R). The Company allocates and records stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.
          Under SFAS No. 123(R), the Company calculates the fair value of stock option grants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of stock-based payment awards require the use of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected life of the stock-based payment awards and stock price volatility. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates, but the estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors change and the Company uses different assumptions, the Company’s stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. The weighted average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model were 6.25 years for the expected term, 65% for the expected volatility, 4.75% for the risk-free rate and 0% for dividend yield for the six months ended June 30, 2006.
          The weighted-average grant-date fair values of options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2006 were $2.02 per option. The intrinsic value of the options exercised during the six months ended June 30, 2006 was $1,029,000.
          The weighted average expected option term for 2006 reflects the application of the simplified method set forth in Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 107, which was issued in March 2005. The simplified method defines the life as the average of the contractual term of the options and the weighted average vesting period for all option tranches.
          For the calculation of expected volatility, because there is currently no public market for the Company’s common stock, and therefore a lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility information, the Company based its estimate of expected volatility on the expected volatility of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available. The Company used the following factors to identify similar public entities: industry, stage of life cycle, size and profitability. The Company intends to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar entities until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of its own share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified entities are no longer similar to the Company. In this latter case, more suitable, similar entities whose share prices are publicly available, would be utilized in the calculation.
          As stock-based compensation expense recorded in the Company’s statement of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2006 is based on options ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The stock-based compensation recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2006 reflects an estimated forfeiture rate of 5%. For the purposes of preparing the pro forma information required under SFAS 123 for the periods prior to fiscal 2006, the Company accounted for forfeitures as they occurred.
          In accordance with the prospective transition method, the Company’s financial statements for prior periods have not been restated to reflect, and do not include, the impact of SFAS 123(R). Total employee stock-based compensation expense recorded under SFAS 123(R) for the six months ended June 30, 2006 was $126,000.
          Incentive Plans  — In April 2000, our board of directors adopted the 2000 Incentive Compensation Plan, or 2000 plan, and in February 2006, our board of directors adopted the 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan, or 2006 plan, which provide for the issuance of stock options and other stock and non-stock based awards to the Company’s directors, employees, consultants and advisors. The Company reserved 8,750,000 shares under the 2000 plan and 6,000,000 shares under the 2006 plan for the issuance of awards

F-12


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
under the plans. In June 2006, our board of directors adopted the Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan, or the directors plan. Only non-employee directors are eligible to receive awards under the directors plan. The Company reserved 250,000 shares for issuance under the director plan. Under the three plans, the Company may grant nonstatutory stock options at an exercise price at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, unless the board of directors or compensation committee determines otherwise on the date of grant. Incentive stock options may be granted under the 2000 plan and the 2006 plans at exercise prices equal to or exceeding the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. Options generally become exercisable over periods of two to five years and expire seven to ten years from the date of the grant. The awards under the 2000 plan and the 2006 plans may become exercisable earlier upon the occurrence of certain change of control events at the election of the board of directors or compensation committee, and all awards under the directors plan automatically become exercisable upon a change-of-control. At June 30, 2006, 4,790,034 shares were available for future grant under the option plans.
          Stock Options  — A summary of option activity during the six months ended June 30, 2006 is presented below:
                           
            Weighted-
            Average
        Weighted-   Remaining
        Average   Contractual
    Number of   Exercise   Term
    Options   Price   (In Years)
             
Outstanding — January 1, 2006
    5,879,578     $ 1.06       7.52  
 
Granted
    1,696,425       3.60          
 
Exercised
    894,752       1.01          
 
Cancelled
                       
 
Forfeited
    25,291       1.72          
                   
Outstanding — June 30, 2006
    6,655,960       1.71       7.76  
Exercisable — June 30, 2006
    3,248,762     $ 1.03       6.19  
          The aggregate intrinsic value of vested and exercisable stock options was $9,000,000 at June 30, 2006.
          The total compensation cost related to nonvested awards not yet recorded at June 30, 2006 was $3,400,000 which is expected to be recognized over 4.5 years on a weighted average basis.
3. INVENTORIES
          Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):
                         
    December 31,    
        June 30,
    2004   2005   2006
             
            (unaudited)
Components and raw materials
  $ 15,473     $ 9,985     $ 14,637  
Work-in-process
    5,900       10,010       8,872  
Finished goods
    8,204       8,593       11,250  
                   
Total
  $ 29,577     $ 28,588     $ 34,759  
                   
          The Company recorded inventory provisions totaling $8,321,000, $0 and $2,370,000 in 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. These provisions were recorded as a result of the changes in market prices of certain components, the realizable value of those inventories through finished product sales and

F-13


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
uncertainties related to the recoverability of the value of inventories due to technological changes and excess quantities. These provisions are reported as a reduction to components and raw materials and finished goods.
4.     PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT
          Property, plant, and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
                         
    December 31,    
        June 30,
    2004   2005   2006
             
            (unaudited)
Land
  $ 4,284     $ 5,817     $ 6,281  
Buildings
    27,212       35,397       38,010  
Machinery and equipment
    42,023       43,783       48,797  
Office equipment and fixtures
    4,875       5,625       6,664  
Construction-in-progress
    4,182       1,084       3,350  
                   
Total property, plant, and equipment
    82,576       91,706       103,102  
Accumulated depreciation
    (36,594 )     (40,711 )     (45,557 )
                   
Total property, plant, and equipment — net
  $ 45,982     $ 50,995     $ 57,545  
                   
5.     ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES
          Accrued expenses and other liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
                         
    December 31,    
        June 30,
    2004   2005   2006
             
            (unaudited)
Accrued compensation
  $ 2,562     $ 4,248     $ 3,666  
Customer deposits and deferred revenue
    2,166       2,078       3,899  
Accrued warranty
    593       1,065       1,149  
Other
    1,853       2,516       2,534  
                   
    $ 7,174     $ 9,907     $ 11,248  
                   
6. FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
          The Company’s existing borrowings under financing arrangements consist of the following (in thousands):
                             
    December 31,    
        June 30,
    2004   2005   2006
             
            (unaudited)
Revolving Line-of-Credit Facilities:
                       
 
Euro Overdraft Facility
  $ 3,259     $ 3,060     $ 4,870  
 
U.S. Demand Line of Credit
    400       1,000       1,500  
 
IPFD Credit Facility (related party)
    4,600       4,686       4,641  
                   
   
Total
  $ 8,259     $ 8,746     $ 11,011  
                   

F-14


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                             
    December 31,    
        June 30,
    2004   2005   2006
             
            (unaudited)
Term Debt:
                       
 
U.S. Construction Loan
  $ 6,347     $ 5,983     $ 5,790  
 
Note Payable to Supplier
    3,350                  
 
Convertible Supplier Note
    4,695       4,942       5,069  
 
Euro Construction Loan
    10,232       7,588       6,274  
 
NTO Note Payable to IPFD (related party)
    651       595          
 
Other term debt
    6,179       6,973       7,135  
                   
   
Total term debt
    31,454       26,081       24,268  
Less current portion
    (5,995 )     (10,438 )     (15,301 )
                   
Long-term debt
  $ 25,459     $ 15,643     $ 8,967  
                   
          Principal maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 2005 are as follows (in thousands):
           
2006
  $ 10,438  
2007
    8,306  
2008
    1,994  
2009
    1,866  
2010
    1,134  
2011 and thereafter
    2,343  
       
 
Total
  $ 26,081  
       
Revolving Line-of -Credit Facilities:
          Euro Overdraft Facility  — The Company maintains a syndicated overdraft facility with available principal of Euro 4,395,500 (approximately $5,205,000 at December 31, 2005). Of the total amount, Euro 2,395,500 (approximately $2,837,000 at December 31, 2005) is available through March 2010 and Euro 2,000,000 (approximately $2,369,000 at December 31, 2005) is available through September 2006. This facility bears interest at market rates that vary depending upon the principal outstanding (from 7.5% to 8.0% at December 31, 2005). This facility and the Euro Construction Loan are collateralized by a common pool of the assets of the German entity. A portion of this loan is partially guaranteed by the Company’s largest stockholder. At December 31, 2005, the remaining availability under the Euro Overdraft Facility totaled $2,145,000.
          U.S. Demand Line of Credit  — The Company maintains a credit line with available principal of 75% of eligible receivables, up to $3,000,000, on a revolving basis. This facility bears interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 4.0% (8.37% at December 31, 2005). The facility is payable upon demand, and collateralized by all the assets held by the U.S. parent company (including cross-collaterization by the assets securing the U.S. Construction Loan) and is senior to the IPFD Credit Facility and the Convertible Supplier Note, which is no longer outstanding. At December 31, 2005, the remaining availability under the U.S. Demand Line of Credit totaled $2,000,000.
          Japanese Line of Credit  — In September 2005, the Company negotiated a credit line with available principal of 100% of eligible receivables, up to JPY 700,000,000 (approximately $5,939,000 at December 31, 2005), on a revolving basis. This facility bears interest at a fixed rate of 1.88% at

F-15


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2005. The facility is renewable annually and collateralized by accounts receivable and inventory in Japan. There is no outstanding balance on the credit line at December 31, 2005.
          IPFD Credit Facility  — The Company maintains a credit line with available principal of $4,600,000 on a revolving basis with its affiliate and stockholder, IPFD. Principal drawn under the facility bears interest at a rate equal to the three-month LIBOR rate in effect on the date of the drawdown plus 2%. The facility bears interest at a weighted-average rate of 3.5% at December 31, 2005. The commitment period ended in March 2006, and the outstanding principal is payable in 24 equal monthly installments with the first installment commencing January 1, 2007. The credit facility is secured by certain inventory and equipment in the U.S. At December 31, 2005, there was no remaining availability under the IPFD Credit Facility, and the outstanding balance included $86,000 of accrued interest, which was paid in January 2006. On July 31, 2006, the IPFD Credit Facility was paid down and terminated.
     Term Debt:
          U.S. Construction Loan  — Outstanding principal under the U.S. Construction Loan bears interest at a fixed rate of 7.9% and is collateralized by the real estate and building housing the Company’s U.S. operations. The outstanding principal is being repaid on a monthly basis based upon a 20-year amortization schedule with a balloon payment due in January 2007. The U.S. Construction Loan contains certain covenants, including maintenance of specific financial ratios. Compliance with the financial covenants has been waived if the Company maintains cash on deposit with the bank equal to the principal amount of the loan. At December 31, 2004, the Company maintained with the bank, in a restricted cash account, an amount equal to the principal amount of the loan, totaling $6,348,000. As a result of a return to compliance with the financial covenants, the cash held in the restricted account was released in May 2005.
          Note Payable to Supplier  — In connection with a settlement with a component supplier, who subsequently became a stockholder, the Company converted outstanding trade payables into a three-year note payable, bearing interest at 4.0%. The Company repaid the note in May 2005.
          Convertible Supplier Note  — In connection with a settlement with a component supplier, who subsequently became a stockholder, the Company issued a note with a face value totaling $5,100,000. The note does not require any interest payments. Upon issuance in 2003, the Company recorded a discount totaling $726,000, reflecting imputed interest. During the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, imputed interest expense totaling $235,000 and $247,000, respectively, was accreted to the carrying value of the note. The Company can settle the note prior to August 2006 for cash totaling $5,100,000 or by issuing 2,684,211 shares of Series D preferred stock. Only upon a change in control of the Company or other events of default, the note can, at the option of the holder, be converted to 2,684,211 shares of Series D or immediately settled in cash. In August 2006, the note was fully settled in cash.
          Euro Construction Loan  — The Company maintains a financing agreement with a syndicate of banks used to finance construction of a manufacturing facility in Germany and to meet the working capital needs of the German operation. Principal and interest payments are due semiannually through March 2010. Interest accrues at 5.25%. A portion of this loan is personally guaranteed by the Company’s largest stockholder.
          NTO Note Payable to IPFD  — At December 31, 2004 and 2005, there was an unsecured $560,000 note payable to IPFD, maturing in January 2006. Interest accrues at 4.4% annually. The principal balance includes $91,000 and $35,000 of accrued interest at December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively. The note was repaid in May 2006.
          Other Term Debt  — Other term debt consists principally of Euro-denominated notes payable with fixed and variable rates ranging from 4.2% to 6.5% and various maturities ranging from 2006 to 2019. At

F-16


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2005, the amount includes a new Euro 1,780,000 (approximately $2,108,000 at December 31, 2005) mortgage negotiated in 2005 to finance part of the acquisition costs of a new building in Germany. These notes are collateralized by property, plant, and equipment in Germany. A portion of one loan, with a principal balance of $2,059,000, is personally guaranteed by the Company’s largest stockholder.
7. CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK, PREFERRED STOCK AND WARRANTS
          Preferred Stock  — The Company has authorized 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value of $0.0001, of which 500,000 shares have been designated as Series A convertible preferred stock (the “Series A”), 3,800,000 shares have been designated as Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock (the “Series B”), and 5,400,000 shares have been designated as Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock (the “Series D”).
          The rights and preferences of the outstanding preferred stock are as follows:
          Dividends  — The holders of the Series A, Series B, and Series D are entitled to receive cumulative dividends at the rate paid on the common shares.
          Liquidation  — In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of the Company, each holder of the Series A, Series B, and Series D is entitled to be paid, before any distributions are made to the common stockholders or other junior stockholders, a liquidation preference. The holders of the Series A, Series B, and Series D also are entitled to receive their preference values in a merger of the Company. The holders of the Series A, Series B, and Series D are entitled to be paid an amount equal to the preference value of $10.00, $25.00 and $1.90 per share, respectively, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid dividends. If the assets of the Company are not sufficient to generate cash sufficient to pay, in full, the Series A, Series B, and Series D preference values, the holders of the Series A, Series B, and Series D will be entitled to share ratably in any distribution of cash generated by assets in accordance with the respective amounts that would have been payable in such distribution if the amounts to which the holders of the Series A, Series B, and Series D are entitled were paid in full. After such distributions, the holders of the Series A and Series D do not participate in any further distributions. The holders of the Series B participate in further distributions available for the common shares in the amount that would have been payable per share if the Series B had been converted to common shares. If the total payout to the stockholders of the Series B exceeds $100.00 per share, the preference amount declines linearly from $25.00 per share to $0 as the participation amount payout increases from $100.00 to $125.00.
          Voting Rights  — The holders of the Series A and Series D are entitled to vote as separate classes with respect to the matters regarding the respective rights and preferences of their class of shares. The holders of Series A are not entitled to vote on any other matters. The holders of the Series B and Series D are entitled to vote on matters with holders of common shares in an amount equal to the number of common shares into which the Series B and Series D are then convertible. The holders of Series B are also entitled to vote together as a separate class to elect one director of the Company. In addition, without approval of the majority of the Series B stockholders, the Company is restricted from issuing any equity security or convertible securities with equity participation ranking senior to the Series B, changing the nature of the Company’s business, altering the Company’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws with the effect of altering the rights of the Series B, increasing the authorized shares of Series B or, with certain exceptions, redeeming capital stock, or declaring or paying dividends, or making distributions of the Company’s assets.
          Redemption  — At the election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B, the Company is obligated to redeem up to 33.3% after April 15, 2007, up to 66.7% after August 25, 2007, and

F-17


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
up to 100% after August 25, 2008, of the outstanding Series B at a redemption price equal to $25.00 per share, plus accrued but unpaid dividends. In the event that the Company has insufficient funds to redeem the shares, the Series B will accrue interest at an annual rate equal to the prime rate, plus 3%, until redeemed. In the event that the holders of Series B exercise their redemption rights, the Series D holders are entitled to redeem their shares at a redemption price of $1.90 per share upon the same conditions and restrictions as the holders of Series B and at the same time as the holders of Series B.
          The Series B is being accreted to its redemption value through the redemption dates. Accretion totaled $2,352,000, $2,351,000, and $2,351,000 for each of the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, respectively.
          Conversion  — The Series A, Series B and Series D are convertible into the number of shares of common stock of the Company as is determined by dividing their respective preference values by their respective conversion values then in effect. As of December 31, 2005, the preference values of the Series A, Series B, and Series D are $10.00, $25.00 and $1.90 per share, respectively, and the conversion values are $9.10, $21.91 and $1.90 per share, respectively. Given the repayment of the Convertible Supplier Note in August 2006, the conversion prices of the preferred stock will be adjusted pursuant to the terms of the preferred stock (see Note 6). As of December 31, 2005, the Series A, Series B, and Series D are convertible at the holder’s option at any time. In December 2005 and January 2006, the conversion rights and obligations of the Series B and Series A, respectively, were amended to modify their automatic conversion right into common shares upon public offerings which meet specific conditions.
          Upon a public offering generating gross proceeds to the Company of at least $35,000,000, at or above $3.00 per share, and if the common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ National Market, all Series A automatically convert into common stock at the lower of the conversion price then in effect or the offering price to the public. Upon a qualified public offering, all of the Series B automatically converts into subordinated debt and common shares. A qualified public offering is one (i) that generates gross proceeds to the Company of at least $75,000,000, (ii) that offers the shares at or above a $3.00 per share price, (iii) that is listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ National Market, and (iv) in which all of the Series B Warrants are repurchased by the Company or the holders of the Series B Warrants are permitted to net exercise and sell the underlying shares in the offering. In a qualified public offering, the Series B receive value equal to the greater of (A) what the Series B would have received if the Company were sold at the public offering price, and (B) what the Series B would have received if it converted upon the public offering at these conversion prices (x) if the offering price per share is between $3.00 and $25.00, the conversion price is $10.00; (y) if the offering price per share is between $25.01 and $62.49, the conversion price is the price to the public divided by a factor of 2.5, and (z) if the price to the public is more than $62.50, the conversion price is $25.00. The value that the Series B receive upon a qualified public offering consists of subordinated three-year notes totaling $20,000,000 in principal amount and the remainder in common stock. The notes bear interest at the greater of the short-term applicable federal rate or 4% in the first year, 7% in the second year, and 10% in the third year.
          With respect to the Series D, upon (i) a public offering at a share price at or above $1.90 per share or a merger or sale of the Company in which the holders of the Series D would be entitled to $1.90 per share or more, in each case, or such lesser amount approved by the Series A and Series B holders, provided that those holders convert or receive a lesser amount in such transaction, or (ii) the conversion of all of the Series A and Series B, all Series D then outstanding automatically converts into common stock.
          At December 31, 2005, the Series A, Series B, and Series D were convertible into 536,264, 4,335,920, and 2,684,211 shares of common stock, respectively.

F-18


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
          The issuance of certain shares of common stock and the Series D in 2003 resulted in an adjustment to the conversion ratios of the Series A and Series B, and such price protection or antidilution features constitute a contingent beneficial conversion feature in the Series A and Series B. The Company recorded a beneficial conversion charge (deemed dividend) of approximately $5,242,000 in 2003 arising from these contingent beneficial conversion features. Future issuances of equity instruments that are deemed to be antidilutive to the holders of the Series A and Series B will result in additional beneficial conversion charges (deemed dividends).
          During 2004, two employees exercised 120,000 stock options and paid the exercise price with 12,000 shares of Series A.
          Investor Rights  — The holders of Series A, Series B, and Series D and certain other stockholders have certain co-sale rights and drag-along obligations upon the sale of shares by the founders, as well as demand and “piggy-back” registration rights as described in their respective agreements.
          Warrants  — In connection with the issuance of the Series B, the Company issued Series B Warrants to purchase, in the aggregate, $47,500,000 of the Company’s common stock at an equivalent per-share price of 50% of the fair value on the date of an initial public offering of common stock or the sale, merger or liquidation of the Company. The Warrants are exercisable only upon the merger or liquidation of the Company, the sale of all of the Company’s assets or stock or an underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. In December 2005, the term of the warrants was extended from August 30, 2007 to April 15, 2008, and the Company obtained the right to repurchase them for $23,750,000, less underwriting discount and fees applicable to an initial public offering of shares. The Series B Warrants constitute freestanding derivatives that are accounted for as liabilities at fair value, which is estimated to be $13,899,000 and $14,644,000, at December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively. As freestanding derivative instruments, changes in fair value of the Series B Warrants are recognized in earnings and reported as other income (expense). For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, the fair value of the Series B Warrants increased by $3,664,000, $615,000, and $745,000, respectively.
          Reserved Shares  — In addition to the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the Company’s stock option plan, the Company agreed to reserve a sufficient number of shares of common stock for potential conversion of the Series A, Series B, and Series D and for the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase common stock.
          Notes Receivable From Issuances of Shares  — The Company has received notes from an individual in connection with this individual’s exercise of 190,000 nonqualified stock options in March 2000, as well as the issuance of 250,000 shares of common stock in connection with professional services. This individual later became a member of the Company’s Board of Directors. The notes receivable have principal balances of $190,000 and $250,000, accruing interest at 1.68% and 1.52%, respectively, and are collateralized by 490,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. In September 2003, the loans to this individual were converted from recourse to nonrecourse, resulting in a stock-based compensation charge totaling $496,000 in 2003. Subsequent to the September 2003 modification, the shares of restricted stock underlying these loans, along with any newly issued loans granted in connection with stock-based compensation arrangements, require variable plan accounting. The appreciation in the fair value of the underlying common stock was such that the total compensation calculated was less than the cumulative amount previously recognized under fair value accounting and no further compensation expense was recorded in the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005.
          During 2001, an employee exercised stock options and paid the exercise price and taxes with a nonrecourse note payable in a principal amount of $23,000 with a weighted-average interest rate of 4.76%.

F-19


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
          The notes receivable are presented in the consolidated balance sheets as an increase in stockholders’ deficit. Interest income recognized from these notes totaled approximately $12,000, $10,000, and $8,000 during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, respectively.
          In July and August 2006, the loans and accrued interest, with the exception of one loan with a principal balance of $23,000, were settled.
          Minority Interests  — Minority interests reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements consist of the 20% of IPG Fibertech S.r.l., Italy (“Fibertech”) held by the management of Fibertech; 49% of NTO IRE-POLUS, Russia (“NTO”) held by certain Company employees and other parties; 20% of IPG Photonics (Japan) Ltd., Japan (“IPG Japan”) held by the Company’s Japanese distributor which also holds shares of the Company’s common stock; and 10% of IPG Photonics (Korea) (“IPG Korea”) held by the management of IPG Korea. During 2004 and 2005, the minority stockholders of IPG Korea and IPG Japan contributed $142,000 and $11,000, respectively, in capital in connection with the formation of those companies.
8. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
          In 2001, the Company loaned three officers of the Company, including the Company’s chief executive officer, a total of $6,736,000, bearing interest as of December 31, 2005, at a weighted-average interest rate of 2.15%. In July 2003, $1,681,000 in outstanding principal and interest was repaid by the chief executive officer. In January 2006, a former officer repaid $786,000 principal and $249,000 accrued interest to the Company. Interest earned and accrued on such loans totaled $233,000 during 2003, $127,000 during 2004, and $130,000 in 2005, and has been included in the carrying value of the loans.
          At December 31, 2004 and 2005, the Company had an amount payable to IPFD totaling $4,600,000 and $4,686,000, respectively, under the IPFD Credit Facility discussed in Note 4. Interest expense on the IPFD Credit Facility totaled $106,000, $156,000 and $161,000 for the years ended December 31, 2003 2004, and 2005, respectively. In addition, during 2004, the Company purchased optical components from IPFD for $297,000.
          At December 31, 2004 and 2005, there was a $560,000 note payable to IPFD from NTO, maturing on December 31, 2007. Interest expense, accruing at 4.4% annually, for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005 totaled $30,000, $20,000, and $25,000, respectively, and has been included in the carrying value of the note.
          On July 31, 2006, IPFD purchased from the chief executive officer 1,156,005 shares of the Company’s common stock in exchange for $357,000 in cash and $4.6 million in the form of the assignment of the amounts due under the IPFD Credit Facility. Simultaneously, the Company exchanged with the chief executive officer the note due from him with a remaining principal amount of $5.0 million for $357,000 in cash and $4.6 million in the form of the assignment of amounts due under the IPFD Credit Facility. As a result of these transactions, the IPFD Credit Facility and the note receivable from the chief executive officer were fully repaid and were no longer outstanding.
          In addition, the remaining principal and accrued interest due from the other officers were repaid in August 2006.
          In November 2003, NTO advanced $175,000 to an officer of the Company. The loan was secured by real property. In 2004, the officer repaid $103,000 and, in 2005, the remaining outstanding principal of $72,000 was repaid.
          In November 2004, the chief executive officer provided a personal guarantee for the U.S. Demand Line of Credit for the Company. In consideration of the personal guarantee, the Company approved a guarantee fee to the executive equal to interest on his loan from the Company (with a tax gross-up) for

F-20


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
each quarter that the U.S. Demand Line of Credit is outstanding. The Company paid $16,000 in 2004 and $136,000 in 2005 related to the guarantee fee.
          The Company leased office space from IPFD and reimbursed IPFD for general and administrative expenses. The costs related to the lease and services totaled $115,000, $148,000 and $116,000 in 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
          At December 31, 2004, the Company had an amount payable under the Convertible Supplier Note totaling $3,349,000 as discussed in Note 6. Interest expense on the Convertible Supplier Note totaled $91,000, $187,000 and $45,000 for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, respectively. The Company repaid the total amount of outstanding principal and accrued interest in May 2005.
          In November 2004, the minority stockholder advanced $970,000 to IPG Japan, which has been reported in the consolidated balance sheet under the caption accrued expenses and other liabilities. In February 2005, the amount was repaid to the minority stockholder.
9. NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
          The Company follows EITF  03-6, Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method under FASB Statement 128 (“EITF 03-6”), which established standards regarding the computation of net income (loss) per share by companies that have issued securities other than common stock that contractually entitle the holder to participate in dividends and earnings of the company. EITF  03-6 requires earnings available to common stockholders for the period, after deduction of preferred stock accretion and deemed dividends related to beneficial conversion features, to be allocated between the common and convertible securities based on their respective rights to receive dividends. Basic net income (loss) per share is then calculated by dividing income (loss) applicable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding. The Company’s preferred stock does not participate in losses, and therefore is not included in the computation of net loss per share, as applicable. EITF  03-6 does not require the presentation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share for securities other than common stock; therefore, the following per share amounts only pertain to the Company’s common stock.
          The Company calculates diluted net income (loss) per share under the if-converted method unless the conversion of the convertible preferred stock is anti-dilutive to basic net income (loss) per share. To the extent convertible preferred stock is anti-dilutive, the Company calculates diluted net income (loss) per share under the two-class method to include the effect of potential common shares.
          The share count used to compute basic and diluted net income (loss) per share is calculated as follows (in thousands):
                                           
        Six Months Ended
    Year Ended December 31,   June 30,
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (unaudited)
Weighted-average common shares outstanding used to compute basic net income per share
    38,302       38,547       39,348       39,008       40,385  
Add dilutive common equivalents:
                                       
 
Stock options
                            3,295  
 
Series A preferred stock — if converted
                536       536       536  
 
Series B preferred stock — if converted
                             
 
Series D preferred stock — if converted
                2,684       2,684       2,684  
 
Convertible supplier note payable — if converted
                2,684       2,684       2,684  
                               
Shares used to compute diluted net income per share
    38,302       38,547       45,252       44,912       49,584  
                               

F-21


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
          The following is a summary of the securities outstanding during the respective periods that have been excluded from the calculations because the effect on net income (loss) per share would have been anti-dilutive (in thousands):
                                         
        Six Months
    Year Ended December 31,   Ended June 30,
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (unaudited)
Stock options
    4,324       5,730       5,880       5,606       964  
Series A preferred stock — if converted
    549       549                    
Series B preferred stock — if converted
    4,336       4,336       4,336       4,336       4,377  
Series D preferred stock — if converted
    2,684       2,684                    
Convertible supplier note payable — if converted
    2,684       2,684                    
          The Series B Warrants are only exercisable upon the completion of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock or the sale, liquidation, or merger of the Company and, as such, any shares that would be issued upon the exercise of the Series B Warrants have been excluded from the computations of net income (loss) per share for all periods presented.
          The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (in thousands, except per share data):
                                           
        Six Months Ended
    Year Ended December 31,   June 30,
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (unaudited)
Calculation of basic net income per share — two-class method:
                                       
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (28,210 )   $ 2,012     $ 7,427     $ 2,150     $ 6,118  
 
Accretion of series B preferred stock
    (2,352 )     (2,351 )     (2,351 )     (1,176 )     (1,037 )
 
Beneficial conversion feature
    (5,242 )                        
                               
 
Subtotal
  $ (35,804 )   $ (339 )   $ 5,076     $ 974     $ 5,081  
 
Percent of net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders
    100 %     100 %     84 %     84 %     84 %
 
Net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders
    (35,804 )     (339 )     4,258       816       4,277  
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    38,302       38,547       39,348       39,008       40,385  
 
Basic net income (loss) per share — two-class method
  $ (0.93 )   $ (0.01 )   $ 0.11     $ 0.02     $ 0.11  
                               
Calculation of diluted net income per share:
                                       
 
Net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders
  $ (35,804 )   $ (339 )   $ 4,258     $ 816     $ 4,277  
 
Interest expense on convertible supplier note payable
                247       121       127  
 
Net income allocable to anti-dilutive convertible preferred
                349       67       341  
                               
 
Net income (loss)
    (35,804 )     (339 )     4,854       1,004       4,745  
 
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding
    38,302       38,547       45,252       44,912       49,584  
 
Diluted net income (loss) per share
  $ (0.93 )   $ (0.01 )   $ 0.11     $ 0.02     $ 0.10  

F-22


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                                         
        Six Months Ended
    Year Ended December 31,   June 30,
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (unaudited)
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    38,302       38,547       39,348       39,008       40,385  
Weighted average dilutive convertible preferred stock
                  3,220       3,220       3,220  
Weighted average anti-dilutive convertible preferred stock outstanding
    5,589       7,569       4,336       4,336       4,377  
                               
Weighted average common shares and preferred shares outstanding
    43,891       46,116       46,904       46,564       47,982  
Percent of net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders
    87 %     84 %     84 %     84 %     84 %
Percent of net income (loss) allocable to dilutive convertible preferred stockholders
    0 %     0 %     7 %     7 %     7 %
10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
          Operating Leases  — The Company leases certain facilities under cancelable and noncancelable operating lease agreements which expire through June 2010. In addition, the Company leases capital equipment under several operating leases. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, totaled $263,000, $633,000, and $570,000, respectively.
          Commitments under the noncancelable lease agreements as of December 31, 2005, are as follows (in thousands):
                           
Years Ending December 31   Facilities   Equipment   Total
             
2006
  $ 406     $ 688     $ 1,094  
2007
    373       414       787  
2008
    370       132       502  
2009
    367       23       390  
2010
    321       17       338  
2011
    275               275  
                   
 
Total
  $ 2,112     $ 1,274     $ 3,386  
                   
          Employment Agreements  — The Company has entered into employment agreements with certain members of senior management. The terms of these agreements are up to two years and include noncompete and nondisclosure provisions, as well as provide for defined severance payments in the event of termination.
          Product Sales Agreement  — In August 2003, the Company settled a contract dispute and related litigation with a component supplier. Under the terms of the settlement, the Company entered into two supply agreements, pursuant to which (a) the Company agreed to sell to the component supplier certain products at discounted amounts and (b) the Company agreed to purchase from the component supplier certain percentages (but not fixed dollar amounts) of the Company’s external requirements, if any, for specified components for five years. The Company sold products to the supplier totaling $119,000 in 2005, $189,000 in 2004, and $38,000 in 2003.
          Other  — In 2004, the German tax authorities commenced a review of the Company’s German income tax filings for the years 1999 through 2002. Management does not believe that any adjustments to amounts previously reported on the Company’s German income tax returns will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

F-23


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
11. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
          In April 2005, the Company was sued for patent infringement relating to optical fiber. The plaintiff has made a complaint with unspecified damages. The Company answered the complaint on June 2, 2005, and filed a counterclaim, denying infringement and raising additional defenses. On the same day, the plaintiff in the case filed its complaint, the plaintiff requested that the United States Patent and Trademark Office reexamine the plaintiff’s patent, and the patent office granted that request. In view of the pending reexamination, the litigation was stayed until the conclusion of the patent office reexamination. The patent expires in January 2011. The Company believes it has meritorious defenses and intends to vigorously contest the claims after the patent office concludes the reexamination and the stay of litigation is lifted. As such, no amounts have been accrued in respect of this contingency.
          In June 2006, another company filed a claim against the Company alleging infringement of a United States patent related to diode pumping of single mode core optical fibers. The plaintiff in this case seeks damages of over $20.0 million, treble damages and injunctive relief. The patent expires in June 2007. The Company believes it has meritorious defenses and intends to vigorously contest the claims. As such, no amounts have been accrued in respect of this contingency.
12. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
          Retirement Savings Plan  — The Company maintains a 401(k) retirement savings plan covering all of its U.S. employees. The Company makes matching contributions equal to 50% of the employee’s pretax contributions, subject to a maximum of 6% of eligible compensation. Compensation expense related to the Company’s contribution to the plan for each of the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, approximated $110,000, $157,000, and $263,000, respectively.
          Employee Stock Option Plan  — In March 2000, the stockholders approved the Company’s 2000 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”). At December 31, 2005, 8,750,000 common shares have been reserved for grant under the Plan and 211,168 shares remain available for future grants under the Plan. Options are subject to the vesting provisions associated with each grant. These provisions generally provide for vesting on a straight-line basis over four years. All options expire 10 years from the date of grant.
          Compensation expense related to options previously awarded (primarily during the year ended December 31, 2000) was deferred and amortized over the vesting period. During the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, the Company recorded $2,203,000 and $903,000, respectively, of compensation expense for these awards. No deferred compensation remained at December 31, 2004 related to any awards granted prior to January 1, 2005.
          During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company awarded options to purchase 947,000 shares of the Company’s common stock that were deemed to have an intrinsic value aggregating $118,000. Compensation expense for these awards has been deferred and is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, which is generally four years. During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company recorded $7,000 of compensation expense related to the 2005 awards and will record approximately $29,000 annually through 2009.

F-24


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
          The following table presents a summary of the option activity and related information:
                   
    Number of   Weighted-Average
    Options   Exercise Price
         
Outstanding — January 1, 2003
    3,311,996     $ 1.03  
 
Granted
    2,148,976       1.00  
 
Exercised
    (2,375 )     1.07  
 
Forfeited
    (1,134,925 )     1.01  
             
Outstanding — December 31, 2003
    4,323,672       1.02  
 
Granted
    2,036,949       1.00  
 
Exercised
    (445,451 )     0.87  
 
Forfeited
    (184,755 )     1.00  
             
Outstanding — December 31, 2004
    5,730,415       1.02  
 
Granted
    1,252,000       1.19  
 
Exercised
    (1,001,454 )     1.00  
 
Forfeited
    (101,383 )     1.00  
             
Outstanding — December 31, 2005
    5,879,578     $ 1.06  
             
          The weighted-average minimum value of the options granted to employees in 2005 was $0.26 and in 2004 and 2003 was less than $0.01.
          Additional information regarding options outstanding at December 31, 2005, is as follows:
                                         
        Weighted-Average    
        Remaining   Number Exercisable at December 31,
Exercise   Number   Contractual Life    
Price   Outstanding   (Years)   2005   2004   2003
                     
$1.00
    4,876,148       7.11       3,594,278       4,018,628       48,526  
 1.25
    947,000       9.74                       2,359,849  
 2.57
    5,830       5.28       5,830       5,830       4,373  
 3.00
    25,700       5.85       25,700       19,800       13,750  
 3.50
    24,900       4.60       24,900       24,900       23,675  
                               
      5,879,578               3,650,708       4,069,158       2,450,173  
                               
13. INCOME TAXES
          The (loss) income before the impact of income taxes and minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, consisted of the following (in thousands):
                         
    2003   2004   2005
             
U.S. 
  $ (21,040 )   $ (1,637 )   $ 1,211  
Foreign
    (9,496 )     2,128       10,722  
                   
Total
  $ (30,536 )   $ 491     $ 11,933  
                   

F-25


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
          The Company’s benefit from (provision for) income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, consisted of the following (in thousands):
                             
    2003   2004   2005
             
Current:
                       
 
U.S. 
  $     $ 1,569     $  
 
Foreign
    (331 )     (430 )     (1,348 )
                   
   
Total current
    (331 )     1,139       (1,348 )
                   
Deferred:
                       
 
Federal
    5,280       (189 )     (682 )
 
State
    337       (97 )     (56 )
 
Foreign
    2,536       586       (2,992 )
 
Change in valuation allowance
    (5,617 )     162       998  
                   
   
Total deferred
    2,536       462       (2,732 )
                   
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes
  $ 2,205     $ 1,601     $ (4,080 )
                   
          During 2004, the Company completed audits performed by the Internal Revenue Service for the years ended 2000 and 2001. The completion of the audits allowed the Company to release $1,569,000 of accrued tax contingencies related to those years under audit. In addition, the benefit from (provision for) income taxes is different from that which would be obtained by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income before income taxes due primarily to the valuation allowance that has been provided against the net operating losses that are not deemed to be recoverable. The change in the valuation allowance from 2004 to 2005 reflects the utilization of the deductions associated with inventory provisions that had previously been fully reserved.
          A reconciliation of income tax expense at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the recorded tax benefit (provision) is as follows:
                         
    2003   2004   2005
             
Tax at statutory rate
  $ 10,517     $ (167 )   $ (4,057 )
Non-U.S. rate differential — net
    (1,010 )     492       (658 )
State income taxes — net
    337       97       (18 )
Resolution of prior year tax contingencies and reserves
          1,569        
Fair value adjustment to series B warrants
    (1,246 )     (209 )     (253 )
Stock compensation expense
    (749 )     (307 )      
Change in valuation allowance
    (5,617 )     162       998  
Other — net
    (27 )     (36 )     (92 )
                   
    $ 2,205     $ 1,601     $ (4,080 )
                   

F-26


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
          The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in thousands):
                 
    2004   2005
         
Property, plant, and equipment
  $ (918 )   $ (790 )
Inventory provisions
    6,779       4,961  
Allowances and accrued liabilities
    2,832       3,433  
Other tax credits
    1,055       1,056  
Net operating loss carryforwards
    17,050       13,654  
Valuation allowance
    (20,389 )     (19,391 )
             
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 6,409     $ 2,923  
             
          As of December 31, 2005, the Company has U.S. federal and state tax net operating loss carryforwards available for future periods of approximately $25,535,000 and $34,164,000. The federal tax and state net operating loss carryforwards begin expiring in 2022 and 2006, respectively. The Company has a net operating loss carryforward in Germany totaling $6,648,000, which may be carried forward indefinitely.
14. GEOGRAPHIC AND PRODUCT INFORMATION
          The Company markets and sells its products throughout the world through both direct sales and distribution channels. The geographic sources of the Company’s net sales, based on billing addresses of the Company’s customers, for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, are as follows (in thousands):
                             
    2003   2004   2005
             
United States and other North America
  $ 10,349     $ 20,911     $ 38,512  
South America
    16              
Europe:
                       
 
Germany
    7,583       11,898       13,137  
 
Other including Eastern Europe/ CIS
    5,380       7,441       10,745  
Asia and Australia:
                       
 
Japan
    10,412       16,022       25,354  
 
Other
          4,210       8,215  
Rest of the World
          225       422  
                   
   
Total
  $ 33,740     $ 60,707     $ 96,385  
                   

F-27


Table of Contents

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
          Sales are derived from products for different applications: fiber lasers and diode lasers for materials processing, fiber amplifiers for communications applications, fiber lasers for medical applications, and fiber lasers and amplifiers for advanced applications. Net sales for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, for these product lines are as follows (in thousands):
                           
    2003   2004   2005
             
Materials processing
  $ 23,685     $ 41,990     $ 60,399  
Communications
    5,250       9,697       15,751  
Medical
    181       1,544       7,422  
Advanced applications
    4,624       7,476       12,813  
                   
 
Total
  $ 33,740     $ 60,707     $ 96,385  
                   
          The Company has one customer that individually comprised 17%, 20%, and 13% of net sales during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, respectively. Accounts receivable related to this customer totaled approximately 13% and 18% of the net accounts receivable balance at December 31, 2004, and 2005, respectively.
          The geographic location of the Company’s long-lived assets, based on physical location of the assets, as of December 31, 2004 and 2005, is as follows (in thousands):
                 
    2004   2005
         
United States
  $ 23,391     $ 27,071  
Germany
    21,024       22,107  
Russia
    1,344       1,438  
Other
    223       379  
             
    $ 45,982     $ 50,995  
             

F-28


Table of Contents

  (LOGO)


Table of Contents

 
 
      Through and including                     , 2006 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
                                 Shares
IPG LOGO
Common Stock
 
PROSPECTUS
 
Joint Book-Running Managers
Merrill Lynch & Co. Lehman Brothers
 
Needham & Company, LLC
Jefferies & Company
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
                    , 2006
 
 


Table of Contents

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount, payable by us in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee and the NASD filing fee.
           
    Amount to be Paid
     
SEC registration fee
  $ 13,910  
National Association of Securities Dealers Inc. fee
    13,500  
Nasdaq Global Market listing fee
    5,000  
Printing and mailing
    150,000  
Legal fees and expenses
       
Accounting fees and expenses
       
Directors and officers insurance
    700,000  
Miscellaneous
       
       
 
Total
  $    
       
ITEM 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
          Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
          Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which he or she shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court shall deem proper.
          Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer,

II-1


Table of Contents

employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
          Article VIII of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of the offering (Charter) provides that no director of our company shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director. This provision does not eliminate or limit the liability of any of our directors or officers (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) in respect of unlawful dividend payments or stock redemptions or repurchases or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. In addition, our Charter provides that if the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of our company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.
          Article VIII of the Charter further provides that any repeal or modification of such article by our stockholders or an amendment to the Delaware General Corporation Law will not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such repeal or modification of a director serving at the time of such repeal or modification.
          Article VI of the Charter and Section X of our Amended and Restated By-laws that will become effective upon the closing of the offering (By-laws) provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, we will indemnify any person (Covered Person) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (proceeding), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the company or, while a director or officer of the company, is or was serving at the request of the company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another company or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person. However, we will be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of such proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized in the specific case by our board of directors.
          In addition, Article VI of the Charter and Section X of the By-laws provide that the right of each of our directors and officers to indemnification and advancement of expenses shall not be exclusive of any other right now possessed or hereafter acquired under any statute, provision of the Charter or By-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or otherwise.
          We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by law. In addition, our stock purchase agreement with the holders of our series B preferred stock provides indemnification to those holders, including TA Associates and its associated investment funds, for damages, expenses or losses arising out of, based upon or by reason of any third party or governmental claims relating to their status as a security holder, creditor, director, officer, agent, representative or controlling person of our company, or otherwise relating to their involvement with us.
          We also maintain a general liability insurance policy which covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our company arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

II-2


Table of Contents

          In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act, as amended, against certain liabilities.
ITEM 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
          During the past three years, we have sold and issued the following unregistered securities:
            (1) On December 15, 2004, we sold 99,000 shares of our common stock to Sujay Shetty, an individual, in exchange for 277,000 shares of IPG Photonics (India) Private Limited;
 
            (2) On August 13, 2003, in connection with the settlement of a litigation between us and JDS Uniphase Corporation (JDSU), we issued to JDSU 2,684,211 shares of our series D preferred stock having an aggregate liquidation value of $5,100,000, which shares are convertible into up to 2,684,211 shares of our common stock, and we issued to JDSU a subordinated convertible note in the principal amount of $5,100,000, which note was convertible into 2,684,211 shares of our series D preferred stock and was repaid in August 2006;
 
            (3) On April 4, 2003, we sold 500,000 shares of our common stock to TEM Incorporated for $1,000,000; and
 
            (4) Since January 1, 2003, we have granted options to purchase 7,134,350 shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging from $1.00 to $4.30 per share to employees, consultants and directors under our 2000 Incentive Compensation Plan, our 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan and our Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan. Since January 1, 2003, we have issued 2,344,032 shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options for aggregate consideration of $2.3 million.
          Each of the sales described above was effected without registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. None of the sales of the securities that we issued have involved the use of an underwriter, and no commissions were paid in connection with the sale of any of the securities that we issued.
ITEM 16. Exhibits.
          (a) See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately preceding the exhibits for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form  S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.
          (b) Financial Statement Schedules
          All schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable.
ITEM 17. Undertakings.
          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the

II-3


Table of Contents

opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by the controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
            (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4), or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
            (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the town of Oxford, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on August 11, 2006.
  IPG Photonics Corporation
  By:  /s/ Valentin P. Gapontsev
 
 
  Valentin P. Gapontsev
  Chief Executive Officer and
  Chairman of the Board
          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Valentin P. Gapontsev as such person’s true and lawful attorney-in -fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto, and the other documents in connection therewith, and any registration statement relating to any offering made pursuant to this Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in -fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and things requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in -fact and agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the town of Oxford, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on August 11, 2006.
             
Signature   Title    
         
 
/s/ Valentin P. Gapontsev
 
Valentin P. Gapontsev
  Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board and Director (Principal Executive Officer)    
 
/s/ Timothy P.V. Mammen
 
Timothy P.V. Mammen
  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)    
 
/s/ Robert A. Blair
 
Robert A. Blair
  Director    
 
/s/ Michael C. Child
 
Michael C. Child
  Director    
 
/s/ John H. Dalton
 
John H. Dalton
  Director    
 
/s/ Henry E. Gauthier
 
Henry E. Gauthier
  Director    

II-5


Table of Contents

             
Signature   Title    
         
 
/s/ William S. Hurley
 
William S. Hurley
  Director    
 
/s/ William F. Krupke
 
William F. Krupke
  Director    
 
/s/ Eugene Shcherbakov
 
Eugene Shcherbakov
  Director    
 
/s/ Igor Samartsev
 
Igor Samartsev
  Director    

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
         
Number   Description
     
  1 .1   Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
  3 .2   Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective at the completion of this offering
  3 .3   By-laws of the Registrant
  3 .4   Form of Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant, to be effective at the completion of this offering
  4 .1   Specimen Stock Certificate*
  4 .2   Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and the Investors named therein, dated as of August 30, 2000, as amended
  4 .3   Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and JDS Uniphase Corporation, dated as of August 13, 2003, as amended
  5 .1   Opinion of Winston & Strawn LLP*
  10 .1   2000 Incentive Compensation Plan
  10 .2   2006 Incentive Compensation Plan
  10 .3   Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan
  10 .4   Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan
  10 .5   Senior Executive Short-Term Incentive Plan
  10 .6   Form of Subordinated Note of the Registrant to be issued to holders of series B preferred stock
  10 .7   Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of the Registrant issued to holders of series B preferred stock, as amended
  10 .8   Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Valentin P. Gapontsev, dated as of March 1, 2006
  10 .9   Service Agreement by and between the Registrant and Eugene Shcherbakov, dated as of March 1, 2006
  10 .10   Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Tim Mammen, dated as of March 1, 2006
  10 .11   Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Angelo P. Lopresti, dated as of March 1, 2006
  10 .12   Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Denis Gapontsev, dated as of March 1, 2006
  10 .13   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its Directors and Executive Officers
  10 .14   Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2000 Incentive Compensation Plan
  10 .15   Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan
  10 .16   Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2006 Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan
  10 .17   Form of Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Confirmatory Assignment Agreement
  10 .18   Construction Loan Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2000, between the Registrant and Family Bank, FSB, as amended
  10 .19   Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2004, between the Registrant and BankNorth, N.A. as Lender, as amended
  21 .1   List of Subsidiaries
  23 .1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  23 .2   Consent of Winston & Strawn LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
 
To be filed by amendment.

EXHIBIT 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION


Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware


The undersigned, IPG Photonics Corporation (the "Corporation"), a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the Corporation is IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION.

2. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 2, 1998 and a Certificate of Amendment was filed on March 30, 2000.

3. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as hereinafter set forth has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

4. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated in full to read as follows:

FIRST: The name of the corporation (the "Corporation") is "IPG Photonics Corporation."

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle, and the name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The purpose for which the Corporation is organized is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH: Total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 55,000,000 shares of which 50,000,000 shares shall be designated Common Stock, par value of $.0001 per share ("Common Stock"), and 5,000,000 shares shall be designated Preferred Stock, par value of $.0001 per share ("Preferred Stock").

The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law and the terms of this Certificate, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designations, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.


A. Series A Preferred Stock.

Any capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Section A are defined in Section A.7.1 hereof.

Section 1. Designation and Amount

1.1 There shall be a series of the Preferred Stock which shall be designated as the "Series A Preferred Stock," par value $.0001 per share, and the number of shares constituting such series shall be Five Hundred Thousand (500,000). Subject to Section A.5.3, such number of shares may be decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided, that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to a number less than that of the shares then outstanding plus the number of shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding rights, options or warrants or upon conversion of outstanding securities issued by the Corporation with respect to shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

1.2 The Corporation shall not reissue any shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and shall from time to time in accordance with applicable law increase the authorized amount of its Common Stock in the event that the number of authorized shares of Common Stock remaining available for issuance shall not be sufficient to permit conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock.

Section 2. Dividends and Distributions. If any cash dividends or non-cash dividends or other distributions (other than distributions of Common Stock) are declared by the Board of Directors to be paid on any shares of Common Stock, then a dividend shall be paid at the same time to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock at a rate per share equal to the product of (i) such per share dividend or other distribution declared by the Board of Directors on the Common Stock multiplied by (ii) the Conversion Ratio (as defined in Section A.5.3 below) then in effect.

Section 3. Liquidation. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or upon any Liquidating Merger, each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid, before any distribution or payment is made upon any Common Stock, from the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its Stockholders, whether from capital, surplus or earnings, an amount in cash equal to the sum of the aggregate Liquidation Value of all shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder. Prior to the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or to any Liquidating Merger, the Corporation shall declare for payment all accrued and unpaid dividends, if any, with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock as set forth in
Section A.2. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or any such Liquidating Merger, the Corporation's assets to be distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit payment to such holders of the aggregate amount that they are entitled to be paid, then the entire assets to be distributed shall be distributed ratably among such holders based upon the aggregate Liquidation Value of the Series A Preferred Stock held by each such holder. The Corporation shall give written notice of such liquidation, dissolution or winding up or of such Liquidating Merger, not less than 30 days prior to the payment date stated therein, to each record holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Neither the consolidation or merger of the Corporation into or with any other entity or entities that is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, nor the sale or transfer by the Corporation of all or any part of its assets to any such wholly-owned subsidiary, nor the reduction of the capital stock of the Corporation, shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution winding up or Liquidating Merger of the Corporation within the meaning of

2

this Section 3. After distribution of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock of the full preferential amount set forth above, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution, if any, to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be distributed to the holders of shares of Common Stock pro rata based on their respective shareholdings on a fully diluted basis.

Section 4. Voting Rights. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a class, shall be entitled to vote as provided by applicable law and as herein provided.

4.1 Protective Voting Provisions. So long as shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation, each as amended from time to time) of the holders of more than fifty percent of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, the Corporation shall not:

(i) increase the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock; or

(ii) affect, alter, amend, repeal or waive the rights, preferences or privileges of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock as set forth herein.

4.2 Other Voting Provisions. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any matter on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to vote (including the election of directors), except as otherwise required by law.

Section 5 Conversion.

5.1 Elective Conversion. At any time after March 30, 2002, at his, her or its absolute and sole discretion, any holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock may convert all or any portion of the Series A Preferred Stock (including any fraction of a share) held by such holder, into a number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Conversion Stock equal to the Conversion Ratio then in effect by delivery to the Corporation of a number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock having a value equal to the Conversion Price to be converted, and by surrendering such holder's certificate(s) in accordance with Section
A.5.6 hereof, and subject to Section A.5.7 hereof.

5.2 Automatic Conversion. Immediately following the closing of (i) a Qualified IPO or (ii) the consummation of any merger or sale of a majority of the Common Stock of the Corporation or of all or substantially all of its assets (other than a merger with or sale to an Affiliate of the Corporation) in which the holders of the Common Stock (assuming conversion of all convertible securities of the Corporation) would be entitled to receive in a liquidation consideration worth at least $500,000,000, then any and all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically convert to Conversion Stock at the then effective Conversion Ratio without any further action on the part of any holder of the Series A Preferred Stock, subject to Sections A.5.8 and
Section A.5.9 hereof. Upon such automatic conversion, each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be canceled and not subject to reissuance as Series A Preferred Stock, but shall rather be undesignated and unreserved Preferred Stock of the Corporation.

5.3 Conversion Ratio. The "Conversion Ratio" shall be determined by dividing the Original Liquidation Price by the Conversion Price (as defined in
Section A.5.4 hereof).

3

5.4 Conversion Price. The initial Conversion Price shall equal $10.00 per share. The Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

5.4.1 Definitions. For purposes of this Section A.5.4, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) "Additional Shares" shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, with respect to options, rights or warrants, deemed to be issued in accordance with Section A.5.4.2) by the Corporation after the date that the original of the Series A Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, other than in any of the following transactions:

(a) in connection with the issuance to directors, officers, employees, or consultants of the Corporation or its Affiliates, in connection with their service to the Corporation, of options, rights, or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of Common Stock pursuant to stock purchase or stock options plans or agreements on terms from time to time approved by the Board of Directors;

(b) upon the issuance of securities in an underwritten offering of the Corporation's equity securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act;

(c) upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock;

(d) upon the issuance of a stock dividend declared by the Board of Directors to be paid on the Common Stock as a class, or upon any stock split or other subdivision or combination of Common Stock;

(e) upon the exercise of options, rights, or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Series A Preferred Stock outstanding or committed to be issued the date that the original of the Series A Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware or described in (a) above;

(f) upon the exercise of warrants delivered in connection with borrowings, lines of credit or other credit facilities extended to the Corporation;

(g) in connection with a strategic alliance or partnership, or joint venture or development arrangement with any non-Affiliated Person;

(h) upon the issuance of shares issued in respect of the antidilution provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or other antidilution provisions governing the Corporation's securities; or

(i) in connection with the issuance to an Affiliate of the Corporation of securities of the Corporation, provided that such issuance does not cause the Corporation's issued Common Stock to exceed 50,000,000 shares, taking into consideration reserves for stock options, warrants, Conversion Shares and other series of convertible preferred shares issued after the date that the original of the Series A Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation is filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware.

4

(ii) "Consideration" shall mean the following:

(a) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for cash, the Consideration shall be deemed to be the aggregate amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof and excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest or accrued dividends thereon.

(b) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the Consideration other than cash, including securities acquired in exchange therefor (other than securities by their terms so exchangeable), shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, irrespective of any accounting treatment; provided, however, that if, at the time of such determination, the Common Stock is traded in the over-the-counter market, the Nasdaq Stock Market, or on a national or regional securities exchange (or if other securities constituting such Consideration are traded in the over-the-counter market, the Nasdaq Stock Market or on a national or regional securities exchange), such fair value as determined by the Board of Directors shall not exceed the Current Market Value (as defined in Section A.5.4.1(iii)) of the Common Stock or of such other securities.

(c) In the case of the granting or issuance of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock that are deemed to be Additional Shares under Section A.5.4.1(i) hereof, such Additional Shares shall be deemed to be issued at the time such options or rights were granted or issued and for a consideration equal to the Consideration (determined in the manner provided in Section A.5.4.1(ii)(a) and Section A.5.4.1(ii)(b) hereof), if any, received by the Corporation upon the issuance of such options or rights, plus the additional minimum aggregate amount (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein designed to protect against dilution), if any, to be received by the Corporation upon the exercise of such options or rights.

(d) In the case of the granting or issuance of securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock that are deemed to be Additional Shares under Section A.5.4.1(i) hereof, such Additional Shares shall be deemed to be issued at the time such securities were granted or issued and for a consideration equal to the Consideration (determined in the manner provided in Sections Section A.5.4.1(ii)(a) and Section
A.5.4.1(ii)(b) hereof), if any, received by the Corporation for such securities (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the additional minimum aggregate amount (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein designed to protect against dilution) of consideration (determined in the manner provided in Sections Section A.5.4.1(ii)(a) and Section A.5.4.1(ii)(b) hereof), if any, to be received by the Corporation upon the conversion or exchange of such securities.

(e) In the case of the granting or issuance of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock that are deemed to be Additional Shares under Section A.5.4.1(i) hereof, such Additional Shares shall be deemed to be issued at the time such securities were issued or the options or rights were granted or issued or for a consideration equal to the Consideration (determined in the manner provided in Section A.5.4.1(ii)(a) and Section
A.5.4.1(ii)(b) hereof), if any, received by the Corporation for such options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the additional Consideration (determined

5

in the manner provided in Sections Section A.5.4.1(ii)(a) and Section
A.5.4.1(ii)(b) hereof), if any, to be received by the Corporation upon the exercise of such options or rights.

(f) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock without consideration, the Consideration shall be deemed to be $0.0001 per share, or such lesser amount as shall be the then par value of the Common Stock.

(iii) "Current Market Value" of a given security on any given date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of the security for 20 consecutive business days selected by the Corporation before such date. The closing price for each day shall be the last sale price regular way or, in case no sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices regular way, in either case on the principal national or regional securities exchange on which the security is listed or admitted to trading or on the Nasdaq Stock Market or, if it is not listed or admitted to trading on any national or regional securities exchange or on the Nasdaq Stock Market, the average of the closing and asked prices as furnished by any member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., selected from time to time by the Corporation for that purpose, or if it is not a publicly traded company, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in a good faith resolution, based upon the best information available to it.

5.4.2 The maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of options, rights or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Series A Preferred Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein designed to protect against dilution) shall be deemed to be exercised, converted or exchanged immediately upon any such grant or issuance. In the case that options or rights granted or issued as set forth in Section A.5.4.1 (i) (c) or Section A.5.4.1(i)(e) expire, or in the case that all of the rights to exchange or convert securities issued as set forth in
Section A.5.4.1(i)(d) terminate, in each case having been issued by the Corporation for Consideration (as determined pursuant to Section A.5.4.1(i)(c),
Section A.5.4.1(i)(d) and Section A.5.4.1(i)(e) above), the Conversion Price shall forthwith be appropriately readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have been in effect at the time of such expiration or termination had such options or rights or securities, to the extent outstanding immediately prior to such expiration or termination, never been granted or issued, and the Common Stock issuable thereunder shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding.

5.4.3 If the Corporation shall issue any Additional Shares without Consideration or for consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Shares, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted according to the following formula:

CP = ((OS x OCP) + C) / (OS + NS)

where

CP = Adjusted Conversion Price;

OS = Shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents
outstanding or deemed outstanding (including those
shares deemed to be issued as a result of previous
adjustments of the Conversion Price pursuant to
Section A.5 hereof), on a fully diluted, as-converted
basis immediately prior to such issuance of Additional
Shares;

6

OCP = Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance of Additional Shares;

C = Consideration (as calculated in accordance with
Section A.5.4.1(ii) hereof), if any, received by the Corporation in such issuance of Additional Shares; and

NS = Number of Additional Shares (but excluding the additional shares of Common Stock deemed issued only as a result of such adjustment of the Conversion Price).

5.4.4 No adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made if such adjustment would result in a change in a Conversion Price in an amount less than 0.01 per share. Any Additional Shares issued or deemed issued (and any Consideration received or deemed received) shall be included in subsequent future adjustments, but only until such change in the Conversion Price as a result of such cumulative adjustments is equal to at least $0.01 per share.

5.4.5 No adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made in respect of non-stock dividends on the Common Stock or the Series A Preferred Stock.

5.4.6 On any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon (i) the exercise of any options or rights deemed to be Additional Shares under Section A.5.4.1(i) hereof, or (ii) the conversion of or exchange for convertible or exchangeable securities deemed to be Additional Shares under Section A.5.4.1(i) hereof, or (iii) the conversion of or exchange for convertible or exchangeable securities issuable upon the exercise of any options or rights deemed to be Additional Shares under Section A.5.4.1(i) hereof, or on any change in the minimum purchase price of such options, rights or securities, other than a change resulting from the antidilution provisions of such options, rights or securities, then the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock shall forthwith be readjusted to reflect such change with respect to (x) such options or rights not exercised prior to such change, or
(y)such securities not converted or exchanged prior to such change, or (z) the options or rights related to such securities not converted or exchanged prior to such change, as the case may be.

5.4.7 If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the effective date hereof is increased by a stock dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or by a subdivision or split-up of shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date fixed for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive such stock dividend, or the effective date of such subdivision or split-up, the Conversion Price shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each such share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be increased in proportion to such increase of outstanding shares of Common Stock.

5.4.8 If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the effective date hereof is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the effective date of such combination, the Conversion Price shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each such share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of Common Stock.

7

5.4.9 Notwithstanding anything seemingly to the contrary herein, in no event whatsoever shall the Conversion Price be adjusted to a number less than the par value of the Conversion Stock; such an adjustment shall be deemed not to be "appropriate" within the meaning of this Section A.5.

5.5 Reorganization or Reclassification. In the event of any capital reorganization, or any reclassification of the capital stock of the Corporation (other than a change in par value or as a result of a stock dividend or subdivision, split-up or combination of shares), or any related series of such transactions, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall, after such reorganization or reclassification, be convertible into the kind and number of shares of stock or other securities or property or cash of the Corporation or entity resulting from such reorganization or reclassification to which such holder would have been entitled, if immediately prior to such reorganization or reclassification, such holder had converted the shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder to Common Stock immediately prior to such reorganization or reclassification.

5.6. Mechanics of Elective Conversion. Before any holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Conversion Stock pursuant to Section A.5.1 hereof, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed or in blank, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock (or, in addition to the aforementioned places, at such other place as the Board of Directors may reasonably designate), and shall give written notice to the Corporation (in the manner described in Section A.7.3 hereof) at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Conversion Stock are to be issued. The Corporation shall use its commercially reasonable efforts promptly to (subject to Section A.5.9), issue and deliver at such office to such holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, (x) a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Conversion Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as herein provided, (y) a certificate representing any shares of Series A Preferred Stock not so converted and (z) an amount of cash equal to accrued but unpaid dividends on the shares converted, calculated through the date of such conversion and, if applicable, the payment required by Section A.5.7 and Section
A.5.8. Any conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on (i) the date such written notice is given (provided that such holder's certificate or certificates are delivered to the Corporation within two business days after such notice is given) or (ii) in any other case, on the date of such surrender of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Conversion Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Conversion Stock on such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no written notice of election to convert or surrender of certificates shall be required in the event of an automatic conversion pursuant to Section A.5.2.

5.7 Fractional Shares. No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock into Conversion Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, in its reasonable discretion, the Board of Directors may cause the Corporation to pay cash to such holder equal to such fraction (calculated as to each conversion to the nearest 1/100th of a share) multiplied by the applicable Conversion Price or may round the number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued to the nearest whole share as follows: (i) any fractional shares equal to at least one-half shall be rounded upward; and (ii) any fractional shares equal to less than one-half shall be rounded downward.

8

5.8 Declared, but Unpaid Dividends. Promptly upon conversion, the Corporation shall also pay to the former holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock so converted an amount in cash equal to any and all accrued but unpaid dividends on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion through the date of such conversion (whether or not declared) out of funds legally available for such payment; provided, however, that if the funds of the Corporation legally available for payment of such dividends are insufficient to pay all such dividends required to be paid on such date, those funds which are legally available and not subject to such restrictions shall be used to pay the maximum possible amount of such dividends and the remaining dividends shall be paid as soon as practicable when additional funds of the Corporation not subject to such restrictions become legally available therefor.

5.9 Transfer Taxes. The Corporation will pay any and all taxes that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Conversion Stock on conversion of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section
A.5. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue or transfer and delivery of shares of Conversion Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the person requesting such issue has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established to the satisfaction of the Corporation that such tax has been paid.

5.10 No Impairment; Cooperation. The Corporation will not, through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, Liquidating Merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section A.5 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock against impairment. Subject to Section A.4.1, this provision shall not restrict the Corporation from effecting an amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation in accordance with the General Company Law of the State of Delaware. The Corporation shall assist and cooperate with any holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock required to make any filings or obtain any approvals, governmental or otherwise, prior to or in connection with any conversion of such shares hereunder (including, without limitation, making any filings required to be made by the Corporation).

5.11 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each event requiring adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this
Section A.5, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and shall prepare and cause to be furnished to holders of Series A Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in reasonable detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation also shall, upon written request of any holder of record of Series A Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (a) such adjustments and readjustments and (b) the Conversion Price at the time in effect.

5.12 Notices of Record Date. In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution or to vote on any

9

matter upon which such stockholders may be entitled to vote, the Corporation shall give notice to each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and to each holder of outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire Series A Preferred Stock at least 10 days prior to the date specified therein, specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or vote.

5.13 Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Conversion Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and all shares of Series A Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants and options, such number of shares of Conversion Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and all shares of Series A Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants and options. All shares of Conversion Stock that shall be so issued shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges arising out of or by reason of the issue thereof.

Section 6. Replacement. Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation (an affidavit of the registered holder shall be satisfactory) of the ownership and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any certificate evidencing shares of Series A Preferred Stock, and in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender of such certificate, the Corporation shall (at its expense) execute and deliver in lieu of such certificate a new certificate of like kind representing the number of shares of such class represented by such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate and dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate, and dividends shall accrue on the Series A Preferred Stock represented by such new certificate from the date to which dividends have been fully paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate.

Section 7. Miscellaneous.

7.1 Definitions. For the purposes of Section A.1 through Section A.7 of this Article Fourth:

"Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, (a) each Person that, directly or indirectly, owns or controls, whether beneficially, or as a trustee, guardian or other fiduciary, twenty percent or more of the Stock (as defined below) having ordinary voting power in the election of directors of such Person,
(b) each Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person and (c) in the case of individuals, the immediate family members, spouses and lineal descendants of individuals who are Affiliates of the Corporation. For purposes of this definition, "control" of a Person shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of its management or policies, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or understanding, by virtue of being an executive officer or a director or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, "Stock" means all shares, options, warrants, general or limited partnership or membership interests or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a Person, whether voting or nonvoting, including common stock preferred stock or any other "equity security" (as such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange

10

Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).

"Common Stock" means, collectively, the Corporation's common stock, par value $.0001 per share, and any capital stock of any class of the Corporation hereafter authorized which is not limited to a fixed sum or percentage of par or stated value with respect to the rights of the holders thereof to participate in dividends or in the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

"Conversion Stock" means shares of the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, provided that if there is a change such that the securities issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock are issued by a Person other than the Corporation or there is a change in the class of securities so issuable, then the term "Conversion Stock" shall mean the aggregate number of shares of the securities issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock if such securities are issuable in shares, or the aggregate of the smallest units in which such securities are issuable if such securities are not issuable in shares.

"Liquidation Value" of any share of Series A Preferred Stock as of any particular date shall be equal to the Original Liquidation Price per share of Series A Preferred Stock, plus any and all accrued and unpaid dividends, including those dividends required to be paid thereon under Section A.2 hereof.

"Liquidating Merger" shall mean any merger, consolidation or sale or exchange of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof (other than with or to any Affiliate of the Corporation), otherwise than in the usual and regular course of its business, which will result in the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction not holding (by virtue of such shares or securities issued solely with respect thereto) at least 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving, continuing or purchasing entity.

"Original Liquidation Price" of any share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be equal to $10.00 per share.

"Person" means any individual, sole proprietorship, Company, partnership, unincorporated organization, association, limited liability Company, trust, joint venture or other business or not for profit entity or government.

"Qualified IPO" means the sale of the Common Stock to the public in a firm commitment public offering, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (together with any successor thereto, the "Securities Act") that generates gross proceeds to the Corporation
(before deducting underwriting discounts and other customary offering expenses)
in an aggregate amount equal to at least $35,000,000 at a pre-money valuation of at least $500,000,000.

7.2 Notices. Except as otherwise expressly provided hereunder, all notices referred to herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed given upon the earlier of delivery thereof if by hand, or upon receipt if sent by mail (registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid), or on the next business day after deposit if sent by reputable overnight courier service, charged prepaid, or upon transmission if sent by telecopy or facsimile transmission (with request of assurance of receipt in a manner customary for communication of such type), and shall be deemed to have been given when so

11

mailed or sent (i) to the Corporation, at its principal executive offices, and
(ii) to any holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock or of Conversion Stock, at such holder's address as it appears in the stock records of the Corporation (unless otherwise indicated by any such holder).

7.3 Severability. If any right, preference or limitation of the Series A Preferred Stock set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation is finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, unlawful or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other rights, preferences and limitations set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation which can be given effect without the invalid, unlawful or unenforceable right, preference or limitation, shall, nevertheless, remain in full force and effect, and no right, preference or limitation herein set forth shall be dependent upon any other such right, preference or limitation unless so expressed herein.

B. Series B Preferred Stock.

Designation and Amount. A total of 3,800,000 shares of the Corporation's Preferred Stock shall be designated as a series known as Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the "Series B Preferred Stock").

Section 2. Dividends and Distributions. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors may determine in its sole discretion; provided, however, that no such dividend may be declared or paid on any shares of Common Stock or Series A Preferred Stock unless at the same time a dividend is declared or paid on all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, with holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Common Stock sharing in any such dividends as if they constituted a single class of stock and with each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock entitled to receive such dividends based on the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series B Preferred Stock are then convertible in accordance with Section B.6 hereof.

Section 3. Liquidation; Merger, etc.

3.1 Series B Liquidation Preference. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, whether voluntary or involuntary (a "Liquidation Event"), each holder of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid, on a pari passu basis to the Series A Preferred, before any amount shall be paid or distributed to the holders of the Common Stock and any other capital stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series B Preferred Stock (the Common Stock and such other capital stock being referred to collectively as, "Junior Stock"), an amount per share of Series B Preferred Stock, payable in cash, equal to the sum of (i) $25.00 plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares of Series B Preferred Stock (such amount to be adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, recaptalizations and the like) (the "Series B Participation Amount") and (ii) such amount of the remaining assets of the Corporation as would have been payable per share of Series B Preferred Stock had each such share been converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation Event pursuant to the provisions of Section B.6 hereof (the sum of (i) and (ii), the "Series B Preference Amount"); provided, however, that in the event that the Series B Preference Amount determined pursuant to the foregoing formula would result in amount equal to or greater than $100.00 per share (such amount to be adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like), the Series B

12

Participation Amount shall be adjusted in a linear fashion such that the adjusted Series B Participation Amount equals the product of (x) the Series B Participation Amount prior to the adjustment and (y) the Adjustment Factor (as defined below). The "Adjustment Factor" shall be a number not less than zero and not greater than one determined by the following formula:

Adjustment Factor = 1 - ( x - y )

z

where:

x = the Series B Preference Amount prior to any adjustment to the Series B Participation Amount (but adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like);

y = $100.00 per share (adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like);

z = $25.00 per share (adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like).

If the amounts available for distribution to holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock upon a Liquidation Event are not sufficient to pay all amounts due, such holders shall share ratably in any distribution of assets in proportion to the full respective preferential amounts to which they are entitled.

3.2 Remaining Assets. After the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series B Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Junior Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders.

3.3 Amount Payable in Mergers, etc. The holders of not less than a Majority Interest may elect to have treated as a Liquidation Event (i) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with another corporation (except one in which the holders of capital stock of the Corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold at least a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the surviving corporation), (ii) any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, or (iii) any other transaction by or as a result of which a single person (or group of affiliated persons) newly acquires or holds stock representing a majority of the Corporation's outstanding voting power (a "Change of Control Transaction"). In such event, all consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation by the relevant purchaser or the Corporation in connection with a merger, consolidation or Change of Control Transaction, or all consideration payable to the Corporation and distributable to its stockholders, together with all other available assets of the Corporation (net of obligations owed by the Corporation), in the case of an asset sale, shall be paid by the purchaser or distributed by the Corporation in redemption of the Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable, to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with the preferences and priorities set forth in Sections B.3.1 and B.3.2 above, with such preferences and priorities specifically intended to be applicable in any such merger, consolidation, asset sale or Change of Control Transaction as if the same were a Liquidation Event. The Corporation shall promptly provide to the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock such information concerning the

13

terms of such merger, consolidation, asset sale or Change of Control Transaction and the value of the assets of the Corporation as may reasonably be requested by the holders of Series B Preferred Stock. If applicable, the Corporation shall cause the agreement or plan of merger, consolidation or Change of Control Transaction agreement to provide for a rate at which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation are converted into or exchanged for cash, new securities or other property, or redeemed, on a basis which gives effect to the provisions of this Section B.3. The amount deemed distributed to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock upon any such transaction shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity, as applicable; provided, however, that in the event the amount per share to be paid in any such transaction is $25.00 or less (such amount to be adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like), such amount shall be paid in cash. The value of such property, rights or other securities shall be determined as provided below in good faith by agreement of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and a Majority Interest. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall have the right to elect by vote of a Majority Interest to give effect to the conversion rights contained in Section B.6 (or by vote of a Majority Interest to give effect to the rights contained in Section B.7.5, if applicable) instead of giving effect to the provisions contained in this Section B.3.3 with respect to the shares of Series B Preferred Stock owned by them. Any election pursuant to this Section B.3.3 shall be made by written notice to the Corporation at least 5 days prior to the closing of the relevant transaction, and any such election shall bind all holders of this Series B Preferred Stock.

For purposes of valuing any securities or other noncash or consideration to be delivered to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock any transaction to which this Section B.3 is applicable, the following shall apply:

(i) If traded on a nationally recognized securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the 30-day period ending three (3) business days prior to the closing;

(ii) If traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the 30-day period ending three (3) business days prior to the closing; and

(iii) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Corporation and the holders of not less than a Majority Interest, provided that if the Corporation and the holders of a Majority Interest are unable to reach agreement, then by independent appraisal by a mutually agreed to investment banker, the fees of which shall be paid by the Corporation.

Section 4. Election of Directors; Voting.

4.1 Election of Directors. The holders of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall, voting together as a separate class, be entitled to elect one (1) Director of the Corporation. Such Director shall be the candidate receiving the greatest number of affirmative votes (with each holder of Series B Preferred Stock entitled to cast one vote for or against each candidate with respect to each share of Series B Preferred Stock held by such holder) of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the "Series B Preferred Stock

14

Director Designee"), with votes cast against such candidate and votes withheld having no legal effect. The election of the Series B Preferred Stock Director Designee shall occur (i) at the annual meeting of holders of capital stock, (ii) at any special meeting of holders of capital stock, (iii) at any special meeting of holders of Series B Preferred Stock called by holders of not less than a majority interest of the outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock (a "Majority Interest") or (iv) by the written consent of the holder or holders of not less than a Majority Interest. If at any time when any share of Series B Preferred Stock is outstanding any Series B Preferred Stock Director Designee should cease to be a Director for any reason, the vacancy shall only be filled by the vote or written consent of the holders of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, in the manner and on the basis specified above or as otherwise provided by law. The holders of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall also be entitled to vote for all other Directors of the Corporation together with holders of all other shares of the Corporation's outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon, voting as a single class, with each outstanding share entitled to the same number of votes specified in Section B.4.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, may, in their sole discretion, determine to elect no Series B Preferred Stock Director Designee from time to time, and during any such period the Board of Directors nonetheless shall be deemed duly constituted.

4.2 Voting Generally. Each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Series B Preferred Stock is then convertible pursuant to Section B.6 hereof as of the record date for the vote or written consent of stockholders, if applicable. Each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholder's meeting in accordance with the by-laws of the Corporation and shall vote with holders of the Common Stock, voting together as single class, upon all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, excluding those matters required to be submitted to a class or series vote pursuant to the terms hereof (including, without limitation, Section B.8) or by law.

Section 5. Redemption.

5.1 Redemption.

5.1.1 At any time on or after August 25, 2006, upon the election of the holder or holders of not less a Majority Interest, the Corporation shall redeem, out of funds legally available therefor, up to thirty-three and one-third percent ("33 1/3%") of the originally issued and outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock held by each holder of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock at such time;

5.1.2 At any time on or after August 25, 2007, upon the election of the holder or holders of not less than a Majority Interest, the Corporation shall redeem, out of funds legally available therefor, up to that percentage of outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock that would, when combined with any prior redemptions pursuant to Section B.5.1.1 above, result in the redemption by the Corporation of up to sixty-six and two-thirds percent ("66 2/3%") of the originally issued and outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock held by each holder of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock at such time; and

5.1.3 At any time on or after August 25, 2008, upon the election of the holder or holders of not less than a Majority Interest, the Corporation

15

shall redeem, out of funds legally available therefor, up to that percentage of outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock that would, when combined with any prior redemptions pursuant to Section B.5.1.1 and Section B.5.1.2 above, result in the redemption by the Corporation of up to one hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock held by each holder of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock at such time.

The foregoing elections shall be made by such holders giving the Corporation and each of the other holders of Series B Preferred Stock not less than sixty (60) business days prior written notice, which notice shall set forth the date for such redemption and the percentage of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed from each holder (which percentage so elected on each redemption date shall be the same for each holder). The price per share for Series B Preferred Stock in connection with any redemption made pursuant to Section B.5.1 shall equal the Series B Participation Amount (the "Series B Redemption Price").

5.2 Redemption Date and Price Determination. Upon the election of the holders of not less than a Majority Interest to cause the Corporation to redeem Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Section B.5.1, each holder of Series B Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have elected to cause the applicable percentage of such shares held by such holder to be so redeemed or to so participate. The date upon which a redemption is to occur in accordance with
Section B.5.1 shall be specified in the notice of redemption pursuant to Section B.5.1 and shall be referred to as a "Redemption Date." Subject to Section B.5.3, the aggregate Series B Redemption Price shall be payable in cash in immediately available funds to the respective holders on the Redemption Date in the amount specified in Section B.5.1.

5.3 Insufficient Funds. If the funds of the Corporation legally available for the redemption of shares of Series B Preferred Stock on the Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the total number of such shares required to be redeemed on such date, the Corporation shall (i) take such action as shall be necessary or appropriate, to the extent reasonably within its control, to remove promptly any impediments to its ability to redeem the total number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock required to be so redeemed, including, without limitation, (A) reducing the stated capital of the Corporation or causing a revaluation of the assets of the Corporation under
Section 154 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, to the extent permissible under applicable law, to create sufficient surplus to make such redemption and (B) incurring any indebtedness necessary to make such redemption, and (ii) in any event, use any funds that are legally available to redeem the maximum possible number of such shares from the holders of such shares to be redeemed in proportion to the respective number of such shares that otherwise would have been redeemed if all such shares had been redeemed in full. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the redemption of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock, such funds will immediately be used to redeem the balance of the shares that the Corporation became obligated to redeem on the Redemption Date (but which it has not yet redeemed) at the Series B Redemption Price.

In the event that the Corporation fails for any reason to redeem shares for which redemption is required pursuant to this Section B.5, including without limitation due to a prohibition of such redemption under the Delaware General Corporation Law, then such shares shall continue to be outstanding and entitled to all of the rights and preferences provided herein, and during the period from the applicable Redemption Date through the date on which such shares are redeemed, the applicable redemption price shall increase at the rate per annum

16

equal to 3% in excess of the rate established from time to time by Citibank, N.A. as its prime rate (the "Prime Rate") provided, however, that in no event shall such interest exceed the maximum permitted rate of interest under applicable law (the "Maximum Permitted Rate"). In the event that fulfillment of any provision hereof results in such rate of interest being in excess of the Maximum Permitted Rate, the obligation to be fulfilled shall automatically be reduced to eliminate such excess; provided, however, that, to the extent permitted by law, any subsequent increase in the Maximum Permitted Rate shall be retroactively effective to the applicable Redemption Date.

5.4 Surrender of Certificates. Each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares to the Corporation, duly assigned or endorsed for transfer to the Corporation (or accompanied by duly executed stock powers relating thereto), or, in the event the certificate or certificates are lost, stolen or missing, shall deliver an affidavit or agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection therewith (an "Affidavit of Loss"), at the principal executive office of the Corporation or such other place as the Corporation may from time to time designate by notice to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled and retired and the Corporation shall thereafter make payment of the applicable Series B Redemption Price by certified check or wire transfer; provided, however, that if the Corporation has insufficient funds legally available to redeem all shares of Series B Preferred Stock required to be redeemed, each such holder shall, in addition to receiving the payment of the portion of the applicable Series B Redemption Price that the Corporation is not prohibited from paying by certified check or wire transfer, receive a new stock certificate for those shares of Series B Preferred Stock not so redeemed.

Section 6. Conversion. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall have the following conversion rights:

6.1 Right to Convert. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share and on or prior to the fifth (5th) day prior to a Redemption Date, if any, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such series, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $25.00 by the Conversion Price at the time in effect for such series (the "Conversion Rate"). In addition, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled at any time, upon the written election of the holder or holders of not less than a Majority Interest, without the payment of any additional consideration, to cause all (but not less than all) of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be converted into Common Stock on the basis that each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be converted into the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock which results from dividing $25.00 by the Conversion Price in effect at the time of such conversion, and upon the election to so convert in the manner and on the basis specified in this sentence, all holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have elected to voluntarily convert all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section B.6.1. The initial "Conversion Price" per share for shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be $25.00, subject to adjustment as set forth in Section B.7.

6.2 Automatic Conversion. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted, without the payment of any additional consideration, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Rate

17

as of, and in all cases subject to, the closing of the Corporation's first underwritten offering to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"); covering the offer and sale of shares of the Corporation's common stock (i) in which proceeds received by the Corporation (after deduction of underwriter discounts and commissions) equal or exceed $100,000,000, (ii) with respect to which such Common Stock is listed for trading on either the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ National Market,(iii) at an initial public offering price per share of Common Stock, after underwriter discounts and commissions, of not less than (A) $40.00 per share, in the case of an offering which closes on or prior to December 31, 2000, (B) $43.75 per share, in the case of an offering which closes from January 1, 2001 to March 31, 2001, (C) $50.00 per share in the case of an offering which closes from April 1, 2001 to December 31, 2001, (D) $56.25 per share, in the case of an offering which closes from January 1, 2002 to August 31, 2002 or (E) $62.50 per share in the case of an offering which closes after August 31, 2002 (in each case appropriately adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization and the like) (a "QPO" or a "Qualified Public Offering"). If the Corporation's first underwritten offering of Common Stock would not otherwise be a QPO, then the Conversion Price shall be adjusted downward such that the adjusted Conversion Price is equal to the initial public offering price per share in such public offering divided by either 1.60, 1.75, 2.00, 2.25 or 2.50, as applicable (for each of the respective offerings described in (A) - (E) in the immediately preceding sentence); provided that in no event shall the Conversion Price be reduced by operation of this paragraph to an amount which is less than $10.00 and upon such adjustment such offering shall be deemed to be a QPO. If a closing of a QPO occurs, all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to such closing.

6.3 Procedure for Conversion.

6.3.1 Voluntary Conversions. Upon election to convert pursuant to
Section B.6.1, the relevant holder of Series B Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing the Series B Preferred Stock being converted to the Corporation, duly assigned or endorsed for transfer to the Corporation (or accompanied by duly executed stock powers relating thereto) or shall deliver an affidavit of loss to the Corporation, at its principal executive office or such other place as the Corporation may from time to time designate by notice to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock. Upon surrender of such certificate(s) or delivery of an affidavit of loss, the Corporation shall issue and send by hand delivery, by courier or by first class mail (postage prepaid) to the holder thereof or to such holder's designee, at the address designated by such holder, certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled upon conversion. The issuance of certificates for Common Stock upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock shall be deemed effective as of the date of surrender of such Series B Preferred Stock certificates or delivery of such affidavit of loss and will be made without charge to the holders of such shares for any issuance tax in respect thereof or other costs incurred by the Corporation in connection with such conversion and the related issuance of such stock.

6.3.2 Automatic Conversion. As of the closing of a QPO (the "Automatic Conversion Date"), all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be converted into shares of Common Stock without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares of Series B Preferred Stock are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent. On the Automatic Conversion Date, all rights with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock so converted shall terminate, except any of the rights of the holders thereof

18

upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor or delivery of an affidavit of loss thereof to receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Series B Preferred Stock has been converted. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. Upon surrender of such certificates or affidavit of loss, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, promptly (and in any event in such time as is sufficient to enable such holder to participate in such QPO) at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock surrendered are convertible on the Automatic Conversion Date.

6.4 Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose, and to reserve such shares for issuance upon such conversion.

6.5 No Closing of Transfer Books. The Corporation shall not close its books against the transfer of shares of Series B Preferred Stock in any manner that would interfere with the timely conversion of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

Section 7. Adjustments.

7.1 Adjustments to the Conversion Price. Except as provided in Section B.7.2 and except in the case of an event described in Section B.7.3, if and whenever after the date on which the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation becomes effective (the "Closing Date") the Corporation shall issue or sell, or is, in accordance with this Section B.7.1, deemed to have issued or sold, any shares of Common Stock for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issuance or sale (a "Dilutive Issuance"), then, upon such Dilutive issuance, the Conversion Price shall be reduced as follows:

(X) if such Dilutive Issuance occurs at any time on or prior to August 25, 2001 (except in connection with issuances of shares of Common Stock to strategic investors in a strategic alliance or other corporate partnering transaction approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, (a "Strategic Investment") which shall be subject to clause (Y) below), the Conversion Price shall be reduced to the price so as to be equal to the lowest consideration per share (determined as provided in Section B.7.1.1, Section B.7.1.2 or Section B.7.1.5, as applicable) received for each additional share upon such dilutive issuance.

(Y) if such Dilutive Issuance occurs in connection with a Strategic Investment or at any time after August 25, 2001, the Conversion Price shall be reduced to the price determined by dividing
(i) an amount equal to the sum of (1) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale multiplied

19

by the then existing Conversion Price and (2) the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation upon such issue or sale (determined as set forth below) by (ii) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the number of shares of Common Stock so issued or sold.

For purposes of this Section B.7.1, the following shall also be applicable:

7.1.1 Issuance of Rights or Options. If the Corporation shall, at any time after the Closing Date, in any manner grant (whether directly or by assumption in a merger or otherwise) any warrants or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any options for the purchase of, Common Stock or any stock or security convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (such warrants, rights or options being called "Options" and such convertible or exchangeable stock or securities being called "Convertible Securities"), in each case for consideration per share determined, as provided in this paragraph and in Section B.7.1.5 less than the Conversion Price, whether or not such Options or the right to convert or exchange any such Convertible Securities are immediately exercisable, then the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options, or upon conversion or exchange of the total maximum amount of such Convertible Securities issuable upon exercise of such Options, shall be deemed to have been issued as of the date of granting of such Options (and thereafter shall be deemed to be outstanding), at a price per share equal to the amount determined by dividing (A) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the granting of such Options, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of all such Options, plus, in the case of such Options which relate to Convertible Securities, the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable upon the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities and upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (B) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock deemed to have been so issued. Except as otherwise provided in Section B.7.1.3, no adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made upon the actual issue of such Common Stock or of such Convertible Securities upon exercise of such Options or upon the actual issue of such Common Stock upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

7.1.2 Issuance of Convertible Securities. If the Corporation shall, at any time after the Closing Date, in any manner issue or sell any Convertible Securities for consideration per share (determined as provided in this paragraph and in Section B.7.1.5 less than the Conversion Price, whether or not the rights to exchange or convert any such Convertible Securities are immediately exercisable, then the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities shall be deemed to have been issued, as of the date of the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities (and thereafter shall be deemed to be outstanding), at a price per share equal to the amount determined by dividing (A) the total amount received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (B) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock deemed to have been so issued; provided, that (1) except as otherwise provided in Section B.7.1.3, no adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made upon the actual issue of such Common Stock upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and (2) if any such issue or sale of such Convertible Securities is made upon exercise of any Options to purchase any such Convertible Securities, no further adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made by reason of such issue or sale.

20

7.1.3 Change in Option Price or Conversion Rate. If there shall occur a change in (A) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable in connection with any Option referred to in Section B.7.1 or any Convertible Securities referred to in Section B.7.1 or 2, (B) the purchase price provided for in any Option referred to in Section B.7.1, (C) the additional consideration, if any, payable upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities referred to in Section B.7.1 or 2 or (D) the rate at which Convertible Securities referred to in Section B.7.1 or (2) are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (in each case, other than in connection with an event described in Section B.7.2, then the Conversion Price in effect at the time of such event shall be readjusted to the Conversion Price that would have been in effect at such time had such Options or Convertible Securities that are still outstanding provided for such changed maximum number of shares, purchase price, additional consideration or conversion rate, as the case may be, at the time initially granted, issued or sold, but only if as a result of such adjustment the Conversion Price then in effect is thereby reduced; and on the termination or repricing of any such Option or any such right to convert or exchange such Convertible Securities, the Conversion Price then in effect hereunder shall be increased to the Conversion Price that would have been in effect at the time of such termination or repricing had such Option or Convertible Securities, to the extent outstanding immediately prior to such termination (i.e., to the extent that fewer than the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued in connection with such Option or Convertible Securities were actually issued), never been issued or issued at such higher price, as the case may be.

7.1.4 Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities or other property of the Corporation other than shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall receive upon conversion thereof in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the amount of securities or other property of the Corporation that they would have received had the Series B Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the conversion date, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period giving application to all adjustments called for during such period under this paragraph with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock; and provided further, however, that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Series B Preferred simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities as they would have received if all outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

7.1.5 Consideration for Stock. In case any shares of Common Stock shall be issued or sold, or deemed issued or sold, for cash, the consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be the amount received or to be received by the Corporation therefor (determined with respect to deemed issuances and sales in connection with Options and Convertible Securities in accordance with clause (A) of Section B.7.1.1 or 2, as appropriate. In case any shares of Common Stock shall be issued or sold, or deemed issued or sold, for a consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the Corporation shall be deemed to be the fair value of such consideration received or to be received by the Corporation (determined with respect to deemed

21

issuances and sales in connection with Options and Convertible Securities in accordance with clause (A) of Section B.7.1.1 or 2 as appropriate) as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. In case any Options shall be issued in connection with the issue and sale of other securities of the Corporation, together comprising one integral transaction in which no specific consideration is allocated to such Options by the parties thereto, such Options shall be deemed to have been issued for such consideration as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and a Majority Interest.

7.1.6 Record Date. In case the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them (A) to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities or (B) to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities, then such record date shall be deemed to be the date of the issue or sale of the shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued or sold upon the declaration of such dividend or the making of such other distribution or the date of the granting of such right of subscription or purchase, as the case may be.

7.1.7 Treasury Shares. The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or held by or for the account of the Corporation; provided, that the disposition of any such shares shall be considered an issue or sale of Common Stock for the purpose of this Section B.7.

7.2 Certain Issues of Common Stock Excepted. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Corporation shall not be required to make any adjustment of the Conversion Price in the case of the issuance from and after the Closing Date of (i) shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock or upon exercise of warrants to purchase Common Stock outstanding as of August 25, 2000, (ii) shares issued in exchange for the stock or assets of another company in connection with the acquisition of or merger into such company; provided, that such actions shall have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, which shall include the Series B Preferred Stock Director Designee, or (iii) up to an aggregate of 7,500,000 shares of Common Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock split, stock dividend or similar event) to directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Corporation in connection with their service as directors of the Corporation, their employment by the Corporation or their retention as consultants by the Corporation or to the National Advisory Board, in each case authorized by the Board of Directors and issued pursuant to the Corporation's 2000 Incentive Compensation Plan or any other equity incentive plan approved by a Majority Interest ("Excluded Shares"), plus such number of Excluded Shares that are repurchased by the Corporation from such persons after such Closing Date in accordance with this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, pursuant to contractual rights held by the Corporation and at repurchase prices not exceeding the respective original purchase prices (appropriately adjusted to reflect the occurrence of any event described in
Section B.7.3 paid by such persons to the Corporation therefor.

7.3 Subdivision or Combination of Common Stock. In case the Corporation shall at any time after the Closing Date subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares (by any stock split, stock dividend or otherwise), the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and, conversely, in case the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such combination

22

shall be proportionately increased. In the case of any such subdivision, no further adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section B.7.1.4 by reason thereof.

7.4 Reorganization or Reclassification. If any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or assets with respect to or in exchange for Common Stock, then, as a condition of such reorganization or reclassification, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made whereby each holder of a share or shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall thereupon have the right to receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified herein and in lieu of the shares of Common Stock immediately theretofore receivable upon the conversion of such share or shares of Series B Preferred Stock, as the case may be, such shares of stock, securities or assets as may be issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of outstanding shares of such Common Stock equal to the number of shares of such Common Stock immediately theretofore receivable upon such conversion had such reorganization or reclassification not taken place, and in any such case appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of such holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provisions for adjustments of the Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, in relation to any shares of stock, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of such conversion rights.

7.5 Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. In case of any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to another corporation, each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible into the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation deliverable upon conversion of such Series B Preferred Stock would have been entitled upon such consolidation, merger or sale; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in Section B.7 set forth with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in Section B.7 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Series B Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares of stock or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall have the right to elect to give effect to the conversion rights contained in Section B.6 (or the rights contained in Section B.3.3, if applicable) instead of giving effect to the provisions contained in this Section B.7.3 with respect to the shares of Series B Preferred Stock owned by such holder.

Section 8. Covenants. The Corporation shall not, without first having provided written notice of such proposed action to each holder of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and having obtained the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a Majority Interest:

8.1 declare or pay any dividends or make any distributions of cash, property or securities of the Corporation in respect of its capital stock (other than (i) with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock or (ii) dividends that are paid pro rata to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock), or apply any of its assets to the redemption, retirement, purchase or other acquisition of its capital stock or stock appreciation, phantom stock or similar rights, directly

23

or indirectly, through subsidiaries or otherwise, except for (i) the redemption of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to and as provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, (ii) the repurchase of Excluded Shares pursuant to rights held contractual by the Corporation and at repurchase prices not exceeding the respective original purchase price (appropriately adjusted to reflect the occurrence of any event described in Section B.7.3, or (iii) dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of Common Stock;

8.2 authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any convertible debt or other debt with any equity participation or any other equity security ranking senior to the Series B Preferred Stock as to liquidation, sale or merger preferences, conversion, redemption or dividend rights or with any special voting rights;

8.3 amend, alter or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to,
Section B of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise alter or change the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit or, the Series B Preferred Stock;

8.4 otherwise adopt any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Company's By-laws that adversely affects the powers, preferences or material rights of the Series B Preferred Stock;

8.5 increase the number of authorized shares of Series B Preferred Stock or reclassify any capital stock;

8.6 change the nature of the business now conducted by the Company;

8.7 effect a recapitalization or reorganization in a form which results in the termination of the Corporation's status as a Corporation under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (including without limitation, any reorganization into a limited liability company, a partnership or any other non-corporate entity which is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes);

8.8 enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing that is not expressly made conditional on obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of a Majority Interest.

Further, the Corporation shall not, by amendment of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or through any Liquidation Event or other reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, agreement or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation and shall at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Article IV and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock against impairment. Any successor to the Corporation shall agree in writing, as a condition to such succession, to carry out and observe the obligations of the Corporation hereunder with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock.

Section 9. Notice; Adjustments.

9.1 Liquidation Events, Extraordinary Transactions, Etc. In the event
(i) the Corporation establishes a record date to determine the holders of any

24

class of securities who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution or who are entitled to vote at a meeting (or by written consent) in connection with any of the transactions identified in clause (ii) hereof, or
(ii) any Liquidation Event, event deemed a Liquidation Event pursuant to Section B.3.3 hereof, QPO or any other public offering becomes reasonably likely to occur, the Corporation shall mail or cause to be mailed by first class mail (postage prepaid) to each holder of Series B Preferred Stock at least thirty
(30) days prior to such record date specified therein or the expected effective date of any such transaction, whichever is earlier, a notice specifying (A) the date of such record date for the purpose of such dividend or distribution or meeting or consent and a description of such dividend or distribution or the action to be taken at such meeting or by such consent, (B) the date on which any such Liquidation Event, event deemed a Liquidation Event pursuant to Section B.3.3 hereof, QPO or other public offering is expected to become effective, and
(C) the date on which the books of the Corporation shall close or a record shall be taken with respect to any such event. Such notice shall be accompanied by a certificate prepared by the chief financial officer of the Corporation describing in detail (1) the facts of such transaction, (2) the amount(s) per share of Series B Preferred Stock each holder of Series B Preferred Stock would receive pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and (3) the facts upon which such amounts were determined.

9.2 Adjustments; Calculations. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to Section B.7, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Series B Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth in detail (i) such adjustment or readjustment, (ii) the Conversion Price before and after such adjustment or readjustment, and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of such holder's shares of Series B Preferred Stock. All such calculations shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one hundredth (1/100) of a share as the case may be.

9.3 Waiver of Notice. The holder or holders of a Majority Interest may, at any time upon written notice to the Corporation, waive any notice or certificate delivery provisions specified herein for the benefit of such holders, and any such waiver shall be binding upon all holders of such securities.

Section 10. No Reissuance of Series B Preferred Stock. No share or shares of Series B Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares shall be canceled, retired and eliminated from the shares which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue.

Section 11. Contractual Rights of Holders. The various provisions set forth herein for the benefit of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be deemed contract rights enforceable by them, including, without limitation, one or more actions for specific performance.

C. Ranking.

(a) Liquidation. The Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock shall rank on a parity with each other as to liquidation rights. Except as otherwise stated in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Preferred Stock shall be senior to all other classes of the Corporation's capital stock as to liquidation rights.

25

(b) Dividends. No dividend shall be declared, paid or set apart on any Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in stock ranking junior to the Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock as to dividends and liquidation rights) at a time at which any dividend on any Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be past due unless all past due dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be paid or properly made available not later than the time such dividend shall be paid on such junior stock. The Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock shall rank pari passu as to the declaration and payment of dividends.

In the case of dividends or other distributions payable in stock of the Corporation other than Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, including distributions pursuant to stock splits or divisions of stock of the Corporation other than Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, which occur after the initial issuance of shares of Series B Preferred Stock by the Corporation, only shares of Common Stock shall be distributed with respect to Common Stock, only shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be distributed with respect to Series A Preferred Stock and only shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be distributed with respect to Series B Preferred Stock.

D. Common Stock.

(a) Dividends. Subject to the preferential rights, if any, of the Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of the assets of the Corporation which are by law available therefor, dividends payable either in cash, in property, or in shares of Common Stock.

(b) Voting Rights. At every annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, every holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share Common Stock outstanding in his name on the books of the Corporation.

(c) Liquidation. In the event of any liquidation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and of the preferential amounts, if any, to which the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled, the holders of all outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to share ratably in the remaining net assets of the Corporation.

FIFTH: In furtherance of and not in limitation of powers conferred by statute, it is further provided that:

(a) Subject to the limitations and exceptions, if any, contained in the by-laws of the Corporation, such by-laws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the board of directors of the Corporation.

(b) Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless, and only to the extent, otherwise provided in the by-laws of the Corporation.

26

(c) Subject to any applicable requirements of law, the books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such location or locations as may be designated by the board of directors of the Corporation or in the by-laws of the Corporation.

(d) Except as provided to the contrary in the provisions establishing a class of stock, the number of authorized shares of such class may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding)by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, voting as a single class.

SIXTH: The Corporation shall indemnify each person who at any time is, or shall have been, a director or officer of the Corporation and was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director of officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding, to the maximum extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. The foregoing right of indemnification shall in no way be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which any such director or officer may be entitled, under any by-law, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise. No amendment to or repeal of the provisions of this Article SIXTH shall deprive a director or officer of the benefit hereof with respect to any act or failure to act occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

SEVENTH: Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the Corporation and its creditors or any class of them or between the Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of the Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of
Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of the Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of the Corporation, as the case may be, and also on the Corporation.

EIGHTH: No director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or to any of its stockholders for monetary damages arising out of such director's breach of fiduciary duty as a director of the Corporation, except to the extent that the elimination or limitation of such liability is not permitted by

27

the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. No amendment to or repeal of the provisions of this Article EIGHTH shall deprive any director of the Corporation of the benefit hereof with respect to any act or failure to act of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

NINTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and this Certificate of Incorporation, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

28

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, IPG Photonics Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Valentin P. Gapontsev, its President, this 25th day of August, 2000.

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

By: /s/ Valentin P. Gapontsev
    ------------------------------------
    Valentin P. Gapontsev,
    Chairman of the Board

29

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION (the "Corporation", a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board of Directors") duly adopted resolutions to amend the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation be amended by deleting Article FOURTH, B, Section 1 in its entirety and substituting therefor the following new Article FOURTH, B, Section 1:

Designation and Amount. A total of 3,600,000 shares of the Corporation's Preferred Stock shall be designated as a series known as Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.000l per share (the "Series B Preferred Stock").

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation be amended by deleting Article FOURTH, B, Section 7.2 in its entirety and substituting therefor the following new Article FOURTH, B, Section 7.2:

Certain Issues of Common Stock Excepted, Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Corporation shall not be required to make any adjustment of the Conversion Price in the case of the issuance from and after the Closing Date of (i) shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock or upon exercise of warrants to purchase Common Stock outstanding as of August 25, 2000, (ii) shares issued in exchange for the stock or assets of another company in connection with the acquisition of or merger into such company; provided, that such actions shall have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, which shall include the Series B Preferred Stock Director Designee, or (iii) up to an aggregate of 3,750,000 (subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock split, stock dividend or similar event) to directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Corporation in connection with their service as directors of the Corporation, their employment by the Corporation or their retention as consultants by the Corporation or to the National Advisory Board, in each case authorized by the Board of Directors and issued pursuant to the Corporation's 2000 Incentive Compensation Plan or any other equity incentive plan approved by a Majority Interest ("Excluded Shares"), plus such number of Excluded Shares that are repurchased by the Corporation from such persons after such Closing Date in accordance with this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, pursuant to


contractual rights held by the Corporation and at repurchase prices not exceeding the respective original purchase prices (appropriately adjusted to reflect the occurrence of any event described in Section B.7.3 paid by such persons to the Corporation therefor.

SECOND: That as of the date hereof the Corporation has received approval of a majority of stockholders of the Corporation.

THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provision of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand the 6th day of October, 2000.

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

By: /s/ Valentin P. Gapontsev
    ------------------------------------
Name: Valentin P. Gapontsev
Title: Chairman of the Board and
       Chief Executive Officer

3

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION (the "Corporation") a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board of Directors") duly adopted resolutions to amend the Certificate of incorporation of the Corporation as follows;

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation be amended by deleting Article FOURTH, B, Section 1 in its entirety and substituting thereby the following new Article FOURTH. B, Section 1:

Designation and Amount. A total of 3,800,000 shares of the Corporation's Preferred Stock shall be designated as a series known as Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.0001 per share (the "Series B Preferred Stock")

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation be amended by deleting Article FOURTH, B, Section 7.2 in its entirety and substituting therefor the following new Article FOURTH, B, Section 7.2:

Certain Issues of Common Stock Excepted, Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Corporation shall not be requited to make any adjustment of the Conversion Price in the case of the Issuance from and after the Closing Date of (i) shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock or upon exercise of warrants to purchase Common Stock outstanding as of August 25, 2000, (ii) shares issued in exchange for the stock or assets of another company in connection with the acquisition of or merger into such company; provided, that such actions shall have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, which shall include the Series B Preferred Stock Director Designee, or (iii) up to an aggregate of 7,500,000 shares of Common Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock split, stock dividend or similar event) to directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Corporation in connection with their service as directors of the Corporation, their employment by the Corporation or their retention as consultants by the Corporation or to the National Advisory Board, in each ease authorized by the Board of Directors and issued pursuant to the Corporation's 2000 Incentive Compensation Plan or any other equity Incentive plan approved by a Majority Interest ("Excluded Shares"), plus such number of Excluded Shares that are


repurchased by the Corporation from such persons after such Closing Date in accordance with this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, pursuant to contractual rights held by the Corporation and at repurchase prices not exceeding the respective original purchase prices (appropriately adjusted to reflect the occurrence of any event described in Section B.7.3 paid by such persons to the Corporation therefor.

SECOND: That as of the date hereof the Corporation has received approval of a majority of stockholders of the Corporation.

THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provision of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand the 4th day of December, 2000.

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

By: /s/ Valentin P Gapontsev
    ------------------------------------
Name: Valentin P. Gapontsev
Title: Chairman of the Board
       and Chief Executive Officer

3

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION (the "Corporation"), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board of Directors") duly adopted resolutions to amend the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation he amended by deleting the first paragraph of Article FOURTH in its entirety and substituting therefor the following new paragraph:

FOURTH: Total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 67,000,000 shares of which 60,000,000 shares shall be designated Common Stock par value of $.0001 per share ("Common Stock"), and 7,000,000 shares shall be designated Preferred Stock, par value of $.0001 per share ("Preferred Stock").

SECOND: That as of the date hereof the Corporation has received approval of a majority of stockholders of the Corporation.

THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provision of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand the 11th day of April, 2001

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

By: /S/ Valentin P. Gapontsev
    ------------------------------------
Name: Valentin P. Gapontsev
Title: Chairman of the Board and
       Chief Executive Officer

2

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
OF
SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK
OF
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

(Pursuant to Section 151(g) of The General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION, a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "Company"), hereby certifies, in accordance with Section 151(g) thereof, that the Company, by unanimous written consent dated as of March 30, 2001 in lieu of a meeting, pursuant to the authority expressly vested in the Company's board of directors (the "Board of Directors") by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the "Certificate of Incorporation"), adopted the following resolutions creating a series of Two Million (2,000,000) shares of the Company's preferred stock, par value $.0001 per share (the "Preferred Stock"), designated as Series C Preferred Stock:

RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority granted to and vested in the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors hereby creates a series of the Preferred Stock, par value $.0001 per share, of the Company (the "Series C Preferred Stock") and hereby states that the powers, designations and number of shares thereof, and the relative, participating, optional and other rights of the shares of such Series C Preferred Stock and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, are as follows (capitalized terms not immediately defined or referenced shall have the meanings provided for such terms in Section 10.1 of this Certificate of Designation or in the Certificate of Incorporation):

Section 1. Designation and Amount.

1.1 There shall be a series of the Preferred Stock which shall be designated as the "Series C Preferred Stock", par value $.0001 per share, and the number of shares constituting such series shall be Two Million (2,000,000). Subject to Section 5.3 of this Certificate of Designation, such number of shares may be decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided, that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock to a number less than that of the shares then outstanding plus the number of shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding rights, options or warrants or upon conversion of outstanding securities issued by the Company with respect to shares of Series C Preferred Stock. The issuance price of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be $30.00 per share (the "Series C Issue Price").

1.2 The Company shall not reissue any shares of the Series C Preferred Stock and shall from time to time in accordance with applicable law increase the authorized amount of its Common Stock in the event that the number of authorized shares of Common Stock remaining available for issuance shall not be sufficient to permit conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock.


Section 2. Dividends and Distributions.

2.1 The holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of funds legally available therefor only on outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors or upon a Liquidation Event (as defined in Section 3.1), cash dividends at a rate per annum of 6% of the Series C Issue Price per share (the "Series C Dividends"). Series C Dividends shall cumulate from day to day, whether or not declared by the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no dividends may be paid with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, an equivalent dividend is declared and paid on all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock, with each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock entitled to receive such dividends based on the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock are then convertible in accordance with their terms. No cumulated dividends shall be paid upon any conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock (except and only to the extent declared before the date of conversion), notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary.

2.2 If any cash dividends or non-cash dividends or other then convertible. distributions (other than distributions of Common Stock) are declared by the Board of Directors to be paid on any shares of Common Stock, then the cumulative dividends set forth in Section 2.1 shall first be paid with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, but after dividends or distributions are made upon the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with
Section 2.1, and thereafter the dividend or other distribution declared with respect to the Common Stock shall be paid at the same time to the holders of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Common Stock, as if they constituted a single class of stock based upon the number of shares of Common Stock into which the holders of the Preferred Stock are

Section 3. Liquidation.

3.1 Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a "Liquidation Event"), each holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid, before any distribution or payment is made upon any Common Stock, but after distributions or payments are made upon the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock, from the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders, whether from capital, surplus or earnings, an amount in cash equal to the sum of the aggregate Liquidation Value of all shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by such holder. In connection with the Liquidation Event, the Company shall declare for payment on the payment date for the Liquidation Event all cumulative and unpaid dividends, if any, with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock as set forth in Section 2. If upon any such Liquidation Event, the Company's assets to be distributed among the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit payment to such holders of the aggregate amount that they are entitled to be paid, then the entire assets to be distributed shall be distributed ratably among such holders based upon the aggregate Liquidation Value of the Series C Preferred Stock held by each such holder. The Company shall give written notice of such Liquidation Event, not less than 30 days prior to the payment

2

date stated therein, to each record holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock. Prior to the last day of such 30-day period, each holder of the Series C Preferred Stock may convert all but not less than all of the Series C Preferred Stock (including any fraction of a share) held by such holder, into a number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Conversion Stock equal to, with respect to each share of Series C Preferred Stock, the Conversion Ratio then in effect subject to the proviso in Section 5.1 and by surrendering such holder's certificate(s) in accordance with Section 5.9 hereof, and subject to Section 5.10 hereof. A merger, reorganization, consolidation or other similar transaction of the Company (including a merger or consolidation of the Company into or with any other entity or entities that is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), the sale or transfer by the Company of all or any part of its assets (including to any wholly-owned subsidiary), and the reduction of the capital stock of the Company, shall not be deemed to be a Liquidation Event.

Section 4. Voting Rights. Each outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Series C Preferred Stock is then convertible as of the record date for the vote or written consent of stockholders, if applicable. Each holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholder's meetings in accordance with the by-laws of the Company and shall vote with holders of the Common Stock, voting together as single class, upon all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, excluding those matters required to be submitted to a class or series vote pursuant to the terms hereof or the Certificate of Incorporation or by law.

4.1 Protective Voting Provisions. So long as shares of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Company, each as amended from time to time) of the holders of more than fifty percent of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, the Company shall not:

(i) increase the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock; or

(ii) affect, alter, amend, repeal or waive the rights, preferences or privileges of the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock as set forth herein.

Otherwise and except as required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall not vote separately as a class of stock.

Section 5. Conversion.

5.1 Elective Conversion. At any time after the 12-month anniversary of the original issuance of the Series C Preferred Stock (the "Series C Issuance Date"), at his, her or its absolute and sole discretion, any holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock may convert all or any portion of the Series C Preferred Stock (including any fraction of a share) held by such holder, into a number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Conversion

3

Stock equal to, with respect to each share of Series C Preferred Stock, the Conversion Ratio then in effect by delivery to the Company of the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock to be so converted, and by surrendering such holder's certificate(s) in accordance with Section 5.9 hereof, and subject to
Section 5.10 hereof; provided, that, (i) if a conversion is effected after 18 months following the Series C Issuance Date but prior to the second anniversary of the Series C Issuance Date, the Conversion Price (as defined in Section 5.4) shall be adjusted, immediately prior to such conversion, to equal 120% of the Conversion Price then in effect; and (ii) if a conversion is effected on or after the second anniversary of the Series C Issuance Date, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted, immediately prior to such conversion, to equal 140% of the Conversion Price then in effect.

5.2 Mandatory Conversion. The Company may elect to convert all, but not less than all, of the Series C Preferred Stock, (i) with such conversion to be effective at any time after the second anniversary of the Series C Issuance Date, by providing written notice to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock no less than 30 days prior to the proposed date of conversion (which notice may be delivered prior to such second-year anniversary) or (ii) in connection with any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another corporation (except one in which the holders of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold at least a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the surviving corporation). The written notice shall state the proposed date of conversion. The number of shares of Conversion Stock deliverable upon conversion hereunder shall be determined as set forth in
Section 5.1 above. Upon such mandatory conversion, each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be canceled and not subject to reissuance as Series C Preferred Stock, but shall rather be undesignated and unreserved Preferred Stock of the Company.

5.3 Conversion Ratio. The "Conversion Ratio" shall be determined by dividing $30.00 by the Conversion Price (as defined in Section 5.4 hereof).

5.4 Conversion Price. The initial Conversion Price shall equal $30.00 per share.

5.5 Subdivision or Combination of Common Stock. In case the Company shall subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares (by any stock split, stock dividend or otherwise), the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and, conversely, in case the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.

5.6 Adjustment for Mergers or Reorganizations. If at any time or from time to time there shall be a capital reorganization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for in Section 5.5) or a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person or the sale of all or substantially all of the Company's properties and assets to any other Person, then, as a part of and as a condition to the effectiveness of such reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale (but subject to the rights set forth in Section 5.2(ii) hereof), lawful and adequate provision shall be made so that if the Company is not the surviving company the Series C Preferred Stock shall be converted into preferred stock

4

of the surviving Person having equivalent preferences, rights and privileges, except that in lieu of being able to convert into shares of Common Stock of the Company or common stock of the surviving Person, the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock (including any such preferred stock issued upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock) shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock (including any such preferred stock issued upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock) the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the surviving Person resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock immediately prior to the capital reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale would have been entitled on such capital reorganization, merger, consolidation, or sale. In any such case, appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock (including any such preferred stock issued upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock) after the reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale to the effect that the provisions of this Section 5 (including without limitation provisions for adjustment of the Conversion Price and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock or such preferred stock) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, with respect to any shares of stock, securities or assets to be deliverable thereafter upon the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock or such preferred stock.

5.7 No Adjustment for Small Changes. No adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made if such adjustment would result in a change in Conversion Price in an amount less than $0.01 per share. Any adjustments not made as a result of the preceding sentence shall be included in subsequent future adjustments, but only until such change in the Conversion Price as a result of such cumulative adjustments is equal to at least $0.01 per share.

5.8 No Adjustment for Non-Stock Dividends. No adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made in respect of non-stock dividends on the Common Stock or the Series C Preferred Stock.

5.9 Mechanics of Elective Conversion. Before any holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Conversion Stock pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed or in blank, at the office of the Company or of any transfer agent for the Series C Preferred Stock (or, in addition to the aforementioned places, at such other place as the Board of Directors may reasonably designate), and shall give written notice to the Company (in the manner described in Section 10.2 hereof) at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Conversion Stock are to be issued. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts promptly to (subject to Section 5.10), issue and deliver at such office to such holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, (x) a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Conversion Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as herein provided, (y) a certificate representing any shares of Series C Preferred Stock not so converted and, if applicable, the payment required by Section 5.10. Any conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on (i) the date such written notice is given (provided that such holder's certificate or

5

certificates are delivered to the Company within two business days after such notice is given) or (ii) in any other case, on the date of such surrender of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Conversion Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Conversion Stock on such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no surrender of certificates shall be required in the event of a mandatory conversion pursuant to Section 5.2 of this Certificate of Designation. Accrued dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock shall not be paid in the event of a conversion.

5.10 Fractional Shares. No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock into Conversion Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, in its reasonable discretion, the Board of Directors may cause the Company to pay cash to such holder equal to such fraction (calculated as to each conversion to the nearest 1/100th of a share) multiplied by the applicable Conversion Price or may round the number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued to the nearest whole share as follows: (i) any fractional shares equal to at least one-half shall be rounded upward; and (ii) any fractional shares equal to less than one-half shall be rounded downward.

5.11 Transfer Taxes. The Company will pay any and all taxes that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Conversion Stock on conversion of shares of the Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue or transfer and delivery of shares of Conversion Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of the Series C Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the person requesting such issue has paid to the Company the amount of any such tax or has established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid.

5.12 No Impairment; Cooperation. The Company will not, through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 5 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the holders of Series C Preferred Stock against impairment. Subject to Section 4.1 of this Certificate of Designation, this provision shall not restrict the Company from effecting an amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Company shall assist and cooperate with any holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock required to make any filings or obtain any approvals, governmental or otherwise, prior to or in connection with any conversion of such shares hereunder (including, without limitation, making any filings required to be made by the Company).

5.13 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each event requiring adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this
Section 5, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and shall prepare and cause to be furnished to holders of Series C Preferred Stock a certificate

6

setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in reasonable detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Company also shall, upon written request of any holder of Series C Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (a) such adjustments and readjustments and (b) the Conversion Price at the time in effect.

5.14 Notices of Record Date. In the event of any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution or to vote on any matter upon which such stockholders may be entitled to vote, the Company shall give notice to each holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock at least 10 days prior to the date specified therein, specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or vote.

5.15 Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Conversion Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock. All shares of Conversion Stock that shall be so issued shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges arising out of or by reason of the issue thereof.

Section 6. Redemption.

6.1 The Company shall have the right to redeem all or any portion of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock from a holder thereof for no additional consideration in partial or complete satisfaction of any liquidated indemnity claim of the Company against any such holder pursuant to Sections 8.2 and 8.3 of the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of March 20, 2001 by and among the Company, MetroWave Communications Inc., a Cayman Islands corporation d/b/a OpticWave Communications ("MetroWave"), OpticWave Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the stockholders signatory thereto (the "Agreement"), which claim has been finally determined pursuant to the arbitration process provided under Section 8.6 of the Agreement or agreed to by the holder (a "Claim"), and remains unpaid for more than 15 days after it becomes due and owing. Each holder shall have the right to require the Company to redeem all or any portion of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock of such holder thereof for no additional consideration in partial or complete satisfaction of a Claim of the Company against any such holder pursuant to Sections 8.2 or 8.3 of the Agreement. For purposes of satisfying any Claims pursuant to the foregoing redemption right, shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be valued at the Series C Issue Price (with respect to all shares of Series C Preferred Stock to be redeemed, the "Redemption Price").

6.2 At least 5 days and not more than 15 days prior to the date fixed for any redemption of the Series C Preferred Stock from a holder thereof, written notice shall be given in accordance with Section 10.2; provided, that, no failure to give such notice nor any deficiency therein shall affect the validity of the procedure for the redemption of any shares of Series C Preferred Stock to be redeemed except as to the holder or holders to whom the

7

Company has failed to give said notice or except as to the holder or holders whose notice was defective. The redemption notice shall state: (i) the amount of the Claim with respect to such holder; (ii) the total number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock being redeemed; (iii) the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock held, as of the appropriate record date, by the holder that the Company intends to redeem; (iv) the date fixed for redemption; and (v) that the holder is to surrender to the Company, at the place or places where certificates for shares of Series C Preferred Stock are to be surrendered for redemption, in the manner and at the price designated, the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Series C Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

6.3 Each holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares of Series C Preferred Stock to the Company, duly endorsed, in the manner and at the place designated in the redemption notice, and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled and retired. In the event that a holder seeks to redeem shares of Series C Preferred Stock, the holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares of Series C Preferred Stock to the Company at its principal place of business, duly endorsed, together with a writing that describes the shares to be redeemed, and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled and retired. In the event that less than all of the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares.

6.4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rights to redemption of this Section 6 are subject to the provisions of Section 5.11(c) of the Agreement and shall not be exercised to the extent that such redemption would reduce the overall number of Series C Preferred Stock received in connection with the Agreement to a number of shares having a value as of the Closing Date (as defined in the Agreement), of less than fifty percent (50%) of the value of all of the formerly outstanding stock of MetroWave as of the same date.

Section 7. Replacement. Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company (an affidavit of the registered holder shall be satisfactory) of the ownership and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any certificate evidencing shares of Series C Preferred Stock, and in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender of such certificate, the Company shall (at its expense) execute and deliver in lieu of such certificate a new certificate of like kind representing the number of shares of such class represented by such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate and dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate, and dividends shall accrue on the Series C Preferred Stock represented by such new certificate from the date to which dividends have been fully paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate.

Section 8. Covenants.

8.1 Corporate Existence. The Company shall do or cause to be done, at its own cost and expense, all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate existence of each of its subsidiaries in accordance with the respective organizational documents of each such subsidiary and the material rights (charter and

8

statutory) and franchises of the Company and each such subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve, with respect to itself, any material right or franchise and, with respect to any of its subsidiaries, any such existence, material right or franchise, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine in good faith that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and the subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

8.2 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. The Company shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (A) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges (including withholding taxes and any penalties, interest and additions to taxes) levied or imposed upon it or any of its subsidiaries or properties of it or any of its subsidiaries and (B) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the property of it or any of its subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings properly instituted and diligently conducted for which adequate reserves, to the extent required under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, have been taken.

8.3 Maintenance of Properties and Insurance.

8.3.1 The Company shall, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries to, maintain its material properties in good working order and condition (subject to ordinary wear and tear) and make all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, additions, betterments and improvements thereto and actively conduct and carry on its business; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 8.3.l shall prevent the Company or any of its subsidiaries from discontinuing the operation and maintenance of any of its properties, if such discontinuance is, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company or the subsidiary, as the case may be, desirable in the conduct of their respective businesses and is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock.

8.3.2 The Company shall provide or cause to be provided, for itself and each of its subsidiaries, insurance (including appropriate self-insurance) against loss or damage of the kinds that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, are adequate and appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Company and such subsidiaries in a prudent manner, with reputable insurers or with the government of the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof, in such amounts, with such deductibles, and by such methods as shall be customary, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, for companies similarly situated in the industry.

8.4 Compliance with Laws. The Company shall comply, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, orders and restrictions of the United States of America, all states and municipalities thereof, and of any governmental department, commission, board, regulatory authority, bureau, agency and instrumentality of the foregoing, in respect of the conduct of their respective businesses and the ownership of their respective properties, except for such noncompliances as are not in the aggregate reasonably likely to have a

9

material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

Section 9. Event of Default. If, on any date, an Event of Default (as defined below) shall have occurred and be continuing, whether or not by reason of the absence of legally available funds therefor, then the holders of a majority of the Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to appoint one observer to attend all meetings of the Company's Board of Directors. "Event of Default" means any of the following: (i) a material breach of the covenants set forth in Section 8 which, if such breach is one that can be remedied, is not remedied within 90 days of written notice of such breach from the holders of Series C Preferred Stock to the Company; (ii) the acceleration prior to its scheduled maturity of any indebtedness of the Company in excess of $10,000,000; or (iii) any voluntary or involuntary declaration of bankruptcy by the Company.

Section 10. Miscellaneous.

10.1 Definitions. For the purposes of this Certificate of Designation:

"Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, (a) each Person that, directly or indirectly, owns or controls, whether beneficially, or as a trustee, guardian or other fiduciary, twenty percent or more of the Stock (as defined below) having ordinary voting power in the election of directors of such Person,
(b) each Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person and (c) in the case of individuals, the immediate family members, spouses and lineal descendants of individuals who are Affiliates of the Company. For purposes of this definition, "control" of a Person shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of its management or policies, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or understanding, by virtue of being an executive officer or a director or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, "Stock" means all shares, options, warrants, general or limited partnership or membership interests or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a Person, whether voting or nonvoting, including common stock, preferred stock or any other "equity security" (as such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).

"Common Stock" means, collectively, the Company's common stock, par value $.0001 per share, and any capital stock of any class of the Company hereafter authorized which is not limited to a fixed sum or percentage of par or stated value with respect to the rights of the holders thereof to participate in dividends or in the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

"Conversion Stock" means shares of the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock, provided that if there is a change such that the securities issuable upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock are issued by a Person other than the Company or there is a change in the class of securities so issuable, then the term "Conversion Stock" shall mean the aggregate number of shares of the securities issuable upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock if such securities are

10

issuable in shares, or the aggregate of the smallest units in which such securities are issuable if such securities are not issuable in shares.

"Liquidation Value" of any share of Series C Preferred Stock as of any particular date shall be equal to $30.00 per share of Series C Preferred Stock, plus any and all cumulative and unpaid dividends, including those dividends required to be paid thereon under Section 2 hereof.

"Person" means any individual, sole proprietorship, corporation, partnership, unincorporated organization, association, limited liability company, trust, joint venture or other business or not for profit entity or government.

10.2 Notices. Except as otherwise expressly provided hereunder, all notices referred to herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed given upon the earlier of delivery thereof if by hand, or upon receipt if sent by mail (registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid), or on the next business day after deposit if sent by reputable overnight courier service, charges prepaid, or upon transmission if sent by telecopy or facsimile transmission (with request of assurance of receipt in a manner customary for communication of such type), and shall be deemed to have been given when so mailed or sent (i) to the Company, at its principal executive offices, and (ii) to any holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock or of Conversion Stock, at such holder's address as it appears in the stock records of the Company (unless otherwise indicated by any such holder).

10.3 Severability. If any right, preference or limitation of the Series C Preferred Stock set forth in this Certificate of Designation is finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, unlawful or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other rights, preferences and limitations set forth in this Certificate of Designation (as so amended) which can be given effect without the invalid, unlawful or unenforceable right, preference or limitation, shall, nevertheless, remain in full force and effect, and no right, preference or limitation herein set forth shall be dependent upon any other such right, preference or limitation unless so expressed herein.

11

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Designation is executed on behalf of the Company by its President and attested by its Secretary this 11th day of April, 2001.

                                        /s/ Valentin P. Gapontsev
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Valentin P. Gapontsev
                                        Chairman of the Board and
                                        Chief Executive Officer


Attest:


/s/ Angelo P. Lopresti
-------------------------------------
Angelo P. Lopresti
Secretary

12

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION, (the "Corporation"), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board of Directors") duly adopted resolutions to amend the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation be amended by deleting the first and second paragraphs of Article FOURTH in their entirety and substituting therefor the following:

FOURTH: The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 85,000,000 shares of which 70,000,000 shares shall be designated Common Stock, par value of $.0001 per share ("Common Stock"), and 15,000,000 shares shall be designated Preferred Stock, par value of $.0001 per share ("Preferred Stock").

The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to the limitations prescribed by law and the terms of this Certificate, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designations, powers, including without limitation voting powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.

SECOND: That as of the date hereof the Corporation has received approval of a majority of stockholders of the Corporation.

THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted by written consent of the stockholders without a meeting in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 228 and Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

[The next page is the signature page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 12th day of August, 2003.

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

By: /s/ Valentin P Gapontsev
    ------------------------------------
Name: Valentin P. Gapontsev
Title: Chairman of the Board and
       Chief Executive Officer

2

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
OF
SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK
OF
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

(Pursuant to Section 151(g) of The General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION, a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), hereby certifies, in accordance with Section 151(g) thereof, that the Corporation, at meeting on July 24, 2003 pursuant to the authority expressly vested in the Corporation's board of directors (the "Board of Directors") by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the "Certificate of Incorporation"), adopted the following resolutions creating a series of Five Million Four Hundred Thousand (5,400,000) shares of the Corporation's preferred stock, par value $.0001 per share (the "Preferred Stock"), designated as Series D Preferred Stock:

RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority granted to and vested in the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors hereby creates a series of the Preferred Stock, par value $.0001 per share, of the Corporation (the "Series D Preferred Stock") and hereby states that the powers, designations and number of shares thereof, and the relative, participating, optional and other rights of the shares of such Series D Preferred Stock and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, are as follows (capitalized terms not immediately defined or referenced shall have the meanings provided for such terms in Section 10.1 of this Certificate of Designation or in the Certificate of Incorporation):

Section 1. Designation and Amount

1.1 There shall be a series of the Preferred Stock which shall be designated as the "Series D Preferred Stock," par value $.0001 per share, and the number of shares constituting such series shall be Five Million Four Hundred Thousand (5,400,000). Subject to Section 4, such number of shares may be decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided, that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock to a number less than that of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding plus the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding rights, options or warrants or upon conversion of outstanding securities issued by the Corporation with respect to shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

1.2 The Corporation shall not reissue any shares of the Series D Preferred Stock and shall from time to time in accordance with applicable law increase the authorized amount of its Common Stock in the event that the number of authorized shares of Common Stock remaining available for issuance shall not be sufficient to permit conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock.


Section 2. Dividends and Distributions. The holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors may determine in its sole discretion; provided, however, that no such dividend may be declared or paid on any shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock or any one or more other series of preferred stock subsequently designated as pari passu with the Series D Preferred Stock, unless at the same time a dividend is declared or paid on all outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, with holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, any one or more other series of preferred stock subsequently designated as pari passu with the Series D Preferred Stock and Common Stock sharing in any such dividends as if they constituted a single class of stock and with each holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock entitled to receive such dividends based on the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series D Preferred Stock are then convertible in accordance with Section 5 hereof.

Section 3. Liquidation. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or upon any Liquidating Merger, each holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid, on a pari passu basis to the Series A Preferred and the Series B Preferred Stock and or any one or more other series of preferred stock subsequently designated as pari passu with the Series D Preferred Stock (collectively including the Series D Preferred Stock, the "Senior Stock"), before any distribution or payment is made upon any Common Stock and any other capital stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series D Preferred Stock (the Common Stock and such other capital stock being referred to collectively as, "Junior Stock"), from the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its Stockholders, whether from capital, surplus or earnings, an amount in cash equal to the sum of the aggregate Liquidation Value of all shares of Series D Preferred Stock held by such holder. Prior to the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or to any Liquidating Merger, the Corporation shall declare for payment all declared and unpaid dividends, if any, with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock as set forth in
Section 2 hereof. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or any such Liquidating Merger, the Corporation's assets to be distributed among the holders of the Senior Stock are insufficient to permit payment to such holders of the aggregate amount that they are entitled to be paid, then the entire assets to be distributed shall be distributed ratably among such holders based upon their respective aggregate preferential amounts to which they are entitled. The Corporation shall give written notice of such liquidation, dissolution or winding up or of such Liquidating Merger, not less than 30 days prior to the payment date stated therein, to each record holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock. Neither the consolidation or merger of the Corporation into or with any other entity or entities that is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, nor the sale or transfer by the Corporation of all or any part of its assets to any such wholly-owned subsidiary, nor the reduction of the capital stock of the Corporation, shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution winding up or Liquidating Merger of the Corporation within the meaning of this Section 3. After distribution of the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and any other class of securities ranking in liquidation on parity with the Series D Preferred Stock of the full preferential amount to which they are entitled, the Series D Preferred Stock shall be cancelled and not entitled to any further rights under this

2

Certificate of Designation of Series D Preferred Stock, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution, if any, to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be distributed to the holders of shares of Junior Stock pro rata based and other shares of preferred stock having rights of participation with the Common Stock.

In the event of a Liquidating Merger, the amount deemed distributed to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock upon any such transaction shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity, as applicable; provided, however, that holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall have any and all rights to be paid in cash with respect to such distribution to the extent that holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or any other capital stock of the Corporation are paid in cash. In the event the distribution is not in cash, the value of such property, rights or other securities shall be determined consistently with the determination made with respect to the distribution made to holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and any other capital stock of the Corporation. The Corporation shall promptly provide to the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock such information concerning the terms of such merger, consolidation, asset sale or change of control transaction and the value of the assets of the Corporation as may reasonably be requested by the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and may be produced by the Corporation without undue burden or expense.

Section 4. Voting Rights. Each outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Series D Preferred Stock is then convertible pursuant to Section 5 hereof as of the record date for the vote or written consent of stockholders, if applicable. Each holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholder's meetings in accordance with the by-laws of the Corporation and shall vote with holders of the Common Stock, voting together as single class, upon all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders including any merger, sale of assets, liquidation, dissolution, recapitalization or other fundamental transaction involving the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, excluding those matters required to be submitted to a class or series vote pursuant to the terms hereof or the Certificate of Incorporation.

4.1 Protective Voting Provisions. So long as shares of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation, each as amended from time to time) of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, the Corporation shall not:

(i) increase the authorized number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock; or

(ii) amend, alter, or repeal the rights, powers or preferences of the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock as set forth herein as to affect them adversely.

3

Section 5 Conversion. Upon any conversion of any share of Series D Preferred Stock, each such share of Series D Preferred Stock shall be canceled and not subject to reissuance as Series D Preferred Stock, but shall rather be undesignated and unreserved Preferred Stock of the Corporation.

5.1 Elective Conversion. At any time and from time to time, at his, her or its absolute and sole discretion, any holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock may convert all or any portion of the Series D Preferred Stock (including any fraction of a share) held by such holder, into a number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Conversion Stock equal to the product of the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock being converted multiplied by the Conversion Ratio then in effect by delivery to the Corporation of a number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock to be converted, and by surrendering such holder's certificate(s) in accordance with Section 5.6 hereof, and subject to Section 5.7 hereof.

5.2 Automatic Conversion. Immediately prior the closing of (i) a Qualified IPO, (ii) the consummation of any merger or sale of a majority of the Common Stock of the Corporation or of all or substantially all of its assets (other than a merger with or sale to an Affiliate of the Corporation) in which the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock would be entitled to receive in a transaction consideration worth at least $1.90 per share of Series D Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock dividends, splits, divisions or combinations and the like) or such lesser amount as shall approved by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock voting as a single class provided that each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock receives an equal amount to which they would be entitled to in a liquidation of the Company, or (iii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock into Common Stock, then any and all outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall automatically convert to Conversion Stock at the then effective Conversion Ratio without any further action on the part of any holder of the Series D Preferred Stock, subject to Sections 5.8 and Section 5.9 hereof. Transactions subject to Section 5.2 shall not be deemed to be a Liquidating Merger.

5.3 Conversion Ratio. The "Conversion Ratio" shall be determined by dividing the Original Liquidation Price by the Conversion Price (as defined in
Section 5.4 hereof).

5.4 Conversion Price. The initial "Conversion Price" shall equal $1.90 per share. The Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

5.5 Adjustments to the Conversion Price. Except as provided in Section 5.6 and except in the case of an event described in Section 5.7, if and whenever after the date on which the Certificate of Designation of the Series D Preferred Stock becomes effective (the "Closing Date") the Corporation shall issue or sell, or is, in accordance with this Section 5.5, deemed to have issued or sold, any shares of Common Stock for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issuance or sale (a "Dilutive Issuance"), then, upon such Dilutive issuance, the Conversion Price shall be reduced to the price determined by dividing (i) an amount equal to the sum of (1) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale

4

multiplied by the then existing Conversion Price and (2) the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation upon such issue or sale (determined as set forth below) by (ii) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the number of shares of Common Stock so issued or sold.

For purposes of this Section 5.5, the following shall also be applicable:

5.5.1 Issuance of Rights or Options. If the Corporation shall, at any time after the Closing Date, in any manner grant (whether directly or by assumption in a merger or otherwise) any warrants or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any options for the purchase of, Common Stock or any stock or security convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (such warrants, rights or options being called "Options" and such convertible or exchangeable stock or securities being called "Convertible Securities"), in each case for consideration per share (determined, as provided in this paragraph and in Section 5.5.5 less than the Conversion Price, whether or not such Options or the right to convert or exchange any such Convertible Securities are immediately exercisable, then the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options, or upon conversion or exchange of the total maximum amount of such Convertible Securities issuable upon exercise of such Options, shall be deemed to have been issued as of the date of granting of such Options (and thereafter shall be deemed to be outstanding), at a price per share equal to the amount determined by dividing (A) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the granting of such Options, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of all such Options, plus, in the case of such Options which relate to Convertible Securities, the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable upon the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities and upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (B) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock deemed to have been so issued. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.5.3, no adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made upon the actual issue of such Common Stock or of such Convertible Securities upon exercise of such Options or upon the actual issue of such Common Stock upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

5.5.2 Issuance of Convertible Securities. If the Corporation shall, at any time after the Closing Date, in any manner issue or sell any Convertible Securities for consideration per share (determined as provided in this paragraph and in Section B.5.5.5 less than the Conversion Price, whether or not the rights to exchange or convert any such Convertible Securities are immediately exercisable, then the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities shall be deemed to have been issued, as of the date of the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities (and thereafter shall be deemed to be outstanding), at a price per share equal to the amount determined by dividing (A) the total amount received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (B) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock deemed to have been so issued; provided, that (1) except as otherwise provided in Section 5.5.3, no adjustment of the

5

Conversion Price shall be made upon the actual issue of such Common Stock upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and (2) if any such issue or sale of such Convertible Securities is made upon exercise of any Options to purchase any such Convertible Securities, no further adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made by reason of such issue or sale.

5.5.3 Change in Option Price or Conversion Rate. If there shall occur a change in (A) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable in connection with any Option referred to in Section 5.5.1 or any Convertible Securities referred to in Section 5.5 or 5.6, (B) the purchase price provided for in any Option referred to in Section 5.5, (C) the additional consideration, if any, payable upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities referred to in Section 5.5 or 5.6 or (D) the rate at which Convertible Securities referred to in Section B.5.5 or (2) are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (in each case, other than in connection with an event described in Section 5.6, then the Conversion Price in effect at the time of such event shall be readjusted to the Conversion Price that would have been in effect at such time had such Options or Convertible Securities that are still outstanding provided for such changed maximum number of shares, purchase price, additional consideration or conversion rate, as the case may be, at the time initially granted, issued or sold, but only if as a result of such adjustment the Conversion Price then in effect is thereby reduced; and on the termination or repricing of any such Option or any such right to convert or exchange such Convertible Securities, the Conversion Price then in effect hereunder shall be increased to the Conversion Price that would have been in effect at the time of such termination or repricing had such Option or Convertible Securities, to the extent outstanding immediately prior to such termination (i.e., to the extent that fewer than the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued in connection with such Option or Convertible Securities were actually issued), never been issued or issued at such higher price, as the case may be.

5.5.4 Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities or other property of the Corporation other than shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall receive upon conversion thereof in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the amount of securities or other property of the Corporation that they would have received had the Series D Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the conversion date, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period giving application to all adjustments called for during such period under this paragraph with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock; and provided further, however, that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Series D Preferred simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities as they would have received if all outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

6

5.5.5 Consideration for Stock. In case any shares of Common Stock shall be issued or sold, or deemed issued or sold, for cash, the consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be the amount received or to be received by the Corporation therefor (determined with respect to deemed issuances and sales in connection with Options and Convertible Securities in accordance with clause (A) of Section 5.5.1 or 2, as appropriate. In case any shares of Common Stock shall be issued or sold, or deemed issued or sold, for a consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the Corporation shall be deemed to be the fair value of such consideration received or to be received by the Corporation (determined with respect to deemed issuances and sales in connection with Options and Convertible Securities in accordance with clause (A) of Section 5.5.1 or 2 as appropriate) as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. In case any Options shall be issued in connection with the issue and sale of other securities of the Corporation, together comprising one integral transaction in which no specific consideration is allocated to such Options by the parties thereto, such Options shall be deemed to have been issued for such consideration as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

5.5.6 Record Date. In case the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them (A) to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities or (B) to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities, then such record date shall be deemed to be the date of the issue or sale of the shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued or sold upon the declaration of such dividend or the making of such other distribution or the date of the granting of such right of subscription or purchase, as the case may be.

5.5.7 Treasury Shares. The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or held by or for the account of the Corporation; provided, that the disposition of any such shares shall be considered an issue or sale of Common Stock for the purpose of this Section 5.

5.6 Certain Issues of Common Stock Excepted. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Corporation shall not be required to make any adjustment of the Conversion Price in the case of the issuance from and after the Closing Date of (i) shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock or the Convertible Note or upon exercise of warrants to purchase Common Stock outstanding as of December 31, 2000, (ii) shares issued in exchange for the stock or assets of another company in connection with the acquisition of or merger into such company; provided, that such actions shall have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, which shall include the Series B Preferred Stock Director Designee, or (iii) up to an aggregate of 7,500,000 shares of Common Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock split, stock dividend or similar event) to directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Corporation in connection with their service as directors of the Corporation, their employment by the Corporation or their retention as consultants by the Corporation or to the National Advisory Board, in each case authorized by the Board of Directors and issued pursuant to the Corporation's 2000 Incentive Compensation Plan or any other equity incentive plan approved by a Majority

7

Interest ("Excluded Share"), plus such number of Excluded Shares that are repurchased by the Corporation from such persons after such Closing Date in accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, pursuant to contractual rights held by the Corporation and at repurchase prices not exceeding the respective original purchase prices (appropriately adjusted to reflect the occurrence of any event described in
Section 5.7 paid by such persons to the Corporation therefor).

5.7 Other Adjustments.

5.7.1. Subdivision or Combination of Common Stock. In case the Corporation shall at any time after the Closing Date subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares (by any stock split, stock dividend or otherwise), the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and, conversely, in case the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased. In the case of any such subdivision, no further adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section 5.5.4 by reason thereof.

5.7.2. Repayment of Convertible Note. In the event that the convertible Note shall be repaid, in whole or in part, the Conversion Price shall be appropriately increased to the Conversion Price that would have been in effect on the Closing Date had the portion of the repaid Convertible Note been excluded in calculating the diluted ownership represented by the Series D Preferred Stock, as follows:

Conversion Price = 102,000,000/X (rounded to the nearest penny)

Where: W = 5,100,000 + the principal amount of Convertible Note outstanding after repayment

Y = W/102,000,000

X = CSE /(1 - Y)

CSE= 38,441,668 (Common Stock Outstanding) + 500,000 (Series A Preferred Stock) + 3,800,000 (Series B Preferred Stock) + 4,995,353 (options) + cumulative effect of anti-dilution adjustments to the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock up to and including the issuance of the Series D Preferred Stock, giving effect to the calculation of Y (excluding any dilutive issuances after the issuance of the Series D Preferred Stock or the Convertible Note).

It is agreed that if the entire Convertible Note were repaid immediately after the Closing Date, the Conversion Price would be adjusted to $2.02 per share.

5.7.3. Exercise of Warrants. Upon the date the Series B Warrants become exercisable, the Conversion Price shall be appropriately decreased to the Conversion Price that would have been in effect on the Closing Date had the Series B Warrants been exercised immediately prior to the Closing Date and included in calculating the diluted ownership

8

represented by the Series D Preferred Stock, in the manner set forth in Section in 5.7.2, except that W = 5,100,000 + the then outstanding principal amount of the Convertible Note, and CSE shall also include the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Series B Warrants. For this calculation, the treasury method shall be used for calculating the number of shares issuable upon exercise of the Series B Warrant and the "Liquidity Event Price", as defined in the Series B Warrants shall be deemed to be the price at which Common Stock is purchased back under the Series B Warrants.

5.8 Reorganization or Reclassification. If any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or assets with respect to or in exchange for Common Stock, then, as a condition of such reorganization or reclassification, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made whereby each holder of a share or shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall thereupon have the right to receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified herein and in lieu of the shares of Common Stock immediately theretofore receivable upon the conversion of such share or shares of Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, such shares of stock, securities or assets as may be issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of outstanding shares of such Common Stock equal to the number of shares of such Common Stock immediately theretofore receivable upon such conversion had such reorganization or reclassification not taken place, and in any such case appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of such holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provisions for adjustments of the Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, in relation to any shares of stock, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of such conversion rights.

5.9 Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. In case of any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to another corporation, each share of Series D Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible into the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation deliverable upon conversion of such Series D Preferred Stock would have been entitled upon such consolidation, merger or sale; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in Section 5 set forth with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in Section 5 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Series D Preferred Stock Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares of stock or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, each holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall have the right to elect to give effect to the conversion rights contained in Sections 5.1 or Section 5.2 instead of giving effect to the provisions contained in this Section 5.9 with respect to the shares of Series D Preferred Stock owned by such holder.

9

5.10 Mechanics of Conversion.

5.10.1 Elective Conversion. Before any holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Conversion Stock pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed or in blank, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Series D Preferred Stock (or, in addition to the aforementioned places, at such other place as the Board of Directors may reasonably designate), and shall give written notice to the Corporation (in the manner described in Section 10.2 hereof) at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Conversion Stock are to be issued. The Corporation shall use its commercially reasonable efforts promptly to (subject to Section 5.13 hereof), issue and deliver at such office to such holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, (x) a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Conversion Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as herein provided, (y) a certificate representing any shares of Series D Preferred Stock not so converted and (z) an amount of cash equal to declared but unpaid dividends on the shares converted, calculated through the date of such conversion and, if applicable, the payment required by Section 5.11 and Section 5.12 hereof. Any conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on (i) the date such written notice is given (provided that such holder's certificate or certificates are delivered to the Corporation within two business days after such notice is given) or (ii) in any other case, on the date of such surrender of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Conversion Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Conversion Stock on such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no written notice of election to convert or surrender of certificates shall be required in the event of an automatic conversion pursuant to Section 5.10.2.

5.10.2 Automatic Conversion. Immediately prior to the closing of a Qualified IPO (the "Automatic Conversion Date"), all outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be converted into shares of Common Stock without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares of Series D Preferred Stock are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent. On the Automatic Conversion Date, all rights with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock so converted shall terminate, except any of the rights of the holders thereof upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor or delivery of an affidavit of loss thereof to receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Series D Preferred Stock has been converted. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. Upon surrender of such certificates or affidavit of loss, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, promptly (and in any event in such time as is sufficient to enable such holder to participate in such Qualified IPO) at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of

10

Common Stock into which the shares of the Series D Preferred Stock surrendered are convertible on the Automatic Conversion Date.

5.11 Fractional Shares. No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock into Conversion Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, in its reasonable discretion, the Board of Directors may cause the Corporation to pay cash to such holder equal to such fraction (calculated as to each conversion to the nearest 1/100th of a share) multiplied by the applicable Conversion Price or may round the number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued to the nearest whole share as follows: (i) any fractional shares equal to at least one-half shall be rounded upward; and (ii) any fractional shares equal to less than one-half shall be rounded downward.

5.12 Declared, but Unpaid Dividends. Promptly upon conversion, the Corporation shall also pay to the former holders of shares of the Series D Preferred Stock so converted an amount in cash equal to any and all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Series D Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion through the date of such conversion (whether or not declared) out of funds legally available for such payment; provided, however, that if the funds of the Corporation legally available for payment of such dividends are insufficient to pay all such dividends required to be paid on such date, those funds which are legally available and not subject to such restrictions shall be used to pay the maximum possible amount of such dividends and the remaining dividends shall be paid as soon as practicable when additional funds of the Corporation not subject to such restrictions become legally available therefor.

5.13 Transfer Taxes. The Corporation will pay any and all taxes that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Conversion Stock on conversion of shares of the Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue or transfer and delivery of shares of Conversion Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of the Series D Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the person requesting such issue has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established to the satisfaction of the Corporation that such tax has been paid.

5.14 No Impairment; Cooperation. The Corporation will not avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of the conversion rights of the holders of Series D Preferred Stock into Common Stock as set forth in Section 5. Subject to
Section 4.1, this provision shall not restrict the Corporation from effecting an amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Corporation shall assist and cooperate with any holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock required to make any filings or obtain any approvals, governmental or otherwise, prior to or in connection with any conversion of such shares hereunder (including, without limitation, making any filings required to be made by the Corporation).

5.15 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each event requiring adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this
Section 5, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such

11

adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and shall prepare and cause to be furnished to holders of Series D Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in reasonable detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation also shall, upon written request of any holder of record of Series D Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (a) such adjustments and readjustments and (b) the Conversion Price at the time in effect.

5.16 Notices of Record Date. In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution or to vote on any matter upon which such stockholders may be entitled to vote, the Corporation shall give notice to each holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock and to each holder of outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire Series D Preferred Stock at least 10 days prior to the date specified therein, specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or vote.

5.17 Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Conversion Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock and convertible notes convertible into shares of Series D Preferred Stock and all shares of Series D Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding convertible notes, warrants and options, such number of shares of Conversion Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock and all shares of Series D Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding convertible notes, warrants and options. All shares of Conversion Stock that shall be so issued shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges arising out of or by reason of the issue thereof.

Section 6. Replacement. Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation (an affidavit of the registered holder shall be satisfactory) of the ownership and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any certificate evidencing shares of Series D Preferred Stock, and in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender of such certificate, the Corporation shall (at its expense) execute and deliver in lieu of such certificate a new certificate of like kind representing the number of shares of such class represented by such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate and dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate, and dividends shall accrue on the Series D Preferred Stock represented by such new certificate from the date to which dividends have been fully paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate.

Section 7. Notice; Adjustments.

7.1 Liquidation Events, Extraordinary Transactions, Etc. In the event (i) the Corporation establishes a record date to determine the holders of any class of securities who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution or who are entitled to vote at a meeting (or by written consent)

12

in connection with any of the transactions identified in clause (ii) hereof, or
(ii) the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall determine in good faith that a Liquidating Merger, Qualified IPO or any other public offering is reasonably likely to occur, the Corporation shall mail or cause to be mailed by first class mail (postage prepaid) to each holder of Series D Preferred Stock at least thirty (30) days prior to such record date specified therein or the expected effective date of any such transaction, whichever is earlier, a notice specifying (A) the date of such record date for the purpose of such dividend or distribution or meeting or consent and a description of such dividend or distribution or the action to be taken at such meeting or by such consent, (B) the date on which any such Liquidating Merger, Qualified IPO or other public offering is expected to become effective, and (C) the date on which the books of the Corporation shall close or a record shall be taken with respect to any such event. Such notice shall be accompanied by a certificate prepared by the chief financial officer of the Corporation describing in detail (1) the facts of such transaction, (2) the amount(s) per share of Series D Preferred Stock each holder of Series D Preferred Stock would receive pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and (3) the facts upon which such amounts were determined.

7.2 Waiver of Notice. The holders of a majority of the outstanding Series D Preferred Stock may, at any time upon written notice to the Corporation, waive any notice or certificate delivery provisions specified herein for the benefit of such holders, and any such waiver shall be binding upon all holders of such securities.

Section 8. Contractual Rights of Holders. The various provisions set forth herein for the benefit of the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be deemed contract rights enforceable by them, including, without limitation, one or more actions for specific performance.

Section 9. Redemption. Upon the election of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, upon each date whereby holders of the Series B Preferred Stock properly require the Corporation to redeem shares of Series B Preferred Stock under Article Fourth Section B.5 of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time, the Corporation shall redeem, out of funds legally available therefore, up to a percentage of the Series D Preferred Stock as corresponds to the percentage of Series B Preferred Stock which holders of Series B Preferred Stock may elect to have redeemed by the Corporation at such time under such Article Fourth Section B.5. The redemption price per share for Series D Preferred Stock in connection with any redemption made pursuant this Section 9 shall be equal to the Liquidation Value of the Series D Preferred Stock, and all payments to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be proportionate to the Liquidation Value of the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series B Redemption Amount of the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to the shares to be redeemed under this Section 9 and such Article Fourth Section B.5. Other than with respect to the redemption price, which for the Series D Preferred Stock shall be the Liquidation Value of Series D Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall provide to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock the same rights, preferences and privileges with respect to redemption as provided to holders of the Series B Preferred Stock under such Article Fourth Section B.5 and the Corporation shall follow corresponding procedures with respect to the same.

13

The redemption rights under this Section 9 shall be subject to all the limitations, terms and conditions applicable to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock as set forth under such Article Fourth Section B.5, and the other conditions set forth in this Section 9.

Section 10. Miscellaneous.

10.1 Definitions. For the purposes of Section 1 through Section 10 of this Article Fourth:

"Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, (a) each Person that, directly or indirectly, owns or controls, whether beneficially, or as a trustee, guardian or other fiduciary, twenty percent or more of the Stock (as defined below) having ordinary voting power in the election of directors of such Person,
(b) each Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person and (c) in the case of individuals, the immediate family members, spouses and lineal descendants of individuals who are Affiliates of the Corporation. For purposes of this definition, "control" of a Person shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of its management or policies, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or understanding, by virtue of being an executive officer or a director or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, "Stock" means all shares, options, warrants, general or limited partnership or membership interests or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a Person, whether voting or nonvoting, including common stock preferred stock or any other "equity security" (as such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).

"Common Stock" means, collectively, the Corporation's common stock, par value $.0001 per share, and any capital stock of any class of the Corporation hereafter authorized which is not limited to a fixed sum or percentage of par or stated value with respect to the rights of the holders thereof to participate in dividends or in the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

"Conversion Price" shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 5.4 hereof.

"Conversion Ratio" shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 5.3 hereof

"Conversion Stock" means shares of the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock, provided that if there is a change such that the securities issuable upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock are issued by a Person other than the Corporation or there is a change in the class of securities so issuable, then the term "Conversion Stock" shall mean the number of shares of the securities issuable upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock if such securities are issuable in shares, or the units in which such securities are issuable if such securities are not issuable in shares.

14

"Convertible Note" shall mean the Convertible Promissory Note of the Corporation dated August 13, 2003 in the aggregate principal amount of $5,100,000.

"Liquidation Value" of any share of Series D Preferred Stock as of any particular date shall be equal to the Original Liquidation Price per share of Series D Preferred Stock, plus any and all declared and unpaid dividends, including those dividends required to be paid thereon under Section 2 hereof.

"Liquidating Merger" shall mean any merger, consolidation or sale or exchange of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation which will result in the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction not holding (by virtue of such shares or securities issued solely with respect thereto) at least 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving, continuing or purchasing entity, provided, that, such events shall not be deemed a Liquidating Merger if the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock waive their respective rights and do not elect to treat such events as a Liquidating Merger or Liquidating Event under Article Fourth
Section A.3 and Article Fourth Section B.3.3 of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time.

"Original Liquidation Price" of any share of Series D Preferred Stock shall be equal to $1.90 per share.

"Person" means any individual, sole proprietorship, company, partnership, unincorporated organization, association, limited liability company, trust, joint venture or other business or not for profit entity or government.

"Qualified IPO" means a sale of the Common Stock to the public in a firm commitment public offering, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (together with any successor thereto, the "Securities Act"), at per share price (before deducting underwriting discounts and other customary offering expenses) of not less than $1.90 per share (as adjusted for stock dividends, splits, divisions or combinations and the like) or such lesser amount as shall approved by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock voting as a single class, provided that all shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock convert into Common Stock in such transaction.

"Series B Warrants" shall mean Common Stock purchase warrants entitling the holders to purchase an aggregate of $23,750,000 of Common Stock issued in connection with the sale of Series B Preferred Stock.

10.2 Notices. Except as otherwise expressly provided hereunder, all notices referred to herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed given upon the earlier of delivery thereof if by hand, or upon receipt if sent by mail (registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid), or on the next business day after deposit if sent by reputable overnight courier service, charged prepaid, or upon transmission if sent by telecopy or facsimile transmission (with request of assurance of receipt in a manner customary for communication of such type), and shall be deemed to have been given when so mailed or sent (i) to the Corporation, at its principal

15

executive offices, and (ii) to any holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock or of Conversion Stock, at such holder's address as it appears in the stock records of the Corporation (unless otherwise indicated by any such holder).

10.3 Severability. If any right, preference or limitation of the Series D Preferred Stock set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation is finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, unlawful or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other rights, preferences and limitations set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation which can be given effect without the invalid, unlawful or unenforceable right, preference or limitation, shall, nevertheless, remain in full force and effect, and no right, preference or limitation herein set forth shall be dependent upon any other such right, preference or limitation unless so expressed herein.

[The signature page follows]

16

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Designation is executed on behalf of the Corporation by its Chairman and attested by its Secretary this 12th day of August, 2003.

                                        By: /s/ Valentin P. Gapontsev
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Chairman of the Board
                                            and Chief Executive Officer


Attest:


/s/ Angelo P. Lopresti
-------------------------------------
Angelo P. Lopresti
Secretary

17

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION, (the "Corporation"), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board of Directors") duly adopted a resolution to amend the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation be amended by deleting Article FOURTH, B, Section 7.2 in its entirety and substituting therefor the following new Article FOURTH, B, Section 7.2:

Certain Issues of Common Stock Excepted. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Corporation shall not be required to make any adjustment of the Conversion Price in the case of the issuance from and after the Closing Date of (i) shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock or upon exercise of warrants for purchase Common Stock outstanding as of August 25, 2000, (ii) shares issued in exchange for the stock or assets of another company in connection with the acquisition of or merger into such company; provided, that such actions shall have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, which shal1 include the Series B Preferred Stock Director Designee, or (iii) up to an aggregate of 8,750,000 shares of Common Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock split, stock dividend or similar event) to directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Corporation in connection with their service as directors of the Corporation, their employment by the Corporation or their retention as consultants by the Corporation or to the National Advisory Board, in each case authorized by the Board of Directors and issued pursuant to the Corporation's 2000 Incentive Compensation Plan or any other equity incentive plan approved by a Majority Interest ("Excluded Shares"), plus such number of Excluded Shares that are repurchased by the Corporation from such persons after such Closing Date in accordance with this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, pursuant to contractual rights held by the Corporation and at purchase prices not exceeding the respective original purchase prices (appropriately adjusted to reflect the occurrence of any event described in Section B.7.3) paid by such persons to the Corporation therefor.

SECOND: That as of the date hereof, the Corporation has received approval of a majority of Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stockholders of the Corporation.


THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted by the Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stockholders of the Corporation at a meeting in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 28th day of July, 2005.

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

By: /s/ Valentin P Gapontsev
    ------------------------------------
Name: Valentin P. Gapontsev
Title: Chairman of the Board
       and Chief Executive Officer

2

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION, (the "Corporation"), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board of Directors") duly adopted a resolution to amend the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation be amended by deleting in its entirety Section 5.6 of the Certificate of Designation of Series D Preferred Stock of the Corporation and substituting therefor the following new Section 5.6:

Certain Issues of Common Stock Excepted. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Corporation shall not be required to make any adjustment of the Conversion Price in the case of the issuance from and after the Closing Date of (i) shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock or the Convertible Note or upon exercise of warrants to purchase Common Stock outstanding as of December 31, 2000,
(ii) shares issued in exchange for the stock or assets of another company in connection with the acquisition of or merger into such company; provided, that such actions shall have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, which shall include the Series B Preferred Stock Director Designee, or (iii) up to an aggregate of 8,750,000 shares of Common Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock split, stock dividend or similar event) to directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Corporation in connection with their service as directors of the Corporation, their employment by the Corporation or their retention as consultants by the Corporation or to the National Advisory Board, in each case authorized by the Board of Directors and issued pursuant to the Corporation's 2000 Incentive Compensation Plan or any other equity incentive plan approved by a Majority Interest ("Excluded Share"), plus such number of Excluded Shares that are repurchased by the Corporation from such persons after such Closing Date in accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, pursuant to contractual rights held by the Corporation and at repurchase prices not exceeding the respective original purchase prices (appropriately adjusted to reflect the occurrence of any event described in Section 5.7 paid by such persons to the Corporation therefor); and


SECOND: That as of the date hereof, the Corporation has received approval of the Series D Preferred Stockholder of the Corporation.

THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted by the Series D Preferred Stockholder of the Corporation by written consent without a meeting pursuant to Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 19th day of September, 2005.

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

By: /s/ Valentin P Gapontsev
    ------------------------------------
Name: Valentin P. Gapontsev
Title: Chairman of the Board
       and Chief Executive Officer

2

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION, (the "Corporation"), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board of Directors") duly adopted a resolution to amend the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

SECOND: That as of the date hereof, the Corporation has received approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock of the Corporation and holders of a majority of the outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon.

THIRD: That the aforesaid amendments were duly adopted by the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting without a meeting in accordance with
Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 30th day of December, 2005.

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

By: /s/ Valentin P Gapontsev
    ------------------------------------
Name: Valentin P. Gapontsev
Title: Chairman of the Board
       and Chief Executive Officer


Exhibit A

RESOLVED, that Article Fourth, Section B of the Corporation's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation be amended by deleting in its entirety Section B, and substituting a new Section B as follows:

B. Series B Preferred Stock.

Section 1. Designation and Amount. A total of 3,800,000 shares of the Corporation's Preferred Stock shall be designated as a series known as Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the "Series B Preferred Stock").

Section 2. Dividends and Distributions. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors may determine in its sole discretion; provided, however, that no such dividend may be declared or paid on any shares of Common Stock or Series A Preferred Stock unless at the same time a dividend is declared or paid on all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, with holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Common Stock sharing in any such dividends as, if they constituted a single class of stock and with each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock entitled to receive such dividends based on the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series B Preferred Stock are then convertible in accordance with Section B.6 hereof.

Section 3. Liquidation: Merger, etc.

3.1 Series B Liquidation Preference. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, whether voluntary or involuntary (a "Liquidation Event"), each holder of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid, on a pari passu basis to the Series A Preferred, before any amount shall be paid or distributed to the holders of the Common Stock and any other capital stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series B Preferred Stock (the Common Stock and such other capital stock being referred to collectively as, "Junior Stock"), an amount per share of Series B Preferred Stock, payable in cash, equal to the sum of (i) $25.00 plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares of Series B Preferred Stock (such amount to be adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like) (the "Series B Participation Amount") and (ii) such amount of the remaining assets of the Corporation as would have been payable per share of Series B Preferred Stock had each such share been converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation Event pursuant to the provisions of Section B.6 hereof (the sum of (i) and (ii), the "Series B Preference Amounts"); provided, however, that in the event that the Series B Preference Amount determined pursuant to the foregoing formula would result in amount equal to or greater than $100.00 per share (such amount to be adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like), the Series B Participation Amount shall be adjusted in a linear fashion such that the adjusted Series B Participation Amount equals the product of (x) the Series B Participation Amount prior to the adjustment and (y) the Adjustment Factor (as defined below). "Adjustment Factor" shall be a

2

number not less than zero and not greater than one determined by the following formula:

Adjustment Factor = 1 - (x - y)

z

where:

x = the Series B Preference Amount prior to any adjustment to the Series B Participation Amount (but adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like);

y = $100.00 per share (adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like);

z = $25.00 per share (adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like);

If the amounts available for distribution to holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock upon a Liquidation Event are not sufficient to pay all amounts due, such holders shall share ratably in any distribution of assets in proportion to the full respective preferential amounts to which they are entitled.

3.2 Remaining Assets. After the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series B Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Junior Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders.

3.3 Amount Payable in Mergers, etc. The holders of not less than a Majority Interest may elect to have treated as a Liquidation Event (i) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with another corporation (except one in which the holders of capital stock of the Corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold at least a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the surviving corporation), (ii) any sale of all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock of the Corporation, or (iii) any other transaction by or as a result of which a single person (or group of affiliated persons) newly acquires or holds stock representing a majority of the Corporation's outstanding voting power (a "Change of Control Transaction"). In such event, all consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation by the relevant purchaser or the Corporation in connection with a merger, consolidation or Change of Control Transaction, or all consideration payable to the Corporation and distributable to its stockholders, together with all other available assets of the Corporation (net of obligations owed by the Corporation), in the case of an asset sale, shall be paid by the purchaser or distributed by the Corporation in redemption of the Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable, to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with the preferences and priorities set forth in Sections B.3.1 and B.3.2 above, with such preferences and priorities specifically intended to be applicable in any such merger, consolidation, asset sale or Change of

3

Control Transaction as if the same were a Liquidation Event. The Corporation shall promptly provide to the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock such information concerning the terms of such merger, consolidation, asset sale or Charge of Control Transaction and the value of the assets of the Corporation as may reasonably be requested by the holders of Series B Preferred Stock. If applicable, the Corporation shall cause the agreement or plan of merger, consolidation or Change of Control Transaction agreement to provide for a rate at which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation are converted into or exchanged for cash, new securities or other property, or redeemed, on a basis which gives effect to the provisions of this Section B.3. The amount deemed distributed to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock upon any such transaction shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity, as applicable; provided, however, that in the event the amount per share to be paid in any such transaction is $25.00 or less (such amount to be adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like), such amount shall be paid in cash. The value of such property, rights or other securities shall be determined as provided below in good faith by agreement of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and a Majority Interest. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall have the right to elect by vote of a Majority Interest to give effect o the conversion rights contained in Section B.6 (or by vote of a Majority Interest to give effect to the rights contained in Section B.7.5, if applicable) instead of giving effect to the provisions contained in this Section B.3.3 with respect to the shares of Series B Preferred Stock owned by them. Any election pursuant to this Section B.3.3 shall be made by written notice to the Corporation at least 5 days prior to the closing of the relevant transaction, and any such election shall bind all holders of this Series B Preferred Stock.

For purposes of valuing any securities or other noncash or consideration to be delivered to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock any transaction to which this Section B.3 is applicable, the following shall apply:

(i) If traded on a nationally recognized securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the 30-day period ending three (3) business days prior to the closing;

(ii) If traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the 30-day period ending three
(3) business days prior to the closing; and

(iii) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Corporation and the holders of not less than a Majority Interest; provided that if the Corporation and the holders of a Majority interest are unable to reach agreement, then by independent appraisal by a mutually agreed to investment banker, the fees of which shall be paid by the Corporation.

4

Section 4. Election of Directors: Voting.

4.1.1 Election of Directors. The holders of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall, voting together as a separate class, be entitled to elect one (1) Director of the Corporation. Such Director shall be the candidate receiving the greatest number of affirmative votes (with each holder of Series B Preferred Stock entitled to cast one vote, for or against each candidate with respect to each share of Series B Preferred Stock held by such holder) of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the "Series B Preferred Stock Director Designee"), with votes cast against such candidate and votes withheld having no legal effect. The election of the Series B Preferred Stock Director Designee shall occur (i) at the annual meeting of holders of capital stock, (ii) at any special meeting of holders of capital stock, (iii) at any special meeting of holders of Series B Preferred Stock called by holders of not less than a majority interest of the outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock (a "Majority Interest") or (iv) by the written consent of the holder or holders of not less than a Majority Interest. If at any time when any share of Series B Preferred Stock is outstanding any Series B Preferred Stock Director Designee should cease to be a Director for any reason, the vacancy shall only be filled by the vote or written consent of the holders of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, in the manner and on the basis specified above or as otherwise provided by law. The holders of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall also be entitled to vote for all other Directors of the Corporation together with holders of all other shares of the Corporation's outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon, voting as a single class, with each outstanding share entitled to the same number of votes specified in Section B.4.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, may, in their sole discretion, determine to elect no Series B Preferred Stock Director Designee from time to time, and during any such period the Board of Directors nonetheless shall be deemed duly constituted.

4.2 Voting Generally. Each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Series B Preferred Stock is then convertible pursuant to Section B.6 hereof as of the record date for the vote or written consent of stockholders, if applicable. Each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholder's meeting in accordance with the by-laws of the Corporation and shall vote with holders of the Common Stock, voting together as single class, upon all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, excluding those matters required to be submitted to a class or series vote pursuant to the terms hereof (including without limitation,
Section B.8) or by law.

Section 5. Redemption.

5.1 Redemption.

5.1.1 At any time on or after April 15, 2007, upon the election of the holder or holders of not less a Majority Interest, the Corporation shall redeem, out of funds legally available therefor, up to thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the originally issued and outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock held by each holder of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock at such time;

5

5.1.2 At any time on or after August 25, 2007, upon the election of the holder or holders of not less than a Majority Interest the Corporation shall redeem, out of funds legally available therefor, up to that percentage of outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock that would, when combined with any prior redemptions pursuant to
Section B.5.1.1 above, result in the redemption by the Corporation of up to sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the originally issued and outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock held by each holder of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock at such time; and

5.1.3 At any time on or after August 25, 2008, upon the election of the holder or holders of not less than a Majority Interest, the Corporation shall redeem, out of funds legally available therefor, up to that percentage of outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock that would, when combined with any prior redemptions pursuant to
Section B.5.1.1 and Section B.5.1.2 above, result in the redemption by the Corporation of up to one hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock held by each holder of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock at such time.

The foregoing elections shall be made by such holders giving the Corporation and each of the other holders of Series B Preferred Stock not less than sixty (60) business days prior written notice, which notice shall set forth the date for such redemption and the percentage of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed from each holder (which percentage so elected on each redemption date shall be the same for each holder). The price per share for Series B Preferred Stock in connection with any redemption made pursuant to Section B.5.1 shall equal the Series B Participation Amount (the "Series B Redemption Price").

5.2 Redemption Date and Price Determination. Upon the election of the holders of not less than a Majority Interest to cause the Corporation to redeem Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Section B.5.1, each holder of Series B Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have elected to cause the applicable percentage of such shares held by such holder to be so redeemed or to so participate. The date upon which a redemption is to occur in accordance with
Section B.5.1 shall be specified in the notice of redemption pursuant to Section B.5.1 and shall be referred to as a "Redemption Date". Subject to Section B.5.3, the aggregate Series B Redemption Price shall be payable in cash in immediately available funds to the respective holders on the Redemption Date in the amount specified in Section B.5.1.

5.3 Insufficient Funds. If the funds of the Corporation legally available for the redemption of shares of Series B Preferred Stock on the Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the total number of such shares required to be redeemed on such date, the Corporation shall (i) take such action as shall be necessary or appropriate, to the extent reasonably within its control, to remove promptly any impediments to its ability to redeem the total number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock required to be so redeemed, including without limitation, (A) reducing the stated capital of the Corporation or causing a revaluation of the assets of the Corporation under Section 154 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, to the extent permissible under applicable law, to create sufficient surplus to make such

6

redemption and (B) incurring any indebtedness necessary to make such redemption, and (ii) in any event, use any funds that are legally available to redeem the maximum possible number of such shares from the holders of such shares to be redeemed in proportion to the respective number of such shares that otherwise would have been redeemed if all such shares had been redeemed in full. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the redemption of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock, such funds will immediately be used to redeem the balance of the shares that the Corporation became obligated to redeem on the Redemption Date (but which it has not yet redeemed) at the Series B Redemption Price.

In the event that the Corporation fails for any reason to redeem shares for which redemption is required pursuant to this Section B.5, including without limitation due to a prohibition of such redemption under the Delaware General Corporation Law, then such shares shall continue to be outstanding and entitled to all of the rights and preferences provided herein, and during the period from the applicable Redemption Date through the date on which such shares are redeemed, the applicable redemption price shall increase at the rate per annum equal to 3% in excess of the rate established from time to time by Citibank, N.A. as its prime rate (the "Prime Rate") providing, however, that in no event shall such interest exceed the maximum permitted rate of interest under applicable law (the "Maximum Permitted Rate"). In the event that fulfillment of any provision hereof results in such rate of interest being in excess of the Maximum Permitted Rate, the obligation to be fulfilled shall automatically be reduced to eliminate such excess; provided, however, that, to the extent permitted by law, any subsequent increase in the Maximum Permitted Rate shall be retroactively effective to the applicable Redemption Date.

5.4 Surrender of Certificates. Each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares to the Corporation, duly assigned or endorsed for transfer to the Corporation (or accompanied by duly executed stock powers relating thereto), or, in the event the certificate or certificates are lost, stolen or missing, shall deliver an affidavit or agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection therewith (an "Affidavit of Loss"), at the principal executive office of the Corporation or such other place as the Corporation may from time to time designate by notice to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled and retired and the Corporation shall thereafter make payment of the applicable Series B Redemption Price by certified check or wire transfer; provided, however, that if the Corporation has insufficient funds legally available to redeem all shares of Series B Preferred Stock required to be redeemed, each such holder shall, in addition to receiving the payment of the portion of the applicable Series B Redemption Price that the Corporation is not prohibited from paying by certified check or wire transfer, receive a new stock certificate for those shares of Series B Preferred Stock not so redeemed.

Section 6. Conversion. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall have the following conversion rights:

6.1 Right to Convert. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time

7

after the date of issuance of such share and on or prior to the fifth (5th) day prior to a Redemption Date, if any, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such series, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $25.00 by the Conversion Price at the time in effect for such series (the "Conversion Rate"). In addition, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled at any time, upon the written election of the holder or holders of not less than a Majority Interest, without the payment of any additional consideration, to cause all (but not less than all) of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be converted into Common Stock on the basis that each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be converted into the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock which results from dividing $25.00 by the Conversion Price in effect at the time of such conversion, and upon the election to so convert in the manner and on the basis specified in this sentence, all holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have elected to voluntarily convert all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section B.6.1. The "Conversion Price" per share for shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be $25.00, subject to adjustment as set forth in Section B.7 for event subsequent to the August 25, 2000.

6.2 Automatic Conversion. All shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into the right to receive a pro rata portion of the QPO Consideration (as defined below) as of, and in all cases subject to, the closing of the Corporation's first underwritten offering to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), covering the offer and sale of shares of the Corporation's common stock (i) in which proceeds received by the Corporation (before deduction of underwriter discounts and commissions) equal or exceed $75,000,000, (ii) with respect to which such common stock is listed for trading on either the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ National Market, (iii) at an initial public offering price per share of common stock (before deduction of underwriter discounts and commissions), of not less than $3.00 per share (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization and the like) and (iv) in which either (A) the Warrants (as defined below) are purchased by the Corporation or its assignee at the closing of the offering for the Warrant Payment Amount (as defined below) or, at the option of the Corporation (B) the holders of the Warrants are permitted to exercise all of the outstanding Warrants on a net exercise basis and are permitted to sell all such shares of common stock issuable upon such exercise of the Warrants in the offering (a "QPO" or "Qualified Public Offering"). If a closing of a QPO occurs, all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been converted into QPO Consideration immediately prior to such closing. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Corporation's underwritten offering to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act does not meet the requirements for a QPO set forth above, the shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall remain outstanding and shall not be converted as provided in this Section 6.2 upon the closing of such underwritten offering to the public, and there shall be no adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 6.2 because of the offering and any adjustments required by Section 7 shall be made.

"Warrants" shall mean those certain Common Stock Purchase Warrants entitling the holders to purchase an aggregate of $23,750,000.00 of Common

8

Stock issued from August to December 2000 in connection with the sale of Series B Preferred Stock, as amended from time to time.

"QPO Consideration" shall mean the QPO Notes (as defined below) and the QPO Shares (as defined below).

"QPO Shares" shall mean a number of duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock of the Corporation equal to the quotient of
(i) the sum of the Base Share Amount less the aggregate face value of the QPO Notes, divided by (ii) the initial public offering price per share of common stock (before deduction of underwriter discounts and commissions).

"Base Share Amount" shall mean the greater of (x) the value the holder of the shares of Series B Stock would have received pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof if a Change of Control Transaction treated as Liquidation Event in the form of a sale of all of the Corporation's stock for cash with the consideration to be paid to the stockholders of the Corporation being equal to the pre-money QPO valuation (as defined below) and (y) the value the holders of the Series B Stock would receive if the Series B Stock converts to Common Stock upon the closing of the QPO using a Conversion Price determined as follows (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization and the like):

price per share to the public in           Conversion Price
  the QPO (before deduction of
    underwriter discounts and
          commissions)

equal to or greater than $3.00                  $10.00
      and less than $25.00

equal to or greater than $25.00    price per share to the public in
      and less than $62.50              the QPO divided by 2.5

equal to or greater than $62.50                 $25.00

"QPO Notes" shall mean unsecured three (3) year term notes issued by the Corporation to the holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the "Payee") with a principal amount equal to the product of (x) the quotient obtained by dividing the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock converted in a QPO by 3,800,000 and (y) $20,000,000.00, with the following terms and in a form reasonably approved by the holder or holders of a Majority Interest; (i) the indebtedness evidenced by the QPO Note shall be subordinate to the existing and future senior indebtedness of the Corporation, (ii) the indebtedness evidenced by the QPO Note shall be prepayable in whole or part at option of the Corporation without penalty, and (iii) interest on any outstanding principal amount shall be paid in cash annually on the anniversary of the issuance of such note at an interest rate equal to (a) the higher of the short term (3 years or less) applicable federal rate and 4% for the first year, (b) 7% for the second year, and (c) 10% for the third year.

"Warrant Payment Amount" shall mean an amount equal to the product of (x) $23,750,000.00 and (y) the difference between one (1) and the quotient

9

obtained by dividing the underwriter discount and commission per share in the QPO by the offering price per share to the public in the QPO.

"pre-money QPO valuation" shall mean an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of shares of common stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to the QPO on a fully-diluted basis and (y) the price per share to the public in the QPO (before deduction of underwriter discounts and commissions). For purposes hereof "on a fully-diluted basis" shall mean the common stock equivalents used by the underwriters to determine the offering price per share to the public, including (1) any outstanding shares of preferred stock that are convertible into common stock are considered to be converted on the terms in effect immediately prior to the QPO, (2) shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants shall be included only if the Warrants are not purchased by the Corporation or its assignee, (3) shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding notes or other convertible securities, and (4) shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of in the money stock options using the treasury stock method, shall be deemed to be outstanding.

6.3 Procedure for Conversion.

6.3.1 Voluntary Conversions. Upon election to convert pursuant to
Section B.6.1, the relevant holder of Series B Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing the Series B Preferred Stock being converted to the Corporation, duly assigned or endorsed for transfer to the Corporation (or accompanied by duly executed stock powers relating thereto) or shall deliver an affidavit of loss to the Corporation, at its principal executive office or such other place as the Corporation may from time to time designate by notice to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock. Upon surrender of such certificate(s) or delivery of an affidavit of loss, the Corporation shall issue and send by hand delivery, by courier or by first class mail (postage prepaid) to the holder thereof or to such holder's designee, at the address designated by such holder, certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled upon conversion. The issuance of certificates for Common Stock upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock shall be deemed effective as of the date of surrender of such Series B Preferred Stock certificates or delivery of such affidavit of loss and will be made without charge to the holders of such shares for any issuance tax in respect thereof or other costs incurred by the Corporation in connection with such conversion and the related issuance of such stock.

6.3.2 Automatic Conversion. As of the closing of a QPO (the "Automatic Conversion Date"), all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be converted into the right to receive QPO Consideration without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares of Series B Preferred Stock are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent. On the Automatic Conversion Date, all rights with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock so converted shall terminate, except any of the rights of the holders thereof upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor or delivery of an affidavit of loss thereof to receive QPO Notes and certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Series B Preferred Stock has

10

been converted. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. Upon surrender of such certificates, the Warrants or affidavit of loss, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, promptly (and in any event in such time as is sufficient to enable such holder to participate in such QPO) at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, (1) a QPO Note with a principal amount equal to the product of (x) the quotient obtained by dividing the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock surrendered by 3,800,000 and (y) $20,000,000.00, (2) certificate or certificates for a number of QPO Shares equal to the product of (x) the quotient obtained by dividing the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock surrendered by 3,800,000 and (y) the total number of QPO Shares, and (3) certificate or certificates for the number of duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrant surrendered and not purchased by the Corporation or its assignee in connection with the QPO.

6.4 Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock such number of in shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose, and to reserve such shares for issuance upon such conversion.

6.5 No Closing of Transfer Books. The Corporation shall not close its books against the transfer of shares of Series B Preferred Stock in any manner that would interfere with the timely conversion of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

Section 7. Adjustments.

7.1 Adjustment to the Conversion Price. Except as provided in Section B.7.2 and except in the case of an event described in Section B.7.3, if and whenever after August 30, 2000 (the "Closing Date") the Corporation shall issue or sell, or is, in accordance with this Section B.7.1, deemed to have issued or sold, any shares of Common Stock for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issuance or sale (a "Dilutive Issuance"), then, upon such Dilutive issuance, the Conversion Price shall be reduced as follows:

(X) if such Dilutive Issuance occurs at any time on or prior to August 25, 2001 (except in connection with issuances of shares of Common Stock to strategic investors in a strategic

11

alliance or other corporate partnering transaction approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, (a "Strategic Investment") which shall be subject to clause (Y) below), the Conversion Price shall be reduced to the price so as to be equal to the lowest consideration per share (determined as provided in Section B.7.1.1,
Section B.7.1.2 or Section B.7.1.5, as applicable) received for each additional share upon such dilutive issuance.

(Y) if such Dilutive issuance occurs in connection with a Strategic Investment or at any time after August 25, 2001, the Conversion Price shall be reduced to the price determined by dividing
(i) an amount equal to the sum of (1) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale multiplied by the then existing Conversion Price and (2) the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation upon such issue or sale (determined as set forth below) by (ii) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the number of shares of Common Stock so issued or sold.

For purposes of this Section B.7.1, the following shall also be applicable:

7.1.1 Issuance of Rights or Options. If the Corporation shall, at any time after the Closing Date, in any manner grant (whether directly or by assumption in a merger or otherwise) any warrants or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any options for the purchase of, Common Stock or any stock or security convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (such warrants, rights or options being called "Options" and such convertible or exchangeable stock or securities being called "Convertible Securities"), in each case for consideration per share (determined, as provided in this paragraph and in Section B.7.1.5 less than the Conversion Price, whether or not such Options or the right to convert or exchange any such Convertible Securities are immediately exercisable, then the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options, or upon conversion or exchange of the total maximum amount of such Convertible Securities issuable upon exercise of such Options, shall be deemed to have been issued as of the date of granting of such Options (and thereafter shall be deemed to be outstanding), at a price per share equal to the amount determined by dividing (A) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the granting of such Options, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of all such Options, plus, in the case of such Options which relate to Convertible Securities, the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable upon the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities and upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (B) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock deemed to have been so issued. Except as otherwise provided in Section B.7.1.3, no adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made upon the actual issue of such Common Stock or of such Convertible Securities upon exercise of such Options or upon the actual issue of such Common Stock upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

12

7.1.2 Issuance Convertible Securities. If the Corporation shall, at any time after the Closing Date, in any manner issue or sell any Convertible Securities for consideration per share (determined as provided in this paragraph and in Section B.7.1.5 less than the Conversion Price, whether or not the rights to exchange or convert any such Convertible Securities are immediately exercisable, then the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities shall be deemed to have been issued, as of the date of the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities (and thereafter shall be deemed to be outstanding), at a price per share equal to the amount determined by dividing (A) the total amount received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (B) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock deemed to have been so issued; provided, that (1) except as otherwise provided in Section B.7.13, no adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made upon the actual issue of such Common Stock upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and (2) if any such issue or sale of such Convertible Securities is made upon exercise of any Options to purchase any such Convertible Securities, no further adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made by reason of such issue or sale.

7.1.3 Change in Option Price or Conversion Rate. If there shall occur a change in (A) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable in connection with any Option referred to in Section B.7.1 or any Convertible Securities referred to in Section B.7.1 or 2, (B) the purchase price provided for in any Option referred to in Section B.7.1, (C) the additional consideration, if any, payable upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities referred to in Section B.7.1 or 2 or (A) the rate at which Convertible Securities referred to in Section B.7.1 or (2) are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (in each case, other than in connection with an event described in Section B.7.2, then the Conversion Price in effect at the time of such event shall be readjusted to the Conversion Price that would have been in effect at such time had such Options or Convertible Securities that are still outstanding provided for such changed maximum number of shares, purchase price, additional consideration or conversion rate, as the case may be, at the time initially granted, issued or sold, but only if as a result of such adjustment the Conversion Price then in effect is thereby reduced; and on the termination or repricing of any such Option or any such right to convert or exchange such Convertible Securities, the Conversion Price then in effect hereunder shall be increased to the Conversion Price that would have been in effect at the time of such termination or repricing had such Option or Convertible Securities, to the extent outstanding immediately prior to such termination (i.e., to the extent that fewer than the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued in connection with such Option or Convertible Securities were actually issued), never been issued or issued at such higher price, as the case may be.

7.1.4 Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time shall

13

make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities or other property of the Corporation other than shares of Common Stock then and in each such event provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall receive upon conversion thereof in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the amount of securities or other properly of the Corporation that they would have received had the Series B Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the conversion date, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period giving application to all adjustments called for during such period under this paragraph with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock; and provided further, however, that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Series B Preferred simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities as they would have received if all outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

7.1.5 Consideration for Stock. In case any shares of Common Stock shall be issued or sold, or deemed issued or sold, for cash, the consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be the amount received or to be received by the Corporation therefor (determined with respect to deemed issuances and sales in connection with Options and Convertible Securities in accordance with clause (A) of Section B.7.1.1 or 2, as appropriate. In case any shares of Common Stock shall be issued or sold, or deemed issued or sold, for a consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the Corporation shall be deemed to be the fair value of such consideration received or to be received by the Corporation (determined with respect to deemed issuances and sales in connection with Options and Convertible Securities in accordance with clause (A) of Section B.7.1.1 or 2 as appropriate) as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. In case any Options shall be issued in connection with the issue and sale of other securities of the Corporation, together comprising one integral transaction in which no specific consideration is allocated to such Options by the parties thereto, such Options shall be deemed to have been issued for such consideration as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and a Majority Interest.

7.1.6 Record Date. In case the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them (A) to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities or (B) to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities, then such record date shall be deemed to be the date of the issue or sale of the shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued or sold upon the declaration of such dividend or the making of such other distribution or the date of the granting of such right of subscription or purchase, as the case may be.

14

7.1.7 Treasury Shares. The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or held by or for the account of the Corporation; provided, that the disposition of any such shares shall be considered an issue or sale of Common Stock for the purpose of this Section B.7.

7.2 Certain Issues of Common Stock Excepted. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Corporation shall not be required to make any adjustment of the Conversion Price in the case of the issuance from and after the Closing Date of (i) shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock or upon exercise of warrants to purchase Common Stock outstanding as of August 25, 2000, (ii) shares issued in exchange for the stock or assets of another company in connection with the acquisition of or merger into such company; provided, that such actions shall have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, which shall include the Series B Preferred Stock Director Designee, or (iii) up to 8,750,000 shares of Common Stock or options therefor (subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock split, stock dividend or similar event) to directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Corporation in connection with their service as directors of the Corporation, their employment by the Corporation or their retention as consultants by the Corporation or to the National Advisory Board, in each case authorized by the Board of Directors and issued pursuant to the Corporation's 2000 Incentive Compensation Plan or any other equity incentive plan approved by a Majority Interest ("Excluded Shares"), plus such number of Excluded Shares that are repurchased by the Corporation from such persons after such Closing Date in accordance with the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation, pursuant to contractual rights held by the Corporation and at repurchase prices not exceeding the respective original purchase prices (appropriately adjusted to reflect the occurrence of any event described in
Section B.7.3 paid by such persons to the Corporation therefor.

7.3 Subdivision or Combination of Common Stock. In case the Corporation shall at any time after the Closing Date subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares (by any stock split, stock dividend or otherwise), the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and, conversely, in case the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased. In the case of any such subdivision, no further adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section B.7.1.4 by reason thereof.

7.4 Reorganization or Reclassification. If any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or assets with respect to or in exchange for Common Stock, then, as a condition of such reorganization or reclassification, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made whereby each holder of a share or shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall thereupon have the right to receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified herein and in lieu of the shares of Common Stock immediately theretofore receivable upon the conversion of such share or shares of Series B Preferred Stock, as the case may be, such shares of stock, securities or assets as may be issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for a

15

number of outstanding shares of such Common Stock equal to the number of shares of such Common Stock immediately theretofore receivable upon such conversion had such reorganization or reclassification not taken place, and in any such case appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of such holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provisions for adjustments of the Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, in relation to any shares of stock, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of such conversion rights.

7.5 Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. In case of any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to another corporation, each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible into the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation deliverable upon conversion of such Series B Preferred Stock would have been entitled upon such consolidation, merger or sale; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in Section B.7 set forth with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in Section B.7 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Series B Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares of stock or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall have the right to elect to give effect to the conversion rights contained in Section B.6 (or the rights contained in Section B.3.3, if applicable) instead of giving effect to the provisions contained in this Section B.7.3 with respect to the shares of Series B Preferred Stock owned by such holder.

Section 8. Covenants. The Corporation shall not (whether by merger, consolidation, operation of law or otherwise), without first having provided written notice of such proposed action to each holder of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and having obtained the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a Majority Interest:

8.1 declare or pay any dividends or make any distributions of cash, property or securities of the Corporation in respect of its capital stock (other than (i) with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock or (ii) dividends that are paid pro rata to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock), or apply any of its assets to the redemption, retirement, purchase or other acquisition of its capital stock or stock appreciation, phantom stock or similar rights, directly or indirectly, through subsidiaries or otherwise, except for (i) the redemption of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to and as provided in the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation, (ii) the repurchase of Excluded Shares pursuant to contractual rights held by the Corporation and at repurchase prices not exceeding the respective original purchase price (appropriately adjusted to reflect the occurrence of any event described in Section B.7.3), or (iii) dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of Common Stock;

16

8.2 authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any convertible debt or other debt with any equity participation or any other equity security ranking senior to the Series B Preferred Stock as to liquidation, sale or merger preferences, conversion, redemption or dividend rights or with any special voting rights;

8.3 amend, alter or repeal (whether by merger, consolidation, operation of law or otherwise) any provision of, or add any provision to,
Section B of the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise alter or change the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of or restrictions provided for the benefit or, the Series B Preferred Stock;

8.4 otherwise adopt (whether by merger, consolidation, operation of law or otherwise) any amendment to the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation or by-laws that adversely affects the powers, preferences or material rights of the Series B Preferred Stock or that results in the holders of any other series of preferred stock of the Corporation receiving more value in cash, securities of the Corporation or a combination thereof in a Qualified Public Offering than such holders would have received if a Liquidation Event had occurred under the terms of such preferred stock as they existed on December 21, 2005, assuming the assets of the Corporation are valued at an amount equal to the pre-money IPO valuation for the QPO in such Liquidation Event;

8.5 increase the number of authorized shares of Series B Preferred Stock or reclassify any capital stock;

8.6 change the nature of the business now conducted by the Company;

8.7 effect a recapitalization or reorganization in a form which results in the termination of the Corporation's status as a Corporation under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (including without limitation, any reorganization into a limited liability company, a partnership or any other non-corporate entity which is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes);

8.8 enter into any agreement to do say of the foregoing that is not expressly made conditional on obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of a Majority Interest.

Further, the Corporation shall not, by amendment of the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation or through any Liquidation Event or other reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, agreement or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation and shall at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Article IV and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock against impairment. Any successor to the Corporation shall agree in writing, as a condition to such succession, to carry out and observe the obligations of the Corporation hereunder with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock.

17

Section 9. Notice: Adjustment.

9.1 Liquidation Events, Extraordinary Transactions, Etc. In the event
(i) the Corporation establishes a record date to determine the holders of any class of securities who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution or who are entitled to vote as a meeting (or by written consent) in connection with any of the transactions identified in clause (ii) hereof, or
(ii) any Liquidation Event, event deemed a Liquidation Event pursuant to Section B.3.3 hereof, QPO or any other public offering becomes reasonably likely to occur, the Corporation shall mail or cause to be mailed by first class mail (postage prepaid) to each holder of Series B Preferred Stock at least thirty
(30) days prior to such record date specified therein or the expected effective date of any such transaction, whichever is earlier, a notice specifying (A) the date of such record date for the purpose of such dividend or distribution or meeting or consent and a description of such dividend or distribution or the action to be taken at such meeting or by such consent, (B) the date on which any such Liquidation Event, event deemed a Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 3.3.3 hereof, QPO or other public offering is expected to become effective, and
(C) the date on which the books of the Corporation shall close or a record shall be taken with respect to any such event. Such notice shall be accompanied by a certificate prepared by the chief financial officer of the Corporation describing in detail (1) the facts of such transaction, (2) the amount(s) per share of Series B Preferred Stock each holder of Series B Preferred Stock would receive pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation, and (3) the facts upon which such amounts were determined.

9.2 Adjustments; Calculations. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to Section B.7, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Series B Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth in detail (i) such adjustment or readjustment, (ii) the Conversion Price before and after such adjustment or readjustment, and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of such holder's shares of Series B Preferred Stock. All such calculations shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one hundredth (1/100) of a share as the case may be.

9.3 Waiver of Notice. The holder or holders of a Majority interest may, at my time upon written notice to the Corporation, waive any notice or certificate delivery provisions specified herein for the benefit of such holders, and any such waiver shall be binding upon all holders of such securities.

Section 10. No Reissuance of Series Preferred Stock. No share or shares of Series B Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares shall be canceled, retired and eliminated from the shares which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue.

Section 11. Contractual Rights of Holders. The various provisions set forth herein for the benefit of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be deemed contract rights enforceable by them, including, without limitation, one or more actions for specific performance.

18

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION, (the "Corporation"), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board of Directors") duly adopted resolutions to amend the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as set forth on Exhibit A hereto

SECOND: That as of the date hereof, the Corporation has received approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation and holders of a majority of the outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon.

THIRD: That the aforesaid amendments were duly adopted by the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting without a meeting in accordance with
Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 6th day of January, 2006.

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

By: /s/ Valentin P. Gapontsev
    ------------------------------------
    Chairman of the Board and
    Chief Executive Officer


Exhibit A

RESOLVED, that Article Fourth, Section A.5.4 of the Corporation's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation be amended by deleting in its entirety
Section A.5.4, and substituting a new Section A.5.4 as follows:

5.4 Conversion Price. In the event of a Qualified IPO, the Conversion Price shall equal the lower of (i) $10.00 per share as adjusted from time to time as set forth below or (ii) the price to the public of a share of Common Stock (before deduction of underwriter discounts and commissions). In all other events, the Conversion Price shall equal $10.00 per share as adjusted from time to time as set forth below.

RESOLVED, that the definition of "Qualified IPO" in Article Fourth, Section
A.7.1 of the Corporation's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation be amended by deleting such definition its entirety, and substituting a new definition of "Qualified IPO" in Section A.7.1 as follows:

"Qualified IPO" means the sale of the Common Stock to the public in a firm commitment public offering, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (together with any successor thereto, the "Securities Act") in which (i) the gross proceeds from primary shares offered by the Company to equal or exceed $35 million, (ii) the per share price in the initial public offering (before deduction of underwriter discounts and commissions) shall equal or exceed $3.00 per share (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization, and the like), and (iii) the common stock is listed for trading on either the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ National Market.

2

EXHIBIT 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

The name of the corporation is IPG Photonics Corporation. The corporation was incorporated under the name IPG Photonics Corporation by the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 2, 1998. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, which both restates and further amends the provisions of the corporation's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

FIRST: The name of the corporation (the "Corporation") is "IPG Photonics Corporation."

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle, and the name of the its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The purpose for which the Corporation is organized is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH: The total number shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 180,000,000 shares of which 175,000,000 shares shall be designated Common Stock, par value of $.0001 per share ("Common Stock"), and 5,000,000 shares shall be designated Preferred Stock, par value of $.0001 per share ("Preferred Stock").

The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series and, by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as "Preferred Stock Designation"), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

(a) The designation of the series, which may be by distinguishing number, letter or title.

(b) The number of shares of the series, which number the Board of Directors may thereafter (except where otherwise provided in the Preferred


Stock Designation) increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding).

(c) The amounts payable on, and the preferences, if any, of shares of the series in respect of dividends, and whether such dividends, if any, shall be cumulative or noncumulative.

(d) Dates at which dividends, if any, shall be payable.

(e) The redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series.

(f) The terms and amount of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series.

(g) The amounts payable on, and the preferences, if any, of shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

(h) Whether the shares of the series shall be convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of the Corporation or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of such other class or series or such other security, the conversion or exchange price or prices or rate or rates, any adjustments thereof, the date or dates at which such shares shall be convertible or exchangeable and all other terms and conditions upon which such conversion or exchange may be made.

(i) Restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series.

(j) The voting rights, if any, of the holders of shares of the series.

The Common Stock shall be subject to the express terms of the Preferred Stock and any series thereof. Except as may otherwise be provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in a Preferred Stock Designation or by applicable law, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each such share upon all questions presented to the stockholders, the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and for all other purposes, and holders of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to vote at or receive notice of any meeting of stockholders.

The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the person in whose name any share of its stock is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such share on the part of any other person, whether or not the Corporation shall have notice thereof, except as expressly provided by applicable law.

FIFTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, it is further provided that:

2

(a) The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter and repeal the by-laws of the Corporation, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation to alter or repeal any by-law whether adopted by them or otherwise;

(b) Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless, and only to the extent, otherwise provided in the by-laws of the Corporation.

(c) The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such location or locations as may be designated by the board of directors of the Corporation or in the by-laws of the Corporation.

(d) The number of authorized shares of any class or classes of stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

SIXTH: Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses

Section 6.1. Right to Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (a "Covered Person") who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys' fees) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of such proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized in the specific case by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

Section 6.2. Prepayment of Expenses. The Corporation shall to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law pay the expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article SIXTH or otherwise.

Section 6.3. Claims. If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding) or advancement of

3

expenses under this Article SIXTH is not paid in full within thirty days after a written claim therefor by the Covered Person has been received by the corporation, the Covered Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

Section 6.4. Nonexclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any Covered Person by this Article SIXTH shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the by-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 6.5. Other Sources. The Corporation's obligation, if any, to indemnify or to advance expenses to any Covered Person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be reduced by any amount such Covered Person may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit enterprise.

Section 6.6. Amendment or Repeal. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article SIXTH shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Covered Person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

Section 6.7. Other Indemnification and Prepayment of Expenses. This Article SIXTH shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons when and as authorized by appropriate corporate action.

SEVENTH: Board of Directors

(a) The Board of Directors shall consist of at least 1 and not more than 11 members, the number thereof to be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Directors need not be stockholders.

(b) Unless otherwise provided by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, any newly created directorship or any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors for any cause shall be filled by a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although such majority is less than a quorum, and each director so elected shall hold office until the expiration of the term of office of the director whom he or she has replaced or until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

EIGHTH: A director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. Any

4

amendment, modification or repeal of the foregoing sentence shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment, modification or repeal.

NINTH: (a) The Corporation reserves the right at any time, and from time to time, to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law; and all rights, preferences and privileges of any nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons by and pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the rights reserved in this article.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any class or series of the Corporation's capital stock required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) in voting power of the shares of the Corporation's outstanding capital stock shall be required in order (i) to alter, amend or repeal any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or (ii) for the Corporation's stockholders to alter, amend or repeal any provision of the by-laws.

TENTH: At the first annual meeting of stockholders (the "First Meeting") following the first date that any stockholder (together with its affiliates and associates) which beneficially owned twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of all classes of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Corporation on the effective date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ceases at any time to beneficially own at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of all classes of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Corporation (and without regard to whether any such stockholder again becomes the beneficial owner of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of such voting power), the directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any outstanding series of shares of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible and designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Class I shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the First Meeting, Class II shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the First Meeting, and Class III shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the First Meeting. Effective upon the First Meeting, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at an election of directors. Members of each class shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified or until such director's earlier resignation or removal. At each succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected for a term

5

expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. In case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any other series or class of stock as set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equal as possible. For purposes of this Article TENTH and Article TWELFTH, the term "beneficially own" shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

ELEVENTH: The Corporation shall not be governed by Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware ("Section 203"), and the restrictions contained in Section 203 shall not apply to the Corporation, until the first such time as both of the following conditions exist (if ever): (a)
Section 203 by its terms would, but for the provisions of this Article ELEVENTH, apply to the Corporation; and (b) any person that owned more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation on the effective date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ceases to own more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation. Once the Corporation shall become governed by Section 203 pursuant to the preceding sentence the Corporation shall be governed by Section 203 for so long as Section 203 by its terms shall apply to the Corporation, regardless of whether any person shall thereafter become the owner of more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation. For purposes of this Article ELEVENTH, the terms "person", "owners" and "voting stock" shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Section 203, as Section 203 may be amended from time to time.

TWELFTH: Stockholder Action

(a) Except as otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article FOURTH of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation relating to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, no action that is required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be effected by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting of stockholders after such time as any stockholder (together with its affiliates and associates) which beneficially owned at least twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of all classes of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Corporation on the effective date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ceases to beneficially own twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of all classes of capital stock entitled to vote generally in an election of directors (and without regard to whether any such stockholder again becomes the beneficial owner of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of such stock).

(b) Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the board of directors, but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

6

(c) Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of the proposal by stockholders of any other action to be taken by the stockholders shall be given in such manner as shall be provided in the by-laws of the Corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation this _____ day of ________, 2006.

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

By:
Valentin P. Gapontsev, President

7

EXHIBIT 3.3

BY-LAWS

OF

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

Adopted as of December 2, 1998

Section 1. Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws.

1.1 Conflicts. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of these by-laws and the provisions of the certificate of incorporation of IPG Photonics Corporation (the "Corporation"), the provisions of the certificate of incorporation shall govern.

1.2 Reference. In these by-laws, references to the certificate of incorporation and by-laws mean the provisions of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation and these by-laws, respectively, as from time to time in effect.

Section 2. Offices.

2.1 Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

2.2 Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places within or without the State of Delaware as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

Section 3. Stockholders.

3.1 Location of Meetings. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such places within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors. Any adjourned session of any meeting shall be held at the place designated in the vote of adjournment.

3.2 Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at 10
A.M. on the last Wednesday in March in each year (unless that day shall be a legal holiday at the location where the meeting is to be held, in which case the meeting shall be held at 10 A.M. on the next succeeding day that is not a legal holiday) or at such other time and date as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors, at which the stockholders shall elect a board of directors and transact such other business as may be required by law or these by-laws or as may otherwise properly come before the meeting.

3.3 Special Meeting in Place of Annual Meeting. If the election of directors shall not be held on the day designated by these by-laws, the directors shall cause the election to be held as soon thereafter as convenient. To that end, if the annual meeting is not held on the day provided in Section 3.2 or if the election of directors is not held at the


annual meeting, a special meeting of the stockholders may be held in place of such omitted meeting or election and any business transacted or election held at such special meeting shall have the same effect as if transacted or held at the annual meeting. In such case all references in these by-laws to the annual meeting of the stockholders, or to the annual election of directors, shall be deemed to refer to or include such special meeting. Any such special meeting shall be called, and the purposes thereof shall be specified in the call, as provided in Section 3.4.

3.4 Notice of Annual Meeting. Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. Such notice may specify the business to be transacted and actions to be taken at such meeting. No action shall be taken at such meeting unless such notice is given, or unless waiver of such notice is given by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes necessary to take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were voted. Prompt notice of all actions taken in connection with such waiver of notice shall be given to all stockholders not present or represented at such meeting.

3.5 Other Special Meeting. Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the certificate of incorporation, special meetings of the stockholders may be called for any purpose or purposes by the president and shall be called by the president or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the board of directors or of the holders of at least ten percent of all capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting, voting as a class. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting and the business to be transacted thereat.

3.6 Notice of Special Meeting. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. No action shall be taken at such meeting unless such notice is given, or unless waiver of such notice is given by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes necessary to take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were voted. Prompt notice of all actions taken in connection with such waiver of notice shall be given to all stockholders not present or represented at such meeting.

3.7 Stockholder List. The officer who has charge of the stock record books of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

2

3.8 Quorum of Stockholders. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws. Except as otherwise provided by law, no stockholder present at a meeting may withhold shares owned by such stockholder from the quorum count by declaring those shares to be absent from the meeting.

3.9 Adjournment. Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to any other time and place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these by-laws, which time and place shall be announced at the meeting, by a majority of votes cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present. If a quorum shall be present or represented at any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting after the adjournment, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

3.10 Proxy Representation. Any stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy in all matters in which the stockholder is entitled to participate, whether by waiving notice of any meeting, objecting to or voting or participating at a meeting, or expressing consent or dissent without a meeting. Every proxy must be signed by the stockholder or the stockholder's attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Except as provided by law, a revocable proxy shall be deemed revoked if the stockholder is present at the meeting for which the proxy was given. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and, if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally. The authorization of a proxy may but need not be limited to specified action, provided, however, that if a proxy limits its authorization to a meeting or meetings of stockholders, unless otherwise specifically provided such proxy shall entitle the holder thereof to vote at any adjourned session but shall not be valid after the final adjournment thereof.

3.11 Inspectors. The directors or the person presiding at the meeting may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election and any substitute inspectors to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. Before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, each inspector shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of the inspector's ability. The inspectors, if any, shall (a) determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum and the validity and effect of proxies, and
(b) receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspectors shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question or matter determined by them and execute a certificate of any fact found by them.

3

3.12 Action by Vote. When a quorum is present at any meeting, whether an original or adjourned session, a plurality of the votes properly cast for election to any office shall elect to such office and a majority of the votes properly cast upon any question other than an election to an office shall decide such question, except when a larger vote is required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws. No ballot shall be required for any election unless requested by a stockholder present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election.

3.13 Action Without Meetings. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

Section 4. Directors.

4.1 Number. The number of directors constituting the whole board of directors shall not be less than one nor more than twelve. Within the foregoing limits, the stockholders at the annual meeting shall determine the number of directors, and within such limits, the number of directors may be increased or decreased at any time or from time to time by the stockholders or by the directors by vote of a majority of directors then in office, except that any such decrease by vote of the directors shall only be made to eliminate vacancies existing by reason of the death, resignation or removal of one or more directors. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 4.4 of these by-laws. Directors need not be stockholders.

4.2 Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting and until a successor is elected and qualified, or until such director sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified.

4.3 Powers. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, which shall have and may exercise all the powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law, the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

4.4 Vacancies. Newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors and other vacancies may be filled by vote of the stockholders at a meeting called for the purpose, or by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. When one or more directors shall resign from the board of directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote or action by writing thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective. The directors shall have and may exercise all their powers notwithstanding the existence of

4

one or more vacancies in their number, subject to any requirements of law or of the certificate of incorporation or of these by-laws as to the number of directors required for a quorum or for any vote or other actions.

4.5 Committees. The board of directors may, by vote of a majority of the whole board, (a) designate, change the membership of or terminate the existence of any committee or committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors; (b) designate one or more directors as alternate members of any such committee who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee; and (c) determine the extent to which each such committee shall have and may exercise the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, including the power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that require it and the power and authority to declare dividends or to authorize the issuance of stock; excepting, however, such powers that by law, the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws they are prohibited from so delegating. In the absence or disqualification of any member of such committee and such member's alternate, if any, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not constituting a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Except as the board of directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the board or such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as may be in the same manner as is provided by these by-laws for the conduct of business by the board of directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors upon request.

4.6 Regular Meeting. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without call or notice at such place within or without the State of Delaware and at such times as the board may from time to time determine, provided that notice of the first regular meeting following any such determination shall be given to absent directors. A regular meeting of the directors may be held without call or notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of the stockholders.

4.7 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board of directors may be held at any time and at any place within or without the State of Delaware designated in the notice of the meeting, when called by the president, or by one-third or more in number of the directors, reasonable notice thereof being given to each director by the secretary or by the president or by any one of the directors calling the meeting.

4.8 Notice. It shall be reasonable and sufficient notice to a director to send notice by mail at least forty-eight hours or by telegram at least twenty-four hours before the meeting, addressed to the director at the director's usual or last known business or residence address or to give notice to the director in person or by telephone at least twenty-four hours before the meeting. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director if a written waiver of notice, executed by the director before or after the meeting, is filed with the records of the meeting, or to any director who attends the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement the lack of notice to the director. Neither notice of a meeting nor a waiver of a notice need specify the purposes of the meeting.

5

4.9 Quorum. Except as may be otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, at any meeting of the directors a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum; a quorum shall not in any case be less than one-third of the total number of directors constituting the whole board. Any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

4.10 Action by Vote. Except as may be otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, when a quorum is present at any meeting the vote of a majority of the directors present shall be the act of the board of directors.

4.11 Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all the members of the board or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and such writing or writings are filed with the records of the meetings of the board or of such committee. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as the act of the board or of such committee, as the case may be.

4.12 Participation in Meetings by Conference Telephone. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, members of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

4.13 Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix from time to time the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and the performance of their responsibilities as directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and/or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation or its parent or subsidiary corporations in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. The board of directors may also allow compensation for members of special or standing committees for service on such committees.

4.14 Interested Directors and Officers.

(a) No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of the Corporation's directors or officers are directors or officers or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board or committee thereof that authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because the vote of any such person is counted for such purpose, if:

6

(1) the material facts as to the relationship or interest of the director or officer and the contract or transaction are disclosed or known to the board of directors or the committee, and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors do not constitute a quorum;

(2) the material facts as to the relationship or interest of the director or officer and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or

(3) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the board of directors, a committee thereof, or the stockholders.

(b) Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the board of directors or of a committee that authorizes the contract or transaction.

4.15 Resignation or Removal of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by law or the certificate of incorporation, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at an election of directors. Any director may resign at any time by delivering a resignation in writing to the president or the secretary or to a meeting of the board of directors. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless specified to be effective at some other time; and without in either case the necessity of its being accepted unless the resignation shall so state. No director resigning and (except where a right to receive compensation shall be expressly provided in a duly authorized written agreement with the Corporation) no director removed shall have any right to receive compensation as such director for any period following the director's resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal, whether the director's compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise; unless in the case of a resignation, the directors, or in the case of removal, the body acting on the removal, shall in their or its discretion provide for compensation.

Section 5. Notices.

5.1 Form of Notice. Whenever, under the provisions of law, or of the certificate of incorporation or of these by-laws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at the director's or stockholder's address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Unless written notice by mail is required by law, written notice may also be given by telegram, cable, facsimile, commercial delivery service, telex or similar means, addressed to such director or stockholder at the address thereof as such address appears on the records of the Corporation, in which case such notice shall be deemed to be given when delivered into the control of the persons charged with effecting such transmission, the transmission charge to be paid by the Corporation or the person sending such notice and not by the addressee. Oral

7

notice or other in-hand delivery (in person or by telephone) shall be deemed given at the time it is actually given.

5.2 Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under the provisions of law, the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of the board of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

Section 6. Officers and Agents.

6.1 Enumeration; Qualification. The officers of the Corporation shall be a president, a treasurer, a secretary and such other officers, if any, as the board of directors from time to time may in its discretion elect or appoint, including without limitation one or more vice presidents. Any officer may be, but none need be, a director or stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. Any officer may be required by the board of directors to secure the faithful performance of the officer's duties to the Corporation by giving bond in such amount and with sureties or otherwise as the board of directors may determine.

6.2 Powers. Subject to law, the certificate of incorporation and these by-laws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to the officer's office and such additional duties and powers as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

6.3 Election. The board of directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, a secretary and a treasurer. Other officers may be appointed by the board of directors at such meeting, at any other meeting or by written consent. At any time or from time to time, the directors may delegate to any officer their power to elect or appoint any other officer or any agents.

6.4 Tenure. Each officer shall hold office until the first meeting of the board of directors following the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until a successor is elected and qualified unless a shorter period shall have been specified in terms of the officer's election or appointment, or in each case until the officer sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified. Each agent of the Corporation shall retain authority at the pleasure of the directors, or the officer by whom the agent was appointed or by the officer who then holds agent appointive power.

6.5 President and Vice Presidents.

(a) Except as determined by the board of directors, the president shall be the chief executive officer and shall have direct and active charge of all business operations of the Corporation and shall have general supervision of the entire business of the Corporation, subject to the control of the board of directors. The president shall preside at all

8

meetings of the stockholders and of the board of directors at which he or she is present, except as otherwise voted by the board of directors.

(b) The president or treasurer shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation.

(c) Any vice presidents shall have such duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors or the president.

6.6 Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers.

(a) Except as determined by the board of directors, the treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation and shall be in charge of its funds and valuable papers, and shall have such other duties and powers as may be assigned to the treasurer from time to time by the board of directors or the president.

(b) Any assistant treasurers shall have such duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors, the president or the treasurer.

6.7 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries.

(a) The secretary shall record all proceedings of the stockholders, the board of directors and committees of the board of directors in a book or series of books to be kept therefor and shall file therein all writings of, or related to, action by stockholder or director consent. In the absence of the secretary from any meeting, an assistant secretary, or if there is none or each assistant secretary is absent, a temporary secretary chosen at the meeting, shall record the proceedings thereof. Unless a transfer agent has been appointed, the secretary shall keep or cause to be kept the stock and transfer records of the Corporation, which shall contain the names and record addresses of all stockholders and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The secretary shall have such other duties and powers as may from time to time be designated by the board of directors or the president.

(b) Any assistant secretaries shall have such duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors, the president or the secretary.

6.8 Resignation and Removal. Any officer may resign at any time by delivering a resignation in writing to the president, the secretary or a meeting of the board of directors. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless specified to be effective at some other time, and without in any case the necessity of its being accepted unless the resignation shall so state. The board of directors may at any time remove any officer either with or without cause. The board of directors may at any time terminate or modify the authority of any agent. No officer resigning and (except where a right to receive compensation shall be expressly provided in a duly authorized written agreement with the Corporation) no officer removed shall have any

9

right to any compensation as such officer for any period following the officer's resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal, whether the officer's compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise; unless in the case of a resignation, the directors, or in the case of removal, the body acting on the removal, shall in their or its discretion provide for compensation.

6.9 Vacancies. If the office of the president or the treasurer or the secretary becomes vacant, the directors may elect a successor by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. If the office of any other officer becomes vacant, any person or body empowered to elect or appoint that office may choose a successor. Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired term of the predecessor, and in the case of the president, the treasurer and the secretary until a successor is chosen and qualified, or in each case until such officer sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified.

Section 7. Capital Stock.

7.1 Stock Certificates. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate stating the number and the class and the designation of the series, if any, of the shares held by the stockholder, in such form as shall, in conformity to law, the certificate of incorporation and the by-laws, be prescribed from time to time by the board of directors. Such certificate shall be signed by (a) the president or a vice-president and (b) the treasurer, an assistant treasurer, the secretary or an assistant secretary. Any of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case an officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if the signatory were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the time of its issue.

7.2 Lost Certificates. The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner's legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section 8. Transfer of Shares of Stock

8.1 Transfer on Books.

(a) Subject to any restrictions with respect to the transfer of shares of stock, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate therefor properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment and power of attorney properly executed, with necessary transfer stamps

10

affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the board of directors or the transfer agent of the Corporation may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owners of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to receive notice and to vote or to give any consent with respect thereto and to be held liable for such calls and assessments, if any, as may lawfully be made thereon, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been properly transferred on the books of the Corporation.

(b) It shall be the duty of each stockholder to notify the Corporation of the stockholder's post office address.

Section 9. General Provisions.

9.1 Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action to which such record date relates. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. If no record date is fixed:

(a) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held;

(b) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and

(c) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

9.2 Dividend. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting or by written consent, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, property or shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

9.3 Payment of Dividends. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for

11

equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

9.4 Checks. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

9.5 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first of January in each year and shall end on the last day of December next following, unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

9.6 Seal. The board of directors may, by resolution, adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the word "Delaware." The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. The seal may be altered from time to time by the board of directors.

Section 10. Indemnification.

It being the intent of the Corporation to provide maximum protection available under the law to its officers and directors, the Corporation shall indemnify its officers and directors to the full extent the Corporation is permitted or required to do so by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

Section 11. Amendments.

These by-laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new by-laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the board of directors when such power is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws.

12

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

OF

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

Adopted as of _______________, 2006

SECTION I

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

1.1 Conflicts. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of these bylaws and the provisions of the certificate of incorporation of IPG Photonics Corporation (the "Corporation"), the provisions of the certificate of incorporation shall govern.

1.2 References. In these bylaws, references to the certificate of incorporation and bylaws mean the provisions of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation and these bylaws, respectively, as from time to time in effect.

SECTION II
Offices

2.1 Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

2.2 Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places within or without the State of Delaware as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

SECTION III
Stockholders

3.1 Location of Meetings. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

3.2 Annual Meeting. If required by applicable law, an annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date, time and place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors from time to time. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.

3.3 Notice of Meeting. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a notice of meeting shall be given that shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which the stockholders or proxy holders


may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

3.4 Stockholder List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of meeting or (b) at the principal place of business of the Corporation during the Corporation's ordinary business hours. If the meeting is to be held at a place, the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

3.5 Quorum of Stockholders. The holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

3.6 Adjournment. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, if any, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, or means of remote communication, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

3.7 Inspectors of Election. The Corporation may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election who may be employees of the Corporation, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and to make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. In the event that no inspector so appointed or designated is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed or designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each such share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of

2

the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and such inspectors' count of all votes and ballots. Such certification and report shall specify such other information as may be required by law. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.

3.8 Action by Vote. Except as otherwise provided by or pursuant to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot, unless so directed by the chairman of the meeting. At all meetings of stockholders for the election of directors, a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect. All other elections and questions shall, unless otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange or quotation system applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of the Corporation which are present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon.

3.9 Proxy Representation. Any stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy in all matters in which the stockholder is entitled to participate, whether by waiving notice of any meeting, objecting to or voting or participating at a meeting, or expressing consent or dissent without a meeting. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and, if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date.

3.10 Action Without Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted in the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which minutes of proceedings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall, to the extent required by law, be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date

3

that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation.

3.11 Conduct of Meetings. The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the person presiding over the meeting. The board of directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the board of directors, the person presiding over any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and to adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such presiding person, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the board of directors or prescribed by the presiding person of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (c) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the presiding person of the meeting shall determine; (d) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (e) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. The presiding person at any meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such presiding person should so determine, such presiding person shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the board of directors or the person presiding over the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

3.12 Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations.

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(i) Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (B) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (C) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time the notice provided for in this Section 3.12 is delivered to the secretary of the Corporation, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3.12.

(ii) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (C) of paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 3.12, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation and any such proposed business other than the nominations of persons for election to the board of directors must constitute a proper

4

matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder's notice shall be delivered to the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting (provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than seventy (70) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation). In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder's notice as described above. Such stockholder's notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (1) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and (2) such person's written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (1) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation's books, and of such beneficial owner, (2) the class and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (3) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, and (4) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (x) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation's outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (y) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination. The foregoing notice requirements of this Section 3.12 shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his or her intention to present a proposal or nomination at an annual meeting in compliance with applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and such stockholder's proposal or nomination has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting. The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation.

5

(iii) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 3.12 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the board of directors at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting, a stockholder's notice required by this Section 3.12 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) provided that the board of directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 3.12 is delivered to the secretary of the Corporation, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3.12. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the board of directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation's notice of meeting, if the stockholder's notice required by paragraph (a)(ii) of this
Section 3.12 shall be delivered to the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder's notice as described above.

(c) General.

(i) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.12 shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.12. Except as otherwise provided by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty (A) to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.12 (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be,

6

proxies in support of such stockholder's nominee or proposal in compliance with such stockholder's representation as required by clause (a)(ii)(C)(4) of this
Section 3.12) and (B) if any proposed nomination or business was not made or proposed in compliance with this Section 3.12, to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.12, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 3.12, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

(ii) For purposes of this Section 3.12, "public announcement" shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
Section 3.12, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 3.12. Nothing in this Section 3.12 shall be deemed to affect any rights (A) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals or nominations in the Corporation's proxy statement pursuant to applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act or (B) of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

3.13 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which record date: (1) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders or adjournment thereof, shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting; (2) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, shall not be more than ten (10) days from the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors; and (3) in the case of any other action, shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such other action. If no record date is fixed: (1) the record date for determining

7

stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; (2) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action of the board of directors is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law, or, if prior action by the board of directors is required by law, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action; and
(3) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

SECTION IV
Directors

4.1 Number and Tenure. The board of directors shall be constituted as provided in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation. The directors need not be stockholders. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified or until such director's earlier resignation or removal.

4.2 Powers. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, which shall have and may exercise all the powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or the certificate of incorporation directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

4.3 Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided by law or the certificate of incorporation, any newly created directorship or any vacancy occurring in the board of directors for any cause shall be filled by a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors, although such majority is less than a quorum, and each director so elected shall hold office until the expiration of the term of office of the director whom he or she has replaced or until his or her successor is elected and qualified. When one or more directors shall resign from the board of directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote or action by writing thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective. The directors shall have and may exercise all their powers notwithstanding the existence of one or more vacancies in their number, subject to any requirements of law or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws as to the number of directors required for a quorum or for any vote or other actions.

4.4 Committees. The board of directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or

8

disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of the committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent permitted by law and to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Except as the board of directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the board of directors or such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as may be in the same manner as is provided by these bylaws for the conduct of business by the board of directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors upon request.

4.5 Regular Meeting. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware and at such times as the board of directors may from time to time determine. A regular meeting of the directors may be held immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of the stockholders.

4.6 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board of directors may be held at any time and at any place within or without the State of Delaware designated in the notice of the meeting, when called by the chairman of the board of directors, the president, or by one-third or more in number of the directors, reasonable notice thereof being given to each director by the secretary, the chairman of the board of directors, the president or by any one of the directors calling the meeting.

4.7 Notice. It shall be reasonable and sufficient notice to a director to send notice by mail at least forty-eight hours or by telecopier or other means of electronic transmission at least twenty-four hours before the meeting, addressed to the director at the director's usual or last known business or residence address or to give notice to the director in person or by telephone at least twenty-four hours before the meeting. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director if a waiver of notice, given by the director before or after the meeting, is filed with the records of the meeting, or to any director who attends the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement to the transaction of business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither notice of a meeting nor a waiver of a notice need specify the purposes of the meeting.

4.8 Quorum. Except as may be otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, at any meeting of the directors a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum; a quorum shall not in any case be less than one-third of the total number of directors constituting the whole board. Any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

9

4.9 Action by Vote. Except as may be otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of a majority of the directors present shall be the act of the board of directors.

4.10 Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all the members of the board or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission or transmissions, and such writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the records of the meetings of the board of directors or of such committee. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as the act of the board of directors or of such committee, as the case may be.

4.11 Participation in Meetings by Conference Telephone. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such board of directors or committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

4.12 Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors shall have the authority to fix from time to time the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and the performance of their responsibilities as directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and/or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation or its parent or subsidiary corporations in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. The board of directors may also allow compensation for members of special or standing committees for service on such committees.

4.13 Resignation or Removal of Directors. Unless otherwise provided by law or the certificate of incorporation, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at an election of directors. Any director may resign at any time by delivering a resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the chairman of the board of directors, the president or the secretary or to a meeting of the board of directors. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless specified to be effective at some other time; and without in either case the necessity of its being accepted unless the resignation shall so state. No director resigning and (except where a right to receive compensation shall be expressly provided in a duly authorized written agreement with the Corporation) no director removed shall have any right to receive compensation as such director for any period following the director's resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal, whether the director's compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise; unless in the case of a resignation, the directors, or in the case of removal, the body acting on the removal, shall in their or its discretion provide for compensation.

10

SECTION V
Notices

5.1 Form of Notice. Whenever, under the provisions of law, or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at the director's or stockholder's address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Except as otherwise provided by law notice may also be given by telegram, cable, facsimile, commercial delivery service, telex or other means of electronic transmission, addressed to such director or stockholder at the address thereof as such address appears on the records of the Corporation, in which case such notice shall be deemed to be given when delivered into the control of the persons charged with effecting such transmission, the transmission charge to be paid by the Corporation or the person sending such notice and not by the addressee. Oral notice or other in-hand delivery (in person or by telephone) shall be deemed given at the time it is actually given.

5.2 Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under the provisions of law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a waiver thereof, given by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of the board of directors need be specified in any waiver of notice.

SECTION VI
Officers and Agents

6.1 Enumeration; Qualification. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a chairman of the board of directors, a president, a treasurer, a secretary and such other officers, if any, as the board of directors from time to time may in its discretion elect or appoint, including without limitation one or more vice presidents. Any officer may be, but none need be, a director or stockholder, except that the chairman shall be a member of the board of directors. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. Any officer may be required by the board of directors to secure the faithful performance of the officer's duties to the Corporation by giving bond in such amount and with sureties or otherwise as the board of directors may determine.

6.2 Powers. Subject to law, the certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to the officer's office and such additional duties and powers as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

6.3 Election. The board of directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a chairman, a president, a secretary and a treasurer. Other officers may be appointed by the board of

11

directors at such meeting, at any other meeting or by written consent. At any time or from time to time, the directors may delegate to any officer their power to elect or appoint any other officer or any agents.

6.4 Tenure. Each officer shall hold office until the first meeting of the board of directors following the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until a successor is elected and qualified unless a shorter period shall have been specified in terms of the officer's election or appointment, or in each case until the officer sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified. Each agent of the Corporation shall retain authority at the pleasure of the directors, or the officer by whom the agent was appointed or by the officer who then holds agent appointive power.

6.5 Chairman, President and Vice Presidents.

(a) The chairman of the board of directors shall be a member of the board of directors, an officer of the Corporation and, if present, shall preside at each meeting of the board of directors and the stockholders. The chairman of the board shall be responsible for the general management of the affairs of the Corporation and shall perform all duties incidental to his office which may be required by law and all such other duties as are properly required of him by the board of directors. Except where by law the signature of the president is required, the chairman of the board of directors shall possess the same power as the president to sign all certificates, contracts, and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the board of directors.

(b) The president shall act in a general executive capacity and shall assist the chairman of the board in the administration and operation of the Corporation's business and general supervision of its policies and affairs. The president shall, in the absence of or because of the inability to act of the chairman of the board, perform all duties of the chairman of the board and preside at all meetings of stockholders and of the board of directors.

(c) The chairman, president or treasurer shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation.

(d) Any vice presidents shall have such duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors, the chairman or the president.

6.6 Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers.

(i) Except as determined by the board of directors, the treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation and shall be in charge of its funds and valuable papers, and shall have such other duties and powers as may be assigned to the treasurer from time to time by the board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors or the president.

12

(ii) Any assistant treasurers shall have such duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors, the president or the treasurer.

6.7 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries.

(i) The secretary shall record all proceedings of the stockholders, the board of directors and committees of the board of directors in a book or series of books to be kept therefor and shall file therein all writings of, or related to, action by stockholder or director consent. In the absence of the secretary from any meeting, an assistant secretary, or if there is none or each assistant secretary is absent, a temporary secretary chosen at the meeting, shall record the proceedings thereof. Unless a transfer agent has been appointed, the secretary shall keep or cause to be kept the stock and transfer records of the Corporation, which shall contain the names and record addresses of all stockholders and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The secretary shall have such other duties and powers as may from time to time be designated by the board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors or the president.

(ii) Any assistant secretaries shall have such duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors, the president or the secretary.

6.8 Resignation and Removal. Any officer may resign at any time by delivering a resignation in writing to the chairman, the president, the secretary or a meeting of the board of directors. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless specified to be effective at some other time, and without in any case the necessity of its being accepted unless the resignation shall so state. The board of directors may at any time remove any officer either with or without cause. The board of directors may at any time terminate or modify the authority of any agent. No officer resigning and (except where a right to receive compensation shall be expressly provided in a duly authorized written agreement with the Corporation) no officer removed shall have any right to any compensation as such officer for any period following the officer's resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal, whether the officer's compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise; unless in the case of a resignation, the directors, or in the case of removal, the body acting on the removal, shall in their or its discretion provide for compensation.

6.9 Vacancies. If the office of the chairman of the board of directors, the president or the treasurer or the secretary becomes vacant, the directors may elect a successor by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. If the office of any other officer becomes vacant, any person or body empowered to elect or appoint that office may choose a successor. Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired term of the predecessor, and in the case of the chairman of the board of directors, the president, the treasurer and the secretary until a successor is chosen and qualified, or in each case until such officer sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified.

13

SECTION VII
Capital Stock

7.1 Stock Certificates. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes or series of it stock shall be uncertificated shares. Each stockholder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to a certificate stating the number and the class and the designation of the series, if any, of the shares held by the stockholder, in such form as shall, in conformity to law, the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws, be prescribed from time to time by the board of directors. Such certificate shall be signed by (a) the chairman, the president or a vice-president and (b) the treasurer, an assistant treasurer, the secretary or an assistant secretary. Any of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case an officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if the signatory were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the time of its issue.

7.2 Lost Certificates. The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner's legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

SECTION VIII
Transfer of Shares of Stock

8.1 Transfer on Books.

(i) Subject to any restrictions with respect to the transfer of shares of stock, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate therefor properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment and power of attorney properly executed, with necessary transfer stamps affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the board of directors or the transfer agent of the Corporation may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to receive notice and to vote or to give any consent with respect thereto and to be held liable for such calls and assessments, if any, as may lawfully be made thereon, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been properly transferred on the books of the Corporation.

14

(ii) It shall be the duty of each stockholder to notify the Corporation of the stockholder's post office address.

SECTION IX
General Provisions

9.1 Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors or by unanimous written consent, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, property or shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

9.2 Payment of Dividends. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

9.3 Checks. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

9.4 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first of January in each year and shall end on the last day of December in that year, unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

9.5 Seal. The board of directors may, by resolution, adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the word "Delaware." The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. The seal may be altered from time to time by the board of directors.

9.7 Form of Records. Any records maintained by this Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account, and minute books, may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device or method, provided that the records so kept can be clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time.

SECTION X
Indemnification

10.1 Right to Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (a "Covered Person") who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including

15

service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys' fees) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.3, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of such proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized in the specific case by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

10.2. Prepayment of Expenses. The Corporation shall to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law pay the expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided, however , that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section X or otherwise.

10.3. Claims. If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding) or advancement of expenses under this Section X is not paid in full within thirty days after a written claim therefor by the Covered Person has been received by the Corporation, the Covered Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

10.4. Nonexclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any Covered Person by this Section X shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, these by-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

10.5. Other Sources. The Corporation's obligation, if any, to indemnify or to advance expenses to any Covered Person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be reduced by any amount such Covered Person may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit enterprise.

10.6. Amendment or Repeal. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Section X shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Covered Person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

10.7. Other Indemnification and Prepayment of Expenses. This Section X shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons when and as authorized by appropriate corporate action.

16

SECTION XI
Amendments

Except as set forth in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by the board of directors when such power is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of incorporation or by the holders of at least sixty-six and two-third percent (66 2/3%) in voting power of the shares of the Corporation's outstanding capital stock, at any regular meeting of the board of directors or of the stockholders or at any special meeting of the board of directors or of the stockholders. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

17

EXHIBIT 4.2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is dated as of the 30th day of August, 2000 by and among IPG Photonics Corporation., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and the persons designated as Investors on the signature pages hereto and any assignees or transferees thereof (each, an "Investor" and collectively, the "Investors").

WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement have entered into a certain Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2000 (the "Purchase Agreement"), pursuant to which the Investors have agreed to purchase, from the Company shares of Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.0001 per share, of the Company ("Series B Convertible Preferred Stock"), which shares are convertible into shares of Common Stock, $.0001 par value per share, of the Company ("Common Stock") and warrants to purchase Common Stock as described in the Purchase Agreement ("Warrants"); and

WHEREAS, the execution of this Agreement is an inducement and a condition to the purchase by the Investors of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and the Warrants under the Purchase Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises of the parties herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Investors hereby covenant and agree with each other as follows:

1. Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

"Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

"Commission" shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

"Common Stock" shall mean the Common Stock and any other common equity securities issued by the Company, and any other shares of stock issued or issuable with respect thereto (whether by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in exchange for or upon conversion of such shares, recapitalization, merger, consideration or other corporate reorganization).

"Company" shall refer to the Company and any successor or successors thereto.

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.


"Majority Interest" means the Investors holding not less than a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities held by all Investors (provided, however, that prior to any IPO (as defined hereinafter), a Majority Interest shall mean Investors holding not less than a Majority of the Registrable Securities referred to in clause (i)(X) of the definition thereof.

"Person" shall mean an individual, a corporation, an association, a joint venture, a partnership, a limited liability company, an estate, a trust, an unincorporated organization, and any other entity or organization, governmental or otherwise.

"Registrable Securities" shall mean (i) any shares of Common Stock held by the Investors or their transferees, or subject to acquisition by any Investor or their transferees upon (X) conversion of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock or (Y) exercise of the Warrants, (it being understood that for purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities whenever such Person has the right to then acquire or obtain from the Company any Registrable Securities, whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected) and (ii) any other securities issued or issuable with respect to any such shares described in clause (i) by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein.

"Registrable Securities" shall not at any time include any securities
(i) registered and sold pursuant to the Securities Act, (ii) sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or (iii) which could then be sold in their entirety pursuant to Rule 144(k) promulgated under the Securities Act without limitation or restriction.

"Registration Expenses" shall mean the expenses so described in
Section 6 hereof.

"Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

2. Demand Registrations.

(a) At any time after the earlier of (i) the 3rd anniversary of the date hereof or (ii) the date of the Company's initial public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration under the Securities Act (the "IPO"), a Majority Interest of the Investors may notify the Company that they intend to offer or cause to be offered for public sale, and request that the Company register under the Securities Act for public sale, all or any portion of the Registrable Securities held by the Investors in the manner specified in such notice; provided, however, that in the case of such a request pursuant to clause(ii) above, such registration may not become effective prior to the date which is the earlier of six (6) months after the date of the Company's IPO and the date that any applicable Holdback Period (as defined hereinafter) or other lockup period applicable to such IPO expires. Upon receipt of such request, the Company shall promptly deliver notice of such request to all Persons holding Registrable Securities who shall then have thirty (30) days to notify the Company in writing of their desire to have Registrable Securities held by them included in such

2

registration (which response shall specify the number of Registrable Securities proposed to be included in such registration). If the request for registration contemplates an underwritten public offering, the Company shall state such in the written notice and in such event the right of any Person to include Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Person's participation in such underwritten public offering and the inclusion of such Person's Registrable Securities in the underwritten public offering to the extent provided herein.

The Company will use its commercially reasonable best efforts to expeditiously effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities of each holder who requested inclusion of such holders Registrable Securities in such registration and to qualify such Registrable Securities for sale under any state blue sky law; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to effect more than two (2) registrations pursuant to requests under this Section 2(a). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no request may be made under this Section 2 within sixty (60) days after the effective date of a registration statement filed by the Company covering a firm commitment underwritten public offering. The Company may postpone the filing or the effectiveness of any registration statement required to be filed pursuant to this Section 2 for a reasonable time period, provided that such postponements shall not exceed sixty (60) days in the aggregate during any twelve (12) month period, if (i) the Company has been advised by legal counsel that such filing or effectiveness would require disclosure of a material financing, acquisition or other corporate transaction, and the Board of Directors determines in good faith that such disclosure is not in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders or (ii) the Company is then in possession of material non-public information the disclosure of which the Board of Directors has determined would have a material adverse effect upon the Company or its then current business plans. A registration will not count as a requested registration under this Section 2(a) unless and until the registration statement relating to such registration has been declared effective by the Commission at the request of the initiating holders; provided, however, that a majority in interest of the participating holders of Registrable Securities may request, in writing, that the Company withdraw a registration statement which has been filed under this Section 2(a) but not yet been declared effective, and a majority in interest of such holders may thereafter request the Company to reinstate such Registration Statement, if permitted under the Securities Act, or to file another registration statement, in accordance with the procedures set forth herein and without reduction in the number of demand registrations permitted under this Section 2(a);

(b) If a requested registration involves an underwritten public offering and the managing underwriter of such offering determines in good faith that the number of securities sought to be offered should be limited due to market conditions, then the number of securities to be included in such underwritten public offering shall be reduced to a number, reasonably deemed satisfactory by such managing underwriter, provided that the securities to be excluded shall be determined in the following sequence: (i) first, securities held by any other Persons (other than Persons holding Registrable Securities) having contractual, incidental or "piggy-back" registration rights, (ii) second, securities sought to be registered by the Company and (iii) third, Registrable Securities held by the Investors, it being understood that no shares shall be registered for the account of the Company or any shareholder other than the Investors unless all Registrable Securities for which Investors have requested registration have been

3

registered. If there is a reduction in the number of shares of Common Stock or Registrable Securities to be registered pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above, such reduction shall be made within each tranche on a pro rata basis (based upon the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock or Registrable Securities held by the holders in each such tranche and subject to the priorities set forth in the preceding sentence).

(c) With respect to a request for registration pursuant to Section 2(a) which is for an underwritten public offering, the managing underwriter shall be chosen by the Company, subject to the Investors' consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company may not cause any other registration of securities for sale for its own account (other than a registration effected solely to implement an employee benefit plan or a transaction to which Rule 145 of the Securities Act is applicable) to become effective within one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration required pursuant to this Section 2.

3. Form S-3. After the first public offering of its securities registered under the Securities Act, the Company shall use its best efforts to qualify and remain qualified to register securities on Form S-3 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act. An Investor or Investors holding Registrable Securities anticipated to have an aggregate sale price (net of underwriting discounts and commissions, if any) in excess of $500,000 shall have the right, on one or more occasions, to request registration on Form S-3 (or any successor form) for the Registrable Securities held by such requesting Investor or Investors. Such requests shall be in writing and shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended method of disposition of such securities by such holder or holders. The Company shall give notice to all other holders of Registrable Securities of the receipt of a request for registration pursuant to this Section 3, and such other holders of Registrable Securities shall then have thirty (30) days to notify the Company in writing of their desire to participate in the registration, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4. The Company may postpone the filing or the effectiveness of any registration statement pursuant to this Section 3 for a reasonable period of time, provided that such postponements shall not exceed forty-five (45) days in the aggregate during any twelve (12) month period, if
(a) the Company has been advised by legal counsel that such filing or effectiveness would require disclosure of a material financing, acquisition or other corporate transaction, and the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith that such disclosure is not in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders, (b) the Company is then in possession of material non-public information the disclosure of which the Board of Directors has determined would have a material adverse effect upon the Company or its then current business plans, (c) the managing underwriter determines in good faith that an audit (other than the Company's regular year-end audit) would be required to successfully market such offering, and (d) the Company's President certifies in writing that the Company is then currently engaged in discussions with its managing underwriter concerning a registration statement that would be subject to Section 4 hereof.

4. Piggy-Back Registration. If the Company at any time proposes to register any of its Common Stock under the Securities Act for sale to the public either for its own account or for the account of another Person other than the Investors (except pursuant to a demand by the Investors under Section 2 hereof, which demand registration shall be governed by the terms of said Section 2, and except with respect to registration statements on Forms

4

S-4, S-8 or any other form not available for registering the Registrable Securities for sale to the public), each such time it will promptly give written notice to each holder of Registrable Securities of its intention to effect such registration. Upon the written request of any such holder of Registrable Securities given within thirty (30) days after receipt by such holder of such notice, the Company will, subject to the limits contained in this Section 4, use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities of such holder that such holder so requests to be registered under the Securities Act and qualified for sale under any state blue sky law, all to the extent required to permit such sale or other disposition of said Registrable Securities; provided, however, that if the Company is advised in writing in good faith by the managing underwriter of the Company's securities being offered in an underwritten public offering pursuant to such registration statement that the amount to be sold by Persons other than the Company (collectively, "Selling Stockholders") is greater than the amount which can be offered without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, the Company may reduce the amount offered for the accounts of Selling Stockholders (including any holders of Registrable Securities) to a number reasonably deemed satisfactory by such managing underwriter; and provided, further, that the securities to be excluded shall be determined in the following sequence: (i) first, securities held by any Persons not having any contractual, incidental or "Piggy-Back" registration rights, (ii) second, securities held by any Persons having contractual, incidental or "Piggy-Back" registration rights pursuant to an agreement which is not this Agreement and Registrable Securities held by the Investors and (iii) securities sought to be registered by the Company. If there is a reduction in the number of shares of Common Stock or Registrable Securities to be registered pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii) above, such reduction shall be made within each tranche on a pro rata basis (based upon the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock or Registrable Securities held by the holders in each such tranche and subject to the priorities set forth in the preceding sentence).

5. Registration Procedures. If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Agreement to effect the registration of any of its securities under the Securities Act, the Company will, as expeditiously as possible:

(a) use its commercially reasonable best efforts diligently to prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act with respect to such securities, which form shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the Commission to be filed therewith, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective until completion of the proposed offering (but not for more than one hundred eighty (180) days);

(b) use its commercially reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective until the completion of the offering (but not for more than one hundred eighty (180) days) and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the sale or other disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement whenever the seller or sellers of such securities shall desire to sell or otherwise dispose of the same, but only to the extent provided in this Agreement;

5

(c) furnish to each selling holder and the underwriters, if any, such number of copies of such registration statement, any amendments thereto, any documents incorporated by reference therein, the prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as such selling holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the securities owned by such selling holder;

(d) use its commercially reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under and to the extent required by such other securities or state blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as each selling holder shall reasonably request, and do any and all other acts and things which may be necessary under such securities or blue sky laws to enable such selling holder to consummate the public sale or other disposition in such jurisdictions of the securities owned by such selling holder, except that the Company shall not for any such purpose be required to qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it is not so qualified;

(e) within a reasonable time before each filing of the registration statement or prospectus or amendments or supplements thereto with the Commission, furnish to counsel selected by the holders of Registrable Securities copies of such documents proposed to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the reasonable approval of such counsel;

(f) promptly notify each selling holder of Registrable Securities, such selling holders' counsel and any underwriter and (if requested by any such Person) confirm such notice in writing, of the happening of any event which makes any statement made in the registration statement or related prospectus untrue or which requires the making of any changes in such registration statement or prospectus so that they will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading; and, as promptly as practicable thereafter, prepare and file with the Commission and furnish a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter deliverable to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(g) use its commercially reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, and if one is issued use its commercially reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement at the earliest possible moment;

(h) if requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters (if any), any selling holder, or such selling holder's counsel, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as such Person requests to be included therein with respect to the selling holder or the securities being sold, including, without limitation, with respect to the securities being sold by such selling holder to such underwriter or underwriters, the purchase price being paid therefor by such underwriter or underwriters and with respect to any other terms of an underwritten offering of the securities to be sold in such offering, and

6

promptly make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(i) make available to each selling holder, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to a registration statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent or representative retained by any such selling holder or underwriter (collectively, the "Inspectors"), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the "Records"), as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company's officers, directors and employees to supply all information requested by any such Inspector in connection with such registration statement subject, in each case, to such confidentiality agreements as the Company shall reasonably request;

(j) enter into any reasonable underwriting agreement required by the proposed underwriter(s) for the selling holders, if any, and use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate the public offering of the securities;

(k) request that each prospective selling holder be furnished a signed counterpart, addressed to the prospective selling holder, of (i) an opinion of counsel for the Company, dated the effective date of the registration statement, and (ii) if and to the extent permitted by applicable professional standards, a "comfort" letter signed by the independent public accountants who have certified the Company's financial statements included in the registration statement, covering substantially the same matters with respect to the registration statement (and the prospectus included therein) and (in the case of the accountants' letter) with respect to events subsequent to the date of the financial statements, as are customarily covered (at the time of such registration) in opinions of the Company's counsel and in accountants' letters delivered to the underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities;

(l) use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause the securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on the securities exchange or quoted on the quotation system on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted (or, if the Common Stock is not yet listed or quoted, then on such exchange or quotation system as the selling holders of Registrable Securities and the Company shall determine);

(m) otherwise use its commercially reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and make generally available to its security holders, in each case as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement of the Company (which need not be audited) which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any comparable successor provisions); and

(n) otherwise cooperate with the underwriter(s), the Commission and other regulatory agencies and take all reasonable actions and execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered all documents reasonably necessary to effect the registration of any securities under this Agreement.

6. Expenses. All reasonable expenses incurred by the Company and the Investors in effecting the registrations provided for in Section 2, Section 3

7

and Section 4, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and one counsel for the Investors as a group (selected by a majority in interest of the Investors who participate in the registration), underwriting expenses (other than commissions or discounts), expenses of any audits incident to or required by any such registration and expenses of complying with the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction pursuant to Section 5(d) hereof (all of such expenses referred to as "Registration Expenses"), shall be paid by the Company.

7. Indemnification.

(a) The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the selling holder of Registrable Securities, each underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), and each other Person who participates in the offering of such securities and each other Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act) such seller, underwriter or participating Person (individually and collectively, the "Indemnified Person") against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (collectively, the "liability"), joint or several, to which such Indemnified Person may become subject under the Securities Act or any other statute or at common law, insofar as such liability (or actions in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained, on the effective date thereof, in any registration statement under which such securities were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation by the Company of the Securities Act, any state securities or "blue sky" laws or any rule or regulation thereunder in connection with such registration; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person in any such case to the extent that any such liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, preliminary or final prospectus, or amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by such Indemnified Person specifically for use therein provided, further, that the foregoing indemnity shall not inure to the benefit of any underwriter, with respect to any preliminary prospectus, from whom the person asserting any losses, claims, damages and liabilities and judgments purchased Registrable Securities or any Person controlling such underwriter, if a copy of the prospectus (as then amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) was not sent or given by or on behalf of such underwriter to such Person, if required by law so to have been delivered, or prior to a written confirmation of the sale of the Registrable Securities to such Person, and if the prospectus (as so amended and supplemented) would have cured the defect giving rise to such liability, unless such failure to deliver the prospectus (as so amended and supplemented) was a result of noncompliance by the Company with Section 5(c) hereof. The Company shall reimburse each such Indemnified Person in connection with investigating or defending any such liability as expenses in connection with the same are incurred.

(b) Each selling holder of any securities included in such registration being effected shall indemnify and hold harmless each other selling holder of any securities, the Company, its directors and officers,

8

each underwriter and each other Person, if any, who controls the Company or such underwriter (individually and collectively also the "Indemnified Person"), against any liability, joint or several, to which any such Indemnified Person may become subject under the Securities Act or any other statute or at common law, insofar as such liability (or actions in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained, on the effective date thereof, in any registration statement under which securities were registered under the Securities Act at the request of such selling holder, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or (ii) any omission or alleged omission by such selling holder to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in the case of (i) and (ii) to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in such registration statement, preliminary or final prospectus, amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by such selling holder specifically for use therein. Such selling holder shall reimburse any Indemnified Person for any fees incurred in investigating or defending any such liability; provided, however, that such selling holder's obligations hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the proceeds to such selling holder of the securities sold in any such registration.

(c) Indemnification similar to that specified in Section 7(a) and
Section 7(b) shall be given by the Company and each selling holder (with such modifications as may be appropriate) with respect to any required registration or other qualification of their securities under any federal or state law or regulation of governmental authority other than the Securities Act.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 for any reason is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Person in respect of any losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Party under this Section 7, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, the selling holders and the underwriters from the offering of the Registrable Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided By clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above, but also the relative fault of the Company, the other selling holders and the underwriters in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, the selling holders and the underwriters shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions that the net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the selling holders and the underwriting discount received by the underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the applicable prospectus, bear to the aggregate public offering price of the Registrable Securities. The relative fault of the Company, the selling holders and the underwriters shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the

9

Company, the selling holders or the underwriters and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The Company, the selling holders and the underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. In no event, however, shall a selling holder be required to contribute any amount under this Section 7(d) in excess of the lesser of (i) that proportion of the total of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities indemnified against equal to the proportion of the total Registrable Securities sold under such registration statement which are being sold by such selling holder or (ii) the net proceeds received by such selling holder from its sale of Registrable Securities under such registration statement. No person found guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not found guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(e) Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Person of notice of the commencement of any action involving a claim referred to in the preceding paragraphs of this Section, such indemnified Person will, if a claim in respect thereof is made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to the latter of the commencement of such action.

(f) The indemnification provided for under this Agreement will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Indemnified Person or any officer, director or controlling person of such Indemnified Person and will survive the transfer of securities.

8. Holdback Agreement. If the Company shall consummate a Qualified Public Offering (as defined in the Shareholder Agreement) and the managing underwriter for such registration shall request, the Investors shall not sell, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any Registrable Securities (other than those shares of Common Stock included in such registration) without the prior written consent of the Company for a period designated by the Company in writing to the Investors, which period shall not begin more than ten (10) days prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement pursuant to which such public offering shall be made and shall not last more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of such registration statement (the "Holdback Period"); provided that the Investors shall be bound by this provision only if, and to the extent, the executive officers of the Company owning Common Stock shall be bound by the same provision; provided, further, that if any executive officer is permitted to sell any shares of Common Stock prior to the expiration of the Holdback Period, then the Investors shall also be permitted to do so.

9. Underwriting Agreement. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 5, 8 and 13, to the extent that the Company and the Investors selling Registrable Securities in a proposed registration shall enter into an underwriting or similar agreement, which agreement contains provisions covering one or more issues addressed in such Sections, the provisions contained in such Sections addressing such issue or issues shall be superseded with respect to such registration by such other agreement.

10

10. Compliance with Rule 144. In the event that the Company (i) registers a class of securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act or (ii) shall commence to file reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will use its best efforts thereafter to file with the Commission such information as is required under the Exchange Act for so long as there are holders of Registrable Securities; and in such event, the Company shall use its best efforts to take all action as may be required as a condition to the availability of Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any comparable successor rules). After the occurrence of the first underwritten public offering of Common Stock pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act on Form S-1 or Form SA-1 (or any comparable successor forms), subject to the limitations on transfers imposed by this Agreement, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate and expedite transfers of Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which efforts shall include timely notice to its transfer agent to expedite such transfers of Registrable Securities.

11. Amendments. The provisions of this Agreement may be amended, and the Company may take any action herein prohibited or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, only with the written consent of the Company and a Majority Interest of the Investors.

12. Transferability of Registration Rights. The registration rights set forth in this Agreement are transferable to each permitted transferee of Registrable Securities provided, however, that the Company is given notice by the Investor at the time of or within a reasonable time after the transfer, stating the name and address of the transferee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned. Subject to the foregoing provision, this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, further, that the registration rights granted in this Agreement shall not be transferred to Persons who received Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to a transaction under Rule 144 or any successor provision thereto. Each subsequent holder of Registrable Securities must consent in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement in order to acquire the rights granted pursuant to this Agreement.

13. Rights Which May Be Granted to Subsequent Investors. Other than transferees of Registrable Securities under Section 10 hereof, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of a Majority Interest of the Investors, allow purchasers of the Company's securities to become a party to this Agreement or grant any other registration rights to any third parties which are superior to those registration rights granted to the Investors in this Agreement.

14. Damages. The Company recognizes and agrees that each holder of Registrable Securities will not have an adequate remedy if the Company fails to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and that damages will not be readily ascertainable, and the Company expressly agrees that, in the event of such failure, it shall not oppose an application by any holder of Registrable Securities or any other Person entitled to the benefits of this Agreement requiring specific performance of any and all provisions hereof or enjoining the Company from continuing to commit any such breach of this Agreement.

11

15. Information by Holder. Each Investor selling Registrable Securities in a proposed registration shall furnish to the Company such written information regarding such holder and the distribution proposed by such Investor as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Agreement.

16. Miscellaneous.

(a) This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Investors and their respective successors and assigns.

(b) This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the date on which there remains no Registrable Securities outstanding. The indemnification provisions of Section 7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

(c) This Agreement contains the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior arrangements or understandings with respect hereto.

(d) All notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and mailed (by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid), telegraphed, sent by express overnight courier service or electronic facsimile transmission (with a copy by mail), or delivered to the applicable party at the addresses indicated below:

If to the Company:       IPG Photonics Corporation
                         660 Main Street; P.O. Box 519
                         Sturbridge, MA 01566
                         Attn:  Valentin P. Gapontsev

With a copy to:          Winston & Strawn
                         1400 L Street, N.W.
                         Washington, D.C 20005
                         Facsimile:  (202) 371-5950
                         Attn: Barry Hart

If to the Investors:     c/o TA Associates, Inc.
                         70 Willow Road
                         Suite 100
                         Menlo Park, CA  94025
                         Facsimile:  (650) 326-4933
                         Attn:  Michael C. Child

With a copy to:          Goodwin, Procter, & Hoar LLP
                         Exchange Place
                         Boston, MA 02025
                         Facsimile:  (617) 523-1231
                         Attn:  John R. LeClaire, P.C.

If to any other holder of Registrable Securities:

At such Person's address for notice as set forth in the books and records of the Company.

12

or, as to each of the foregoing, at such other address as shall be designated by such Person in a written notice to other parties complying as to delivery with the terms of this subsection (a). All such notices, requests, demands and other communications shall, when mailed, telegraphed or sent, respectively, be effective (i) two days after being deposited in the mails or (ii) one day after being delivered to the telegraph company, deposited with the express overnight courier service or sent by electronic facsimile transmission, respectively, addressed as aforesaid.

(e) This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York (without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law). All actions and proceedings arising out of or relative to this Agreement shall be heard and determined in a Massachusetts state or federal court sitting in the City of Boston. The parties hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of any Massachusetts state or federal court sitting in the City of Boston in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, and hereby irrevocably agree that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such Massachusetts state or federal court. The parties hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent they may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding. The parties agree that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE), ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE, CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR PASSED UPON THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT OR CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE.

(f) It is specifically understood and agreed that any breach of the provisions of this Agreement by any party subject hereto will result in irreparable injury to the other parties hereto, that the remedy at law alone will be an inadequate remedy for such breach, and that, in addition to any other legal or equitable remedies which they may have, such other parties may enforce their respective rights by actions for specific performance (to the extent permitted by law) and the Company may refuse to recognize any unauthorized transferee as one of its stockholders for any purpose, including, without limitation, for purposes of dividend and voting rights, until the relevant party or parties have complied with all applicable provisions of this Agreement.

(g) This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(h) If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not in any manner affect or render illegal, invalid or unenforceable any other provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be carried out as if any such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision were not contained herein.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Registration Rights Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first set forth above.

13

THE COMPANY:                                 IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION


                                             By: /s/ Timothy P.V. Mammen
                                                 -------------------------
                                                Name: Timothy P.V. Mammen
                                                Title: Vice President

Signature page to Registration Rights Agreement

INVESTORS:                    TA IX, L.P.

                              By:  TA Associates IX LLC, its General Partner

                              By:  TA Associates, Inc., its Manager

                              By:          ***
                                 ----------------------------------
                                 Name:
                                 Title:

                              TA/ADVENT VIII L.P.

                              By:  TA Associates VIII LLC, its General Partner

                              By:  TA Associates, Inc., its General Partner

                              By:          ***
                                 ----------------------------------
                                 Name:
                                 Title:

                              TA/ATLANTIC AND PACIFIC IV L.P.

                              By:  TA Associates AP IV L.P., its General Partner

                              By:  TA Associates, Inc., its General Partner

                              By:          ***
                                 ----------------------------------
                                 Name:
                                 Title:

                              TA EXECUTIVES FUND LLC

                              By:  TA Associates, Inc., its Manager

                              By:          ***
                                 ----------------------------------
                                 Name:
                                 Title:

                              TA INVESTORS LLC

                              By:  TA Associates, Inc., its Manager

                              By:          ***
                                 ----------------------------------
                                 Name:

Title:

14

 /s/ Kenneth T. Schiciano
 -----------------------------------
Name:  Kenneth T. Schiciano
Title:  Authorized Signatory

Signature page to Registration Rights Agreement

MERRILL LYNCH KECALP L.P. 1999

By: KECALP Inc., its General Partner

By: /s/  Margaret Monaco
    -----------------------------------
    Name:  Margaret T. Monaco
    Title: Vice President

KECALP INC.

By: /s/  Margaret Monaco
    ----------------------------------
    Name:  Margaret T. Monaco
   Title: Vice President

KECALP INC., as Nominee for Merrill Lynch KECALP International L.P. 1999

By: /s/  Margaret Monaco
    -----------------------------------
    Name:  Margaret T. Monaco
    Title: Vice President

ML IBK POSITIONS, INC.

By: /s/ Joseph Valenti
    -----------------------------------
    Name:  Joseph S. Valenti
    Title: Vice President

Signature page to Registration Rights Agreement

As of August 31, 2000         BAYVIEW 2000, LP

                              By: Bayview 2000, GP, LLC, its General Partner

                              By: /s/ Dana Welch
                                  -----------------------------------
                                  Name:  Dana Welch
                                  Title: Authorized Signatory

Signature page to Registration Rights Agreement

As of August 31, 2000         THE SOG FUND, LP

                              By: The Special Opportunities Group LLC, its
                              General Partner

                              By: /s/ Christopher Miller
                                  -----------------------------------

15

Name: Christopher G. Miller Title: Chief Executive Officer

Signature page to Registration Rights Agreement

As of August 31, 2000         THE SOG FUND II, LP

                              By: The Special Opportunities Group LLC, its
                              General Partner

                              By: /s/ Christopher Miller
                                  -----------------------------------
                                 Name:  Christopher G. Miller
                                 Title: Chief Executive Officer

Signature page to Registration Rights Agreement

As of August 31, 2000 WINSTON/THAYER PARTNERS, L.P.

By: /s/ Scott Andrews
    -----------------------------------
    Name:  A. Scott Andrews
    Title: Managing Partner

Signature page to Registration Rights Agreement

As of Oct 6, 2000             APAX EUROPE IV - A, L.P.

                              By: APAX Europe IV GP, L.P., its Managing
                                  General Partner

                              By: APAX Europe IV GP Co. Limited, its Managing
                                  General Partner

                              By: /s/ C. A. E. Helyar
                                  -----------------------------------
                                  Name:  C. A. E. Helyar
                                  Title: Director

                               By: /s/ D. J. Banks
                                  -----------------------------------
                                  Name:  D.J. Banks
                                  Title: for and on behalf of INTERNATIONAL
                                     PRIVATE EQUITY SERVICES LIMITED AS
                                     SECRETARY

                              APAX EUROPE IV - B, L.P.

                              By: APAX Europe IV GP, L.P., its Managing
                               General Partner

                              By: APAX Europe IV GP Co. Limited, its Managing

16

General Partner

By: /s/ C. A. E. Helyar
    -----------------------------------
    Name:  C. A. E. Helyar
    Title: Director

By: /s/ D. J. Banks
    -----------------------------------
    Name:  D.J. Banks
    Title: for and on behalf of INTERNATIONAL
       PRIVATE EQUITY SERVICES LIMITED AS
       SECRETARY

Signature page to Registration Rights Agreement

APAX EUROPE IV - C GMBH & CO., KG

By: APAX Europe IV GP, L.P., its Managing
General Partner

By: APAX Europe IV GP Co. Limited, its Managing
General Partner

By: /s/ C. A. E. Helyar
    -----------------------------------
    Name:  C. A. E. Helyar
    Title: Director

By: /s/ D. J. Banks
    -----------------------------------
    Name:  D.J. Banks
    Title: for and on behalf of INTERNATIONAL
       PRIVATE EQUITY SERVICES LIMITED AS
       SECRETARY

APAX EUROPE IV - D, L.P.

By: APAX Europe IV GP, L.P., its Managing
General Partner

By: APAX Europe IV GP Co. Limited, its Managing
General Partner

By: /s/ C. A. E. Helyar
    -----------------------------------
    Name:  C. A. E. Helyar
    Title: Director

By: /s/ D. J. Banks
    -----------------------------------
    Name:  D.J. Banks
    Title: for and on behalf of INTERNATIONAL
       PRIVATE EQUITY SERVICES LIMITED AS
       SECRETARY

Signature page to Registration Rights Agreement

APAX EUROPE IV - E, L.P.

17

By: APAX Europe IV GP, L.P., its Managing General Partner

By: APAX Europe IV GP Co. Limited, its Managing General Partner

By: /s/ C. A. E. Helyar
    -----------------------------------
    Name:  C. A. E. Helyar
    Title: Director

By: /s/ D. J. Banks
    -----------------------------------
    Name:  D.J. Banks
    Title: for and on behalf of INTERNATIONAL
       PRIVATE EQUITY SERVICES LIMITED AS
       SECRETARY

APAX EUROPE IV - F, C.V.

By: APAX Europe IV GP, L.P., its Managing
General Partner

By: APAX Europe IV GP Co. Limited, its Managing
General Partner

By: /s/ C. A. E. Helyar
    -----------------------------------
    Name:  C. A. E. Helyar
    Title: Director

By: /s/ D. J. Banks
    -----------------------------------
    Name:  D.J. Banks
    Title: for and on behalf of INTERNATIONAL
       PRIVATE EQUITY SERVICES LIMITED AS
       SECRETARY

Signature page to Registration Rights Agreement

APAX EUROPE IV - G, C.V.

By: APAX Europe IV GP, L.P., its Managing
General Partner

By: APAX Europe IV GP Co. Limited, its Managing
General Partner

By: /s/ C. A. E. Helyar
    -----------------------------------
    Name:  C. A. E. Helyar
    Title: Director


By: /s/ D. J. Banks
    -----------------------------------
    Name:  D.J. Banks
    Title: for and on behalf of INTERNATIONAL
       PRIVATE EQUITY SERVICES LIMITED AS
       SECRETARY

18

APAX EUROPE IV - H, GMBH & CO. K.G.

By: APAX Europe IV GP, L.P., its Attorney

By: APAX Europe IV GP Co. Limited, its Managing
General Partner

By: /s/ C. A. E. Helyar
    -----------------------------------
    Name:  C. A. E. Helyar
    Title: Director

By: /s/ D. J. Banks
    -----------------------------------
    Name:  D.J. Banks
    Title: for and on behalf of INTERNATIONAL
       PRIVATE EQUITY SERVICES LIMITED AS
       SECRETARY

Signature page to Registration Rights Agreement

As of December 6, 2000            MARCONI CAPITAL LIMITED

                              By: /s/ M. Ablett
                                  -----------------------------------
                                  Name: Mark Ablett
                                  Title: Managing Partner

Address: c/o Marconi Ventures 890 Winter Street, Suite 310 Waltham, MA 02454-1204 Fax: 781-522-7477 Attn: Jim Goren

19

AMENDMENT

THIS AMENDMENT, dated as of July 31, 2006 (this "Amendment"), is made and entered into by and among IPG Photonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), the persons designated as Investors on the signature pages hereto and any assignees or transferees thereof (each, an "Investor" and collectively, the "Investors"). Capitalized terms used herein but otherwise not defined shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Series B Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below).

WHEREAS, the Investors and the Company have entered into that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2000 (the "Series B Registration Rights Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, the Investors and the Company desire to amend certain provisions of the Series B Registration Rights Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Amendment to Section 4. Section 4 of the Series B Registration Rights Agreement shall be amended and restated to read as follows:

"Piggy-Back Registration. If the Company at any time proposes to register any of its Common Stock under the Securities Act for sale to the public either for its own account or for the account of another Person other than the Investors (except pursuant to a demand by the Investors under Section 2 hereof, which demand registration shall be governed by the terms of said Section 2, and except with respect to registration statements on Forms S-4, S-8 or any other form not available for registering the Registrable Securities for sale to the public), each such time it will promptly give written notice to each holder of Registrable Securities of its intention to effect such registration. Upon the written request of any such holder of Registrable Securities given within thirty (30) days after receipt by such holder of such notice, the Company will, subject to the limits contained in this Section 4, use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities of such holder that such holder so requests to be registered under the Securities Act and qualified for sale under any state blue sky law, all to the extent required to permit such sale or other disposition of said Registrable Securities; provided, however, that in connection with a Qualified Public Offering (as defined in Article Fourth, Section B.6.2 of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) that is consummated on or before February 15, 2007, the Investors shall not have any contractual, incidental or "Piggy-Back"


registration rights under this Section 4, except that, if and to the extent that, the Company shall not repurchase the Warrants (as defined in Article Fourth, Section B.6.2 of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) in connection with such Qualified Public Offering and the holders of the Warrants are permitted to exercise all of the outstanding Warrants on a net exercise basis, the Investors shall be permitted to exercise their rights under this
Section 4 with respect to the Registrable Securities issuable upon such exercise of the Warrants in such Qualified Public Offering; provided, further, that if the Company is advised in writing in good faith by the managing underwriter of the Company's securities being offered in an underwritten public offering pursuant to such registration statement that the amount to be sold by Persons other than the Company (collectively, "Selling Stockholders") is greater than the amount which can be offered without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, the Company may reduce the amount offered for the accounts of Selling Stockholders (including any holders of Registrable Securities) to a number reasonably deemed satisfactory by such managing underwriter; and provided, further, that the securities to be excluded shall be determined in the following sequence: (i) first, securities held by any Persons not having any contractual, incidental or "Piggy-Back" registration rights, (ii) second, securities held by any Persons having contractual, incidental or "Piggy-Back" registration rights pursuant to an agreement which is not this Agreement and Registrable Securities held by the Investors and (iii) securities sought to be registered by the Company. If there is a reduction in the number of shares of Common Stock or Registrable Securities to be registered pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii) above, such reduction shall be made within each tranche on a pro rata basis (based upon the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock or Registrable Securities held by the holders in each such tranche and subject to the priorities set forth in the preceding sentence)."

2. No Waiver. Nothing in this Amendment shall constitute a waiver by the Stockholders or the Company of any breach or default on the part of the other party to the Series B Registration Rights Agreement.

3. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York (without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law).

4. No Other Agreements. This Amendment constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts all prior agreements, understandings or

2

representations, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

5. Effect. Except as amended hereby, the Series B Registration Rights Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

6. Counterparts. The parties may execute multiple counterparts of this Amendment. Each executed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent one and the same agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of this 31st day of July, 2006.

COMPANY:

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

By: /s/ Valentin P. Gapontsev
    ----------------------------------------
    Name: Valentin P. Gapontsev
    Title: Chairman & CEO

INVESTORS:

TA IX, L.P.

By: TA Associates IX LLC, Its General Partner

By: TA Associates, Inc., its Manager

By: /s/ Michael C. Child
    ----------------------------------------
    Name:  Michael C. Child
    Title: Managing Director

TA/ADVENT VIII L.P.

By: TA Associates VIII LLC,
Its General Partner

By: TA Associates, Inc., its Manager

By: /s/ Michael C. Child
    ----------------------------------------
    Name:  Michael C. Child
    Title: Managing Director

TA/ATLANTIC AND PACIFIC IV L.P.

By: TA Associates AP IV L.P., Its General Partner

By: TA Associates, Inc., its Manager

By: /s/ Michael C. Child
    ----------------------------------------
    Name:  Michael C. Child
    Title: Managing Director

4

TA EXECUTIVES FUND LLC

By: TA Associates, Inc., its Manager

By: /s/ Michael C. Child
    ----------------------------------------
    Name:  Michael C. Child
    Title: Managing Director

TA INVESTORS LLC

By: TA Associates, Inc., its Manager

By: /s/ Michael C. Child
    ----------------------------------------
    Name: Michael C. Child
    Title: Managing Director

By: /s/ Michael C. Child
    ----------------------------------------
    Name:  Michael C. Child
    Title: Authorized Signatory

5

Exhibit 4.3

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is dated as of August 13, 2003 by and among IPG Photonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and JDS UNIPHASE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, and any assignees or transferees thereof (each, a "Stockholder" and collectively, the "Stockholders").

WHEREAS, it is a condition to the Subscription Agreement between the Company and the Stockholder, dated as of August 13, 2003 (the "Subscription Agreement") that the Stockholder enter into this Agreement with the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises of the parties herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Stockholders hereby covenant and agree with each other as follows:

1. Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

"Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

"Commission" shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

"Common Stock" shall mean the Common Stock and any other common equity securities issued by the Company, and any other shares of stock issued or issuable with respect thereto (whether by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in exchange for or upon conversion of such shares, recapitalization, merger, consideration or other corporate reorganization).

"Company" shall refer to the Company and any successor or successors thereto.

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

"Majority Interest" shall mean the Stockholders holding not less than a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities held by all Stockholders (provided, however, that prior to any IPO (as defined hereinafter), a Majority Interest shall mean Stockholders holding not less than a Majority of the Registrable Securities referred to in clause (i) of the definition thereof).


"Person" shall mean an individual, a corporation, an association, a joint venture, a partnership, a limited liability company, an estate, a trust, an unincorporated organization, and any other entity or organization, governmental or otherwise.

"Registrable Securities" shall mean (i) any shares of Common Stock held by the Stockholders or their transferees, or subject to acquisition by any Stockholder or their transferees upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock (it being understood that for purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities whenever such Person has the right to then acquire or obtain from the Company any Registrable Securities, whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected) and (ii) any other securities issued or issuable with respect to any such shares described in clause (i) by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, "Registrable Securities" shall not at any time include any securities (i) registered and sold pursuant to the Securities Act, (ii) sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or (iii) which could then be sold in their entirety pursuant to Rule 144(k) promulgated under the Securities Act without limitation or restriction.

"Registration Expenses" shall mean the expenses so described in
Section 6 hereof.

"Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

"Series D Preferred Stock" shall mean the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $.0001 per share, of the Company.

2. Demand Registrations.

(a) At any time after the earlier of (i) the 3rd anniversary of the date hereof or (ii) the date of the Company's initial public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration under the Securities Act (the "IPO"), a Majority Interest of the Stockholders may notify the Company that they intend to offer or cause to be offered for public sale, and request that the Company register under the Securities Act for public sale, all or any portion of the Registrable Securities held by the Stockholders in the manner specified in such notice; provided, however, that in the case of such a request pursuant to clause (ii) above, such registration may not become effective prior to the date which is the earlier of six (6) months after the date of the Company's IPO and the date that any applicable Holdback Period (as defined hereinafter) or other lockup period applicable to such IPO expires. Upon receipt of such request, the Company shall promptly deliver notice of such request to all Persons holding Registrable Securities who shall then have thirty (30) days to notify the Company in writing of their desire to have Registrable Securities held by them included in such registration (which response shall specify the number of Registrable Securities proposed to be included in such registration). If the request for registration contemplates an underwritten public offering, the Company shall state such in the written notice and in such event the right of any Person to

2

include Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Person's participation in such underwritten public offering and the inclusion of such Person's Registrable Securities in the underwritten public offering to the extent provided herein. The Company will use its commercially reasonable best efforts to expeditiously effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities of each holder who requested inclusion of such holders Registrable Securities in such registration and to qualify such Registrable Securities for sale under any state blue sky law; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to effect more than two (2) registrations pursuant to requests under this Section 2(a). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no request may be made under this Section 2 within sixty (60) days after the effective date of a registration statement filed by the Company covering a firm commitment underwritten public offering. The Company may postpone the filing or the effectiveness of any registration statement required to be filed pursuant to this Section 2 for a reasonable time period, provided that such postponements shall not exceed sixty (60) days in the aggregate during any twelve (12) month period, if (i) the Company has been advised by legal counsel that such filing or effectiveness would require disclosure of a material financing, acquisition or other corporate transaction, and the Board of Directors determines in good faith that such disclosure is not in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders or (ii) the Company is then in possession of material non-public information the disclosure of which the Board of Directors has determined would have a material adverse effect upon the Company or its then current business plans. A registration will not count as a requested registration under this
Section 2(a) unless and until the registration statement relating to such registration has been declared effective by the Commission at the request of the initiating holders; provided, however, that a majority in interest of the participating holders of Registrable Securities may request, in writing, that the Company withdraw a registration statement which has been filed under this
Section 2(a) but not yet been declared effective, and a majority in interest of such holders may thereafter request the Company to reinstate such Registration Statement, if permitted under the Securities Act, or to file another registration statement, in accordance with the procedures set forth herein and without reduction in the number of demand registrations permitted under this
Section 2(a);

(b) If a requested registration involves an underwritten public offering and the managing underwriter of such offering determines in good faith that the number of securities sought to be offered should be limited due to market conditions, then the number of securities to be included in such underwritten public offering shall be reduced to a number, reasonably deemed satisfactory by such managing underwriter, provided that the securities to be excluded shall be determined in the following sequence: (i) first, securities held by any other Persons (other than Persons holding Registrable Securities) having contractual, incidental or "Piggy-Back" registration rights, (ii) second, securities sought to be registered by the Company and (iii) third, Registrable Securities held by the Stockholders, it being understood that no shares shall be registered for the account of the Company or any shareholder other than the Stockholders unless all Registrable Securities for which Stockholders have requested registration have been registered. If there is a reduction in the number of shares of Common Stock or Registrable Securities to be registered pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above, such reduction shall be made within each tranche on a pro rata basis (based upon the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock or

3

Registrable Securities held by the holders in each such tranche and subject to the priorities set forth in the preceding sentence);

(c) With respect to a request for registration pursuant to Section 2(a) which is for an underwritten public offering, the managing underwriter shall be chosen by the Company, subject to the Stockholders' consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Company may not cause any other registration of securities for sale for its own account (other than a registration effected solely to implement an employee benefit plan or a transaction to which Rule 145 of the Securities Act is applicable) to become effective within one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration required pursuant to this Section 2.

3. Form S-3. After the first public offering of its securities registered under the Securities Act, the Company shall use its best efforts to qualify and remain qualified to register securities on Form S-3 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act. A Stockholder or Stockholders holding Registrable Securities anticipated to have an aggregate sale price (net of underwriting discounts and commissions, if any) in excess of $500,000 shall have the right, on one or more occasions, to request registration on Form S-3 (or any successor form) for the Registrable Securities held by such requesting Stockholder or Stockholders. Such requests shall be in writing and shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended method of disposition of such securities by such holder or holders. The Company shall give notice to all other holders of Registrable Securities of the receipt of a request for registration pursuant to this Section 3, and such other holders of Registrable Securities shall then have thirty (30) days to notify the Company in writing of their desire to participate in the registration, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4. The Company may postpone the filing or the effectiveness of any registration statement pursuant to this Section 3 for a reasonable period of time, provided that such postponements shall not exceed forty-five (45) days in the aggregate during any twelve (12) month period, if
(a) the Company has been advised by legal counsel that such filing or effectiveness would require disclosure of a material financing, acquisition or other corporate transaction, and the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith that such disclosure is not in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders, (b) the Company is then in possession of material non-public information the disclosure of which the Board of Directors has determined would have a material adverse effect upon the Company or its then current business plans, (c) the managing underwriter determines in good faith that an audit (other than the Company's regular year-end audit) would be required to successfully market such offering, or (d) the Company's President certifies in writing that the Company is then currently engaged in discussions with its managing underwriter concerning a registration statement that would be subject to Section 4 hereof.

4. Piggy-Back Registration. If the Company at any time proposes to register any of its Common Stock under the Securities Act for sale to the public either for its own account or for the account of another Person other than the Stockholders (except pursuant to a demand by the Stockholders under Section 2 hereof, which demand registration shall be governed by the terms of said Section 2, and except with respect to registration statements on Forms S-4, S-8 or any other form not available for registering the Registrable Securities for sale to the public), each such time it will promptly give written notice to each holder of Registrable Securities of its intention to

4

effect such registration. Upon the written request of any such holder of Registrable Securities given within thirty (30) days after receipt by such holder of such notice, the Company will, subject to the limits contained in this
Section 4, use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities of such holder that such holder so requests to be registered under the Securities Act and qualified for sale under any state blue sky law, all to the extent required to permit such sale or other disposition of said Registrable Securities; provided, however, that if the Company is advised in writing in good faith by the managing underwriter of the Company's securities being offered in an underwritten public offering pursuant to such registration statement that the amount to be sold by Persons other than the Company (collectively, "Selling Stockholders") is greater than the amount which can be offered without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, the Company may reduce the amount offered for the accounts of Selling Stockholders (including any holders of Registrable Securities) to a number reasonably deemed satisfactory by such managing underwriter; and provided, further, that the securities to be excluded shall be determined in the following sequence: (i) first, securities held by any Persons not having any contractual, incidental or "Piggy-Back" registration rights, (ii) second, securities held by any Persons having contractual, incidental or "Piggy-Back" registration rights pursuant to an agreement which is not this Agreement and Registrable Securities held by the Stockholders and (iii) third, securities sought to be registered by the Company. If there is a reduction in the number of shares of Common Stock or Registrable Securities to be registered pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii) above, such reduction shall be made within each tranche on a pro rata basis (based upon the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock or Registrable Securities held by the holders in each such tranche and subject to the priorities set forth in the preceding sentence).

5. Registration Procedures. If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Agreement to effect the registration of any of its securities under the Securities Act, the Company will, as expeditiously as possible:

(a) use its commercially reasonable best efforts diligently to prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act with respect to such securities, which form shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the Commission to be filed therewith, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective until completion of the proposed offering (but not for more than one hundred eighty (180) days);

(b) use its commercially reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective until the completion of the offering (but not for more than one hundred eighty (180) days) and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the sale or other disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement whenever the seller or sellers of such securities shall desire to sell or otherwise dispose of the same, but only to the extent provided in this Agreement;

5

(c) furnish to each selling holder and the underwriters, if any, such number of copies of such registration statement, any amendments thereto, any documents incorporated by reference therein, the prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as such selling holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the securities owned by such selling holder;

(d) use its commercially reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under and to the extent required by such other securities or state blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as each selling holder shall reasonably request, and do any and all other acts and things which may be necessary under such securities or blue sky laws to enable such selling holder to consummate the public sale or other disposition in such jurisdictions of the securities owned by such selling holder, except that the Company shall not for any such purpose be required to qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it is not so qualified;

(e) within a reasonable time before each filing of the registration statement or prospectus or amendments or supplements thereto with the Commission, furnish to counsel selected by the holders of Registrable Securities copies of such documents proposed to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the reasonable approval of such counsel;

(f) promptly notify each selling holder of Registrable Securities, such selling holders' counsel and any underwriter and (if requested by any such Person) confirm such notice in writing, of the happening of any event which makes any statement made in the registration statement or related prospectus untrue or which requires the making of any changes in such registration statement or prospectus so that they will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading; and, as promptly as practicable thereafter, prepare and file with the Commission and furnish a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter deliverable to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(g) use its commercially reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, and if one is issued use its commercially reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement at the earliest possible moment;

(h) if requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters (if any), any selling holder, or such selling holder's counsel, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as such Person requests to be included therein with respect to the selling holder or the securities being sold, including, without limitation, with respect to the securities being sold by such selling holder to such underwriter or underwriters, the purchase price being paid therefor by such underwriter or underwriters and with respect to any other terms of an

6

underwritten offering of the securities to be sold in such offering, and promptly make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(i) make available to each selling holder, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to a registration statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent or representative retained by any such selling holder or underwriter (collectively, the "Inspectors"), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the "Records"), as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company's officers, directors and employees to supply all information requested by any such Inspector in connection with such registration statement subject, in each case, to such confidentiality agreements as the Company shall reasonably request;

(j) enter into any reasonable underwriting agreement required by the proposed underwriter(s) for the selling holders, if any, and use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate the public offering of the securities;

(k) request that each prospective selling holder be furnished a signed counterpart, addressed to the prospective selling holder, of (i) an opinion of counsel for the Company, dated the effective date of the registration statement, and (ii) if and to the extent permitted by applicable professional standards, a "comfort" letter signed by the independent public accountants who have certified the Company's financial statements included in the registration statement, covering substantially the same matters with respect to the registration statement (and the prospectus included therein) and (in the case of the accountants' letter) with respect to events subsequent to the date of the financial statements, as are customarily covered (at the time of such registration) in opinions of the Company's counsel and in accountants' letters delivered to the underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities;

(l) use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause the securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on the securities exchange or quoted on the quotation system on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted (or, if the Common Stock is not yet listed or quoted, then on such exchange or quotation system as the selling holders of Registrable Securities and the Company shall determine);

(m) otherwise use its commercially reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and make generally available to its security holders, in each case as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement of the Company (which need not be audited) which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any comparable successor provisions); and

(n) otherwise cooperate with the underwriter(s), the Commission and other regulatory agencies and take all reasonable actions and execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered all documents reasonably necessary to effect the registration of any securities under this Agreement.

6. Expenses. All reasonable expenses incurred by the Company and the Stockholders in effecting the registrations provided for in Section 2,

7

Section 3 and Section 4, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and one counsel for the Stockholders as a group (selected by a Majority Interest of the Stockholders who participate in the registration), underwriting expenses (other than commissions or discounts), expenses of any audits incident to or required by any such registration and expenses of complying with the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction pursuant to Section 5(d) hereof (all of such expenses referred to as "Registration Expenses"), shall be paid by the Company.

7. Indemnification.

(a) The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the selling holder of Registrable Securities, each underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), and each other Person who participates in the offering of such securities and each other Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act) such seller, underwriter or participating Person (individually and collectively, the "Indemnified Person") against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (collectively, the "liability"), joint or several, to which such Indemnified Person may become subject under the Securities Act or any other statute or at common law, insofar as such liability (or actions in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained, on the effective date thereof, in any registration statement under which such securities were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation by the Company of the Securities Act, any state securities or "blue sky" laws or any rule or regulation thereunder in connection with such registration; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person in any such case to the extent that any such liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, preliminary or final prospectus, or amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by such Indemnified Person specifically for use therein; provided, further, that the foregoing indemnity shall not inure to the benefit of any underwriter, with respect to any preliminary prospectus, from whom the person asserting any losses, claims, damages and liabilities and judgments purchased Registrable Securities or any Person controlling such underwriter, if a copy of the prospectus (as then amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) was not sent or given by or on behalf of such underwriter to such Person, if required by law so to have been delivered, or prior to a written confirmation of the sale of the Registrable Securities to such Person, and if the prospectus (as so amended and supplemented) would have cured the defect giving rise to such liability, unless such failure to deliver the prospectus (as so amended and supplemented) was a result of noncompliance by the Company with Section 5(c) hereof. The Company shall reimburse each such Indemnified Person in connection with investigating or defending any such liability as expenses in connection with the same are incurred.

(b) Each selling holder of any securities included in such registration being effected shall indemnify and hold harmless each other selling holder of any securities, the Company, its directors and officers,

8

each underwriter and each other Person, if any, who controls the Company or such underwriter (individually and collectively also the "Indemnified Person"), against any liability, joint or several, to which any such Indemnified Person may become subject under the Securities Act or any other statute or at common law, insofar as such liability (or actions in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained, on the effective date thereof, in any registration statement under which securities were registered under the Securities Act at the request of such selling holder, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or (ii) any omission or alleged omission by such selling holder to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in the case of (i) and (ii) to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in such registration statement, preliminary or final prospectus, amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by such selling holder specifically for use therein. Such selling holder shall reimburse any Indemnified Person for any fees incurred in investigating or defending any such liability; provided, however, that such selling holder's obligations hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the proceeds to such selling holder of the securities sold in any such registration.

(c) Indemnification similar to that specified in Section 7(a) and
Section 7(b) shall be given by the Company and each selling holder (with such modifications as may be appropriate) with respect to any required registration or other qualification of their securities under any federal or state law or regulation of governmental authority other than the Securities Act.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 for any reason is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Person in respect of any losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Party under this Section 7, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, the selling holders and the underwriters from the offering of the Registrable Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above, but also the relative fault of the Company, the other selling holders and the underwriters in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, the selling holders and the underwriters shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions that the net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the selling holders and the underwriting discount received by the underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the applicable prospectus, bear to the aggregate public offering price of the Registrable Securities. The relative fault of the Company, the selling holders and the underwriters shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the

9

Company, the selling holders or the underwriters and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The Company, the selling holders and the underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. In no event, however, shall a selling holder be required to contribute any amount under this Section 7(d) in excess of the lesser of (i) that proportion of the total of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities indemnified against equal to the proportion of the total Registrable Securities sold under such registration statement which are being sold by such selling holder or (ii) the net proceeds received by such selling holder from its sale of Registrable Securities under such registration statement. No person found guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not found guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(e) Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Person of notice of the commencement of any action involving a claim referred to in the preceding paragraphs of this Section, such Indemnified Person will, if a claim in respect thereof is made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to the latter of the commencement of such action.

(f) The indemnification provided for under this Agreement will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Indemnified Person or any officer, director or controlling person of such Indemnified Person and will survive the transfer of securities.

8. Holdback Agreement. If the Company shall consummate a Qualified IPO (as defined in the Company's Certificate of Designation of the Certificate of Incorporation describing the rights of the Series D Preferred Stock) and the managing underwriter for such registration shall request, the Stockholders shall not sell, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any Registrable Securities, the shares of Series D Preferred Stock or the Convertible Promissory Note then held by them (other than those shares of Common Stock included in such registration) without the prior written consent of the Company for a period designated by the Company in writing to the Stockholders, which period shall not begin more than ten (10) days prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement pursuant to which such public offering shall be made and shall not last more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of such registration statement (the "Holdback Period"); provided that the Stockholders shall be bound by this provision only if, and to the extent, the executive officers of the Company (except as set forth in the proviso below in this Section 8) owning Common Stock shall be bound by the same provision; provided, further, that if any executive officer, with the exception of Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev with respect to sales of his shares of Common Stock made in order to satisfy his past or future tax obligations relating to a 1999 reorganization of the Company, is permitted to sell any shares of Common Stock prior to the expiration of the Holdback Period, then the Stockholders shall also be permitted to do so.

10

9. Underwriting Agreement. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 5, 8 and 13, to the extent that the Company and the Stockholders selling Registrable Securities in a proposed registration shall enter into an underwriting or similar agreement, which agreement contains provisions covering one or more issues addressed in such Sections, the provisions contained in such Sections addressing such issue or issues shall be superseded with respect to such registration by such other agreement.

10. Compliance with Rule 144. In the event that the Company (i) registers a class of securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act or (ii) shall commence to file reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will use its best efforts thereafter to file with the Commission such information as is required under the Exchange Act for so long as there are holders of Registrable Securities, and in such event, the Company shall use its best efforts to take all action as may be required as a condition to the availability of Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any comparable successor rules). After the occurrence of the first underwritten public offering of Common Stock pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act on Form S-1 or Form SA-1 (or any comparable successor forms), subject to the limitations on transfers imposed by this Agreement, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate and expedite transfers of Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which efforts shall include timely notice to its transfer agent to expedite such transfers of Registrable Securities.

11. Amendments. The provisions of this Agreement may be amended, and the Company may take any action herein prohibited or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, only with the written consent of the Company and a Majority Interest of the Stockholders.

12. Transferability of Registration Rights. The registration rights set forth in this Agreement are transferable to each permitted transferee of Registrable Securities under the stockholders agreement with the Stockholder; provided, however, that the Company is given notice by the Stockholder at the time of or within a reasonable time after the transfer, stating the name and address of the transferee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned. Subject to the foregoing provision, this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, further, that the registration rights granted in this Agreement shall not be transferred to Persons who received Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to a transaction under Rule 144 or any successor provision thereto. Each subsequent holder of Registrable Securities must consent in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement in order to acquire the rights granted pursuant to this Agreement.

13. Damages. The Company recognizes and agrees that each holder of Registrable Securities will not have an adequate remedy if the Company fails to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and that damages will not be readily ascertainable, and the Company expressly agrees that, in the event of such failure, it shall not oppose an application by any holder of Registrable Securities or any other Person entitled to the benefits of this Agreement requiring specific performance of any and all provisions hereof or enjoining the Company from continuing to commit any such breach of this Agreement.

11

14. Information by Holder. Each Stockholder selling Registrable Securities in a proposed registration shall furnish to the Company such written information regarding such holder and the distribution proposed by such Stockholder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Agreement.

15. Miscellaneous.

(a) This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Stockholders and their respective successors and assigns.

(b) This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the date on which there remains no Registrable Securities outstanding. The indemnification provisions of Section 7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

(c) This Agreement contains the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior arrangements or understandings with respect hereto.

(d) All notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and mailed (by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid), telegraphed, sent by express overnight courier service or electronic facsimile transmission (with a copy by mail), or delivered to the applicable party at the addresses indicated below:

If to the Stockholder: JDS Uniphase Corporation

                        1768 Automation Parkway
                        San Jose, California 95131
                        Attention: General Counsel
                        Facsimile No.:  (408) 546-4350

If to the Company:      IPG Photonics Corporation
                        50 Old Webster Road
                        Oxford, MA 01540
                        Attention:  General Counsel
                        Facsimile No.: (508) 373-1123

Or, as to each of the foregoing, at such other address as shall be designated by such Person in a written notice to other parties complying as to delivery with the terms of this subsection (a). All such notices, requests, demands and other communications shall, when mailed, telegraphed or sent, respectively, be effective (i) two days after being deposited in the mails or (ii) one day after being delivered to the telegraph company, deposited with the express overnight courier service or sent by electronic facsimile transmission, respectively, addressed as aforesaid.

(e) This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York (without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law). TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE), ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE,

12

CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR PASSED UPON THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT OR CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE.

(f) It is specifically understood and agreed that any breach of the provisions of this Agreement by any party subject hereto will result in irreparable injury to the other parties hereto, that the remedy at law alone will be an inadequate remedy for such breach, and that, in addition to any other legal or equitable remedies which they may have, such other parties may enforce their respective rights by actions for specific performance (to the extent permitted by law) and the Company may refuse to recognize any unauthorized transferee as one of its stockholders for any purpose, including, without limitation, for purposes of dividend and voting rights, until the relevant party or parties have complied with all applicable provisions of this Agreement.

(g) This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile.

(h) If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not in any manner affect or render illegal, invalid or unenforceable any other provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be carried out as if any such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision were not contained herein.

[The next page is the signature page]

13

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Registration Rights Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first set forth above.

THE COMPANY:                        IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

                                    By: /s/ Valentin P. Gapontsev
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       By:    Valentin P. Gapontsev
                                       Title: Chairman of the Board and Chief
                                              Executive Officer

STOCKHOLDER:                        JDS UNIPHASE CORPORATION

                                    By: /s/ Christopher Dewees
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:  Christopher Dewees
                                       Title: Senior Vice President

14

AMENDMENT TO REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT TO REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of July 31, 2006 (this "Amendment"), is made and entered into by and among IPG Photonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and JDS Uniphase Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Stockholder"). Capitalized terms used herein but otherwise not defined shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Series D Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below).

WHEREAS, the Stockholders and the Company have entered into that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2003 (the "Series D Registration Rights Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, the Stockholders and the Company desire to amend certain provisions of the Series D Registration Rights Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Amendment to Section 4. Section 4 of the Series D Registration Rights Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following sentence at the end of such Section:

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Stockholders agree that they shall not be permitted to exercise their contractual registration rights under this Section 4 with respect to more than 20% of their Registrable Securities in connection with a Qualified IPO (as defined in Section 10 of the Certificate of Designation of Series D Preferred Stock) and the Stockholders agree that they shall not have any contractual, incidental or other registration rights with respect to their Registrable Securities in excess of such 20% of Registrable Securities in connection with a Qualified IPO, provided that such Qualified IPO is consummated on or before February 15, 2007, and in the event that the Qualified IPG shall not occur by the close of business on February 15, 2007, this sentence shall be null and void.

2. No Waiver. Nothing in this Amendment shall constitute a waiver by the Stockholders or the Company of any breach or default on the part of the other party to the Series D Registration Rights Agreement.

3. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York (without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law).

4. No Other Agreements. This Amendment constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts all prior agreements, understandings or representations, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.


5. Effect. Except as amended hereby, the Series D Registration Rights Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

6. Counterparts. The parties may execute multiple counterparts of this Amendment. Each executed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent one and the same agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the day first written above.

THE COMPANY: IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

By:   /s/ Timothy P.V. Mammen
   -----------------------------------------
   Name:  Timothy P.V. Mammen
   Title: Vice President and Chief Financial
          Officer

STOCKHOLDER: JDS UNIPHASE CORPORATION

By:   /s/ Matt Fawcett
   -----------------------------------------
   Name:  Matt Fawcett
   Title: Vice President and General Counsel

3

EXHIBIT 10.1

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
2000 INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
(As Amended and Restated Effective February 28, 2006)

IPG Photonics Corporation, USA, Inc. (the "Company") originally established the IPG Photonics Corporation 2000 Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan") effective April 12, 2000. The Company amended the Plan effective November 28, 2000, and effective June 12, 2005. The Company has adopted this amendment and restatement of the Plan effective February 28, 2006. The Plan permits the award of Stock Options, Stock Awards, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Stock Units, Cash, and SARs.

1. DEFINITIONS

The following terms shall have the following meanings unless the context indicates otherwise:

1.1. "Affiliate" shall mean a corporation which, for purposes of Section 422 of the Code, is a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code

1.2. "Award" shall mean a Stock Option, a SAR, a Stock Award, a Stock Unit, a Performance Share, a Performance Unit, or a Cash Award.

1.3. "Award Agreement" shall mean a written agreement between the Company and a Participant that establishes the terms, conditions, restrictions and/or limitations applicable to an Award, in addition to those established by the Plan and by the Committee.

1.4. "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

1.5. "Cash Award" shall mean a grant by the Committee to a Participant of an award of cash as described in Section 11 below.

1.6. "Cause" shall have the meaning set forth in any employment, consulting, or other written agreement between the Participant and the Company, a Group Company or Affiliate. If there is no employment, consulting, or other written agreement between the Participant and the Company, a Group Company or Affiliate, or if such agreement does not define "Cause," then "Cause" shall have the meaning specified in the Award Agreement; provided, that if the Award Agreement does not so specify, "Cause" shall mean, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, the Participant: (i) engages in conduct that cause financial or reputational injury to the Company a Group Company or Affiliate; (ii) engages in any act of dishonesty or misconduct that results in damage to the Company, a Group Company or Affiliate, or their business or reputation or that the Committee determines to adversely affect the value, reliability or performance of the Participant to the Company, a Group Company or Affiliate; (iii) refuses or fails to substantially comply with the human resources rules, policies, directions and/or restrictions relating to harassment and/or discrimination, or with compliance or risk management rules, policies, directions and/or restrictions of the Company, a Group Company or Affiliate; (iv) fails to cooperate with the Company, a Group Company or Affiliate in any internal investigation or administrative, regulatory or judicial proceeding; or (v) continuously fails to perform his or her duties to the Company, a Group


Company or Affiliate (which may include any sustained and unexcused absence of the Participant from the performance of such duties, which absence has not been certified in writing as due to physical or mental illness or Disability), after a written demand for performance has been delivered to the Participant identifying the manner in which the Participant has failed to substantially perform his or her duties. If any part of the definition of Cause set forth in clauses (i) through (v) above is deemed applicable to a Participant, this shall not preclude or prevent the reliance by the Company or the Committee on any other part of the preceding sentence that also may be applicable. Unless otherwise defined in the Participant's employment or other agreement, an act or omission is "willful" for this purpose if it was knowingly done, or knowingly omitted to be done, by the Participant not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the act or omission was in the best interest of the Company.

1.7. "Change in Control of the Company" shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following:

(a) Any "person" (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), including a "group" (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than (i) the Company, (ii) any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, or (iii) any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate, becomes a "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company having fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the Company that may be cast for the election of directors of the Company (other than as a result of an issuance of securities initiated by the Company in the ordinary course of business) (the "Company Voting Securities"); provided, however, that the event described in this paragraph (a) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities;

(b) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Directors") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, unless the election, or the nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company, of each new director of the Company during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then still in office;

(c) As the result of, or in connection with, any cash tender or exchange offer, merger or other business combination, sale of all or substantially all of the assets or contested election, or any combination of the foregoing transactions, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the Company or any successor corporation or entity entitled to vote generally in the election of the directors of the Company or such other corporation or entity after such transaction is held in the aggregate by the holders of the securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; or

2

(d) The shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided, however, that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control transaction shall then occur.

1.8. "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

1.9. "Committee" shall mean (i) the Board or (ii) a committee or subcommittee of the Board appointed by the Board from among its members. The Committee may be the Board's Compensation Committee. Unless the Board determines otherwise, the Committee shall be comprised solely of not less than two members who each shall qualify as:

(a) a "Non-Employee Director" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(b)(3) (or any successor rule) under the Exchange Act, and

(b) an "outside director" within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

1.10. "Common Stock" shall mean the voting, common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company.

1.11. "Company" shall mean IPG Photonics Corporation USA, a Delaware corporation.

1.12. "Disability" means the total and permanent disability of a Participant (incurred while in the active service of the Company, an Affiliate or a Group Company) based on proof satisfactory to the Committee. Total and permanent disability shall be as defined in the Company's long-term disability plan, if any, or as otherwise provided by the Company.

1.13. "Dividend Equivalent Right" shall mean the right to receive an amount equal to the amount of any dividend paid with respect to a share of Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock underlying or with respect to a Stock Option, a SAR, a Stock Unit or a Performance Unit, and which shall be payable in cash, in Common Stock, in the form of Stock Units or Performance Units, or a combination of any or all of the foregoing.

1.14. "Effective Date" shall mean the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Board.

1.15. "Employee" shall mean an employee of the Company or any Affiliate, as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-7(h).

1.16. "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including applicable regulations thereunder.

1.17. "Fair Market Value of the Common Stock" shall mean:

3

(a) if the Common Stock is readily tradeable on a national securities exchange or other market system, the closing price of the Common Stock on the date of calculation (or on the last preceding trading date if Common Stock was not traded on such date), or

(b) if the Common Stock is not readily tradeable on a national securities exchange or other market system, the value as determined in good faith by the Board.

1.18. "Group Company" shall mean any business entity deemed by the Board to be a member of the IPG Group, including, but not limited to, any business entity that has a significant financial interest in the Company and any business entity in which the Company has a significant financial interest, such entities to be referred to collectively as the "Group Companies".

1.19. "Group Employee" shall mean any employee of a Group Company who is not an Employee.

1.20. "Independent Contractor" shall mean a person (other than a person who is an Employee, Group Employee or a Nonemployee Director) or an entity that renders services to the Company, an Affiliate or a Group Company.

1.21. "IPO" shall mean the first date that the Common Stock is registered under the Securities Act of 1934 and offered for sale to the public.

1.22. "ISO" shall mean an "incentive stock option" as such term is used in
Section 422 of the Code.

1.23. "Nonemployee Director" shall mean a member of the Board who is not an Employee.

1.24. "Nonqualified Stock Option" shall mean a Stock Option that does not qualify as an ISO.

1.25. "Nonvoting Stock" shall mean the capital stock of any class or classes having no voting power to elect the directors of a corporation.

1.26. "Parent" shall mean a corporation or any other business entity which directly or indirectly has an ownership interest of 50 percent or more of the Voting Stock of the Company.

1.27. "Participant" shall mean any Employee, Group Employee, Nonemployee Director or Independent Contractor to whom an Award has been granted by the Committee under the Plan.

1.28. "Performance-Based Award" shall mean an Award subject to the achievement of certain performance goals as described in Section 12 below.

1.29. "Performance Share" shall mean the grant by the Committee to a Participant of an Award as described in Section 10.1 below.

1.30. "Performance Unit" shall mean the grant by the Committee to a Participant of an Award as described in Section 10.2 below.

1.31. "Plan" shall mean the IPG Photonics 2000 Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended.

1.32. "Recapitalization" shall mean any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other

4

change affecting the Company's outstanding shares of capital stock as a class without the Company's receipt of consideration.

1.33. "Reorganization" shall mean any of the following: (a) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity; (b) a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets; (c) a reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but in which the Company's outstanding voting securities are transferred in whole or in part to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to the merger; or (d) any transaction effected primarily to change the state in which the Company is incorporated or to create a holding company structure.

1.34. "Retirement" means retirement from active employment or other service with the Company pursuant to the normal or early retirement policy and procedures of the Company.

1.35. "SAR" shall mean a grant by the Committee to a Participant of a stock appreciation right as described in Section 8 below.

1.36. "Stock" shall mean the shares of capital stock of the Company.

1.37. "Stock Award" shall mean a grant by the Committee to a Participant of an Award of Common Stock as described in Section 9.1 below.

1.38. "Stock Option" shall mean a grant by the Committee to a Participant of an option to purchase Common Stock as described in Section 7 below.

1.39. "Stock Unit" shall mean a grant by the Committee to a Participant of an Award as described in Section 9.2 below.

1.40. "Subsidiary" shall mean a corporation of which the Company directly or indirectly owns 50 percent or more of the Voting Stock or any other business entity in which the Company directly or indirectly has an ownership interest of 50 percent or more.

1.41. "Treasury Regulations" shall mean the regulations promulgated under the Code by the United States Department of the Treasury, as amended from time to time.

1.42. "Vest" shall mean:

(a) with respect to Stock Options and SARs, when the Stock Option or SAR (or a portion of such Stock Option or SAR) first becomes exercisable and remains exercisable subject to the terms and conditions of such Stock Option or SAR; or

(b) with respect to Awards other than Stock Options and SARs, when the Participant has:

(i) an unrestricted right, title and interest to receive the compensation (whether payable in Common Stock, cash or a combination of both) attributable to an Award (or a portion of such Award) or to otherwise enjoy the benefits underlying such Award; and

5

(ii) a right to transfer an Award subject to no Company-imposed restrictions or limitations other than restrictions and/or limitations imposed by Section 14 below.

1.43. "Vesting Date" shall mean the date or dates on which an Award Vests.

1.44. "Voting Stock" shall mean the capital stock of any class or classes having general voting power under ordinary circumstances, in the absence of contingencies, to elect the directors of a corporation.

2. PURPOSE AND TERM OF PLAN

2.1. Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to motivate certain Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors and Independent Contractors to put forth maximum efforts toward the growth, profitability, and success of the Company, Affiliates and Group Companies by providing incentives to such Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors and Independent Contractors through cash payments and/or through the ownership and performance of the Common Stock. In addition, the Plan is intended to provide incentives which will attract and retain highly qualified individuals as Employees, Group Employees and Nonemployee Directors and to assist in aligning the interests of such Employees, Group Employees and Nonemployee Directors with those of the Company's stockholders.

2.2. Term. The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date; provided, however, that the Plan shall be approved by the stockholders of the Company at an annual meeting or any special meeting of stockholders of the Company within 12 months before or after the Effective Date, and such approval by the stockholders of the Company shall be a condition to the right of each Participant to receive Awards hereunder. Any Award granted under the Plan prior to the approval by the stockholders of the Company shall be effective as of the date of grant (unless the Committee specifies otherwise at the time of grant), but no such Award may Vest, be paid out, or otherwise be disposed of prior to such stockholder approval. If the stockholders of the Company fail to approve the Plan in accordance with this Section 2.2, any Award granted under the Plan shall be cancelled. The Plan shall terminate on the 10th anniversary of the Effective Date, unless sooner terminated by the Board under Section 16.1 below.

3. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

3.1. Eligibility. All Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors and Independent Contractors shall be eligible to participate in the Plan and to receive Awards.

3.2. Participation. Participants shall consist of such Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors and Independent Contractors as the Committee in its sole discretion designates to receive Awards under the Plan. Awards under the Plan shall be made on a one time basis for Participants and designation of a Participant in any year shall not require the Committee to designate such person or entity to receive an Award in any other year or, once designated, to receive the same type or amount of Award as granted to the Participant in any other year. The Committee shall consider such factors as it deems pertinent in selecting Participants and in determining the type and amount of their respective Awards.

6

4. ADMINISTRATION

4.1. Responsibility. The Committee shall have the responsibility, in its sole discretion, to control, operate, manage and administer the Plan in accordance with its terms.

4.2. Award Agreement. Each Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement which shall be signed by the Committee and the Participant; provided, however, that in the event of any conflict between a provision of the Plan and any provision of an Award Agreement, the provision of the Plan shall prevail.

4.3. Authority of the Committee. The Committee shall have all the discretionary authority that may be necessary or desirable to enable it to discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Plan, including but not limited to the following:

(a) to determine eligibility for participation in the Plan;

(b) to determine eligibility for and the type and size of an Award granted under the Plan;

(c) to supply any omission, correct any defect, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in such manner and to such extent as it shall deem appropriate in its sole discretion to carry the same into effect;

(d) to issue administrative guidelines as an aid to administer the Plan and make changes in such guidelines as it, from time to time, deems proper;

(e) to make rules for carrying out and administering the Plan and make changes in such rules as it, from time to time, deems proper;

(f) to the extent permitted under the Plan, grant waivers of Plan terms, conditions, restrictions, and limitations;

(g) to accelerate the Vesting of any Award when such action or actions would be in the best interest of the Company;

(h) to grant an Award in replacement of Awards previously granted under this Plan or any other executive compensation plan of the Company; and

(i) to take any and all other actions it deems necessary or desirable for the proper operation or administration of the Plan.

4.4. Action by the Committee. The Committee may act only by a majority of its members. A determination of the Committee may be made, without a meeting, by a writing signed by all members of the Committee. In addition, the Committee may authorize any one or more of its members to execute and deliver documents on behalf of the Committee. Meetings of the Committee may be held telephonically or via video conference, and participation via telephone or video conference shall have the same force and effect as physical presence at any Committee meeting.

4.5. Delegation of Authority. The Committee may delegate to one or more of its members, or to one or more agents, such administrative duties as it may

7

deem advisable; provided, however, that any such delegation shall be in writing. In addition, the Committee, or any person to whom it has delegated duties under this Section 4.5, may employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Committee or such person may have under the Plan. The Committee may employ such legal or other counsel, consultants and agents as it may deem desirable for the administration of the Plan and may rely upon any opinion or computation received from any such counsel, consultant or agent. Expenses incurred by the Committee in the engagement of such counsel, consultant or agent shall be paid by the Company, or the Affiliate or Group Company whose employees have benefited from the Plan, as determined by the Committee.

4.6. Determinations and Interpretations by the Committee. All determinations and interpretations made by the Committee shall be binding and conclusive on all Participants and their heirs, successors, and legal representatives.

4.7. Liability. No member of the Board, no member of the Committee and no Employee or Group Employee shall be liable for any act or failure to act hereunder, except in circumstances involving his or her bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct, or for any act or failure to act hereunder by any other member or employee or by any agent to whom duties in connection with the administration of the Plan have been delegated.

4.8. Indemnification. Each person who is or has been a member of the Committee or the Board, and any individual or individuals to whom the Committee has delegated authority under this Section 4, will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company, Group Company and Affiliates from and against any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or as a result of any claim, action, suit or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken, or failure to act with respect to their duties on behalf of, under the Plan, except in circumstances involving such person's bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct. Each such person will also be indemnified and held harmless by the Company, Group Company and Affiliates from and against any and all amounts paid by him or her in a settlement approved by the Company, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment, of or in a claim, action, suit or proceeding against him or her and described in the previous sentence, so long as he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the claim, action, suit or proceeding before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which a person who is or has been a member of the Committee or the Board may be entitled under the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company, Group Company or Affiliate, as a matter of law, agreement or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify him or her or hold him or her harmless.

5. SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN

5.1. Available Shares. The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which shall be available under the Plan during its term shall be 8,750,000 shares, subject to any adjustments made in accordance with Section 5.2 below. Such shares of Common Stock may be either authorized but unissued shares, shares of issued stock held in the Company's treasury, or a combination of both, at the discretion of the Company. Any shares of

8

Common Stock underlying an Award which terminate by expiration, forfeiture, cancellation or otherwise without the issuance of such shares shall again be available under the Plan. Awards that are payable only in cash are not subject to this Section 5.1.

5.2. Adjustment to Shares. If there is any change in the Common Stock of the Company, through merger, consolidation, Reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, dividend in kind or other like change in capital structure or distribution (other than normal cash dividends) to stockholders of the Company, an adjustment shall be made to each outstanding Award so that each such Award shall thereafter be with respect to or exercisable for such securities, cash and/or other property as would have been received in respect of the Common Stock subject to such Award had such Award been paid, distributed or exercised in full immediately prior to such change or distribution. Such adjustment shall be made successively each time any such change or distribution shall occur. In addition, in the event of any such change or distribution, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants' rights under the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority to adjust, in an equitable manner, the number and kind of shares that may be issued under the Plan, the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding Awards, the exercise price applicable to outstanding Stock Options, and the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock and other value determinations applicable to outstanding Awards. Appropriate adjustments may also be made by the Committee in the terms of any Awards granted under the Plan to reflect such changes or distributions and to modify any other terms of outstanding Awards on an equitable basis, including modifications of performance goals and changes in the length of performance periods; provided, however, that any such modifications and/or changes to Performance-Based Awards does not disqualify compensation attributable to such Awards as "performance-based compensation" under Code
Section 162(m). In addition, the Committee is authorized to make adjustments to the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company, or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan, any adjustment with respect to an ISO due to a change or distribution described in this Section 5.2 shall comply with the rules of Code Section 424(a), and in no event shall any adjustment be made which would render any ISO granted hereunder to be disqualified as an incentive stock option for purposes of Code Section 422.

6. MAXIMUM INDIVIDUAL AWARDS

6.1. Maximum Aggregate Number of Shares Underlying Stock-Based Awards Granted Under the Plan to Any Single Participant in Any Calendar Year. The maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock underlying all Awards measured in shares of Common Stock (whether payable in Common Stock, cash or a combination of both) that may be granted to any single Participant in any calendar year shall be 2,000,000 shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.2 above. For purposes of the preceding sentence, such Awards that are cancelled or repriced shall continue to be counted in determining such maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be granted to any single Participant in any calendar year.

9

7. STOCK OPTIONS

7.1. In General. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant Stock Options to Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors and/or Independent Contractors on or after the Effective Date. The Committee shall, in its sole discretion, determine the Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors and Independent Contractors who will receive Stock Options and the number of shares of Common Stock underlying each Stock Option. With respect to Employees who become Participants, the Committee may grant such Participants ISOs or Nonqualified Stock Options or a combination of both. With respect to Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors and Independent Contractors who become Participants, the Committee may grant such Participants only Nonqualified Stock Options. Each Stock Option shall be subject to such terms and conditions consistent with the Plan as the Committee may impose from time to time. In addition, each Stock Option shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Sections 7.2 through 7.8 below.

7.2. Exercise Price. The Committee shall specify the exercise price of each Stock Option in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that (i) the exercise price of an ISO shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant, and (ii) the exercise price of a Nonqualified Stock Option shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant unless the Committee in its sole discretion and due to special circumstances determines otherwise on the date of grant.

7.3. Term of Stock Option. The Committee shall specify the term of each Stock Option in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that (i) no ISO shall be exercisable after the 10th anniversary of the date of grant of such ISO and
(ii) no Nonqualified Stock Option shall be exercisable after the 10th anniversary of the date of grant of such Nonqualified Stock Option. Each Stock Option shall terminate at such earlier times and upon such conditions or circumstances as the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, set forth in the Award Agreement on the date of grant.

7.4. Vesting Date. The Committee shall specify in the Award Agreement the Vesting Date for each Stock Option. The Committee may grant Stock Options that are Vested, either in whole or in part, on the date of grant. If the Committee fails to specify a Vesting Date in the Award Agreement, 25 percent of such Stock Option shall become exercisable on each of the first 4 anniversaries of the date of grant and shall remain exercisable following such anniversary date until the Stock Option expires in accordance with its terms under the Award Agreement or under the terms of the Plan. The Vesting of a Stock Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee, including, without limitation, accelerating the Vesting if certain performance goals are achieved.

7.5. Exercise of Stock Options. The Stock Option exercise price may be paid in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, by delivery to the Company of shares of Common Stock then owned by the Participant, or by the Company's withholding a portion of the shares of Common Stock for which the Stock Option is exercisable, or by a combination of these methods. If the Common Stock is readily tradeable on a national securities exchange or other market system, payment may also be made by delivering a properly executed exercise notice to the Company and delivering a copy of

10

irrevocable instructions to a broker directing the broker to promptly deliver to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds to pay the exercise price. To facilitate the foregoing, the Company may enter into agreements for coordinated procedures with one or more brokerage firms. The Committee may prescribe any other method of paying the exercise price that it determines to be consistent with applicable law and the purpose of the Plan, including, without limitation, in lieu of the delivery to the Company of shares of Common Stock then owned by the Participant, providing the Company with a notarized statement attesting to the number of shares owned by the Participant, where, upon verification by the Company, the Company would issue to the Participant only the number of incremental shares to which the Participant is entitled upon exercise of the Stock Option. In determining which methods a Participant may utilize to pay the exercise price, the Committee may consider such factors as it determines are appropriate; provided, however, that with respect to ISOs, all such discretionary determinations shall be made by the Committee at the time of grant and specified in the Award Agreement.

7.6. Restrictions Relating to ISOs. In addition to being subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 7, ISOs shall comply with all other requirements under Code Section 422. Accordingly, ISOs may be granted only to Participants who are employees (as described in Treasury Regulation
Section 1.421-7(h)) of the Company or of any "Parent Corporation" (as defined in Code Section 424(e)) or of any "Subsidiary Corporation" (as defined in Code Section 424(f)) on the date of grant. The aggregate market value (determined as of the time the ISO is granted) of the Common Stock with respect to which ISOs (under all option plans of the Company and of any Parent Corporation and of any Subsidiary Corporation) are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000. For purposes of the preceding sentence, (i) ISOs shall be taken into account in the order in which they are granted and (ii) ISOs granted before 1987 shall not be taken into account. ISOs shall not be transferable by the Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable, during the Participant's lifetime, only by such Participant. The Committee shall not grant ISOs to any Employee who, at the time the ISO is granted, owns stock possessing
(after the application of the attribution rules of Code Section 424(d)) more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Parent Corporation or of any Subsidiary Corporation unless the exercise price of the ISO is fixed at not less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and the exercise of such ISO is prohibited by its terms after the 5th anniversary of the ISO's date of grant. In addition, no ISO shall be issued to a Participant in tandem with a Nonqualified Stock Option issued to such Participant in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 14a.422A-1, Q/A-39.

7.7. Additional Terms and Conditions. The Committee may, by way of the Award Agreements or otherwise, establish such other terms, conditions, restrictions and/or limitations, if any, of any Stock Option, provided they are not inconsistent with the Plan, including, without limitation, the requirement that the Participant not engage in competition with the Company, an Affiliate or a Group Company.

7.8. Conversion Stock Options. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant a Stock Option to any holder of an option (hereinafter referred to

11

as an "Original Option") to purchase shares of the stock of any corporation:

(a) the stock or assets of which were acquired, directly or indirectly, by the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company, or

(b) which was merged with and into the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company,

so that the Original Option is converted into a Stock Option (hereinafter referred to as a "Conversion Stock Option"); provided, however, that such Conversion Stock Option as of the date of its grant (the "Conversion Stock Option Grant Date") shall have the same economic value as the Original Option as of the Conversion Stock Option Grant Date. In addition, unless the Committee, in its sole discretion determines otherwise, a Conversion Stock Option which is converting an Original Option intended to qualify as an ISO shall have the same terms and conditions as applicable to the Original Option in accordance with Code Section 424 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder so that the conversion (x) is treated as the issuance or assumption of a stock option under Code Section 424(a) and (y) is not treated as a modification, extension or renewal of a stock option under Code Section 424(h).

7.9. Right to Call Options or Stock. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan and without regard to the completion of an IPO, any Stock Option granted under this Plan shall be subject to a right of call by the Committee in the event of termination of the Plan due to merger or acquisition of the Company. Prior to an IPO, any Stock held by a Participant as a result of an Award under this Plan, shall be subject to a right of call by the Committee in the event of termination of the Plan due to merger or acquisition of the Company, or upon the occurrence of Change in Control, whether or not the Plan is terminated. If the right to call the Stock is exercised by the Committee, the shares of Stock must be returned to the Company within seven (7) days of the call notice.

(a) Upon the call of Stock, the owner of Stock shall, unless otherwise determined by the Committee pursuant to subsection (ii) below, be entitled to receive from the Company an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the returned Stock. Upon the call of a Stock Option, the Committee shall pay the optionee an amount equal to the excess of
(i) the Fair Market Value the number of shares of Stock subject to the Option, over (y) the exercise price of such shares of Stock..

(b) The Company shall have the right to defer payment of the proceeds under this Section 7.9, and make such payment in the form of single lump sum or in installments over such periods as the Committee may determine in its discretion, subject to Code Section 409A.

8. SARS

8.1. In General. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant SARs to Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors, and/or Independent Contractors. A SAR is a right to receive a payment in cash, Common Stock or a combination of both, in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, or other specified valuation, of a specified number of shares of Common Stock on the date the SAR is exercised over (y) the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, or other

12

specified valuation (which shall be no less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock), of such shares of Common Stock on the date the SAR is granted, all as determined by the Committee; provided, however, that if a SAR is granted retroactively in tandem with or in substitution for a Stock Option, the designated Fair Market Value of the Common Stock in the Award Agreement may be the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date such Stock Option was granted. Each SAR shall be subject to such terms and conditions, including, but not limited to, a provision that automatically converts a SAR into a Stock Option on a conversion date specified at the time of grant, as the Committee shall impose from time to time in its sole discretion and subject to the terms of the Plan.

9. STOCK AWARDS AND STOCK UNITS

9.1. Stock Awards. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant Stock Awards to Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors, and/or Independent Contractors as additional compensation or in lieu of other compensation for services to the Company, an Affiliate or a Group Company. A Stock Award shall consist of shares of Common Stock which shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee in its sole discretion determines appropriate including, without limitation, restrictions on the sale or other disposition of such shares, the Vesting Date with respect to such shares, and the right of the Company to reacquire such shares for no consideration upon termination of the Participant's employment within specified periods. The Committee may require the Participant to deliver a duly signed stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Common Stock covered by such Stock Award and/or that the stock certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody or bear restrictive legends until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed. With respect to shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a holder of shares of Common Stock, including the right to receive dividends and to vote the shares, unless the Committee determines otherwise on the date of grant.

9.2. Stock Units. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant Stock Units to Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors, and Independent Contractors as additional compensation or in lieu of other compensation for services to the Company, an Affiliate or a Group Company. A Stock Unit is a hypothetical share of Common Stock represented by a notional account established and maintained (or caused to be established or maintained) by the Company for such Participant who receives a grant of Stock Units. Stock Units shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines appropriate including, without limitation, determinations of the Vesting Date with respect to such Stock Units and the criteria for the Vesting of such Stock Units. Subject to Section 9.3, a Stock Unit granted by the Committee shall provide for payment in shares of Common Stock at such time or times as the Award Agreement shall specify. The Committee shall determine whether a Participant who has been granted a Stock Unit shall also be entitled to a Dividend Equivalent Right.

9.3. Payout of Stock Units. Subject to a Participant's election to defer in accordance with Section 17.3 below, upon the Vesting of a Stock Unit, the shares of Common Stock representing the Stock Unit shall be distributed to the Participant, unless the Committee, in its sole discretion, provides for the payment of the Stock Unit in cash (or partly in cash and partly in

13

shares of Common Stock) equal to the value of the shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be distributed to the Participant.

10. PERFORMANCE SHARES AND PERFORMANCE UNITS

10.1. Performance Shares. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant Performance Shares to Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors, and/or Independent Contractors as additional compensation or in lieu of other compensation for services to the Company, an Affiliate or a Group Company. A Performance Share shall consist of a share or shares of Common Stock which shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines appropriate including, without limitation, determining the performance goal or goals which, depending on the extent to which such goals are met, will determine the number and/or value of the Performance Shares that will be paid out or distributed to the Participant granted Performance Shares. Performance goals may be based on, without limitation, Company-wide, divisional and/or individual performance, as the Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine, and may be based on the performance measures listed in Section 12.3 below.

10.2. Performance Units. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant Performance Units to Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors, and/or Independent Contractors as additional compensation or in lieu of other compensation for services to the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company. A Performance Unit is a hypothetical share of the value of the Company, represented by a notional account which shall be established and maintained (or caused to be established or maintained) by the Company for such Participant who receives a grant of Performance Units. Performance Units shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines appropriate including, without limitation, determining the performance goal or goals which, depending on the extent to which such goals are met, will determine the number and/or value of the Performance Units that will accrue to the Participant who has been granted Performance Units. Performance goals may be based on, without limitation, Company-wide, divisional and/or individual performance, as the Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine, and may be based on the performance measures listed in Section 12.3 below.

10.3. Adjustment of Performance Goals. With respect to any Performance Shares or Performance Units that are not intended to qualify as Performance-Based Awards (as described in Section 12 below), the Committee shall have the authority at any time to adjust, as it deems necessary or desirable, the performance goals for any outstanding Performance Shares or Performance Units unless, at the time of establishment of such performance goals, the Committee precludes its authority to make such adjustments.

10.4. Payout of Performance Shares or Performance Units. Subject to a Participant's election to defer distribution in accordance with Section 17.3 below, upon the Vesting of a Performance Share or a Performance Unit, the shares of Common Stock representing the Performance Share or the cash value of the Performance Unit shall be distributed to the Participant, unless the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines to make the payment for the Performance Share in cash, or the Performance Unit in shares of Common Stock (or partly in cash and partly in shares of Common Stock) equal to the value of the shares of Common Stock or cash which would otherwise be distributed to the Participant.

14

11. CASH AWARDS

11.1. In General. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant Cash Awards to Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors, and/or Independent Contractors as additional compensation or in lieu of other compensation for services to the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company. A Cash Award shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines appropriate including, without limitation, determining the Vesting Date with respect to such Cash Award, the criteria for the Vesting of such Cash Award, and the right of the Company to require the Participant to repay the Cash Award (with or without interest) upon termination of the Participant's employment within specified periods.

12. PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS

12.1. In General. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may designate Awards granted under the Plan as Performance-Based Awards (as defined below) if it determines that such compensation might not be tax deductible by the Company due to the deduction limitation imposed by Code Section 162(m). Accordingly, an Award granted under the Plan may be granted in such a manner that the compensation attributable to such Award is intended by the Committee to qualify as "performance-based compensation" (as such term is used in Code Section 162(m) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder) and thus be exempt from the deduction limitation imposed by Code Section 162(m) ("Performance-Based Awards").

12.2. Qualification of Performance-Based Awards. Awards shall qualify as Performance-Based Awards under the Plan only if:

(a) at the time of grant the Committee is comprised solely of two or more "outside directors" (as such term is used in Code Section 162(m) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder);

(b) with respect to either the granting or Vesting of an Award (other than
(i) a Nonqualified Stock Option or (ii) a SAR, which are granted with an exercise price at or above the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant), such Award is subject to the achievement of a performance goal or goals based on one or more of the performance measures specified in Section 12.3 below;

(c) the Committee establishes in writing (i) the objective performance-based goals applicable to a given performance period, and
(ii) the individual employees or class of employees to which such performance-based goals apply no later than 90 days after the commencement of such performance period (but in no event after 25 percent of such performance period has elapsed);

(d) no compensation attributable to a Performance-Based Award will be paid to or otherwise received by a Participant until the Committee certifies in writing that the performance goal or goals (and any other material terms) applicable to such performance period have been satisfied; and

(e) after the establishment of a performance goal, the Committee shall not revise such performance goal (unless such revision will not disqualify compensation attributable to the Award as "performance-based compensation" under Code Section 162(m)) or increase the

15

amount of compensation payable with respect to such Award upon the attainment of such performance goal.

12.3. Performance Measures. The Committee may use the following performance measures (either individually or in any combination) to set performance goals with respect to Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Awards: net sales; pretax income before allocation of corporate overhead and bonus; budget; cash flow; earnings per share; net income; division, group or corporate financial goals; return on stockholders' equity; return on assets; attainment of strategic and operational initiatives; appreciation in and/or maintenance of the price of the Common Stock or any other publicly-traded securities of the Company; market share; gross profits; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; economic value-added models; comparisons with various stock market indices; increase in number of customers; and/or reductions in costs.

12.4. Stockholder Reapproval. As required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(e)(vi), the material terms of performance goals as described in this Section 12 shall be disclosed to and reapproved by the Company's stockholders no later than the first stockholder meeting that occurs in the 5th year following the year in which the Company's stockholders previously approved such performance goals.

13. CHANGE IN CONTROL

13.1. Accelerated Vesting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, if there is a Change in Control of the Company, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may take such actions as it deems appropriate with respect to outstanding Awards, including, without limitation, accelerating the Vesting Date and/or payout of such Awards; provided, however, that such action shall not conflict with any provision contained in an Award Agreement unless such provision is amended in accordance with Section 16.3 below.

13.2. Cashout. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine that, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Company, all or a portion of certain outstanding Awards shall terminate within a specified number of days after notice to the holders, and each such holder shall receive an amount equal to the value of such Award on the date of the Change in Control, and with respect to each share of Common Stock subject to a Stock Option or SAR, an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of such shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the occurrence of such Change in Control of the Company over the exercise price per share of such Stock Option or SAR. Such amount shall be payable in cash, in one or more kinds of property (including the property, if any, payable in the transaction) or in a combination thereof, as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

13.3. Assumption or Substitution of Awards. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide that an Award may be assumed by any entity which acquires control of the Company or may be substituted by a similar award under such entity's compensation plans.

16

14. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

14.1. Termination of Employment Due to Death or Disability. Subject to any written agreement between the Company, an Affiliate or a Group Company and a Participant, if a Participant's employment is terminated due to death or disability:

(a) all non-Vested portions of Awards held by the Participant on the date of the Participant's death or the date of the termination of his or her employment, as the case may be, shall immediately become vested; and

(b) all Vested portions of Stock Options and SARs held by the Participant on the date of the Participant's death or the date of the termination of his or her employment, as the case may be, shall remain exercisable until the earlier of:

(i) the end of the 12-month period following the date of the Participant's death or the date of the termination of his or her employment, as the case may be, or

(ii) the date the Stock Option or SAR would otherwise expire.

14.2. Termination of Employment for Cause. Subject to any written agreement between the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company and a Participant, if a Participant's employment is terminated by the Company, the Affiliate or the Group Company, as the case may be, for Cause, all Awards held by the Participant on the date of the termination of employment, whether Vested or non-Vested, shall immediately be forfeited by the Participant as of such date, and, in the event a Participant's employment is terminated by the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company for Cause prior to an IPO, the Company shall have the right to call any Stock received by the Participant as a result of the exercise of Stock Options under the Plan and the Participant shall be entitled to receive from the Company an amount equal to the exercise price paid for such Stock. A Participant's Service shall be deemed to have terminated for Cause if, after the Participant's Service has terminated, facts and circumstances are discovered that would have justified a termination for Cause.

14.3. Other Terminations of Employment. Subject to any written agreement between the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company and a Participant, if a Participant's employment is terminated for any reason other than for Cause or other than due to death or disability:

(a) all non-Vested portions of Awards held by the Participant on the date of the termination of his or her employment shall immediately be forfeited by such Participant as of such date; and

(b) all Vested portions of Stock Options and/or SARs held by the Participant on the date of the termination of his or her employment shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the end of the 90-day period following the date of the termination of the Participant's employment or (ii) the date the Stock Option or SAR would otherwise expire.

14.4. ISOs. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, (i) the provisions contained in this Section 14 shall be applied to an ISO only if the application of such provision maintains the treatment of such

17

ISO as an ISO and (ii) the exercise period of an ISO in the event of a termination of the Participant's employment due to disability provided in
Section 14.1 above shall be applied only if the Participant is "permanently and totally disabled" (as such term is defined in Code Section 22(e)(3)).

14.5. Leave of Absence. A Participant shall not cease to be an Employee for purposes of this Plan solely on account of a Leave of Absence. For purposes of ISOs, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, on the one hundred eighty-first (181st) day of such leave any ISO held by the Participant shall cease to be treated as an ISO and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonqualified Stock Option. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee, in its sole discretion, reserves the right to designate a Participant's leave of absence as "Personal Leave;" provided that military leaves and approved family or medical leaves shall not be considered Personal Leave. No Awards shall be made to a Participant during Personal Leave. A Participant's un-Vested Awards shall remain un-Vested during such Personal Leave and the time spent on such Personal Leave shall not count towards the vesting of such Awards. A Participant's Vested Stock Options that may be exercised shall remain exercisable upon commencement of Personal Leave until the earlier of (i) a period of one year from the date of commencement of such Personal Leave; or (ii) the remaining exercise period of such Stock Options. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant returns to the Company from a Personal Leave of less than one year and the Participant's Stock Options have not lapsed, the Stock Options shall remain exercisable for the remaining exercise period as provided at the time of grant and subject to the conditions contained herein.

15. TAXES

15.1. Withholding Taxes. With respect to Employees and Group Employees, the Company, or the applicable Affiliate or Group Company, may require a Participant who has become vested in his or her Stock Award, Stock Unit, Performance Share or Performance Unit granted hereunder, or who exercises a Stock Option or SAR granted hereunder, to reimburse the corporation which employs such Employee or Group Employee for any taxes required by any governmental regulatory authority to be withheld or otherwise deducted and paid by such corporation or entity in respect of the issuance or disposition of such shares or the payment of any amounts. In lieu thereof, the corporation which employs such Employee or Group Employee shall have the right to withhold the amount of such taxes from any other sums due or to become due from such corporation to the Employee or Group Employee upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall prescribe. The corporation that employs the Employee or Group Employee may, in its discretion, hold the stock certificate to which such Employee or Group Employee is entitled upon the vesting of a Stock Award, Stock Unit, Performance Share or Performance Unit or the exercise of a Stock Option or SAR as security for the payment of such withholding tax liability, until cash sufficient to pay that liability has been accumulated.

15.2. Use of Common Stock to Satisfy Withholding Obligation. With respect to Employees and Group Employees, at any time that the Company or an Affiliate or Group Company that employs such Employee or Group Employee

18

becomes subject to a withholding obligation under applicable law with respect to the vesting of a Stock Award, Stock Unit, Performance Share or Performance Unit or the exercise of a Nonqualified Stock Option (the "Tax Date"), except as set forth below, a holder of such Award may elect to satisfy, in whole or in part, the holder's related personal tax liabilities (an "Election") by (i) directing the Company, the Affiliate or the Group Company that employs such Employee or Group Employee to withhold from shares issuable in the related vesting or exercise either a specified number of shares, or shares of Common Stock having a specified value (in each case equal to the related minimum statutory personal withholding tax liabilities with respect to the applicable taxing jurisdiction in order to comply with the requirements for a "fixed plan" under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25), (ii) tendering shares of Common Stock previously issued pursuant to the exercise of a Stock Option or other shares of the Common Stock owned by the holder, or (iii) combining any or all of the foregoing Elections in any fashion. An Election shall be irrevocable. The withheld shares and other shares of Common Stock tendered in payment shall be valued at their Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Tax Date. The Committee may disapprove any Election, suspend or terminate the right to make Elections or provide that the right to make Elections shall not apply to particular shares or exercises. The Committee may impose any additional conditions or restrictions on the right to make an Election as it shall deem appropriate, including conditions or restrictions with respect to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

15.3. No Guarantee of Tax Consequences. No person connected with the Plan in any capacity, including, but not limited to, the Company, an Affiliate or a Group Company and their directors, officers, agents and employees makes any representation, commitment, or guarantee that any tax treatment, including, but not limited to, federal, state and local income, estate and gift tax treatment, will be applicable with respect to amounts deferred under the Plan, or paid to or for the benefit of a Participant under the Plan, or that such tax treatment will apply to or be available to a Participant on account of participation in the Plan.

16. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

16.1. Termination of Plan. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time with or without prior notice; provided, however, that no action authorized by this Section 16.1 shall reduce the amount of any outstanding Award or change the terms and conditions thereof without the Participants' consent.

16.2. Amendment of Plan. The Board may amend the Plan at any time with or without prior notice; provided, however, that no action authorized by this
Section 16.2 shall reduce the amount of any outstanding Award or change the terms and conditions thereof without the Participants' consent. No amendment of the Plan shall, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company:

(a) increase the total number of shares which may be issued under the Plan;

(b) increase the maximum number of shares with respect to all Awards measured in Common Stock that may be granted to any individual under the Plan;

19

(c) increase the maximum dollar amount that may be paid with respect to all Awards measured in cash; or

(d) modify the requirements as to eligibility for Awards under the Plan.

In addition, the Plan shall not be amended without the approval of such amendment by the Company's stockholders if such amendment (i) is required under the rules and regulations of the stock exchange or national market system on which the Common Stock is listed or (ii) will disqualify any ISO granted hereunder.

16.3. Amendment or Cancellation of Award Agreements. The Committee may amend or modify any Award Agreement at any time by mutual agreement between the Committee and the Participant or such other persons as may then have an interest therein. In addition, by mutual agreement between the Committee and a Participant or such other persons as may then have an interest therein, Awards may be granted to an Employee, Group Employee, Nonemployee Director or Independent Contractor in substitution and exchange for, and in cancellation of, any Awards previously granted to such Employee, Group Employee, Nonemployee Director or Independent Contractor under the Plan, or any award previously granted to such Employee, Group Employee, Nonemployee Director or Independent Contractor under any other present or future plan of the Company or any present or future plan of an entity which (i) is purchased by the Company, (ii) purchases the Company, or (iii) merges into or with the Company.

17. MISCELLANEOUS

17.1. Other Provisions. Awards granted under the Plan may also be subject to such other provisions (whether or not applicable to an Award granted to any other Participant) as the Committee determines on the date of grant to be appropriate, including, without limitation, for the installment purchase of Common Stock under Stock Options, to assist the Participant in financing the acquisition of Common Stock, for the forfeiture of, or restrictions on resale or other disposition of, Common Stock acquired under any Stock Option, for the acceleration of Vesting of Awards in the event of a Change in Control of the Company, for the payment of the value of Awards to Participants in the event of a Change in Control of the Company, or to comply with federal and state securities laws, or understandings or conditions as to the Participant's employment in addition to those specifically provided for under the Plan.

17.2. Transferability. Each Award granted under the Plan to a Participant shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and Stock Options and SARs shall be exercisable, during the Participant's lifetime, only by the Participant. In the event of the death of a Participant, each Stock Option or SAR theretofore granted to him or her shall be exercisable during such period after his or her death as the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, set forth in the Award Agreement on the date of grant and then only by the executor or administrator of the estate of the deceased Participant or the person or persons to whom the deceased Participant's rights under the Stock Option or SAR shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may permit the transferability of a Stock Option (other than an ISO) by a Participant solely to members of the Participant's immediate family or trusts or family partnerships or other similar entities for the benefit of

20

such persons, and subject to such terms, conditions, restrictions and/or limitations, if any, as the Committee may establish and include in the Award Agreement.

17.3. Election to Defer Compensation Attributable to Award. The Committee may, in its sole discretion and subject to Code Section 409A, allow a Participant to elect to defer the receipt of any compensation attributable to an Award under guidelines and procedures to be established by the Committee after taking into account the advice of the Company's tax counsel.

17.4. Listing of Shares and Related Matters. If at any time the Committee shall determine that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock subject to an Award on any securities exchange or under any applicable law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of an Award or the issuance of shares of Common Stock thereunder, such Award may not be exercised, distributed or paid out, as the case may be, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.

17.5. No Right, Title, or Interest in Company Assets. Participants shall have no right, title, or interest whatsoever in or to any investments which the Company may make to aid it in meeting its obligations under the Plan. Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant, beneficiary, legal representative or any other person. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company. All payments to be made hereunder shall be paid from the general funds of the Company and no special or separate fund shall be established and no segregation of assets shall be made to assure payment of such amounts except as expressly set forth in the Plan. The Plan is not intended to be subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

17.6. No Right to Continued Employment or Service or to Grants. A Participant's rights, if any, to continue to serve the Company, an Affiliate or a Group Company as a director, officer, employee, independent contractor or otherwise, shall not be enlarged or otherwise affected by his or her designation as a Participant under the Plan, and the Company, the Affiliate and the Group Company reserve the right to terminate the employment of any Employee or Group Employee or the services of any Independent Contractor or director at any time. The adoption of the Plan shall not be deemed to give any Employee, Group Employee, Nonemployee Director, Independent Contractor or any other individual any right to be selected as a Participant or to be granted an Award.

17.7. Awards Subject to Foreign Laws. The Committee may grant Awards to individual Participants who are subject to the tax laws of nations other than the United States, and such Awards may have terms and conditions as determined by the Committee as necessary to comply with applicable foreign laws. The Committee may take any action which it deems advisable to obtain approval of such Awards by the appropriate foreign governmental entity; provided, however, that no such Awards may be granted pursuant to

21

this Section 17.7 and no action may be taken which would result in a violation of the Exchange Act or any other applicable law.

17.8. Governing Law. The Plan, all Awards granted hereunder, and all actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to principles of conflict of laws, except as superseded by applicable federal law. Participants, the Company, a Group Company and Affiliate each submit and consent to the jurisdiction of the courts in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, County of Worcester, including the Federal Courts located therein, should Federal jurisdiction requirements exist in any action brought to enforce (or otherwise relating to) this Plan or an Award Agreement.

17.9. Other Benefits. No Award granted under the Plan shall be considered compensation for purposes of computing benefits under any retirement plan of the Company, an Affiliate or a Group Company nor affect any benefits or compensation under any other benefit or compensation plan of the Company, and Affiliate or a Group Company, now or subsequently in effect.

17.10. No Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award. The Committee shall determine whether cash, Common Stock, Stock Options, or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

17.11. Compliance With Code Section 409A. Any provision of the Plan that becomes subject to Code Section 409A, will be interpreted and applied consistent with that Section and the applicable Treasury Regulations.

22

EXHIBIT 10.2

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
2006 INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
(As adopted February 28, 2006)

IPG Photonics Corporation, USA, Inc. (the "Company") hereby establishes the IPG Photonics Corporation 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan for the benefit of its eligible Participants (as hereinafter defined) for the purposes hereinafter set forth. The Plan permits the award of Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Stock Units, Cash, and SARs.

1. DEFINITIONS

The following terms shall have the following meanings unless the context indicates otherwise:

1.1. "Affiliate" shall mean a corporation that, for purposes of Section 422 of the Code, is a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code.

1.2. "Award" shall mean a Stock Option, a SAR, a Restricted Stock Award, a Stock Unit, a Performance Share, a Performance Unit, or a Cash Award.

1.3. "Award Agreement" shall mean a written agreement between the Company and a Participant that establishes the terms, conditions, restrictions and/or limitations applicable to an Award, in addition to those established by the Plan and by the Committee.

1.4. "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

1.5. "Cash Award" shall mean a grant by the Committee to a Participant of an award of cash as described in Section 11 below.

1.6. "Cause" shall have the meaning set forth in any employment, consulting, or other written agreement between the Participant and the Company, a Group Company or Affiliate. If there is no employment, consulting, or other written agreement between the Participant and the Company, a Group Company or Affiliate, or if such agreement does not define "Cause," then "Cause" shall have the meaning specified in the Award Agreement; provided, that if the Award Agreement does not so specify, "Cause" shall mean, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, the Participant: (i) engages in conduct that cause financial or reputational injury to the Company a Group Company or Affiliate; (ii) engages in any act of dishonesty or misconduct that results in damage to the Company, a Group Company or Affiliate, or their business or reputation or that the Committee determines to adversely affect the value, reliability or performance of the Participant to the Company, a Group Company or Affiliate; (iii) refuses or fails to substantially comply with the human resources rules, policies, directions and/or restrictions relating to harassment and/or discrimination, or with compliance or risk management rules, policies, directions and/or restrictions of the Company, a Group Company or Affiliate; (iv) fails to cooperate with the Company, a Group Company or Affiliate in any internal investigation or administrative, regulatory or judicial proceeding; or (v) continuously fails to perform his or her duties to the Company, a Group Company or Affiliate (which may include any sustained and unexcused absence of the Participant from the performance of such duties, which absence has not been certified in writing as due to physical or mental


illness or Disability), after a written demand for performance has been delivered to the Participant identifying the manner in which the Participant has failed to substantially perform his or her duties. If any part of the definition of Cause set forth in clauses (i) through (v) above is deemed applicable to a Participant, this shall not preclude or prevent the reliance by the Company or the Committee on any other part of the preceding sentence that also may be applicable. Unless otherwise defined in the Participant's employment or other agreement, an act or omission is "willful" for this purpose if it was knowingly done, or knowingly omitted to be done, by the Participant not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the act or omission was in the best interest of the Company.

1.7. "Change in Control" shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following:

(a) Any "person" (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), including a "group" (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than (i) the Company, (ii) any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, or (iii) any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate, becomes a "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company having fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the Company that may be cast for the election of directors of the Company (other than as a result of an issuance of securities initiated by the Company in the ordinary course of business) (the "Company Voting Securities"); provided, however, that the event described in this paragraph (a) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities;

(b) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Directors") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, unless the election, or the nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company, of each new director of the Company during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then still in office;

(c) As the result of, or in connection with, any cash tender or exchange offer, merger or other business combination, sale of all or substantially all of the assets or contested election, or any combination of the foregoing transactions, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the Company or any successor corporation or entity entitled to vote generally in the election of the directors of the Company or such other corporation or entity after such transaction is held in the aggregate by the holders of the securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; or

(d) The shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Company Voting Securities as a result of the

2

acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided, however, that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control transaction shall then occur.

1.8. "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

1.9. "Committee" shall mean (i) the Board or (ii) a committee or subcommittee of the Board appointed by the Board from among its members. The Committee may be the Board's Compensation Committee. Unless the Board determines otherwise, the Committee shall be comprised solely of not less than two members who each shall qualify as:

(a) a "Non-Employee Director" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(b)(3) (or any successor rule) under the Exchange Act, and

(b) an "outside director" within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

1.10. "Common Stock" shall mean the voting, common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company.

1.11. "Company" shall mean IPG Photonics Corporation USA, a Delaware corporation.

1.12. "Disability" means the total and permanent disability of a Participant (incurred while in the active service of the Company, an Affiliate or a Group Company) based on proof satisfactory to the Committee. Total and permanent disability shall be as defined in the Company's long-term disability plan, if any, or as otherwise provided by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining the period of time after termination of Service during which a Participant may exercise an ISO, "Disability" will have the meaning set forth in Code Section
22(e)(3), which is, generally, that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of at least twelve months.

1.13. "Dividend Equivalent Right" shall mean the right to receive an amount equal to the amount of any dividend paid with respect to a share of Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock underlying or with respect to a Stock Option, a SAR, a Stock Unit or a Performance Unit, and which shall be payable in cash, in Common Stock, in the form of Stock Units or Performance Units, or a combination of any or all of the foregoing.

1.14. "Effective Date" shall mean the date on which the Board adopts the Plan.

1.15. "Employee" shall mean an employee of the Company or any Affiliate, as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h).

1.16. "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including applicable regulations thereunder.

3

1.17. "Exercise Price" shall mean the price at which each share of Common Stock covered by a Stock Option may be purchased.

1.18. "Fair Market Value" shall mean:

(a) if the Common Stock is readily tradable on a national securities exchange or other market system, the closing price of the Common Stock on the date of calculation (or on the last preceding trading date if Common Stock was not traded on such date), or

(b) if the Common Stock is not readily tradable on a national securities exchange or other market system, the value as determined by the reasonable and consistent application of a reasonable valuation method, in good faith by the Board.

1.19. "Group Company" shall mean any business entity deemed by the Board to be a member of the IPG Group, including, but not limited to, any business entity that has a significant financial interest in the Company and any business entity in which the Company has a significant financial interest, such entities to be referred to collectively as the "Group Companies".

1.20. "Group Employee" shall mean any employee of a Group Company who is not an Employee.

1.21. "Independent Contractor" shall mean a person (other than a person who is an Employee, Group Employee or a Nonemployee Director) or an entity that renders services to the Company, an Affiliate or a Group Company.

1.22. "IPO" shall mean the first date that the Common Stock is registered under the Securities Act of 1934 and offered for sale to the public.

1.23. "ISO" shall mean a right to purchase a specified number of shares of Common Stock at a specified price, which is intended to comply with the terms and conditions as an "incentive stock option" as set forth in Code
Section 422, as such section may be in effect from time to time.

1.24. "Leave of Absence" means any leave of absence approved by the Company.

1.25. "Nonemployee Director" shall mean a member of the Board who is not an Employee.

1.26. "Nonqualified Stock Option" shall mean a Stock Option to purchase a specified number of shares of Common Stock at a specified price, which does not qualify as an ISO.

1.27. "Nonvoting Stock" shall mean the capital stock of any class or classes having no voting power to elect the directors of a corporation.

1.28. "Parent" shall mean a corporation or any other business entity that directly or indirectly has an ownership interest of 50 percent or more of the Voting Stock of the Company.

1.29. "Participant" shall mean any Employee, Group Employee, Nonemployee Director or Independent Contractor to whom an Award has been granted by the Committee under the Plan.

1.30. "Performance-Based Award" shall mean an Award subject to the achievement of certain performance goals as described in Section 12 below.

4

1.31. "Performance Share" shall mean the grant by the Committee to a Participant of an Award of shares of Common Stock subject to restrictions on transferability, a risk of forfeiture, and certain other terms and conditions under the Plan or specified by the Committee, as described in
Section 10.1 below.

1.32. "Performance Unit" shall mean the grant by the Committee to a Participant of an Award of a hypothetical share of the value of the Company, represented by a notional account that shall be established and maintained (or caused to be established or maintained) by the Company for such Participant, as described in Section 10.2 below.

1.33. "Plan" shall mean the IPG Photonics 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan.

1.34. "Prior Plan" shall mean the IPG Photonics 2000 Incentive Compensation Plan.

1.35. "Recapitalization" shall mean any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the Company's outstanding shares of capital stock as a class without the Company's receipt of consideration.

1.36. "Reorganization" shall mean any of the following: (a) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity; (b) a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets; (c) a reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but in which the Company's outstanding voting securities are transferred in whole or in part to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to the merger; or (d) any transaction effected primarily to change the state in which the Company is incorporated or to create a holding company structure.

1.37. "Restricted Stock Award" shall mean a grant by the Committee to a Participant of an Award of shares of Common Stock subject to restrictions on transferability, a risk of forfeiture, and certain other terms and conditions under the Plan or specified by the Committee, as described in
Section 9.1 below.

1.38. "Retirement" means retirement from active employment or other Service with the Company pursuant to the normal or early retirement policy and procedures of the Company.

1.39. "Stock Appreciation Right" or "SAR" shall mean a grant by the Committee to a Participant of a the contingent right to receive Common Stock or cash, as specified in the Award Agreement, in the future, based on the value, or the appreciation in the value, of Common Stock, as described in Section 8 below.

1.40. "Service" means the provision of services to the Company, an Affiliate or a Group Company in the capacity of (i) an Employee, (ii) a Group Employee,
(iii) a Nonemployee Director, or (iv) an Independent Contractor.

1.41. "Stock Option" shall mean a grant by the Committee to a Participant of an option or right to purchase a specified number of shares of Common Stock at a specified price, as described in Section 7 below.

1.42. "Stock Unit" shall mean a grant by the Committee to a Participant of an Award of a hypothetical share of Common Stock represented by a notional

5

account established and maintained (or caused to be established or maintained) by the Company for such Participant, as described in Section 9.2 below.

1.43. "Subsidiary" shall mean a corporation of which the Company directly or indirectly owns 50 percent or more of the Voting Stock or any other business entity in which the Company directly or indirectly has an ownership interest of 50 percent or more.

1.44. "Treasury Regulations" shall mean the regulations promulgated under the Code by the United States Department of the Treasury, as amended from time to time.

1.45. "Vest" shall mean:

(a) with respect to Stock Options and SARs, when the Stock Option or SAR (or a portion of such Stock Option or SAR) first becomes exercisable and remains exercisable subject to the terms and conditions of such Stock Option or SAR; or

(b) with respect to Awards other than Stock Options and SARs, when the Participant has:

(i) an unrestricted right, title and interest to receive the compensation (whether payable in Common Stock, cash or a combination of both) attributable to an Award (or a portion of such Award) or to otherwise enjoy the benefits underlying such Award; and

(ii) a right to transfer an Award subject to no Company-imposed restrictions or limitations other than restrictions and/or limitations imposed by Section 14 below.

1.46. "Vesting Date" shall mean the date or dates on which an Award Vests, at which time the Award shall be deemed "Vested."

1.47. "Voting Stock" shall mean the capital stock of any class or classes having general voting power under ordinary circumstances, in the absence of contingencies, to elect the directors of a corporation.

2. PURPOSE AND TERM OF PLAN

2.1. Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to motivate certain Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors and Independent Contractors to put forth maximum efforts toward the growth, profitability, and success of the Company, Affiliates and Group Companies by providing incentives to such Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors and Independent Contractors through cash payments and/or through the ownership and performance of the Common Stock. In addition, the Plan is intended to provide incentives that will attract and retain highly qualified individuals as Employees, Group Employees and Nonemployee Directors and to assist in aligning the interests of such Employees, Group Employees and Nonemployee Directors with those of the Company's shareholders.

2.2. Term. The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date; provided, however, that the Plan shall be approved by the shareholders of the Company at an annual meeting or any special meeting of shareholders of the Company within 12 months before or after the Effective Date. The

6

Committee may not award ISOs before the date the Company's shareholders approve the Plan. The Plan shall terminate on the 10th anniversary of the Effective Date, unless sooner terminated by the Board under Section 16.1 below.

3. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

3.1. Eligibility. All Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors and Independent Contractors shall be eligible to participate in the Plan and to receive Awards.

3.2. Participation. Participants shall consist of such Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors and Independent Contractors as the Committee in its sole discretion designates to receive Awards under the Plan. Awards under the Plan shall be made on a one time basis for Participants and designation of a Participant in any year shall not require the Committee to designate such person or entity to receive an Award in any other year or, once designated, to receive the same type or amount of Award as granted to the Participant in any other year. The Committee shall consider such factors as it deems pertinent in selecting Participants and in determining the type and amount of their respective Awards.

4. ADMINISTRATION

4.1. Responsibility. The Committee will administer the Plan. The Committee shall have the responsibility, in its sole discretion, to control, operate, manage and administer the Plan in accordance with its terms.

4.2. Award Agreement. Each Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall be signed by the Committee and the Participant; provided, however, that in the event of any conflict between a provision of the Plan and any provision of an Award Agreement, the provision of the Plan shall prevail.

4.3. Authority of the Committee. The Committee shall have all the discretionary authority that may be necessary or desirable to enable it to discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Plan, including but not limited to the following:

(a) to determine eligibility for participation in the Plan;

(b) to determine eligibility for and the type and size of an Award granted under the Plan;

(c) to supply any omission, correct any defect, interpret any provision or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in such manner and to such extent as it shall deem appropriate in its sole discretion to carry the same into effect;

(d) to issue administrative guidelines as an aid to administer the Plan and make changes in such guidelines as it, from time to time, deems proper;

(e) to make rules for carrying out and administering the Plan and make changes in such rules as it, from time to time, deems proper;

7

(f) to the extent permitted under the Plan, grant waivers of Plan terms, conditions, restrictions, and limitations;

(g) to accelerate the Vesting of any Award when such action or actions would be in the best interest of the Company;

(h) to grant an Award in replacement of Awards previously granted under this Plan or any other executive compensation plan of the Company; and

(i) to take any and all other actions it deems necessary or desirable for the proper operation or administration of the Plan.

4.4. Action by the Committee. The Committee may act only by a majority of its members. A determination of the Committee may be made, without a meeting, by a writing signed by all members of the Committee. In addition, the Committee may authorize any one or more of its members to execute and deliver documents on behalf of the Committee. Meetings of the Committee may be held telephonically or via videoconference, and participation via telephone or videoconference shall have the same force and effect as physical presence at any Committee meeting.

4.5. Delegation of Authority. The Committee may delegate to one or more of its members, or to one or more agents, such administrative duties as it may deem advisable; provided, however, that any such delegation shall be in writing. In addition, the Committee, or any person to whom it has delegated duties under this Section 4.5, may employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Committee or such person may have under the Plan. The Committee may employ such legal or other counsel, consultants and agents as it may deem desirable for the administration of the Plan and may rely upon any opinion or computation received from any such counsel, consultant or agent. Expenses incurred by the Committee in the engagement of such counsel, consultant or agent shall be paid by the Company, or the Affiliate or Group Company whose employees have benefited from the Plan, as determined by the Committee.

The Board may delegate authority to the Company's Chief Executive Officer to grant specified numbers of Options (as determined by the Board from time to time and during such time periods determined by the Board) to existing or prospective Employees (other than those individuals who are subject to
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act at the time of the grant) as the Chief Executive Officer determines appropriate without further action of the Board, but subject to rules and guidelines established by the Board or the Committee.

4.6. Determinations and Interpretations by the Committee. All determinations and interpretations made by the Committee shall be binding and conclusive on all Participants and their heirs, successors, and legal representatives.

4.7. Liability. No member of the Board, no member of the Committee and no Employee or Group Employee shall be liable for any act or failure to act hereunder, except in circumstances involving his or her bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct, or for any act or failure to act hereunder by any other member or employee or by any agent to whom duties in connection with the administration of the Plan have been delegated.

8

4.8. Indemnification. Each person who is or has been a member of the Committee or the Board, and any individual or individuals to whom the Committee has delegated authority under this Section 4, will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company, Group Company and Affiliates from and against any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or as a result of any claim, action, suit or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken, or failure to act, under the Plan, except in circumstances involving such person's bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct. Each such person will also be indemnified and held harmless by the Company Group Company and Affiliates from and against any and all amounts paid by him or her in a settlement approved by the Company, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment, of or in a claim, action, suit or proceeding against him or her and described in the previous sentence, so long as he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the claim, action, suit or proceeding before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which a person who is or has been a member of the Committee or the Board may be entitled under the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company, Group Company or Affiliate, as a matter of law, agreement or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify him or her or hold him or her harmless.

5. SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN

5.1. Available Shares. The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that shall be available under the Plan during its term shall be 6,000,000 shares, subject to any adjustments made in accordance with Section 5.2 below. Such shares of Common Stock may be either authorized but unissued shares, shares of issued stock held in the Company's treasury, or a combination of both, at the discretion of the Company. Any shares of Common Stock (i) underlying an Award under the Plan or the Prior Plan which expires without being exercised, or are forfeited, canceled, settled or otherwise terminated without a distribution of Common Stock to the Participant; (ii) that are delivered (either actually or by attestation) to or withheld by the Company in connection with the exercise of a Stock Option awarded under the Plan or the Prior Plan, or in payment of any required income tax withholding for the exercise of a Stock Option or the vesting of Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan or the Prior Plan, shall again be available under the Plan. Awards that are payable only in cash are not subject to this Section 5.1.

(a) The total number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued in connection with the awards of Restricted Stock under the Plan shall not exceed [3,500,000]. Except as contemplated by the provisions of
Section 5.2 hereof, the Committee shall not increase the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance in connection with Awards under the Plan or to any one individual as set forth above. In no event shall Awards be outstanding at any one time that have resulted or could result in the issuance of a number of shares of Common Stock in excess of the number then remaining reserved and available for issuance under the Plan.

(b) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued to Participants in the aggregate under the Plan as ISOs is 1,250,000.

9

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Awards granted through the assumption of, or in substitution or exchange for, similar awards in connection with the acquisition of another corporation or business entity shall not be counted for purposes of applying the above limitations on numbers of shares available for Awards generally or any particular kind of Award under the Plan.

5.2. Adjustment to Shares. If there is any change in the Common Stock of the Company, through merger, consolidation, Reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, dividend in kind or other like change in capital structure or distribution (other than normal cash dividends) to shareholders of the Company, an adjustment shall be made to each outstanding Award so that each such Award shall thereafter be with respect to or exercisable for such securities, cash and/or other property as would have been received in respect of the Common Stock subject to such Award had such Award been paid, distributed or exercised in full immediately prior to such change or distribution. Such adjustment shall be made successively each time any such change or distribution shall occur. In addition, in the event of any such change or distribution, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants' rights under the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority to adjust, in an equitable manner, the number and kind of shares that may be issued under the Plan, the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding Awards, the Exercise Price applicable to outstanding Stock Options, and the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock and other value determinations applicable to outstanding Awards. Appropriate adjustments may also be made by the Committee in the terms of any Awards granted under the Plan to reflect such changes or distributions and to modify any other terms of outstanding Awards on an equitable basis, including modifications of performance goals and changes in the length of performance periods; provided, however, that any such modifications and/or changes to Performance-Based Awards does not disqualify compensation attributable to such Awards as "performance-based compensation" under Code
Section 162(m). In addition, the Committee is authorized to make adjustments to the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company, or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan, any adjustment with respect to an ISO due to a change or distribution described in this Section 5.2 shall comply with the rules of Code Section 424(a), and in no event shall any adjustment be made which would render any ISO granted hereunder to be disqualified as an incentive stock option for purposes of Code Section 422.

6. MAXIMUM INDIVIDUAL AWARDS

6.1. Maximum Aggregate Number of Shares Underlying Stock-Based Awards Granted Under the Plan to Any Single Participant in Any Calendar Year. The maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock underlying all Awards measured in shares of Common Stock (whether payable in Common Stock, cash or a combination of both) that may be granted to any single Participant in any calendar year shall be [2,500,000] shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.2 above. For purposes of the preceding sentence, such Awards that are cancelled or repriced shall continue to be counted in determining such maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be granted to any single Participant in any calendar year. The

10

maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock underlying Awards that may be granted to any single Participant in any calendar year as ISOs shall be 200,000

7. STOCK OPTIONS

7.1. In General. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant Stock Options to Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors and/or Independent Contractors on or after the Effective Date. The Committee shall, in its sole discretion, determine the Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors and Independent Contractors who will receive Stock Options and the number of shares of Common Stock underlying each Stock Option. With respect to Employees who become Participants, the Committee may grant such Participants ISOs or Nonqualified Stock Options or a combination of both. With respect to Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors and Independent Contractors who become Participants, the Committee may grant such Participants only Nonqualified Stock Options. Each Stock Option shall be subject to such terms and conditions consistent with the Plan as the Committee may impose from time to time and set forth in the Award Agreement. In addition, each Stock Option shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Sections 7.2 through 7.8 below.

7.2. Exercise Price. The Committee shall specify the Exercise Price of each Stock Option in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that (i) the Exercise Price of an ISO shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant, and (ii) the Exercise Price of a Nonqualified Stock Option shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant unless the Committee in its sole discretion and due to special circumstances determines otherwise on the date of grant.

7.3. Term of Stock Option. The Committee shall specify the term of each Stock Option in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that (i) no ISO shall be exercisable after the 10th anniversary of the date of grant of such ISO and
(ii) no Nonqualified Stock Option shall be exercisable after the 10th anniversary of the date of grant of such Nonqualified Stock Option. Each Stock Option shall terminate at such earlier times and upon such conditions or circumstances as the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, set forth in the Award Agreement on the date of grant.

7.4. Vesting Date. The Committee shall specify in the Award Agreement the Vesting Date for each Stock Option. The Committee may grant Stock Options that are Vested, either in whole or in part, on the date of grant. If the Committee fails to specify a Vesting Date in the Award Agreement, twenty-five percent (25%) of such Stock Option shall become exercisable on each of the first four (4) one-year anniversaries of the date of grant and shall remain exercisable following such anniversary date until the Stock Option expires in accordance with its terms under the Award Agreement or under the terms of the Plan. The Vesting of a Stock Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement, including, without limitation, accelerating the Vesting if certain performance goals are achieved or a Change in Control of the Company occurs.

7.5. Exercise of Stock Options. The Stock Option Exercise Price may be paid in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, by delivery to the Company of shares of Common Stock then owned by the Participant, or by the

11

Company's withholding a portion of the shares of Common Stock for which the Stock Option is exercisable, or by a combination of these methods. If the Common Stock is readily tradable on a national securities exchange or other market system, payment may also be made by delivering a properly executed exercise notice to the Company and delivering a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker directing the broker to promptly deliver to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds to pay the Exercise Price. To facilitate the foregoing, the Company may enter into agreements for coordinated procedures with one or more brokerage firms. The Committee may prescribe any other method of paying the Exercise Price that it determines to be consistent with applicable law and the purpose of the Plan, including, without limitation, in lieu of the delivery to the Company of shares of Common Stock then owned by the Participant, providing the Company with a notarized statement attesting to the number of shares owned by the Participant, where, upon verification by the Company, the Company would issue to the Participant only the number of incremental shares to which the Participant is entitled upon exercise of the Stock Option. In determining which methods a Participant may utilize to pay the Exercise Price, the Committee may consider such factors as it determines are appropriate; provided, however, that with respect to ISOs, all such discretionary determinations shall be made by the Committee at the time of grant and specified in the Award Agreement.

7.6. Restrictions Relating to ISOs. In addition to being subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 7, ISOs shall comply with all other requirements under Code Section 422. Accordingly, ISOs may be granted only to Participants who are employees (as described in Treasury Regulation
Section 1.421-1(h)) of the Company or of any "Parent Corporation" (as defined in Code Section 424(e)) or of any "Subsidiary Corporation" (as defined in Code Section 424(f)) on the date of grant. The aggregate market value (determined as of the time the ISO is granted) of the Common Stock with respect to which ISOs (under all option plans of the Company and of any Parent Corporation and of any Subsidiary Corporation) are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000. For purposes of the preceding sentence, (i) ISOs shall be taken into account in the order in which they are granted and (ii) ISOs granted before 1987 shall not be taken into account. ISOs shall not be transferable by the Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable, during the Participant's lifetime, only by such Participant. The Committee shall not grant ISOs to any Employee who, at the time the ISO is granted, owns stock possessing
(after the application of the attribution rules of Code Section 424(d)) more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Parent Corporation or of any Subsidiary Corporation unless the Exercise Price of the ISO is fixed at not less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and the exercise of such ISO is prohibited by its terms after the 5th anniversary of the ISO's date of grant.

7.7. Conversion Stock Options. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant a Stock Option to any holder of an option (hereinafter referred to as an "Original Option") to purchase shares of stock of any corporation:

(a) the stock or assets of which were acquired, directly or indirectly, by the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company, or

12

(b) which was merged with and into the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company,

so that the Original Option is converted into a Stock Option (hereinafter referred to as a "Conversion Stock Option"); provided, however, that such Conversion Stock Option as of the date of its grant (the "Conversion Stock Option Grant Date") shall have the same economic value as the Original Option as of the Conversion Stock Option Grant Date. In addition, unless the Committee, in its sole discretion determines otherwise, a Conversion Stock Option that is converting an Original Option intended to qualify as an ISO shall have the same terms and conditions as applicable to the Original Option in accordance with Code Section 424 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder so that the conversion (x) is treated as the issuance or assumption of a stock option under Code Section 424(a) and (y) is not treated as a modification, extension or renewal of a stock option under Code Section 424(h).

7.8. Right to Call Stock Options or Common Stock. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan and without regard to the completion of an IPO, any Stock Option granted under this Plan shall be subject to a right of call by the Committee in the event of termination of the Plan due to merger or acquisition of the Company. Prior to an IPO, any Stock held by a Participant as a result of an Award under this Plan shall be subject to a right of call by the Committee in the event of termination of the Plan due to merger or acquisition of the Company or upon the occurrence of Change in Control of the Company, whether or not the Plan is terminated. If the Committee exercises the right to call the Common Stock, the Participant must return the shares of Common Stock to the Company within seven (7) days of the call notice.

(a) Upon the call of Common Stock, the owner of the Common Stock shall, unless otherwise determined by the Committee pursuant to subsection
(b) below, be entitled to receive from the Company an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the returned Common Stock.

(b) Upon the call of a Stock Option, the Committee shall pay the optionee an amount equal to the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Option, over (y) the Exercise Price of such shares of Common Stock.

(c) The Company shall have the right to defer payment of the proceeds under this Section 7.9, and make such payment in the form of single lump sum or in installments over such periods as the Committee may determine in its discretion, subject to Code Section 409A.

8. SARS

8.1. In General. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant SARs to Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors, and/or Independent Contractors. A SAR is a right to receive a payment in cash, Common Stock or a combination of both, in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the Fair Market Value of a specified number of shares of Common Stock on the date the SAR is exercised over (y) the Fair Market Value of such shares of Common Stock on the date the SAR is granted, all as determined and set forth in the Award Agreement by the Committee; provided, however, that if a SAR is granted retroactively in tandem with or in substitution for a Stock Option, the designated Fair Market Value of the Common Stock in the

13

Award Agreement may be the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date such Stock Option was granted. Each SAR shall be subject to the terms of the Plan and to such terms and conditions, including, but not limited to, the Vesting Date, an expiration date and a provision that automatically converts a SAR into a Stock Option on a conversion date specified at the time of grant, as the Committee shall impose from time to time in its sole discretion and set forth in the Award Agreement.

9. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS AND STOCK UNITS

9.1. Restricted Stock Awards. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant Restricted Stock Awards to Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors, and/or Independent Contractors as additional compensation or in lieu of other compensation for services to the Company, an Affiliate or a Group Company. A Restricted Stock Award shall consist of shares of Common Stock that are subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee in its sole discretion determines appropriate and sets forth in the Award Agreement including, without limitation, restrictions on the sale or other disposition of such shares, the Vesting Date with respect to such shares, and the right of the Company to reacquire such shares for no consideration upon termination of the Participant's Service within specified periods. The Committee may require the Participant to deliver a duly signed stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Common Stock covered by such Restricted Stock Award and/or that the stock certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody or bear restrictive legends until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed. With respect to shares of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a holder of shares of Common Stock, including the right to receive dividends and to vote the shares, unless the Committee determines otherwise on the date of grant.

9.2. Stock Units. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant Stock Units to Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors, and Independent Contractors as additional compensation or in lieu of other compensation for services to the Company, an Affiliate or a Group Company. A Stock Unit is a hypothetical share of Common Stock represented by a notional account established and maintained (or caused to be established or maintained) by the Company for such Participant who receives a grant of Stock Units. Stock Units shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines appropriate and sets forth in the Award Agreement including, without limitation, determinations of the Vesting Date with respect to such Stock Units and the criteria for the Vesting of such Stock Units. Subject to Section 9.3, a Stock Unit granted by the Committee shall provide for payment in shares of Common Stock at such time or times as the Award Agreement shall specify. The Committee shall determine whether a Participant who has been granted a Stock Unit shall also be entitled to a Dividend Equivalent Right.

9.3. Payout of Stock Units. Subject to a Participant's election to defer in accordance with Section 17.4 below, upon the Vesting Date of a Stock Unit, the shares of Common Stock representing the Stock Unit shall be distributed to the Participant, unless the Committee, in its sole discretion, provides for the payment of the Stock Unit in cash (or partly in cash and partly in shares of Common Stock) equal to the value of the shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be distributed to the Participant.

14

10. PERFORMANCE SHARES AND PERFORMANCE UNITS

10.1. Performance Shares. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant Performance Shares to Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors, and/or Independent Contractors as additional compensation or in lieu of other compensation for services to the Company, an Affiliate or a Group Company. A Performance Share shall consist of a share or shares of Common Stock that are subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines appropriate and sets forth in the Award Agreement including, without limitation, determining the performance goal or goals that, depending on the extent to which such goals are met, will determine the number and/or value of the Performance Shares that will be paid out or distributed to the Participant and any other Vesting Date criteria. Performance goals may be based on, without limitation, Company-wide, divisional and/or individual performance, as the Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine, and may be based on the performance measures listed in Section 12.3 below.

10.2. Performance Units. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant Performance Units to Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors, and/or Independent Contractors as additional compensation or in lieu of other compensation for services to the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company. A Performance Unit is a hypothetical share of the value of the Company, represented by a notional account that the Company shall establish and maintain (or caused to be established or maintained) for such Participant who receives a grant of Performance Units. Performance Units shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines appropriate and sets forth in the Award Agreement including, without limitation, determining the performance goal or goals that, depending on the extent to which such goals are met, will determine the number and/or value of the Performance Units that will accrue to the Participant and any other Vesting Date criteria. Performance goals may be based on, without limitation, Company-wide, divisional and/or individual performance, as the Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine, and may be based on the performance measures listed in Section 12.3 below.

10.3. Adjustment of Performance Goals. With respect to any Performance Shares or Performance Units that are not intended to qualify as Performance-Based Awards (as described in Section 12 below), the Committee shall have the authority at any time to adjust, as it deems necessary or desirable, the performance goals for any outstanding Performance Shares or Performance Units unless, at the time of establishment of such performance goals, the Committee precludes its authority to make such adjustments.

10.4. Payout of Performance Shares or Performance Units. Subject to a Participant's election to defer distribution in accordance with Section 17.4 below, upon the Vesting of a Performance Share or a Performance Unit, the shares of Common Stock representing the Performance Share or the cash value of the Performance Unit shall be distributed to the Participant, unless the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines to make the payment for the Performance Share in cash, or the Performance Unit in shares of Common Stock (or partly in cash and partly in shares of Common Stock) equal to the value of the shares of Common Stock or cash that would otherwise be distributed to the Participant.

15

11. CASH AWARDS

11.1. In General. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant Cash Awards to Employees, Group Employees, Nonemployee Directors, and/or Independent Contractors as additional compensation or in lieu of other compensation for services to the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company. A Cash Award shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines appropriate and sets forth in the Award Agreement including, without limitation, determining the Vesting Date with respect to such Cash Award, the criteria for the Vesting of such Cash Award, and the right of the Company to require the Participant to repay the Cash Award (with or without interest) upon termination of the Participant's Service within specified periods.

12. PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS

12.1. In General. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may designate Awards granted under the Plan as Performance-Based Awards (as defined below). An Award granted under the Plan may be granted in such a manner that the compensation attributable to such Award is intended by the Committee to qualify as "performance-based compensation" (as such term is used in Code
Section 162(m) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder) and thus be exempt from the deduction limitation imposed by Code Section 162(m) ("Performance-Based Awards").

12.2. Qualification of Performance-Based Awards. Awards shall qualify as Performance-Based Awards under the Plan only if:

(a) at the time of grant the Committee is comprised solely of two or more "outside directors" (as such term is used in Code Section 162(m) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder);

(b) with respect to either the granting or Vesting of an Award (other than
(i) a Nonqualified Stock Option or (ii) a SAR, which are granted with an Exercise Price at or above the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant), such Award is subject to the achievement of a performance goal or goals based on one or more of the performance measures specified in Section 12.3 below;

(c) the Committee establishes in writing (i) the objective performance-based goals applicable to a given performance period, and
(ii) the individual employees or class of employees to which such performance-based goals apply no later than 90 days after the commencement of such performance period (but in no event after 25 percent of such performance period has elapsed);

(d) no compensation attributable to a Performance-Based Award will be paid to or otherwise received by a Participant until the Committee certifies in writing that the performance goal or goals (and any other material terms) applicable to such performance period have been satisfied; and

(e) after the establishment of a performance goal, the Committee shall not revise such performance goal (unless such revision will not disqualify compensation attributable to the Award as "performance-based compensation" under Code Section 162(m)) or

16

increase the amount of compensation payable with respect to such Award upon the attainment of such performance goal.

12.3. Performance Measures. The Committee may use the following performance measures (either individually or in any combination) to set performance goals with respect to Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Awards: net sales; pretax income before allocation of corporate overhead and bonus; budget; cash flow; earnings per share; net income; division, group or corporate financial goals; return on shareholders' equity; return on assets; attainment of strategic and operational initiatives; appreciation in and/or maintenance of the price of the Common Stock or any other publicly-traded securities of the Company; market share; gross profits; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; economic value-added models; comparisons with various stock market indices; increase in number of customers; revenue backlog; margins realized on delivered goods or services; and/or reductions in costs.

12.4. Shareholder Reapproval. As required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(e)(vi), the material terms of performance goals as described in this Section 12 shall be disclosed to and reapproved by the Company's shareholders no later than the first shareholder meeting that occurs in the 5th year following the year in which the Company's shareholders previously approved such performance goals.

13. CHANGE IN CONTROL

13.1. Accelerated Vesting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, if there is a Change in Control of the Company, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may take such actions as it deems appropriate with respect to outstanding Awards, including, without limitation, accelerating the Vesting Date and/or payout of such Awards; provided, however, that such action shall not conflict with any provision contained in an Award Agreement unless such provision is amended in accordance with Section 16.3 below.

13.2. Cashout. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine that, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Company, all or a portion of certain outstanding Awards shall terminate within a specified number of days after notice to the holders, and each such holder shall receive an amount equal to the value of such Award on the date of the Change in Control, and with respect to each share of Common Stock subject to a Stock Option or SAR, an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of such shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the occurrence of such Change in Control of the Company over the Exercise Price per share of such Stock Option or SAR. Such amount shall be payable in cash, in one or more kinds of property (including the property, if any, payable in the transaction) or in a combination thereof, as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

13.3. Assumption or Substitution of Awards. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide that an Award may be assumed by any entity which acquires control of the Company or may be substituted by a similar award under such entity's compensation plans.

17

14. TERMINATION OF SERVICE

14.1. Termination of Service Due to Death or Disability. Subject to any written agreement between the Company, an Affiliate or a Group Company and a Participant, if a Participant's Service is terminated due to death or Disability:

(a) all non-Vested portions of Awards held by the Participant on the date of the Participant's death or Disability shall immediately Vest; and

(b) all Vested portions of Stock Options and SARs held by the Participant on the date of the Participant's death or Disability shall remain exercisable until the earlier of:

(i) the end of the 12-month period following the date of the Participant's death or Disability, or

(ii) the date the Stock Option or SAR would otherwise expire.

14.2. Termination of Service for Cause. Subject to any written agreement between the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company and a Participant, if a Participant's Service is terminated by the Company, the Affiliate or the Group Company, as the case may be, for Cause, all Awards held by the Participant on the date of the termination of Service, whether Vested or non-Vested, shall immediately be forfeited by the Participant as of such date, and, in the event a Participant's Service is terminated by the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company for Cause prior to an IPO, the Company shall have the right to call any shares of Common Stock received by the Participant as a result of the exercise of Stock Options under the Plan and the Participant shall be entitled to receive from the Company an amount equal to the Exercise Price paid for such shares. A Participant's Service shall be deemed to have terminated for Cause if, after the Participant's Service has terminated, facts and circumstances are discovered that would have justified a termination for Cause.

14.3. Other Terminations of Service. Subject to any written agreement between the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company and a Participant, if a Participant's Service is terminated for any reason other than for Cause or other than due to death or Disability:

(a) all non-Vested portions of Awards held by the Participant on the date of the termination of his or her Service shall immediately be forfeited by such Participant as of such date; and

(b) all Vested portions of Stock Options and/or SARs held by the Participant on the date of the termination of his or her Service shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the end of the 90-day period following the date of the termination of the Participant's Service or (ii) the date the Stock Option or SAR would otherwise expire.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Vesting, expiration and forfeiture of any Stock Options and/or SARs Awarded to a Independent Contractor shall be governed by the terms of the written Award Agreement.

14.4. ISOs. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, (i) the provisions contained in this Section 14 shall be applied to an ISO

18

only if the application of such provision maintains the treatment of such ISO as an ISO.

14.5. Leave of Absence. A Participant shall not cease to be an Employee for purposes of this Plan solely on account of a Leave of Absence. For purposes of ISOs, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, on the one hundred eighty-first (181st) day of such leave any ISO held by the Participant shall cease to be treated as an ISO and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonqualified Stock Option. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee, in its sole discretion, reserves the right to designate a Participant's leave of absence as "Personal Leave;" provided that military leaves and approved family or medical leaves shall not be considered Personal Leave. No Awards shall be made to a Participant during Personal Leave. A Participant's un-Vested Awards shall remain un-Vested during such Personal Leave and the time spent on such Personal Leave shall not count towards the vesting of such Awards. A Participant's Vested Stock Options that may be exercised shall remain exercisable upon commencement of Personal Leave until the earlier of (i) a period of one year from the date of commencement of such Personal Leave; or (ii) the remaining exercise period of such Stock Options. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant returns to the Company from a Personal Leave of less than one year and the Participant's Stock Options have not lapsed, the Stock Options shall remain exercisable for the remaining exercise period as provided at the time of grant and subject to the conditions contained herein.

15. TAXES

15.1. Withholding Taxes. With respect to Employees and Group Employees, the Company, or the applicable Affiliate or Group Company, may require a Participant who has Vested in his or her Restricted Stock Award, Stock Unit, Performance Share or Performance Unit granted hereunder, or who exercises a Stock Option or SAR granted hereunder, to reimburse the corporation that employs such Employee or Group Employee for any taxes required by any governmental regulatory authority to be withheld or otherwise deducted and paid by such corporation or entity in respect of the issuance or disposition of such shares or the payment of any amounts. In lieu thereof, the corporation that employs such Employee or Group Employee shall have the right to withhold the amount of such taxes from any other sums due or to become due from such corporation to the Employee or Group Employee upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall prescribe. The corporation that employs the Employee or Group Employee may, in its discretion, hold the stock certificate to which such Employee or Group Employee is entitled upon the vesting of a Restricted Stock Award, Stock Unit, Performance Share or Performance Unit or the exercise of a Stock Option or SAR as security for the payment of such withholding tax liability, until cash sufficient to pay that liability has been accumulated.

15.2. Use of Common Stock to Satisfy Withholding Obligation. With respect to Employees and Group Employees, at any time that the Company or an Affiliate or Group Company that employs such Employee or Group Employee becomes subject to a withholding obligation under applicable law with respect to the vesting of a Restricted Stock Award, Stock Unit,

19

Performance Share or Performance Unit or the exercise of a Nonqualified Stock Option (the "Tax Date"), except as set forth below, a holder of such Award may elect to satisfy, in whole or in part, the holder's related personal tax liabilities (an "Election") by (i) directing the Company, the Affiliate or the Group Company that employs such Employee or Group Employee to withhold from shares issuable in the related vesting or exercise either a specified number of shares, or shares of Common Stock having a specified value in each case equal to the related minimum statutory personal withholding tax liabilities with respect to the applicable taxing jurisdiction, (ii) tendering shares of Common Stock previously issued pursuant to the exercise of a Stock Option or other shares of the Common Stock owned by the holder, or (iii) combining any or all of the foregoing Elections in any fashion. An Election shall be irrevocable. The withheld shares and other shares of Common Stock tendered in payment shall be valued at their Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Tax Date. The Committee may disapprove any Election, suspend or terminate the right to make Elections or provide that the right to make Elections shall not apply to particular shares or exercises. The Committee may impose any additional conditions or restrictions on the right to make an Election as it shall deem appropriate, including conditions or restrictions with respect to
Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

15.3. No Guarantee of Tax Consequences. No person connected with the Plan in any capacity, including, but not limited to, the Company, an Affiliate or a Group Company and their directors, officers, agents and employees makes any representation, commitment, or guarantee that any tax treatment, including, but not limited to, federal, state and local income, estate and gift tax treatment, will be applicable with respect to amounts deferred under the Plan, or paid to or for the benefit of a Participant under the Plan, or that such tax treatment will apply to or be available to a Participant on account of participation in the Plan.

16. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

16.1. Termination of Plan. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time with or without prior notice; provided, however, that no action authorized by this Section 16.1 shall reduce the amount of any outstanding Award or change the terms and conditions thereof without the Participants' consent, except as expressly provided herein.

16.2. Amendment of Plan. The Board may amend the Plan at any time with or without prior notice; provided, however, that no action authorized by this
Section 16.2 shall reduce the amount of any outstanding Award or change the terms and conditions thereof without the Participants' consent, except as expressly provided herein. No amendment of the Plan shall, without the approval of the shareholders of the Company:

(a) increase the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan;

(b) increase the maximum number of shares with respect to all Awards measured in Common Stock that may be granted to any individual under the Plan;

(c) increase the maximum dollar amount that may be paid with respect to all Awards measured in cash; or

(d) modify the requirements as to eligibility for Awards under the Plan.

20

In addition, the Plan shall not be amended without the approval of such amendment by the Company's shareholders if such amendment (i) is required under the rules and regulations of the stock exchange or national market system on which the Common Stock is listed or (ii) will disqualify any ISO granted hereunder.

16.3. Amendment or Cancellation of Award Agreements. The Committee may amend or modify any Award Agreement at any time by mutual agreement between the Committee and the Participant or such other persons as may then have an interest therein. In addition, by mutual agreement between the Committee and a Participant or such other persons as may then have an interest therein, Awards may be granted to an Employee, Group Employee, Nonemployee Director or Independent Contractor in substitution and exchange for, and in cancellation of, any Awards previously granted to such Employee, Group Employee, Nonemployee Director or Independent Contractor under the Plan, or any award previously granted to such Employee, Group Employee, Nonemployee Director or Independent Contractor under any other present or future plan of the Company or any present or future plan of an entity which (i) is purchased by the Company, (ii) purchases the Company, or (iii) merges into or with the Company.

17. MISCELLANEOUS

17.1. Other Provisions. Awards granted under the Plan may also be subject to such other provisions (whether or not applicable to an Award granted to any other Participant) as the Committee determines on the date of grant to be appropriate, including, without limitation, for the installment purchase of Common Stock under Stock Options, to assist the Participant in financing the acquisition of Common Stock, for the forfeiture of, or restrictions on resale or other disposition of, Common Stock acquired under any Stock Option, for the acceleration of Vesting of Awards in the event of a Change in Control of the Company, for the payment of the value of Awards to Participants in the event of a Change in Control of the Company, or to comply with federal and state securities laws, or understandings or conditions as to the Participant's Service in addition to those specifically provided for under the Plan.

17.2. Restrictive Covenants and Other Terms and Conditions. The Committee may provide, by way of the Award Agreement or otherwise, that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, if the Participant breaches the non-compete, non-solicitation, non-disclosure or other terms, conditions, restrictions and/or limitations of the Award Agreement, whether during or after termination of Service, in addition to any other penalties or restrictions that may apply under any employment agreement, state law, or otherwise, the Participant will forfeit:

(a) any and all Awards granted to him or her under the Plan, including Awards that have become Vested and exercisable; and/or

(b) forfeit the profit the Participant has realized on the exercise of any Stock Options, which is the difference between the Stock Options' Exercise Price and the Fair Market Value of any Stock Option the Participant exercised after terminating Service and within the six month period immediately preceding the Participant's termination of Service (the Participant may be required to repay such difference to the Company).

21

17.3. Transferability. Each Award granted under the Plan to a Participant shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and Stock Options and SARs shall be exercisable, during the Participant's lifetime, only by the Participant. In the event of the death of a Participant, each Stock Option or SAR theretofore granted to him or her shall be exercisable during such period after his or her death as the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, set forth in the Award Agreement on the date of grant and then only by the executor or administrator of the estate of the deceased Participant or the person or persons to whom the deceased Participant's rights under the Stock Option or SAR shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may permit the transferability of a Stock Option (other than an ISO) by a Participant solely to members of the Participant's immediate family or trusts or family partnerships or other similar entities for the benefit of such persons, and subject to such terms, conditions, restrictions and/or limitations, if any, as the Committee may establish and include in the Award Agreement.

17.4. Election to Defer Compensation Attributable to Award. The Committee may, in its sole discretion and subject to Code Section 409A, allow a Participant to elect to defer the receipt of any compensation attributable to an Award under guidelines and procedures to be established by the Committee after taking into account the advice of the Company's tax counsel.

17.5. Listing of Shares and Related Matters. If at any time the Committee shall determine that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock subject to an Award on any securities exchange or under any applicable law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of an Award or the issuance of shares of Common Stock thereunder, such Award may not be exercised, distributed or paid out, as the case may be, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.

17.6. No Right, Title, or Interest in Company Assets. Participants shall have no right, title, or interest whatsoever in or to any investments which the Company may make to aid it in meeting its obligations under the Plan. Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant, beneficiary, legal representative or any other person. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company. All payments to be made hereunder shall be paid from the general funds of the Company, no special or separate fund shall be established, and no segregation of assets shall be made to assure payment of such amounts except as expressly set forth in the Plan. The Plan is not intended to be subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

17.7. No Right to Continued Employment or Service or to Grants. A Participant's rights, if any, to continue to serve the Company, an Affiliate or a Group Company as a director, officer, employee, independent contractor or otherwise, shall not be enlarged or otherwise affected by his or her

22

designation as a Participant under the Plan, and the Company, the Affiliate and the Group Company reserve the right to terminate the employment or Service of any Employee or Group Employee or the services of any Independent Contractor or director at any time. The adoption of the Plan shall not be deemed to give any Employee, Group Employee, Nonemployee Director, Independent Contractor or any other individual any right to be selected as a Participant or to be granted an Award.

17.8. Awards Subject to Foreign Laws. The Committee may grant Awards to individual Participants who are subject to the tax laws of nations other than the United States, and such Awards may have terms and conditions as determined by the Committee as necessary to comply with applicable foreign laws. The Committee may take any action that it deems advisable to obtain approval of such Awards by the appropriate foreign governmental entity; provided, however, that no such Awards may be granted pursuant to this
Section and no action may be taken which would result in a violation of the Exchange Act or any other applicable law.

17.9. Governing Law. The Plan, all Awards granted hereunder, and all actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to principles of conflict of laws, except as superseded by applicable federal law. Participants, the Company, a Group Company and Affiliate each submit and consent to the jurisdiction of the courts in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, County of Worcester, including the Federal Courts located therein, should Federal jurisdiction requirements exist in any action brought to enforce (or otherwise relating to) this Plan or an Award Agreement.

17.10. Other Benefits. No Award granted under the Plan shall be considered compensation for purposes of computing benefits under any retirement plan of the Company, an Affiliate or a Group Company nor affect any benefits or compensation under any other benefit or compensation plan of the Company, and Affiliate or a Group Company, now or subsequently in effect.

17.11. No Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award. The Committee shall determine whether cash, Common Stock, Stock Options, or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

17.12. Compliance With Code Section 409A. Any provision of the Plan that becomes subject to Code Section 409A, will be interpreted and applied consistent with that Section and the applicable Treasury Regulations.

23

EXHIBIT 10.3

IPG PHOTONICS NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION PLAN

A. Non-Employee Directors of IPG Photonics Corporation (the "Company") will continue to receive an annual cash retainer of $30,000, but will not receive separate fees for attending meetings of the Board of Directors or shareholders. Non-Employee Directors are expected to attend in person all Board meetings, except for telephonic meetings formally called.

B. Commencing July 1, 2006, the Chairman and Members of the Audit, Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance and Other Committees will also receive cash annual retainers as set forth below, but will not receive separate fees for attending meetings of Committees. Non-Employee Director Committee Members are expected to attend in person all Committee meetings, except for telephonic meetings formally called.

                       Chairman    Member
                       --------   -------

Audit                   $20,000   $10,000

Compensation            $15,000   $ 7,500

Nominating &
Corporate Governance    $10,000   $ 5,000

Other Committees        $ 5,000   $ 2,500

C. Upon initial election to the Board, new Non-Employee Directors will continue to receive options to purchase 30,000 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the shares of the Company's common stock on the date of the grant. The options will have a term of four (4) years and will vest at the rate of 25% per year commencing on the earlier of the one-year anniversary date or the date of the annual shareholders meeting, and 25% thereafter on the earlier of each anniversary date or the date of the annual shareholders meeting.

D. Each sitting Non-Employee Director who has served since June 2005 will be granted at the Board meeting on June 21, 2006, options to purchase 10,000 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the shares of the Company's common stock on the date of the grant. The options will have a term of four (4) years and will vest at the rate of 25% per year commencing on the earlier of the one-year anniversary date or the date of the annual shareholders meeting, and 25% thereafter on the earlier of each anniversary date or the date of the annual shareholders meeting.

E. Commencing in calendar year 2007, annually each sitting Non-Employee Director continuing in office after the annual shareholders meeting will receive immediately following the shareholders meeting options to purchase 10,000 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the shares of the Company's common stock on the date of the grant. The options will have a term of four (4) years and will vest at the rate of 25% per year commencing on the earlier of the one-year anniversary date or the date of the annual shareholders meeting, and 25% thereafter on the earlier of each anniversary date or the date of the annual shareholders meeting.

F. After the initial public offering (IPO) of the common stock of the Company, the following shall apply to the equity portion of Non-Employee Director


compensation, except for hardship cases:

1. Within one year after the IPO for existing directors, or within one year after the date of first election to the Board for directors elected after the IPO, every Non-Employee Director will be expected to own shares of the Company's common stock in an amount not less than $25,000 in market value as of the date of purchase of such shares, and continue to hold such shares until his service as a director concludes.

2. Within three years after the IPO for existing directors, or within three years after the date of first election to the Board for directors elected after the IPO, every Non-Employee Director will be expected to have increased his ownership of shares of the Company's common stock in an amount not less than $50,000 in market value as of the date of purchase of such shares, and continue to hold such shares until his service as a director concludes.

3. Within five years after the IPO for existing directors, or within five years after the date of first election to the Board for directors elected after the IPO, every Non-Employee Director will be expected to have increased his ownership of shares of the Company's common stock in an amount equal to five times the annual Board cash retainer in market value as of the date of purchase of such shares, and continue to hold such shares until his service as a director concludes.

4. Guidelines for hardship exceptions will be developed, but the determination of hardship should be made by a majority of the disinterested Directors on a case-by-case basis.

G. Any unvested options of a Non-Employee Director who retires, in accordance with the Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan, as amended from time to time, after eight years of service on the Board will vest on the last day of such Director's service. This will apply only to options granted on or after June 21, 2006.

Adopted June 21, 2006

2

EXHIBIT 10.4

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS STOCK PLAN
(Effective June 21, 2006)

IPG Photonics Corporation has established this IPG Photonics Corporation Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan to attract and retain Non-Employee Directors of IPG Photonics Corporation.

1. DEFINITIONS

The following terms shall have the following meanings unless the context indicates otherwise:

1.1. "Award" shall mean a Stock Option, a SAR, a Stock Award, a Stock Unit, or a Cash Award.

1.2. "Award Agreement" shall mean a written agreement between the Company and a Participant that establishes the terms, conditions, restrictions and/or limitations applicable to an Award, in addition to those established by the Plan and by the Board.

1.3. "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

1.4. "Cause" shall have the meaning set forth in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company. If there is no written agreement between the Participant and the Company, or if such agreement does not define "Cause," then "Cause" shall have the meaning specified in the Award Agreement; provided, that if the Award Agreement does not so specify, "Cause" shall mean, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, the Participant: (i) engages in conduct that cause financial or reputational injury to the Company; (ii) engages in any act of dishonesty or misconduct that results in damage to the Company, or its business or reputation or that the Board determines to adversely affect the value, reliability or performance of the Participant to the Company; (iii) refuses or fails to substantially comply with the human resources rules, policies, directions and/or restrictions relating to harassment and/or discrimination, or with compliance or risk management rules, policies, directions and/or restrictions of the Company; or (iv) fails to cooperate with the Company in any internal investigation or administrative, regulatory or judicial proceeding. If any part of the definition of Cause set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above is deemed applicable to a Participant, this shall not preclude or prevent the reliance by the Company or the Board on any other part of the preceding sentence that also may be applicable. An act or omission is "willful" for this purpose if it was knowingly done, or knowingly omitted to be done, by the Participant not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the act or omission was in the best interest of the Company.

1.5. "Change in Control of the Company" shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following:

(a) Any "person" (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), including a "group" (as defined in Section


13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than (i) the Company, (ii) any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, or (iii) any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate, becomes a "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company having fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the Company that may be cast for the election of directors of the Company (other than as a result of an issuance of securities initiated by the Company in the ordinary course of business) (the "Company Voting Securities"); provided, however, that the event described in this paragraph (a) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities;

(b) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Directors") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, unless the election, or the nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company, of each new director of the Company during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then still in office;

(c) As the result of, or in connection with, any cash tender or exchange offer, merger or other business combination, sale of all or substantially all of the assets or contested election, or any combination of the foregoing transactions, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the Company or any successor corporation or entity entitled to vote generally in the election of the directors of the Company or such other corporation or entity after such transaction is held in the aggregate by the holders of the securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; or

(d) The shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided, however, that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control transaction shall then occur.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to avoid subjecting Participants to interest and additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, no "Change in Control" will be deemed to occur unless and until paragraph
(a), (b), (c) or (d), above, and the preceding paragraph are satisfied and
Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code is satisfied.

2

1.6. "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

1.7. "Committee" shall mean (i) the Board or (ii) a committee or subcommittee of the Board appointed by the Board from among its members. The Committee may be the Board's Compensation Committee. Unless the Board determines otherwise, the Committee shall be comprised solely of not less than two members who each shall qualify as a "Non-Employee Director" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(b)(3) (or any successor rule) under the Exchange Act.

1.8. "Common Stock" shall mean the voting, common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company.

1.9. "Company" shall mean IPG Photonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

1.10. "Disability" means the total and permanent disability of a Participant (incurred while in the active service of the Company) based on proof satisfactory to the Board. Total and permanent disability shall be as defined in the Company's long-term disability plan, if any, or as otherwise provided by the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to avoid subjecting an individual to interest and additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such individual shall not be deemed to have a Disability unless and until Section 409A(a)(2)(C) is satisfied.

1.11. "Dividend Equivalent Right" shall mean the right to receive an amount equal to the amount of any dividend paid with respect to a share of Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock underlying or with respect to a Stock Option, a SAR, or a Stock Unit, and which shall be payable in cash, in Common Stock, or in the form of Stock Units, or a combination of any or all of the foregoing.

1.12. "Effective Date" shall mean the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Board.

1.13. "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including applicable regulations thereunder.

1.14. "Fair Market Value of the Common Stock" shall mean:

(a) if the Common Stock is readily tradeable on a national securities exchange or other market system, the closing price of the Common Stock on the date of calculation (or on the last preceding trading date if Common Stock was not traded on such date), or

(b) if the Common Stock is not readily tradeable on a national securities exchange or other market system, the value as determined in good faith by the Board.

1.15. "Non-Employee Director" shall mean a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any of its affiliates.

1.16. "Nonqualified Stock Option" shall mean a Stock Option that does not qualify as an "incentive stock option" as such term is used in Code Section 422.

3

1.17. "Nonvoting Stock" shall mean the capital stock of any class or classes having no voting power to elect the directors of a corporation.

1.18. "Participant" shall mean any Non-Employee Director to whom an Award has been granted by the Board under the Plan.

1.19. "Plan" shall mean the IPG Photonics Corporation Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan, as amended.

1.20. "Recapitalization" shall mean any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the Company's outstanding shares of capital stock as a class without the Company's receipt of consideration.

1.21. "Reorganization" shall mean any of the following: (a) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity; (b) a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets; (c) a reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but in which the Company's outstanding voting securities are transferred in whole or in part to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to the merger; or (d) any transaction effected primarily to change the state in which the Company is incorporated or to create a holding company structure.

1.22. "Retirement" means termination of Service (other than removal for Cause, death or Disability) after completion of eight or more years of Service as a director, only if the Non-Employee Director shall provide Services until the end of a full one-year term (which for this purpose is until the next annual meeting of shareholders) or, in the event of a classified board of directors in which a class of directors is elected by shareholders and where a retiring director may be serving a multi-year term, until the end of a full year of such term (which for this purpose is until the next annual meeting of shareholders).

1.23. "SAR" shall mean a grant by the Board to a Participant of a stock appreciation right as described in Section 7 below.

1.24. "Service" shall mean the provision of services to the Company as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

1.25. "Stock" shall mean the shares of capital stock of the Company.

1.26. "Stock Award" shall mean a grant by the Board to a Participant of an Award of Common Stock as described in Section 8.1 below.

1.27. "Stock Option" shall mean a grant by the Board to a Participant of an option to purchase Common Stock as described in Section 6 below.

1.28. "Stock Unit" shall mean a grant by the Board to a Participant of an Award as described in Section 8.2 below.

1.29. "Treasury Regulations" shall mean the regulations promulgated under the Code by the United States Department of the Treasury, as amended from time to time.

1.30. "Vest" shall mean:

4

(a) with respect to Stock Options and SARs, when the Stock Option or SAR (or a portion of such Stock Option or SAR) first becomes exercisable and remains exercisable subject to the terms and conditions of such Stock Option or SAR; or

(b) with respect to Awards other than Stock Options and SARs, when the Participant has:

(i) an unrestricted right, title and interest to receive the compensation (whether payable in Common Stock, cash or a combination of both) attributable to an Award (or a portion of such Award) or to otherwise enjoy the benefits underlying such Award; and

(ii) a right to transfer an Award subject to no Company-imposed restrictions or limitations other than restrictions and/or limitations imposed by Section 10 below.

1.31. "Vesting Date" shall mean the date or dates on which an Award Vests.

1.32. "Voting Stock" shall mean the capital stock of any class or classes having general voting power under ordinary circumstances, in the absence of contingencies, to elect the directors of a corporation.

2. TERM OF PLAN. The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date. The Plan shall terminate on the 10th anniversary of the Effective Date, unless sooner terminated by the Board under Section 13.1 below.

3. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

3.1. Eligibility. All Non-Employee Directors shall be eligible to participate in the Plan and to receive Awards.

3.2. Participation. Participants shall consist of such Non-Employee Directors as the Board in its sole discretion designates to receive Awards under the Plan.

4. ADMINISTRATION

4.1. Responsibility. The Board shall have the responsibility, in its sole discretion, to control, operate, manage and administer the Plan in accordance with its terms.

4.2. Award Agreement. Each Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement which shall be signed by the Company and the Participant; provided, however, that in the event of any conflict between a provision of the Plan and any provision of an Award Agreement, the provision of the Plan shall prevail.

4.3. Authority of the Board. The Board shall have all the discretionary authority that may be necessary or desirable to enable it to discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Plan.

4.4. Delegation of Authority. The Board may delegate to the Committee all or any part of its authority under the Plan. To the extent of any such delegation, references in the Plan to the Board will be deemed to be references to the Committee.

5

4.5. Determinations and Interpretations by the Board. All determinations and interpretations made by the Board shall be binding and conclusive on all Participants and their heirs, successors, and legal representatives.

4.6. Liability. No member of the Board, no member of the Committee and no employee of the Company shall be liable for (a) any act or failure to act hereunder, except in circumstances involving his or her gross negligence or willful misconduct, or (b) any act or failure to act hereunder by any other member or employee or by any agent to whom duties in connection with the administration of the Plan have been delegated.

4.7. Indemnification. Each person who is or has been a member of the Committee or the Board, and any individual or individuals to whom the Board has delegated authority under this Section 4, will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from and against any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or as a result of any claim, action, suit or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken, or failure to act with respect to their duties on behalf of, under the Plan, except in circumstances involving such person's gross negligence or willful misconduct. Each such person will also be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from and against any and all amounts paid by him or her in a settlement approved by the Company, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment, of or in a claim, action, suit or proceeding against him or her and described in the previous sentence, so long as he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the claim, action, suit or proceeding before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of or limit any other rights of indemnification to which a person who is or has been a member of the Committee or the Board may be entitled under the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company, as a matter of law, agreement or otherwise, including but not limited to any indemnification agreement between an indemnified person hereunder and the Company as it may be amended from time to time, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify him or her or hold him or her harmless. Any person entitled to indemnification under this
Section shall have the right to elect to be indemnified under this Section or any other arrangement or agreement pursuant to which such person is entitled to indemnification from the Company, or any combination thereof.

5. SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN

5.1. Available Shares. At any given time, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued or transferred to Participants under the Plan will be 0.75% of the number of Company shares outstanding (on a fully-diluted basis) at the end of the plan year preceding the then-current plan year, or on January 1, 2006, whichever is greater, subject to adjustments made in accordance with Section 5.2 below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued or transferred to Participants under the Plan shall be 250,000 shares. Shares of Common Stock issued or transferred under the Plan may be either authorized or unissued shares, shares of issued stock held in the Company's treasury, or a combination of both,

6

at the discretion of the Company. Any shares of Common Stock underlying an Award which terminate by reason of expiration, forfeiture, cancellation or otherwise without the issuance of such shares shall again be available under the Plan. Awards that are payable only in cash are not subject to this Section 5.1.

5.2. Adjustment to Shares. If there is any change in the Common Stock of the Company, through merger, consolidation, Reorganization, Recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, dividend in kind or other like change in capital structure or distribution (other than normal cash dividends) to stockholders of the Company, an adjustment shall be made to each outstanding Award so that each such Award shall thereafter be with respect to or exercisable for such securities, cash and/or other property as would have been received in respect of the Common Stock subject to such Award had such Award been paid, distributed or exercised in full immediately prior to such change or distribution. Such adjustment shall be made successively each time any such change or distribution shall occur. In addition, in the event of any such change or distribution, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants' rights under the Plan, the Board shall have the authority to adjust, in an equitable manner, the number and kind of shares that may be issued under the Plan, the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding Awards, the exercise price applicable to outstanding Stock Options, and the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock and other value determinations applicable to outstanding Awards. Appropriate adjustments may also be made by the Board in the terms of any Awards granted under the Plan to reflect such changes or distributions and to modify any other terms of outstanding Awards on an equitable basis, including modifications of performance goals and changes in the length of performance periods. In addition, the Board is authorized to make adjustments to the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company, or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles.

6. STOCK OPTIONS

6.1. In General. The Board may, in its sole discretion, grant Stock Options to Non-Employee Directors on or after the Effective Date. The Stock Options so granted shall be Nonqualified Stock Options. The Board shall, in its sole discretion, determine the Non-Employee Directors who will receive Stock Options and the number of shares of Common Stock underlying each Stock Option. Each Stock Option shall be subject to such terms and conditions consistent with the Plan as the Board may impose from time to time. In addition, each Stock Option shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Sections 6.2 through 6.6 below.

6.2. Exercise Price. The Board shall specify the exercise price of each Stock Option in the Award Agreement which exercise price shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.

6.3. Term of Stock Option. The Board shall specify the term of each Stock Option in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that no Stock Option

7

shall be exercisable after the 10th anniversary of the date of grant of such Stock Option. Each Stock Option shall terminate at such earlier times and upon such conditions or circumstances as the Board shall, in its sole discretion, set forth in the Award Agreement on the date of grant.

6.4. Vesting Date. The Board shall specify in the Award Agreement the Vesting Date for each Stock Option. The Board may grant Stock Options that are Vested, either in whole or in part, on the date of grant. If the Board fails to specify a Vesting Date in the Award Agreement, 25 percent of such Stock Option shall become exercisable on each of the first four one-year anniversaries of the date of grant and shall remain exercisable following such anniversary date until the Stock Option expires in accordance with its terms under the Award Agreement or under the terms of the Plan. The Vesting of a Stock Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Board.

6.5. Exercise of Stock Options. The Stock Option exercise price may be paid in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Board, by delivery to the Company of shares of Common Stock then owned by the Participant, or by the Company's withholding a portion of the shares of Common Stock for which the Stock Option is exercisable, or by a combination of these methods. If the Common Stock is readily tradeable on a national securities exchange or other market system, payment may also be made by delivering a properly executed exercise notice to the Company and delivering a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker directing the broker to promptly deliver to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds to pay the exercise price. To facilitate the foregoing, the Company may enter into agreements for coordinated procedures with one or more brokerage firms. The Board may prescribe any other method of paying the exercise price that it determines to be consistent with applicable law and the purpose of the Plan, including, without limitation, in lieu of the delivery to the Company of shares of Common Stock then owned by the Participant, providing the Company with a notarized statement attesting to the number of shares owned by the Participant, where, upon verification by the Company, the Company would issue to the Participant only the number of incremental shares to which the Participant is entitled upon exercise of the Stock Option. In determining which methods a Participant may utilize to pay the exercise price, the Board may consider such factors as it determines are appropriate.

6.6. Additional Terms and Conditions. The Board may, by way of the Award Agreements or otherwise, establish such other terms, conditions, restrictions and/or limitations, if any, of any Stock Option, provided they are not inconsistent with the Plan.

7. SARS

7.1. In General. The Board may, in its sole discretion, grant SARs to Non-Employee Directors. A SAR is a right to receive a payment in cash, Common Stock or a combination of both, in an amount equal to the excess of
(x) the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, or other specified valuation, of a specified number of shares of Common Stock on the date the SAR is exercised over (y) the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, or other specified valuation (which shall be no less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock), of such shares of Common Stock

8

on the date the SAR is granted, all as determined by the Board; provided, however, that if a SAR is granted retroactively in tandem with or in substitution for a Stock Option, the designated Fair Market Value of the Common Stock in the Award Agreement may be the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date such Stock Option was granted. Each SAR shall be subject to such terms and conditions, including, but not limited to, a provision that automatically converts a SAR into a Stock Option on a conversion date specified at the time of grant, as the Board shall impose from time to time in its sole discretion and subject to the terms of the Plan.

8. STOCK AWARDS AND STOCK UNITS

8.1. Stock Awards. The Board may, in its sole discretion, grant Stock Awards to Non-Employee Directors as additional compensation or in lieu of other compensation for services to the Company. A Stock Award shall consist of shares of Common Stock which shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Board in its sole discretion determines appropriate including, without limitation, restrictions on the sale or other disposition of such shares and the Vesting Date with respect to such shares. The Board may require the Participant to deliver a duly signed stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Common Stock covered by such Stock Award and/or that the stock certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody or bear restrictive legends until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed. With respect to shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a holder of shares of Common Stock, including the right to receive dividends and to vote the shares, unless the Board determines otherwise on the date of grant.

8.2. Stock Units. The Board may, in its sole discretion, grant Stock Units to Non-Employee Directors as additional compensation or in lieu of other compensation for services to the Company. A Stock Unit is a hypothetical share of Common Stock represented by a notional account established and maintained (or caused to be established or maintained) by the Company for such Participant who receives a grant of Stock Units. Stock Units shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Board, in its sole discretion, determines appropriate including, without limitation, determinations of the Vesting Date with respect to such Stock Units and the criteria for the Vesting of such Stock Units. Subject to Section 8.3, a Stock Unit granted by the Board shall provide for payment in cash or shares of Common Stock at such time or times as the Award Agreement shall specify. The Board shall determine whether a Participant who has been granted a Stock Unit shall also be entitled to a Dividend Equivalent Right.

8.3. Payout of Stock Units. Subject to a Participant's election to defer in accordance with Section 13.3 below, upon the Vesting of a Stock Unit, the shares of Common Stock representing the Stock Unit shall be distributed to the Participant, unless the Board, in its sole discretion, provides for the payment of the Stock Unit in cash (or partly in cash and partly in shares of Common Stock) equal to the value of the shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be distributed to the Participant.

9

9. CHANGE IN CONTROL

9.1. Accelerated Vesting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, if there is a Change in Control of the Company, all outstanding Awards shall accelerate, including, without limitation, acceleration of the Vesting Date and/or payout of such Awards.

9.2. Cashout. The Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Company, all or a portion of certain outstanding Awards shall terminate within a specified number of days after notice to the holders, and each such holder shall receive an amount equal to the value of such Award on the date of the Change in Control, and with respect to each share of Common Stock subject to a Stock Option or SAR, an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of such shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the occurrence of such Change in Control of the Company over the exercise price per share of such Stock Option or SAR. Such amount shall be payable in cash, in one or more kinds of property (including the property, if any, payable in the transaction) or in a combination thereof, as the Board, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

9.3. Assumption or Substitution of Awards. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, the Board may, in its sole discretion, provide that an Award may be assumed by any entity which acquires control of the Company or may be substituted by a similar award under such entity's compensation plans.

10. TERMINATION OF SERVICE

10.1. Termination of Service Due to Death, Disability or Retirement. Subject to any written agreement between the Company and a Participant, if a Participant's Service is terminated due to death, disability or Retirement:

(a) all non-Vested portions of Awards held by the Participant on the date of the Participant's death or the date of the termination of his or her Service for disability or Retirement, as the case may be, shall immediately become vested; and

(b) all Vested portions of Awards held by the Participant on the date of the Participant's death or the date of the termination of his or her Service for disability or Retirement, as the case may be, shall remain exercisable until the earlier of:

(i) the end of the 12-month period following the date of the Participant's death or the date of the termination of his or her Service for disability or Retirement, as the case may be, or

(ii) the date the Award would otherwise expire.

10.2. Termination of Service for Cause. Subject to any written agreement between the Company and a Participant, if a Participant's Service is terminated by the Company because of a removal for Cause, all Awards held by the Participant on the date of the termination of Service, whether Vested or non-Vested, shall immediately be forfeited by the Participant as of such date. A Participant's Service shall be deemed to have removed for Cause if, after the Participant's Service has

10

terminated, facts and circumstances are discovered that would have justified a removal for Cause.

10.3. Other Terminations of Service. Subject to any written agreement between the Company and a Participant, if a Participant's Service is terminated for any reason other than for Cause, death, disability or Retirement:

(a) all non-Vested portions of Awards held by the Participant on the date of the termination of his or her Service shall immediately be forfeited by such Participant as of such date; and

(b) all Vested portions of Awards held by the Participant on the date of the termination of his or her Service shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the end of the 90-day period following the date of the termination of the Participant's Service or (ii) the date the Award would otherwise expire.

11. TAXES

11.1. Withholding Taxes. The Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local taxes, domestic or foreign, required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising under the Plan.

11.2. Use of Common Stock to Satisfy Withholding Obligation. With respect to withholding required upon the exercise of Stock Options or SARs, upon the lapse of restrictions on a Stock Award, or upon any other taxable event arising as a result of Awards granted hereunder, the Company may satisfy the minimum withholding requirement for supplemental wages, in whole or in part, by withholding shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value (determined on the date the Participant recognizes taxable income on the Award) equal to the minimum withholding tax required to be collected on the transaction. The Participant may elect, subject to the approval of the Board, to deliver the necessary funds to satisfy the withholding obligation to the Company, in which case there will be no reduction in the shares of Common Stock otherwise distributable to the Participant.

12. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

12.1. Termination of Plan. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time with or without prior notice; provided, however, that no action authorized by this Section 12.1 shall reduce the amount of any outstanding Award or change the terms and conditions thereof without the Participants' consent.

12.2. Amendment of Plan. The Board may amend the Plan at any time with or without prior notice; provided, however, that no action authorized by this
Section 12.2 shall reduce the amount of any outstanding Award or change the terms and conditions thereof without the Participants' consent. No amendment of the Plan shall, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company:

(a) increase the total number of shares which may be issued under the Plan by amending the formula and/or limit contained in Section 5.1 hereof; or

11

(b) modify the requirements as to eligibility for Awards under the Plan.

In addition, the Plan shall not be amended without the approval of such amendment by the Company's stockholders if such amendment is required under the rules and regulations of the stock exchange or national market system on which the Common Stock is listed.

12.3. Amendment or Cancellation of Award Agreements. The Board may amend or modify any Award Agreement at any time by mutual agreement between the Company and the Participant or such other persons as may then have an interest therein. In addition, by mutual agreement between the Company and a Participant or such other persons as may then have an interest therein, Awards may be granted to a Non-Employee Director in substitution and exchange for, and in cancellation of, any Awards previously granted to such Non-Employee Director under the Plan, or any award previously granted to such Non-Employee Director under any other present or future plan of the Company or any present or future plan of an entity which (i) is purchased by the Company, (ii) purchases the Company, or (iii) merges into or with the Company.

13. MISCELLANEOUS

13.1. Other Provisions. Awards granted under the Plan may also be subject to such other provisions (whether or not applicable to an Award granted to any other Participant) as the Company determines on the date of grant to be appropriate, including, without limitation, for the forfeiture of, or restrictions on resale or other disposition of, Common Stock acquired under any Stock Option, for the acceleration of Vesting of Awards in the event of a Change in Control of the Company, for the payment of the value of Awards to Participants in the event of a Change in Control of the Company, or to comply with federal and state securities laws.

13.2. Transferability. Each Award granted under the Plan to a Participant shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and Stock Options and SARs shall be exercisable, during the Participant's lifetime, only by the Participant. In the event of the death of a Participant, each Stock Option or SAR theretofore granted to him or her shall be exercisable during such period after his or her death as the Board shall, in its sole discretion, set forth in the Award Agreement on the date of grant and then only by the executor or administrator of the estate of the deceased Participant or the person or persons to whom the deceased Participant's rights under the Stock Option or SAR shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board, in its sole discretion, may permit the transferability of a Stock Option by a Participant solely to members of the Participant's immediate family or trusts or family partnerships or other similar entities for the benefit of such persons, and subject to such terms, conditions, restrictions and/or limitations, if any, as the Board may establish and include in the Award Agreement.

13.3. Election to Defer Compensation Attributable to Award. The Board may, in its sole discretion and subject to Code Section 409A, allow a Participant to elect to defer the receipt of any compensation attributable to an Award under guidelines and procedures to be

12

established by the Board after taking into account the advice of the Company's tax counsel.

13.4. Listing of Shares and Related Matters. If at any time the Board shall determine that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock subject to an Award on any securities exchange or under any applicable law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of an Award or the issuance of shares of Common Stock thereunder, such Award may not be exercised, distributed or paid out, as the case may be, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Board.

13.5. No Right to Continued Service or to Grants. A Participant's rights, if any, to continue to serve the Company as a director shall not be enlarged or otherwise affected by his or her designation as a Participant under the Plan. The adoption of the Plan shall not be deemed to give any Non-Employee Director or any other individual any right to be selected as a Participant or to be granted an Award.

13.6. Governing Law. The Plan, all Awards granted hereunder, and all actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to principles of conflict of laws, except as superseded by applicable federal law. Participants and the Company each submit and consent to the jurisdiction of the courts in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, County of Worcester, including the Federal Courts located therein, should Federal jurisdiction requirements exist in any action brought to enforce (or otherwise relating to) this Plan or an Award Agreement.

13.7. Other Benefits. No Award granted under the Plan shall be considered compensation for purposes of computing benefits under any retirement plan of the Company nor affect any benefits or compensation under any other benefit or compensation plan of the Company, now or subsequently in effect.

13.8. No Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award. The Board shall determine whether cash, Common Stock, Stock Options, or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

13.9. Compliance With Code Section 409A. Any provision of the Plan that becomes subject to Code Section 409A, will be interpreted and applied consistent with that Section and the applicable Treasury Regulations.

13

EXHIBIT 10.5

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

SENIOR EXECUTIVE

SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE I GENERAL

SECTION 1.1 PURPOSE.

The purpose of the IPG Photonics Corporation Senior Executive Short-Term Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is to benefit and advance the interests of IPG Photonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), by providing to selected senior executives of the Company and its subsidiaries performance-based incentive compensation ("Awards") that are based upon the level of achievement of financial, business and other performance criteria.

SECTION 1.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

The Plan shall be administered by a committee (the "Committee") appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"), consisting of at least such number of directors who have qualifications that satisfy the "outside director" requirements of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and the regulations thereunder. The Committee shall adopt such rules as it may deem appropriate in order to carry out the purpose of the Plan. All questions of interpretation, administration and application of the Plan shall be determined by a majority of the members of the Committee then in office, except that the Committee may authorize any one or more of its members, or any officer of the Company, to execute and deliver documents on behalf of the Committee. The determination of such majority shall be final and binding in all matters relating to the Plan. The Committee shall have authority to designate the eligible persons specified in Section 1.3 below who will receive Awards under, and become participants in, the Plan ("Participants") and to determine the terms and conditions of such Awards.

With respect to any restrictions in the Plan that are based on the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code or any other applicable law, rule or restriction, to the extent that any such restrictions are no longer required, the Committee shall have the sole discretion and authority to grant Awards that are not subject to such restrictions and/or to waive any such restrictions with respect to outstanding Awards.

SECTION 1.3 ELIGIBLE PERSONS.

Awards may be granted only to employees of the Company or one of its subsidiaries who are at the level of Vice President or employee-Director of the Company or one of its subsidiaries or at a more senior level. An individual shall not be deemed an employee for purposes of the Plan unless such individual is classified and receives compensation from either the Company or one of its subsidiaries for services performed as an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.


ARTICLE II AWARDS

SECTION 2.1 AWARDS.

The Committee may grant Awards to eligible employees with respect to each fiscal year of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan.

SECTION 2.2 TERMS OF AWARDS.

Not later than ninety days after the start of each fiscal year of the Company (but not after more than 25% of the Performance Period (as such term is defined below) has elapsed) or, for fiscal 2005, not later than April 15, 2005, the Committee shall (i) determine the Participants from the eligible persons under Section 1.3 above, (ii) establish for such period ("Performance Period") the applicable performance goals and objectives ("Performance Targets") for the Company and the subsidiaries and divisions thereof and for each individual Participant and the percentage allocation to each such Performance Target, and
(iii) establish target awards ("Target Awards") for each Participant which shall equal a percentage (up to 200%) of the Participant's Salary (as such term is defined below). Performance Targets under the Plan may include (but shall not be limited to) any of the following: net earnings; operating earnings or income; earnings growth; net income (absolute or competitive growth rates comparative); net income applicable to common stock; gross revenue or revenue by pre-defined business segment (absolute or competitive growth rates comparative); revenue backlog; margins realized on delivered services; cash flow, including operating cash flow, free cash flow, discounted cash flow return on investment, and cash flow in excess of cost of capital; earnings per share of common stock; return on stockholders equity (absolute or peer-group comparative); stock price (absolute or peer-group comparative); absolute and/or relative return on common stockholders equity; absolute and/or relative return on capital; absolute and/or relative return on assets; economic value added (income in excess of cost of capital); customer satisfaction; expense reduction; ratio of operating expenses to operating revenues; product development milestones; debt-to-capital ratio or market share. The Committee may specify any reasonable definition for the Performance Targets that it uses during a Performance Period.

"Salary" shall mean the annual base salary of the Participant for the Performance Period, and (ii) an amount equal to the annual rate of any deferred compensation for such Performance Period; PROVIDED that, if the Participant has an employment agreement as in effect on the "Effective Date" (as defined below) and such employment agreement expires prior to the end of any Performance Period, the amount of base salary and deferred compensation determined hereunder shall relate to the highest annual amounts that were provided for under such employment agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Salary" determined hereunder shall not include any amounts that would cause the Committee to exercise discretion not otherwise permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code to the extent Section 162(m) of the Code shall be applicable.

SECTION 2.3 DETERMINATION OF AWARDS.

As soon as administratively practicable after the end of the relevant Performance Period, the Committee, or, if applicable, the

2

Committee's delegate, shall determine the amount of the Award for each Participant by: (i) determining the actual performance results for each Performance Target; (ii) determining the amount to which each Participant is entitled based on the percentage allocated by the Committee to each Performance Target against the Target Award for each Participant; and (iii) certifying by resolution duly adopted by the Committee (or equivalent action by the Committee's delegate) the value of the Award for each Participant so determined. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, reduce the amount of any Award to reflect the Committee's assessment of the Participant's individual performance during a Performance Period or for any other reason.

SECTION 2.4 PAYMENT OF AWARDS.

Payment of an Award to a Participant shall be made as soon as practicable after determination of the amount of the Award under Section 2.3 above, and after the Committee has approved the aggregate bonus payout amount for the Performance Period, but in no event later than 2-1/2 months after the end of the Performance Period. Subject to the requirements of applicable law, a Participant may defer the payment of all or any portion of an Award under a deferred compensation arrangement maintained by the Company by making a timely deferral election pursuant to such rules and procedures as the Committee may establish from time to time with respect to such arrangement.

SECTION 2.5 EMPLOYMENT REQUIREMENT.

The payment of an Award with respect to a specific Performance Period requires that the Participant be on the payroll of the Company or any of its subsidiaries as of the end of such Performance Period, PROVIDED that, if a Participant becomes "permanently disabled" (as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion), retires under the terms of a qualified pension plan maintained by the Company in which such Participant participates, or dies during a Performance Period, or if a Participant is on an approved leave of absence that began prior to the end of the Performance Period, such Participant or his estate shall be awarded, unless his employment agreement provides otherwise, a pro rata portion of the amount of the Award earned for such Performance Period, except that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, reduce the amount of such Award to reflect the Committee's assessment of such Participant's individual performance prior to such Participant's becoming permanently disabled, retirement or such Participant's death or approved leave as the case may be, or for any other reason.

ARTICLE III ADJUSTMENT OF AWARDS

SECTION 3.1 ADJUSTMENTS.

In the event that, during a Performance Period, any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, acquisition, divestiture, consolidation, spin-off, combination, liquidation, dissolution, sale of assets, or other similar corporate transaction or event, or any other extraordinary item or event not foreseen at the time of the grant of the Award, or any other event that distorts the applicable Performance Targets occurs involving the Company or a subsidiary or division thereof, the Committee shall, to the extent consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code (to the extent Section 162(m) of the Code shall be applicable), adjust or modify, as determined by the Committee in its

3

sole and absolute discretion, such Performance Targets, to the extent necessary to prevent reduction or enlargement of Participants' Awards under the Plan for such Performance Period attributable to such transaction or event. Such adjustments shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

SECTION 3.2 PAYMENT UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL.

Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, within five days following the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined below), the Company shall pay to each Participant an interim lump-sum cash payment (the "Interim Payment") with respect to his or her participation in the Plan. For each Participant, the amount of the Interim Payment shall equal the product of (x) the number of months, including fractional months, that have elapsed until the occurrence of the Change in Control in the Performance Period in which the Change of Control occurs and (y) one-twelfth of the greater of (i) the amount of most recently paid Award to the Participant for a full calendar year, or (ii) the Target Award for the Participant for the Performance Period in which the Change in Control occurs. The Interim Payment shall not reduce the obligation of the Company to make a final payment under the terms of the Plan, but any Interim Payment made shall be offset against any later payment required under the terms of the Plan for the calendar year in which a Change in Control occurs. No Participant may be required to refund to the Company, or have offset against any other payment due any participant from or on behalf of the Company, all or any portion of the Interim Payment.

"Change in Control" means:

(i) The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Outstanding Company Voting Securities"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (A) any acquisition directly from the Company (other than by exercise of a conversion privilege), (B) any acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (C) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (D) any acquisition by any corporation with respect to which, following such acquisition, more than 50% of the then outstanding combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such acquisition in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such acquisition, of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities; or

(ii) Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a reorganization, merger or consolidation, or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, in each case, with respect to which all or substantially all of the individuals and

4

entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale, do not, following such reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities.

ARTICLE IV MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 4.1 NO ADDITIONAL PARTICIPANT RIGHTS.

The selection of an individual as a Participant in the Plan shall not give such Participant any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and the Company and any such subsidiary specifically reserve the right to dismiss the Participant or to terminate any arrangement pursuant to which any such Participant provides services to the Company, with or without cause. No person shall have claim to an Award under the Plan, except as otherwise provided for herein, or to continued participation under the Plan. There is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants under the Plan. The benefits provided for Participants under the Plan shall be in addition to and shall in no way preclude other forms of compensation to or in respect of such Participants. It is expressly agreed and understood that the employment of the Participant is terminable at the will of either party and, if such Participant is a party to an employment contract with the Company or one of its subsidiaries, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Participant's employment contract.

SECTION 4.2 NO ASSIGNMENT.

The rights of a Participant with respect to Awards granted under the Plan shall not be transferable by the Participant, otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution prior to the payment thereof.

SECTION 4.3 TAX WITHHOLDING.

The Company or a subsidiary thereof, as appropriate, shall have the right to deduct from all payments made under the Plan to a Participant or to a Participant's beneficiary or beneficiaries any federal, state or local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payments.

SECTION 4.4 NO RESTRICTION ON RIGHT OF COMPANY TO EFFECT CHANGES.

The Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or its stockholders to make or authorize any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, acquisition, divestiture, consolidation, spin-off, combination, liquidation, dissolution, sale of assets, or other similar corporate transaction or event involving the Company or a subsidiary thereof or any other event or series of events, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

5

SECTION 4.5 SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

The Company shall not have any obligation to establish any separate fund or trust or other segregation of assets to provide for payments under the Plan. To the extent any person acquires any rights to receive payments hereunder from the Company, such rights shall be no greater than those of an unsecured creditor.

SECTION 4.6 AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.

The Board may at any time and from time to time alter, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no alteration or amendment will be effective without stockholder approval if such approval is required by law. In the case of Participants employed outside the United States, the Committee or its designees may vary the provisions of the Plan as deemed appropriate to conform with local laws, practices and procedures. In addition, the General Counsel of the Company is authorized to make certain minor or administrative changes required by or made desirable by government regulation.

SECTION 4.7 GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS.

The Plan, and all Awards hereunder, shall be subject to all applicable rules and regulations of governmental or other authorities.

SECTION 4.8 HEADINGS.

The headings of articles and sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning of any of the provisions of the Plan.

SECTION 4.9 GOVERNING LAW AND SEVERABILITY.

The Plan and all rights and Awards hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of law principles and applicable federal law. If any portion of this Plan is deemed to be in conflict with local law, that portion of the Plan, and that portion only, will be deemed null and void under that local law. All other provisions of the Plan will remain in full effect.

SECTION 4.10 EFFECTIVE DATE.

The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board. The Plan shall be effective, unless amended or terminated in accordance with Section 4.6 above.

Adopted by IPG BOD on April 6, 2005

6

Exhibit 10.6

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

FORM OF SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE

$[__________] [closing date of QPO] Oxford, Massachusetts

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("Maker"), promises to pay to [SERIES B PREFERRED STOCKHOLDER] ("Holder"), the principal sum of [__________] DOLLARS (US$[__________]); with interest from the date of this Note on the unpaid principal amounts owing from time to time as provided below. This Note is duly and validly issued and is subject to the following terms and conditions:

1. Maturity

(a) Principal plus all accrued but unpaid interest on the principal amount outstanding shall be due and payable no later than the third anniversary date of the date of original issuance of this Note (the "Maturity Date").

(b) This Note may be prepaid in whole or in part, without penalty, at the option of Maker and without the consent of Holder; provided, however that any prepayment be made pro rata among the Series B Notes (as defined in Section 7 below).

(c) All optional principal prepayments upon this Note shall be applied to the payment of accrued and unpaid interest, and then against the principal amount.

2. Interest

The outstanding principal owing from time to time hereunder will bear interest at the rate of: (1) the greater of the Applicable Federal Rate for short term obligations of three years or less and FOUR PERCENT per annum (compounded annually) for the first one-year period that this Note is outstanding; (2) SEVEN PERCENT per annum (compounded annually) for the second one-year period that this Note is outstanding; and (3) TEN PERCENT per annum (compounded annually) for any period after the second anniversary date of the date of original issuance of this Note that this Note is outstanding until fully paid. Accrued but unpaid interest shall be payable on the anniversary date of the issuance of this Note and on the Maturity Day. Computations of interest shall be based on a year of 360 days but shall be calculated for the actual number of days in the period for which interest is charged.

3. Payments

Maker shall make payments in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds. All payments under this Note shall be made


to Holder at its address on the books and records of the Company or at such other address as Holder shall direct Maker in writing.

4. Breach of Covenants and Bankruptcy

The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an "Event of Default" hereunder:

(a) Failure to Pay. Maker shall fail to pay (i) any principal payment on the Maturity Day hereunder or (ii) any interest payment required pursuant to the terms hereof on the date due and such failure is not cured within ten
(10) days of the date such payment is due; or

(b) Breaches of Covenants. Maker shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, obligation, condition or agreement contained herein, and such failure shall continue for ten days after Maker's receipt of Holder's written notice to the Maker of such failure;

(c) Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Maker shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property; (ii) admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts generally as they mature;
(iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors; (iv) be dissolved or liquidated in full or in part; or (iv) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts pursuant to any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it; or

(d) Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Maker or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Maker or the debts thereof pursuant to any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within ninety days of commencement.

5. Rights of Holder upon Default

Upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default, and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Holder may, by written notice to the Maker, declare all outstanding obligations payable by the Maker hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived; except that upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default set forth in Sections 4(c) or (d) herein, all of the outstanding obligations payable by the Maker hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived. No delay or omission by Holder in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right under this Note; a waiver on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right on any future occasion. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default, Holder may exercise any other right, power or remedy granted to it hereunder or pursuant to applicable law. The prevailing party

2

in any action (i) to collect payment on this Note, (ii) in connection with any dispute that arises as to its enforcement, validity, or interpretation, whether or not legal action is instituted or prosecuted to judgment, or (iii) to enforce any judgment obtained in any related legal proceeding, shall be entitled to all costs and expenses incurred, including attorney fees.

6. Governing Law

This Note shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, excluding its conflict of law rules.

7. Amendments and Waivers

This Note is one in a series of similar notes in the aggregate principal amount of $20,000,000 issued by the Maker to holders of Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock of Maker (the "Series B Notes") and any term of this Note may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Maker and the holders of a majority of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Series B Notes (the "Majority Interest"); provided, however, that any amendment that adversely affects a holder of a Note in a manner different from the other holders of Series B Notes shall require the prior written consent of such holder. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 7 shall be binding upon the Maker, the Holder and each transferee of the Note; however, no such waiver shall affect or impair the rights of Holder to require observance, performance, or satisfaction, either of that term or condition as it applies on a subsequent occasion or of any other term or condition of this Note. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Maker expressly agrees that this Note or any payment under this Note may be extended by the Majority Interest in writing from time to time without in any way affecting the liability of Maker.

8. Transfer, Successors and Assigns

The terms and conditions of this Note shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties. Neither this Note nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by the Maker without the prior written consent of Holder. This Note may not be sold or assigned by Holder without prior written consent of Maker except in the event of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition of Holder or any business unit thereof and Holder may pledge this Note to any financial institution as collateral upon written notice to Maker.

9. Notices

Any notice required or permitted by this Note shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon delivery, when delivered personally or by a nationally-recognized delivery service (such as Federal Express or UPS), or five days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, addressed to the party to be notified at such party's address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

10. Severability

If any provision or any word, term, clause, or part of any provision of this Note shall be invalid for any reason, the same shall be ineffective, but the remainder of this Note and of the provision shall not be affected and shall remain in full force and effect.

3

11. Subordination

Maker's obligations under this Note shall be subordinate in right of payment to Senior Indebtedness (as defined below) of Maker. This Note shall be subject to the forms of subordination agreement requested from time to time by holders of Senior Indebtedness, and Holder agrees to enter into such forms of subordination agreement upon request of such holders of Senior Indebtedness and be bound by such agreements. "Senior Indebtedness" as used herein shall mean the principal of (and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on, indebtedness of Maker, or with respect to which Maker is a guarantor, outstanding or under credit lines existing as of the date of this Note, or to banks, insurance companies, lease financing institutions or other lending institutions or business units of such institutions regularly and primarily engaged in the business of lending money, which is for money borrowed (or purchase or lease of equipment in the case of lease financing) by Maker, and which is approved by the Board of Directors of Maker, whether or not secured, and whether or not previously incurred or incurred in the future, or indebtedness of Maker to sellers of land, equipment, furniture, fixtures, components or assets or stock secured by the asset or shares purchased. Other than Senior Indebtedness, the indebtedness owing under this Note shall not rank junior in right of priority of payment to borrowed money of Maker incurred hereafter.

12. Dividends; Redemptions

As long as any principal or unpaid interest on any Series B Note remains outstanding, the Maker shall not declare or pay any dividends or make any distributions of cash, property or securities of the Maker in respect of its capital stock or apply any of its assets to the redemption, retirement, purchase or other acquisition of its capital stock

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Maker has caused this Subordinated Promissory Note to be issued as of the date first written above.

MAKER: IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

By:
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer

Address: 50 Old Webster Road
Oxford, MA 01540

Attn: Corporate Secretary

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:

HOLDER: [__________]

By:
Name:
Title:

Address: [__________]
Tax ID Number:

4

EXHIBIT 10.7

This Warrant and any shares acquired upon the exercise of this Warrant have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any applicable state securities laws and may not be transferred, sold or otherwise disposed of without compliance with the registration or qualification provisions of applicable federal or state securities laws or applicable exemptions therefrom.

THIS WARRANT AND THE COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREOF ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RIGHTS SPECIFIED IN THAT CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT DATED AS OF AUGUST 30, 2000, A COPY OF WHICH WILL BE MAILED TO ANY REQUESTING HOLDER WITHIN FIVE (5) DAYS OF WRITTEN REQUEST THEREFOR.

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

Common Stock Purchase Warrant

Sturbridge, Massachusetts
____________, 2000

No. ___

Warrant Coverage Amount: $_______________

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), for value received, hereby certifies that _______________ or its registered assigns (the "Holder"), is entitled to purchase from the Company such number of shares of duly authorized validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of its Common Stock, $.001 per value per share ("Common Stock") as shall be determined by dividing the Warrant Coverage Amount specified herein by the Warrant Price (as defined in Section 11 hereof) at a purchase price per share equal to the Warrant Price at any time or at any time after an Exercise Date (as defined in
Section 11 hereof); provided that such Exercise Date must occur prior to 5:00 P.M., Eastern Standard Time, on August 30, 2007 (the "Expiration Date"), all subject to the terms, conditions and adjustments set forth below in this Warrant. As used herein, the term "Common Stock" shall mean the Common Stock and any other shares of stock issued or issuable with respect thereto.

This Warrant is one of the Common Stock Purchase Warrants (each a "Warrant" and collectively, the "Warrants," such term to include any such warrants issued in substitution therefor) originally issued pursuant to Section 1.1 of that certain Stock and Purchase Agreement dated as of August 30, 2000 (as from time to time in effect, the "Purchase Agreement") by and among the Company and the Investors named therein, including in any supplement hereto executed in connection which any supplemental closing thereunder (the "Investors"). Certain capitalized terms used in this Warrant are defined in Section 14 hereof.

1. EXERCISE OR CONVERSION OF WARRANT

1.1 Manner of Exercise or Conversion; Payment.

1.1.1 Exercise. From and after the occurrence of an Exercise Date, this Warrant may be exercised by the holder hereof, in whole or in


part, by surrender of this Warrant to the Company at its principal office during normal business hours on any date on or prior to the Expiration Date, accompanied by a subscription in substantially the form attached to this Warrant (or a facsimile thereof) duly executed by such holder and accompanied by payment
(i) in cash, (ii) by certified check payable to the order of the Company or
(iii) by wire transfer, or by any combination of any of the foregoing methods, in the amount required to be paid in accordance with the introductory paragraph hereof to acquire the shares being acquired upon such exercise, and such holder shall thereupon be entitled to receive the number of duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock (or Other Securities) so purchased.

1.1.2 Conversion. If instead of exercising this Warrant pursuant to the terms of Section 1.1.1 above, the holder hereof elects to convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into shares of Common Stock, then such holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company at its principal office during normal business hours on any date on or prior to the Expiration Date, accompanied by a conversion notice in substantially the form attached to this Warrant (or a facsimile thereof) duly executed by such holder, and such holder shall thereupon be entitled to receive the number of duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock (or Other Securities) as is computed using the following formula:

Y (A-B)
X = -------

A

where X = the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to such holder pursuant to this Section 1.1.2.

Y = the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued upon exercise and in respect of which the conversion election is made pursuant to this Section 1.1.2.

A = the Current Market Price of one share of Common Stock.

B = the Warrant Price then in effect under this Warrant at the time the conversion election is made pursuant to this Section 1.1.2.

For all purposes of this Warrant (other than this Section 1.1), any reference herein to the exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to include a reference to the conversion of this Warrant into Common Stock (or Other Securities) in accordance with the terms of this Section 1.1.2.

1.2 When Exercise Effective. Each exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the Business Day on which this Warrant shall have been surrendered to the Company as provided in Section 1.1 hereof, and at such time the Person or Persons in whose name or names any certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock (or Other Securities) shall be issuable upon such exercise as provided in Section 1.3 hereof shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record thereof.

2

1.3 Delivery of Stock Certificates, etc. As soon as practicable after each exercise of this Warrant, in whole or in part, and in any event within five Business Days thereafter, the Company at its sole expense (including the payment by it of any applicable issue taxes) will cause to be issued in the name of and delivered to the holder hereof or as such holder (upon payment by such holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct:

(a) a certificate or certificates for the number of duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock (or Other Securities) to which such holder shall be entitled upon such exercise plus, in lieu of any fractional share to which such holder would otherwise be entitled, cash in an amount equal to the same fraction of the Market Price per share calculated on the Business Day preceding the date of such exercise; and

(b) in case such exercise is in part only, a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor, dated the date hereof and calling in the aggregate on the face or faces thereof for the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised (without giving effect to any adjustment thereof).

1.4 Company to Reaffirm Obligations. The Company will, at the time of each exercise of this Warrant, upon the request of the holder hereof, acknowledge in writing its continuing obligation to afford to such holder all rights (including, without limitation, any rights to registration pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to in Section 8 hereof of the shares of Common Stock or Other Securities issued upon such exercise) to which such holder shall continue to be entitled after such exercise in accordance with the terms of this Warrant; provided, however, that if the holder of this Warrant shall fail to make any such request, such failure shall not affect the continuing obligation of the Company to afford such rights to such holder.

2. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ETC.

2.1 Adjustments for Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets, Reorganizations, etc. In the event the Company after the date hereof (a) shall consolidate with or merge into any other Person and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation of such consolidation or merger or (b) shall permit any other Person to consolidate with or merge into the Company and the Company shall be the continuing or surviving Person but, in connection with such consolidation or merger, the Common Stock or Other Securities shall be changed into or exchanged for stock or other securities of any other Person or cash or any other property or (c) shall transfer all or substantially all of its properties or assets to any other Person or (d) shall effect a capital reorganization or reclassification of the Common Stock or Other Securities then, and in the case of each such transaction, proper provision shall be made so that, upon the basis and the terms and in the manner provided in this Warrant, the holder of this Warrant, upon the exercise hereof at any time after the consummation of such transaction, shall be entitled to receive (at the aggregate Warrant Price effective at the time of such consummation but with appropriate adjustments to reflect the terms of such transaction in lieu of the Common Stock or Other Securities issuable upon such exercise prior to such consummation, the greatest amount of securities, cash or other property to which such holder would actually have been entitled as a shareholder upon such consummation if such holder had

3

exercised the rights represented by this Warrant for the full Warrant Coverage Amount immediately prior thereto in accordance with the terms hereof, subject to adjustments (subsequent to such consummation) as nearly equivalent as possible to the adjustments provided for in this Section; provided, however, that if a purchase, tender or exchange offer shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, and if the holder of such Warrants so designates in a notice given to the Company on or before the date immediately preceding the date of the consummation of such transaction, then the holder of such Warrants shall be entitled to receive the greatest amount of securities, cash or other property to which such holder would actually have been entitled as a shareholder if the holder of such Warrants had exercised such Warrants prior to the expiration of such purchase, tender or exchange offer and accepted such offer, subject to adjustments (from and after the consummation of such purchase, tender or exchange offer) as nearly equivalent as possible to the adjustments provided for in this Section.

2.2 Assumption of Obligations. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Warrants or in the Purchase Agreement to the contrary, the Company will not effect any of the transactions described in clauses (a) through (d) of Section 2.1 hereof unless, prior to the consummation thereof, each Person (other than the Company) which may be required to deliver any stock, securities, cash or property upon the exercise of this Warrant as provided herein shall assume, by written instrument delivered to, and reasonably satisfactory to, the holder of this Warrant, (a) the obligations of the Company under this Warrant (and if the Company shall survive the consummation of such transaction, such assumption shall be in addition to, and shall not release the Company from, any continuing obligations of the Company under this Warrant) and (b) the obligation to deliver to such holder such shares of stock, securities, cash or property as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 3, such holder may be entitled to receive. Nothing in this Section shall be deemed to authorize the Company to enter into any transaction not otherwise permitted by the Purchase Agreement.

3. IMPAIRMENT. The Company will not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any consolidation, merger, reorganization, transfer of assets, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holder of this Warrant against dilution or other impairment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company (a) will not permit the par value of any shares of stock receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant to exceed the amount payable therefor upon such exercise, (b) will take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of stock on the exercise of the Warrants from time to time outstanding and (c) will not take any action which results in any adjustment of the Warrant Price if the total number of shares of Common Stock (or Other Securities) issuable after the action upon the exercise of all of the Warrants would exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock (or Other Securities) then authorized by the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and available for the purpose of issuance upon such exercise.

4

4. NOTICES OF CORPORATE ACTION. In the event of

(a) any capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company or any consolidation or merger involving the Company and any other Person or any transfer of all or substantially all the assets of the Company to any other Person,

(b) any Sale Event, or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, or

(c) any IPO,

the Company will mail to each holder of a Warrant a notice specifying (i) the date or expected date on which any such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, Sale Event or IPO is to take place, (ii) the time, if any such time is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or Other Securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or Other Securities) for the securities or other property deliverable upon such transaction and a description in reasonable detail of the transaction and (iii) if applicable, a description of the securities to be issued in such transaction and the consideration received by the Company therefor. Such notice shall be mailed at least thirty (30) days prior to the date therein specified.

5. REGISTRATION OF COMMON STOCK. If any shares of Common Stock required to be reserved for purposes of exercise of this Warrant require registration with or approval of any governmental authority under any federal or state law (other than the Securities Act) before such shares may be issued upon exercise, the Company will, at its sole expense and as expeditiously as possible, use all reasonable efforts to cause such shares to be duly registered or approved, as the case may be. The shares of Common Stock (and Other Securities) issuable upon exercise of this Warrant constitute Registrable Securities (as such term is defined in the Registration Rights Agreement). Each holder of this Warrant shall be entitled to all of the benefits afforded to a holder of any such Registrable Securities under the Registration Rights Agreement and such holder, by its acceptance of this Warrant, agrees to be bound by and to comply with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement applicable to such holder as a holder of such Registrable Securities. At any such time as Common Stock is listed on any national securities exchange or is quoted in the over-the-counter market, the Company will, at its sole expense, obtain promptly and maintain the approval for listing or quotation on each such exchange or market, upon official notice of issuance, the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the then outstanding Warrants and maintain the listing or quotation of such shares after their issuance; and the Company will also list on such national securities exchange or provide for the quotation in such over-the-counter market, will register under the Exchange Act and will maintain such listing or quotation of, any Other Securities that at any time are issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, if and at the time that any securities of the same class shall be listed on such national securities exchange or over-the-counter market by the Company.

6. CONTEST AND APPRAISAL RIGHTS.

6.1 Dispute. If the Warrant Majority Holders shall, for any reason whatsoever, disagree with the Company's determination of the Market Price for the Common Stock, then the Company and the Warrant Majority Holders shall

5

negotiate in good faith in an effort to reach an agreement upon the Market Price for a period of ten (10) days beginning at any time following notice by the Warrant Majority Holders of such disagreement. If the Company and the Warrant Majority Holders are unable to reach agreement as so provided, such dispute shall be resolved as set forth in Section 6.2 below.

6.2 Appointment of Appraiser. The Company and the Warrant Majority Holders shall within thirty (30 days) after the expiration of the ten-day period referenced in Section 6.1 above, engage an Appraiser to make an independent determination of the Market Price for the Common Stock (the "Appraiser's Determination"). In determining the Market Price for the Common Stock, the Appraiser shall base any valuation upon the fair market value of the Company assuming that the Company were sold as a going concern, without regard to the existence of any control block, the anticipated impact upon current market prices of any such sale, the lack or depth of a market for the Common Stock, the Warrants or other securities of the Company, or any other factors concerning the liquidity or marketability of the Common Stock, the Warrants or other securities of the Company. The Appraiser's Determination shall be final and binding on the Company and all holders of Warrants.

6.3 Appraiser's Determination. If the Company's determination of the Market Price for the Common Stock and the Appraiser's Determination differ by an amount of 10% or less, then the costs of conducting the appraisal shall be borne equally by the Company and the holders of the Warrants; if the Company's determination of the Market Price for the Common Stock is greater than the Appraiser's Determination by more than 10%, then the costs of conducting the appraisal shall be borne entirely by the holders of the Warrants; and if the Appraiser's Determination is greater than the Company's determination of the Market Price for the Common Stock by more than 10%, then the costs of conducting the appraisal shall be borne entirely by the Company; provided that in each case costs separately incurred by the Company and any holder of Warrants shall be separately and respectively borne by them.

7. RESERVATION OF STOCK, ETC. The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon exercise of the Warrants, the number of shares of Common Stock (or Other Securities) from time to time issuable upon exercise of all Warrants at the time outstanding. All shares of Common Stock (or Other Securities) issuable upon exercise of any Warrants shall be duly authorized and, when issued upon such exercise, shall be validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable with no liability on the part of the holders thereof.

8. OWNERSHIP, TRANSFER AND SUBSTITUTION OF WARRANTS.

8.1 Ownership of Warrants. The Company may treat the person in whose name any Warrant is registered on the register kept at the principal office of the Company as the owner and holder thereof for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, except that, if and when any Warrant is properly assigned in blank, the Company may (but shall not be obligated to) treat the bearer thereof as the owner of such Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. A Warrant, if properly assigned, may be exercised by a new holder without a new Warrant first having been issued.

6

8.2 Transfer and Exchange of Warrants.

(a) The Company shall cause to be kept at its principal office a register for the registration and transfer of the Warrants. The names and addresses of holder of Warrants, the transfer thereof and the names and addresses of transferees of Warrants shall be registered in such register. The Person in whose name any Warrant shall be so registered shall be deemed and treated as the owner and holder thereof for all purposes of this Warrant, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary. Any transferee of Warrants shall be required to execute the Stockholders Agreement then in effect prior to the transfer of Warrants.

(b) Upon the surrender of any Warrant, properly endorsed, for registration of transfer or for exchange at the principal office of the Company, the Company at its expense will execute and deliver to or upon the order of the holder thereof a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor, in the name of such holder or as such holder (upon payment by such holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, calling in the aggregate on the face or faces therefor for the number of shares of Common Stock called for on the face or faces of the Warrant or Warrants so surrendered.

8.3 Replacement of Warrants. Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Warrant and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction of any Warrant held by a Person other than an Investor or any institutional investor, upon delivery of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company in form and amount or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender of such Warrant for cancellation at the principal office of the Company, the Company at its sole expense will execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Warrant of like tenor and dated the date hereof.

9. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY.

(a) In General. This Warrant and the Common Stock issued upon the exercise hereof shall not be transferable except upon the conditions hereinafter specified and specified the Stockholders Agreement.

The Holder of each share of Common Stock issued upon the exercise of this Warrant (evidenced by a certificate required to bear the legend specified in this Warrant), by its acceptance thereof, agrees to sell or otherwise transfer such Common Stock, in compliance with applicable law and in compliance with the Stockholders Agreement.

(b) Restrictive Legends. The Warrant shall bear on the face thereof a legend substantially in the form of the notice endorsed on the first page of this Warrant.

Each certificate for shares of Common Stock initially issued upon the exercise of this Warrant and each certificate for shares of Common Stock issued to a subsequent transferee of such certificate shall, unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Section 9, bear on the face thereof a legend reading substantially as follows:

"The securities represented by this certificate were issued in a private placement, without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and may not be sold, assigned, pledged or

7

otherwise transferred in the absence of an effective registration under the Securities Act or qualification or an exemption therefrom."

"The securities represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on transfer and requirements of sale and the provisions as set forth in the Stockholders Agreement dated as of August 30, 2000, as amended and in effect from time to time, and constitute Shares as defined in such Stockholders Agreement. The Company will furnish a copy of such agreement to the holder of this certificate without charge upon written request."

In the event that a registration statement covering the shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise of this Warrant shall become effective under the Securities Act and under any applicable state securities laws or in the event that the Company shall receive an opinion of counsel to the Holder (which may be internal counsel to such Holder) that, in the opinion of such counsel, such legend is not, or is no longer, necessary or required (including, without limitation, because of the availability of the exemption afforded by Rule 144 of the General Rules and Regulations of the Commission), the Company shall, or shall instruct its transfer agents and registrars to, remove such legend from the certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise of this Warrant or issue new certificates without such legend in lieu thereof.

10. AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION. If the Company shall have filed a registration statement pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act or a registration statement pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Company will comply with the reporting requirements of Section 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and will comply with all public information reporting requirements of the Commission (including Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act) from time to time in effect and relating to the availability of an exemption from the Securities Act for the sale of any Restricted Securities. The Company will also cooperate with each holder of any Restricted Securities in supplying such information as may be necessary for such holder to complete and file any information reporting forms presently or hereafter required by the Commission as a condition to the availability of an exemption from the Securities Act for the sale of any Restricted Securities. The Company furnish to each holder of any Warrants, promptly upon their becoming available, copies of all financial statements, reports, notices and proxy statements sent or made available generally by the Company to its stockholders, and copies of all regular and periodic reports and all registration statements and prospectuses filed by the Company with any securities exchange or with the Commission.

11. DEFINITIONS. As used herein, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms have the following respective meanings:

"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday or a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed. Any reference to "days" (unless Business Days are specified) shall mean calendar days.

"Certificate of Incorporation" means the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended from time to time.

"Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

8

"Company" shall have the meaning given to such term in the introduction to this Warrant, such term to include any corporation which shall succeed to or assume the obligations of the Company in compliance with Section 2 hereof.

"Current Market Price" means on any date specified herein, the average daily Market Price during the period of the most recent 20 days, ending on such date, on which the national securities exchanges were open for trading, except that if no class of the Common Stock is then listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange or quoted in the over-counter market, the Current Market Price shall be the Market Price on such date.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

"Exercise Date" means (i) in the case of an IPO, the closing date of the IPO or (ii) in the case of a Sale Event, the closing or completion date of such Sale Event.

"Expiration Date" shall have the meaning given to such term in the introduction to this Warrant.

"Investors" shall have the meaning given to such term in the introduction to this Warrant.

"IPO" means the Company's first underwritten offering to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale of shares of the Common Stock.

"Liquidity Event" means an IPO or a Sale Event.

"Liquidity Event Price" means, (i) in the case of an IPO, the price to be public as specified in the definitive prospectus in such IPO, (ii) in the case of a Sale Event, the amount per share of Common Stock to be paid in any such transaction "Market Price" means on any date specified herein, the amount per share of Common Stock equal to (a) the last sale price of Common Stock, regular way, on such date or, if no such sale takes place on such date, the average of the closing bid and asked prices thereof on such date, in each case as officially reported on the principal national securities exchange on which Common Stock is then listed or admitted to trading, or (b) if Common Stock is not then listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange but is designated as a national market system security by the NASD, the last trading price of Common Stock on such date, or (c) if there shall have been no trading on such date or if Common Stock is not so designated, the average of the closing bid and asked prices of Common Stock on such date as shown by the NASD automated quotation system, or (d) if Common Stock is not then listed or admitted to trading on any national exchange or quoted in the over-the-counter market, or if the asset to be valued is property, then the fair value thereof determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company as of a date which is within 15 days of the date as of which the determination is to be made.

"NASD" means the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and any successor organization thereto.

"Other Securities" means any stock (other than Common Stock) and other

9

securities of the Company or any other person (corporate or otherwise) which the holders of the Warrants at any time shall be entitled to receive, or shall have received, upon the exercise of Warrants, in lieu of or in addition to Common Stock, which at any time shall be issuable or shall have been issued in exchange for or in replacement of Common Stock or Other Securities pursuant to Section 3 hereof or otherwise.

"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, company, association, limited liability company, joint venture, estate, trust, unincorporated organization, entity or division or government, governmental department or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

"Purchase Agreement" shall have the meaning given to such term in the introduction to this Warrant.

"Registration Rights Agreement" means that Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 30, 2000 by and among the Company and the Investors named therein.

For purposes of valuing any securities or other noncash or consideration to be delivered to the holders of the Common Stock in any Sale Event, the following shall apply:

(i) If traded on a nationally recognized securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the 30-day period ending three (3) business days prior to the closing;

(ii) If traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the 30-day period ending three (3) business days prior to the closing; and

(iii) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Company and the holders of not less than a Majority Warrant Majority Holders, provided that if the Company and the Warrant Majority Holders are unable to reach agreement, then by independent appraisal by a mutually agreed to investment banker, the fees of which shall be paid by the Company.

"Sale Event" means a transaction of the type specified in Article IV,
Section B.3(a) and (c) of the Certificate of Incorporation.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be amended and in effect at the time.

"Stockholders Agreement" means that certain Stockholders Agreement dated as of August 30, 2000 by and among the Company, IP Fiber Devices Ltd., a UK corporation, the Founders (as defined therein) and the Investors (as defined therein), as from time to time in effect.

"Warrant Majority Holders" means the holders of Warrants entitling such holders to purchase a majority of the Common Stock subject to purchase upon the exercise of Warrants at the time outstanding.

"Warrant Coverage Amount" means $____________ provided that such amount shall be reduced from time to time by the amount paid in connection with any

10

partial exercise hereunder (or deemed paid in connection with any cashless exercise under Section 1.12).

"Warrant Price" means the dollar amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the Liquidity Event Price by .5.

"Warrants" shall have the meaning given to such term in the introduction of this Warrant.

12. GENERAL

12.1 Amendments, Waivers and Consents. No course of dealing between or among any of the parties hereto and no delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver of the rights hereof. This Warrant may not be amended or modified or any provision hereof waived without the written consent of the Company and the holders of Warrants entitling such holders to purchase eighty percent (80%) of the Common Stock subject to purchase upon the exercise of Warrants at the time outstanding provided, that any party may waive any provision hereof intended for its benefit by written consent.

12.2 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Delaware without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof.

12.3 Section Headings. The descriptive headings in this Warrant have been inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect the construction of any provision hereof.

12.4 Notices and Demands. Any notice or demand which is required or provided to be given under this Warrant shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given and received for all purposes when delivered by hand, telecopy, telex or other method of facsimile, or five days after being sent by certified or registered mail, postage and charges prepaid, return receipt requested, or two days after being sent by overnight delivery providing receipt of delivery, to the following addresses: if to the Company, at its address set forth on the signature page hereto, or at any other address designated by the Company to the holder of this Warrant in writing; and if to the holder of this Warrant, at the mailing address designated by such holder to the Company in writing.

12.5 Remedies; Severability. It is specifically understood and agreed that any breach of the provisions of this Warrant by any Person subject hereto will result in irreparable injury to the other parties hereto, that the remedy at law alone will be an inadequate remedy for such breach, and that, in addition to any other remedies which they may have, such other parties may enforce their respective rights by actions for specific performance (to the extent permitted by law). Whenever possible, each provision of this Warrant shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Warrant shall be deemed prohibited or invalid under such applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, and such prohibition or invalidity shall not invalidate the remainder of such provision or the other provisions of this Warrant.

11

12.6 No Rights as Stockholder. Except as otherwise provided in the Stockholders Agreement, prior to the exercise of this Warrant, no holder of this Warrant shall be entitled to any rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant shall be exercisable, including the right to vote, to receive dividends or other distributions or to exercise any preemptive rights and shall not be entitled to receive any notice of any proceedings of the Company, except as provided herein.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

12

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company hereby executes this Warrant as of the date first written above.

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

By:

Name:
Title:
Address: 660 Main Street, Box 519 Sturbridge, MA 01566

13

FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION

[To be executed only upon exercise of Warrant]

To IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

The undersigned registered holder of the within Warrant hereby irrevocably exercises such Warrant for, and purchases thereunder, _________ shares of the Voting Common Stock and herewith makes payment of $__________ therefor, and requests that the certificates for such shares be issued in the name of, and delivered to _____________________, whose address is _____________________________________.

Dated:


(Signature must conform in all respects to name of holder as specified on the face of Warrant)


(Street Address)


(City) (State) (Zip Code)

14

FORM OF CONVERSION NOTICE

[To be executed only upon exercise of Warrant]

To IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

The undersigned registered holder of the within Warrant hereby irrevocably converts such Warrant with respect to _________ shares of the Common Stock which such holder would be entitled to receive upon the exercise hereof, and requests that the certificates for such shares be issued in the name of, and delivered to ________________________, whose address is ________________________.

Dated:


(Signature must conform in all respects to name of holder as specified on the face of Warrant)


(Street Address)


(City) (State) (Zip Code)

15

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

[To be executed only upon transfer of Warrant]

For value received, the undersigned registered holder of the within Warrant hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto _______________________ the rights represented by such Warrant to purchase _______ shares of Common Stock of IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION to which and such Warrant relates, and appoints _______________________ Attorney to make such transfer on the books of IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION maintained for such purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:


(Signature must conform in all respects to name of holder as specified on the face of Warrant)


(Street Address)


(City) (State) (Zip Code)

16

AMENDMENT TO

COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANTS

THIS AMENDMENT (this "Amendment") to those certain Common Stock Purchase Warrants (each a "Warrant" and collectively, the "Warrants") originally issued pursuant to Section 1.1 of that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of August 30, 2000 by and among IPG Photonics Corporation (the "Company") and the parties named therein is effective as of December 21, 2005. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings set forth in the Warrants.

WHEREAS, the Company and the holders of the Warrants desire to amend the Warrants to extend the Expiration Date and to provide a repurchase right for the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties do hereby agree as follows:

Each Warrant shall be amended in the following manner:

1. The term "Expiration Date" shall be amended to mean April 15, 2008.

2. The following subsection shall be added to Section 1: "1.5 Company Repurchase Right. The Company or its assignee shall have the right, at its option, to purchase each Warrant for a purchase price equal to the product of
(x) Warrant Coverage Amount specified in such Warrant and (y) the difference between one (1) and the quotient obtained by dividing the underwriter discount and commission per share in the QPO by the offering price per share to the public in the QPO".

3. Section 4 shall be amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

"4. Notices of Corporate Action. In the event of

(a) any capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company or any consolidation or merger involving the Company and any other Person or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any other Person,

(b) any Sale Event, or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, or

(c) any IPO,

the Company will mail to each holder of a Warrant a notice specifying (i) the date or expected date on which any such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, Sale Event or IPO is to take place; (ii) the time, if any such time is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or Other Securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other Securities) for the securities or other property deliverable upon such transaction and a description in reasonable detail of the transaction, and if applicable; (iii) if such IPO is


intended to be a QPO; (iv) if the Company is exercising its repurchase right pursuant to Section 1.5 and (v) a description of the securities to be issued in such transaction and the consideration received by the Company therefor. Such notice shall be mailed at least thirty (30) days prior to the date therein specified."

4. Section 11 is amended by adding the following definitions:

"QPO" or "Qualified Public Offering" shall mean an IPO that would constitute a Qualified Public Offering as defined in Article Fourth, Section B.2 of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.

5. As herein amended, the Warrants shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

6. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties on separate counterparts, and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BANK]IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the

undersigned have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first set forth above.

COMPANY

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

By:

Name: Valentin P. Gapontsev Title: CEO and Chairman

HOLDERS

TA IX, L.P.

By: TA Associates IX LLC,
Its General Partner

By: TA Associates, Inc., its Manager

By:

Name:
Title:

TA/ADVENT VIII L.P.

By: TA Associates VIII LLC,
Its General Partner

By: TA Associates, Inc., its Manager

By:

Name:
Title:

2

TA/ATLANTIC AND PACIFIC IV L.P.
By: TA Associates AP IV L.P.,
Its General Partner

By:

Name:
Title:

TA EXECUTIVES FUND LLC

By: TA Associates, Inc., its Manager

By:

Name:
Title:

TA INVESTORS LLC

By: TA Associates, Inc., its Manager

By:

Name:
Title:

By:
Name: Kenneth T. Schiciano Title: Authorized Signatory

3

Merrill Lynch Ventures L.P. 2001

By: Merrill Lynch Ventures LLC,
its General Partner

By:

Name:
Title:

ML IBK Positions Inc.

By:

Name:
Title:

Merrill Lynch KECALP L.P. 1999

By: KECALP Inc., its General Partner

By:

Name:
Title:

KECALP Inc., as nominee for Merrill Lynch KECALP International L.P.

1999

By:

Name:
Title:

Merrill Lynch Taurus 2000 Fund, L.P.

By: ML Taurus, Inc., its General Partner

By:

Name:
Title:

4

APAX EUROPE IV - A, L.P.

By: APAX Europe IV GP, L.P.,
its Managing General Partner

By: APAX Europe IV GP Co. Limited,
its Managing General Partner

By:

Name:
Title:

By:
Name:
Title:

APAX EUROPE IV - B, L.P.

By: APAX Europe IV GP, L.P.,
its Managing General Partner

By: APAX Europe IV GP Co. Limited,
its Managing General Partner

By:

Name:
Title:

By:
Name:
Title:

APAX EUROPE IV - C GMBH & CO., KG

By: APAX Europe IV GP, L.P.,
its Managing General Partner

By: APAX Europe IV GP Co. Limited,
its Managing General Partner

By:

Name:
Title:

By:
Name:
Title:

5

APAX EUROPE IV - D, L.P.

By: APAX Europe IV GP, L.P.,
its Managing General Partner

By: APAX Europe IV GP Co. Limited,
its Managing General Partner

By:

Name:
Title:

By:
Name:
Title:

APAX EUROPE IV - E, L.P.

By: APAX Europe IV GP, L.P.,
its Managing General Partner

By: APAX Europe IV GP Co. Limited,
its Managing General Partner

By:

Name:
Title:

By:
Name:
Title:

APAX EUROPE IV - F, C.V.

By: APAX Europe IV GP, L.P.,
its Managing General Partner

By: APAX Europe IV GP Co. Limited,
its Managing General Partner

By:

Name:
Title:

By:
Name:
Title:

6

APAX EUROPE IV - G, C.V.

By: APAX Europe IV GP, L.P.,
its Managing General Partner

By: APAX Europe IV GP Co. Limited,
its Managing General Partner

By:

Name:
Title:

By:
Name:
Title:

APAX EUROPE IV - H GMBH & CO., KG

By: APAX Europe IV GP, L.P.,
its attorney

By: APAX Europe IV GP Co. Limited,
its Managing General Partner

By:

Name:
Title:

By:
Name:
Title:

BAYVIEW 2000, LP

By: Bayview 2000 GP, LLC,
its General Partner

By:

Name:
Title:

THE SOG FUND, LP

By: The Special Opportunities Group LLC,
its General Partner

By:

Name:
Title:

THE SOG FUND II, LP

By: The Special Opportunities Group LLC,
its General Partner

By:

Name:
Title:

7

WINSTON/THAYER PARTNERS, L.P.

By:

Name:
Title:

MARCONI CAPITAL LIMITED

By:

Name:
Title:

8

Exhibit 10.8

Employment Agreement

This Employment Agreement ("Agreement"), dated as of March 1, 2006 is made by and between IPG Photonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation having an office at 50 Old Webster Road, Oxford, MA, 01540 (the "Corporation"), and Valentin P. Gapontsev ("Executive"). The Corporation and Executive are referred to jointly below as the "Parties."

WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to employ Executive on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Executive desires to accept employment by the Corporation on such terms and conditions.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the employment of Executive, the mutual terms and conditions set forth below, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Employment. Executive will be employed by the Corporation in the position of Chief Executive Officer. Executive will report to the Corporation's Board of Directors. Executive's primary responsibility will be executive management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. Executive will carry out such duties as shall be assigned from time to time by the Corporation's Board of Directors, subject to applicable laws. During the Employment Term (as defined below), Executive shall devote Executive's reasonable best efforts, energies and abilities and Executive's full business time, skill and attention to the business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall act at all times according to the highest professional standards, for the purpose of advancing the business of the Corporation. Executive shall perform his duties from the headquarters of the Corporation in Oxford, Massachusetts.

2. Term. Subject to the Termination provisions below, Executive's employment by the Corporation is for a term of three (3) years commencing on the date of this Agreement (the "Initial Employment Period"). Executive's employment by the Corporation will continue for successive one year terms following expiration of the Initial Employment Period (the Initial Employment Period together with any subsequent employment period shall be referred to as the "Employment Term"), unless either party provides notice of intent not to renew not less than (a) one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to expiration of the then current term, or (b) 364 days prior to the end of the then current term following a "Change of Control" of the Corporation (as such term is defined in the Corporation's 2006 Incentive Stock Plan in effect on the date of this Agreement), or unless in either case employment is terminated under the termination provisions below.

3. Compensation. The Corporation shall pay Executive on a salary basis at an annual rate of $360,000 (the "Base Salary"). The Base Salary will be paid in equal installments in accordance with the Corporation's standard payroll policies and schedule and is subject to tax and elective withholding and deductions. The Corporation may, in its sole discretion, increase the Base Salary on an annual or other basis. In the event that the Board of Directors adopts a bonus compensation program or other stock option, restricted stock or similar incentive plan of general applicability to its executives, Executive shall be eligible to participate in such a program on a


similar basis to executives at similar levels within the organization. The amount of any bonus compensation to Executive under any such program will be determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion.

4. Benefits.

(i) Executive shall be entitled to the extent eligible to participate in any benefit plans as may be adopted and modified by the Corporation from time to time, including health and medical plans, life and disability insurance, paid holidays, vacations, and retirement plans. The benefits available to Executive shall be no less favorable than those available to other executives at similar levels within the organization. Benefits provided under this Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of any applicable benefit plan, including any eligibility and vesting requirements, as such plans may be in effect from time to time.

(ii) Executive shall be entitled to four weeks vacation each year. Executive shall be entitled to accrue up to four weeks of vacation days to the extent not taken during the term of this Agreement.

(iii) The Corporation shall provide to Executive, at the Corporation's sole expense, accommodation reasonably satisfactory to him, and automobile transportation in connection with the business visits of Executive to the Corporation's subsidiaries in the course of performing his duties under this Agreement. The Corporation shall reimburse the Executive for reasonable travel expenses incurred for the business of the Corporation.

5. Intentionally omitted.

6. Other Activities. The employment of Executive shall be on a full-time basis, but Executive may be an investor or otherwise have an interest in or serve on the board of directors or advisory board to other businesses, partnerships and entities so long as the other activities of Executive do not materially interfere with the performance of Executive's duties to the Corporation, and so long as such other activities do not cause Executive to violate the Restrictive Covenants incorporated herein in Section 12 of this Agreement, and so long as Executive discloses all such activities to the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Nothing in this provision or this Agreement limits or restricts Executive's duties and obligations, including the duty of loyalty, that arise under the law.

7. Termination by the Corporation. The Corporation may terminate the Employment Term for Cause (as defined below).

"Cause" shall mean: (A) an act of fraud, embezzlement or theft by Executive in connection with Executive's duties or in the course of Executive's employment with the Corporation; (B) Executive's intentional wrongful damage to the property of the Corporation; (C) Executive's intentional breach of Section 12 hereof while Executive remains in the employ of the Corporation; (D) an act of Gross Misconduct (as defined below); or (E) a felony conviction or a conviction for a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; and, in each case, the determination by the Directors of the Corporation as hereafter provided that any such act shall have been materially harmful to the Corporation. For purposes of this Agreement, "Gross Misconduct" shall mean a willful or grossly negligent act or omission which has or will have a material and adverse impact on the business or reputation of the Corporation, or on the business of the Corporation's customers or suppliers as such relate to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for "Cause" hereunder unless and until there shall have been delivered to Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted

2

by the affirmative vote of a majority of the independent Directors then in office at a meeting of the Directors called and held for such purpose finding that, Executive has committed an act set forth above in this Section 7. Nothing herein shall limit Executive's right or Executive's beneficiaries' right to contest the validity or propriety of any such determination.

8. Termination by Executive. Executive may terminate the Employment Term
(i) by giving the Corporation sixty (60) days' prior written notice, or (ii) for Good Reason (as defined below), subject to the Corporation's right to cure the breach for a period of thirty (30) days after notice from the Executive of his intention to terminate for Good Reason. In the event of termination by notice under the preceding subsection (i), the Corporation in its discretion may elect a termination date that is earlier than the conclusion of the sixty (60) day notice period, but in the event of such election the termination shall still be deemed a voluntary termination by Executive under this Section. "Good Reason" means the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive's express written consent:

(a) The assignment to Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with Executive's position in the Corporation and the responsibilities specified in this Agreement or a substantial adverse alteration in the nature of Executive's position or responsibilities or in the conditions of employment;

(b) A reduction by the Corporation of or a failure to pay Executive's Base Salary, or a material reduction in benefits the Executive is entitled to under this Agreement other than a reduction approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation that similarly applies to all executive officers of the Corporation;

(c) A relocation of the offices of the Executive to a place greater than thirty-five (35) miles in distance from the executive offices of the Corporation in Oxford, MA; or

(d) The failure of Executive to be the chief executive officer of a company having its securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 following the effectiveness of the Corporation's initial public offering, or of the Corporation if a "Change of Control of the Corporation" (as such term is defined in the Corporation's 2000 Incentive Stock Plan in effect on the date of this Agreement) shall occur.

The Corporation shall have no obligations to Executive after Executive's last day of employment following termination of employment under this Section, except as specifically set forth in this Agreement or under the option agreement.

9. Automatic Termination. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2, Executive's employment shall automatically terminate upon Executive's death or Disability (as defined below). Executive shall be deemed to have a "Disability" for purposes of this Agreement if Executive is unable to substantially perform, by reason of physical or mental incapacity, Executive's duties or obligations under this Agreement, with or without reasonable accommodation as defined in the Americans with Disabilities Act and implementing regulations, for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) consecutive days in any 360-day period. The Board of Directors shall determine, according to the facts then available, whether and when the

3

disability of Executive has occurred and shall state that date of termination in the Notice of Termination. Such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors in the exercise of reasonable discretion.

10. Certain Obligations of the Corporation Following Termination of the Employment Period. Following termination of the Employment Period under the circumstances described below, the Corporation will pay to Executive the following compensation and provide the following benefits in addition to any benefits to which the Executive may be entitled by law in full satisfaction and final settlement of any and all claims and demands that Executive or the Corporation may have against the other under this Agreement:

(i) Good Reason by the Executive. In the event that the Employment Period is terminated by Executive for Good Reason pursuant to Section 8 hereof, Executive shall be entitled to the following payments:

(a) Base Salary through the termination date and any bonus that has been actually earned as of or prior to the termination date, but has not been paid; and

(b) Continuing payments of Base Salary, payable in accordance with regular payroll practices of the Corporation, for the greater of: [X] twelve months or [Y] the remaining portion of the Employment Period (as it may be extended as provided in Section 2 hereof), but not to exceed twenty-four months.

(ii) Termination by Executive Without Good Reason or by the Corporation for Cause. In the event the Employment Period as terminated by Executive pursuant to 8(i) hereof without Good Reason or by the Corporation pursuant to Section 7 hereof for Cause, Executive shall be entitled to no further compensation or other benefits under this Agreement except as to that portion of any unpaid Base Salary and other benefits accrued, earned or vested up to and including the effective date of such termination.

(iii) Death; Disability. In the event that the Employment Period is terminated by reason of Executive's death or for Disability, Executive or Executive's estate, as the case may be, shall be entitled to the payment of:
Base Salary through the date of death or the date of termination as specified in the Notice of Termination in the event of Disability, plus any unpaid bonus previously awarded to Executive.

11. Nature of Payments. Upon termination of employment pursuant to Sections 7, 8 or 9, Executive will be released from any duties and obligations to the Corporation set forth in this Agreement (except the duties and obligations under the Restrictive Covenants and as set forth in Section 12 hereof) and the obligations of the Corporation to Executive will be as set forth in Section 10.

12. Restrictive Covenants. Executive has previously executed and delivered a Non-Competition and Confirmatory Assignment Agreement, dated August 30, 2000 (the "Restrictive Covenants") and Executive agrees that, as part of this Agreement, Executive shall comply with the terms of the Restrictive Covenants.

13. Indemnification.

(i) Indemnification Terms. The Corporation agrees that if the Executive is made a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or

4

investigative (a "Proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, member, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether or not the basis of such Proceeding is the Executive's alleged action in an official capacity while serving as a director, officer, member, employee or agent, the Executive shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by the Corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws or, if greater, by the laws of the State of Massachusetts, against all cost, expense, liability and loss (including, without limitation, attorney's fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by the Executive in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to the Executive even if he has ceased to be a director, member, employee or agent of the Corporation or other entity and shall inure to the benefit of the Executive's heirs, executors and administrators. The Corporation shall advance to the Executive all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by him in connection with a Proceeding within 20 days after receipt by the Corporation of a written request for such advance. Such request shall include an undertaking by the Executive to repay the amount of such advance if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified against such costs and expenses.

(ii) No Presumptions. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any proceeding concerning payment of amounts claimed by the Executive under Section 15(a) above that indemnification of the Executive is proper because he has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor a determination by the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel or stockholders) that the Executive has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Executive has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(iii) Liability Insurance. The Corporation agrees to continue and maintain a directors' and officers' liability insurance policy covering the Executive to the extent the Corporation provides such coverage for its other executive officers, and which would provide coverage for the Executive after the Term of Employment for actions taken during the Term of Employment.

14. Notices. Any and all notices provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by certified mail, return receipt requested or in person. Notice shall be deemed to have been given when notice is received by the party on whom the notice was served. Notice to the Corporation shall be addressed to the Corporation at its principal office, and notice to Executive at Executive's last address as shown on the records of the Corporation.

15. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its internal conflicts of law provisions.

16. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable or contrary to law or public policy, the enforceability of the other provisions in this Agreement shall not affected thereby.

5

17. Assignment. Executive recognizes that this is an agreement for personal services and that Executive may not assign this Agreement. The Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and binding upon the Corporation's successors and assigns.

18. Entire Agreement/Amendment. This Agreement and the restrictive agreement referred to in Section 12 constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof (including terminating all employment agreements between Executive and subsidiaries of the Corporation). This Agreement may not be amended except by written agreement signed by both Parties.

19. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different Parties in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement (and all signatures need not appear on any one counterpart), and this Agreement shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the Parties hereto and delivered to each of the other Parties hereto.

20. Waiver. The failure of either of the Parties to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Agreement or any provision hereof or the right of either of the Parties to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement. No waiver of any breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought, and no waiver of any such breach shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

21. Capacity. The Executive and the Corporation hereby represent and warrant to the other that: (i) Executive or the Corporation has full power, authority and capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement, and to perform the Executive's or the Corporation's obligations hereunder; (ii) such execution, delivery and performance will not (and with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would not) result in the breach of any agreements or other obligations to which Executive or the Corporation is a party or the Executive or the Corporation is otherwise bound; and (iii) this Agreement is the Executive's or the Corporation's valid and binding obligation in accordance with its terms.

22. Liability Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in the event of a termination of the employment of the Executive in breach of this Agreement by the Corporation, the Executive and the Company agree that the maximum aggregate amount of damages recoverable by the Executive for any such breach shall not exceed an amount equal to three years of Base Salary. The damages shall be determined by negotiation or, if the parties cannot reach a mutually acceptable agreement, by arbitration.

23. Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof or otherwise arising out of the Executive's employment or the termination of that employment (including, without limitation, any claims of unlawful employment discrimination whether based on age or otherwise) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be settled by arbitration in any forum and form agreed upon by the parties or, in the absence of such an agreement, under the auspices of the American

6

Arbitration Association ("AAA") in Worcester, Massachusetts in accordance with the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the AAA, including, but not limited to, the rules and procedures applicable to the selection of arbitrators. In the event that any person or entity other than the Executive or the Employer may be a party with regard to any such controversy or claim, such controversy or claim shall be submitted to arbitration subject to such other person or entity's agreement. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. This Section 23 shall be specifically enforceable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 23 shall not preclude either party from pursuing a court action for the sole purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate; provided that any other relief shall be pursued through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section 23. Punitive and consequential damages shall not be permitted as an award and each party shall bear the fees and expenses of its own counsel and expert witnesses.

24. Consent to Jurisdiction. To the extent that any court action is permitted consistent with or to enforce Section 23 of this Agreement, the parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts. Accordingly, with respect to any such court action, the Executive (a) submits to the personal jurisdiction of such courts; (b) consents to service of process; and (c) waives any other requirement (whether imposed by statute, rule of court, or otherwise) with respect to personal jurisdiction or service of process.

7

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Employment Agreement has been duly executed:

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

By: /s/ Angelo P. Lopresti              /S/ Valentin P. Gapontsev
    ---------------------------------   -------------------------------
Name: Angelo P. Lopresti                Name: Valentin P. Gapontsev
Title: Vice President and Secretary

8

EXHIBIT 10.9

Service Agreement

This Service Agreement ("Agreement"), dated as of March 1, 2006, is made by and between IPG Laser GmbH, a German limited company having an office at Siemensstrasse 7, 57299 Burbach Germany (the "Company"), and Evgeny Shcherbakov, residing at Forstweg 16, 57299, Burbach Germany, born on 20 June 1947 ("Executive"). The Company and Executive are referred to jointly below as the "Parties."

WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain the services of Executive as managing director on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Executive desires to accept the offer from the Company on such terms and conditions.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the services to be provided by Executive, the mutual terms and conditions set forth below, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Services. Executive will provide services to the Company in the position of managing director. Executive will report to the Company's majority shareholder. Executive's primary responsibility will be managing the general business and affairs of the Company, and performing related administrative duties. Executive will carry out such duties as shall be assigned from time to time by the Company's sole shareholder, subject to applicable laws, and ethical duties. During the Service Term (as defined below), Executive shall devote Executive's reasonable best efforts, energies and abilities and Executive's full business time, skill and attention to the business and affairs of the Company, and shall act at all times according to the highest professional standards, for the purpose of advancing the business of the Company.

2. Term. Subject to the Termination provisions below, Executive shall provide services to the Company for a term of two (2) years commencing on the date of this Agreement (the "Initial Service Period"). Executive's services to the Company will continue for successive one year terms following expiration of the Initial Service Period (the Initial Service Period together with any subsequent service period shall be referred to as the "Service Term"), unless either party provides notice of intent not to renew not less than (a) one hundred eighty (180) days prior to expiration of the then current term or (b) 364 days prior to the end of the then current term following a "Change of Control" of IPG Photonics Corporation (as such term is defined in IPG Photonics Corporation's 2006 Incentive Stock Plan in effect on the date of this Agreement), or unless in either case service is terminated under the termination provisions below.

3. Compensation. The Company shall pay Executive on a salary basis at a monthly rate of E16,800 paid on the basis of a 14-month year for gross annual salary of E235,200 (the "Base Salary"). The Base Salary will be paid in equal installments in accordance with the Company's standard payroll policies and schedule and is subject to tax and elective withholding and deductions. The Company may, in its sole discretion, increase the Base Salary on an annual or other basis. The amount of any bonus compensation to Executive under any such program will be determined by the Board of Directors of IPG Photonics Company in its sole discretion.


4. Benefits.

(i) Executive shall be entitled to the extent eligible to participate in any benefit plans as may be adopted and modified by the Company from time to time, including without limitation health, dental and medical plans, life and disability insurance, paid time off, holiday, and retirement plans. The benefits available to Executive shall be no less favorable than those available to other executives at similar levels within the organization or to the employees of the Company at the location where Executive works. Benefits provided under this Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of any applicable benefit plan, including any eligibility and vesting requirements, as such plans may be in effect from time to time.

(ii) Executive shall be entitled to four weeks vacation each year. The maximum number of accrued vacation hours that Executive can have at any point in time is equal to the total vacation hours earned in the last twelve months, plus one week of vacation carried over from the prior twelve months of service.

(iii) Executive shall have the right to a luxury class car which may be also used for personal purposes.

5. Intentionally Omitted.

6. Other Activities. The service of Executive shall be on a full-time basis, but Executive may be an investor or otherwise have an interest in or serve on the board of directors or advisory board to other businesses, partnerships and entities so long as the other activities of Executive do not materially interfere with the performance of Executive's duties to the Company, and so long as such other activities do not cause Executive to violate the Restrictive Covenants incorporated herein in Section 12 of this Agreement, and so long as Executive discloses all such activities to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors of the Company. Nothing in this provision or this Agreement limits or restricts Executive's duties and obligations, including the duty of loyalty, that arise under the law.

7. Termination by the Company. The Company may terminate the Service Term:

(i) by giving Executive ninety (90) days' prior written notice without Cause (as defined below), or

(ii) for Cause (as defined below).

"Cause" shall mean: (A) an act of fraud, embezzlement or theft by Executive in connection with Executive's duties or in the course of Executive's service with the Company; (B) Executive's intentional wrongful damage to the property of the Company; (C) Executive's intentional breach of Section 12 hereof while Executive remains in the employ of the Company; (D) an act of Gross Misconduct (as defined below); or (E) a felony conviction or a conviction for a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; and, in each case, the determination by the Directors of the Company as hereafter provided that any such act shall have been materially harmful to the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, "Gross Misconduct" shall mean a willful or grossly negligent act or omission which has or will have a material and adverse impact on the business or reputation of the Company, or on the business of the Company's customers or

2

suppliers as such relate to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for "Cause" hereunder unless and until there shall have been delivered to Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the independent Directors then in office at a meeting of the Directors called and held for such purpose, finding that, Executive has committed an act set forth above in this
Section 7. Nothing herein shall limit Executive's right or Executive's beneficiaries' right to contest the validity or propriety of any such determination.

8. Termination by Executive. Executive may terminate the Service Term (i) by giving the Company sixty (60) days' prior written notice, or (ii) for Good Reason (as defined below), subject to the Company's right to cure the breach for a period of thirty (30) days after notice from Executive of his intention to terminate for Good Reason. In the event of termination by notice under the preceding subsection (i), the Company in its discretion may elect a termination date that is earlier than the conclusion of the sixty (60) day notice period, but in the event of such election the termination shall still be deemed a voluntary termination by Executive under this Section. "Good Reason" means the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive's express written consent:

(a) The assignment to Executive of any duties materially inconsistent (except in the nature of a promotion) with Executive's position in the Company and the responsibilities specified in this Agreement or a substantial adverse alteration in the nature of Executive's position or responsibilities or in the conditions of service;

(b) A reduction by the Company of or a failure to pay Executive's Base Salary, or a material reduction in benefits Executive is entitled to under this Agreement other than a reduction approved by the Board of Directors of the Company that similarly applies to all executive officers of the Company, provided that a reduction in Base Salary shall not exceed more than 10% of then Base Salary;

(c) A relocation of the offices of Executive to a place greater than thirty-five (35) miles in distance from Executive offices of the Company in Burbach, Germany; or

(d) The failure of Executive to be the General Manager of the Company following a "Change of Control" of the Company (as such term is defined in the IPG Photonics Corporation's 2006 Incentive Stock Plan in effect on the date of this Agreement).

The Company shall have no obligations to Executive after Executive's last day of service following termination of service under this Section, except as specifically set forth in this Agreement or under the option agreement.

9. Automatic Termination. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2, Executive's service shall automatically terminate upon Executive's death or Disability (as defined below). Executive shall be deemed to have a

3

"Disability" for purposes of this Agreement if Executive is unable to substantially perform, by reason of physical or mental incapacity, Executive's duties or obligations under this Agreement, with or without reasonable accommodation as defined in the Americans with Disabilities Act and implementing regulations, for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) consecutive days in any 360-day period. The Board of Directors shall determine, according to the facts then available, whether and when the disability of Executive has occurred and shall state that date of termination in the Notice of Termination. Such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors in the exercise of reasonable discretion.

10. Certain Obligations of the Company Following Termination of the Service Period. Following termination of the Service Period under the circumstances described below, the Company will pay to Executive the following compensation and provide the following benefits in addition to any benefits to which Executive may be entitled by law in full satisfaction and final settlement of any and all claims and demands that Executive or the Company may have against the other under this Agreement:

(i) Without Cause by the Company or Good Reason by Executive. In the event that the Service Period is terminated by the Company without Cause pursuant to Section 7(i) hereof or by Executive for Good Reason pursuant to
Section 8 hereof, Executive shall be entitled to the following payments:

(a) Base Salary through the termination date and any bonus that has been actually earned as of or prior to the termination date, but has not been paid; and

(b) Continuing payments of Base Salary, payable in accordance with regular payroll practices of the Company, for twelve months following the date of termination.

(ii) Termination by Executive Without Good Reason or by the Company for Cause. In the event the Service Period as terminated by Executive pursuant to 8(i) hereof without Good Reason or by the Company pursuant to Section 7(ii) hereof for Cause, Executive shall be entitled to no further compensation or other benefits under this Agreement except as to that portion of any unpaid Base Salary and other benefits accrued, earned or vested up to and including the effective date of such termination.

(iii) Death; Disability. In the event that the Service Period is terminated by reason of Executive's death or for Disability, Executive or Executive's estate, as the case may be, shall be entitled to the payments Base Salary through the date of death or the date of termination as specified in the Notice of Termination in the event of Disability, plus any unpaid bonus previously awarded to Executive.

11. Nature of Payments. Upon termination of service pursuant to Sections 7, 8 or 9, Executive will be released from any duties and obligations to the Company set forth in this Agreement (except the duties and obligations under the Restrictive Covenants and as set forth in Section 12 hereof) and the obligations of the Company to Executive will be as set forth in Section 10.

4

12. Restrictive Covenants. Executive shall comply with the Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Confirmatory Assignment Terms attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement and incorporated herein by reference (the "Restrictive Covenants").

13. Indemnification.

(i) Indemnification Terms. The Company agrees that if Executive is made a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a "Proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer or employee of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, member, employee or agent of another company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether or not the basis of such Proceeding is Executive's alleged action in an official capacity while serving as a director, officer, member, employee or agent, Executive shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by the Company's certificate of incorporation or bylaws or, if greater, by the laws of the State of Delaware, against all cost, expense, liability and loss (including, without limitation, attorney's fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by Executive in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to Executive even if he has ceased to be a director, member, employee or agent of the Company or other entity and shall inure to the benefit of Executive's heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall advance to Executive all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by him in connection with a Proceeding within 20 days after receipt by the Company of a written request for such advance. Such request shall include an undertaking by Executive to repay the amount of such advance if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified against such costs and expenses.

(ii) No Presumptions. Neither the failure of the Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any proceeding concerning payment of amounts claimed by Executive under Section 15(a) above that indemnification of Executive is proper because he has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor a determination by the Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel or stockholders) that Executive has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Executive has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(iii) Liability Insurance. The Company agrees to continue and maintain a directors' and officers' liability insurance policy covering Executive to the extent IPG Photonics Corporation provides such coverage for its other executive officers, and which would provide coverage for Executive after the Service Term for actions taken during the Service Term.

14. Notices. Any and all notices provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by certified mail, return receipt requested or in person. Notice shall be deemed to have been given when notice is received by the party on whom the notice was served. Notice to the Company shall be addressed to the Company at its principal office, and notice to Executive at Executive's last address as shown on the records of the Company.

5

15. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts except that the social security insurance and mandatory statutory provisions set forth under company law shall be governed by the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany, without regard to its internal conflicts of law provisions.

16. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable or contrary to law or public policy, the enforceability of the other provisions in this Agreement shall not affected thereby.

17. Assignment. Executive recognizes that this is an agreement for personal services and that Executive may not assign this Agreement. The Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and binding upon the Company's successors and assigns.

18. Entire Agreement/Amendment. This Agreement and the restrictive agreement referred to in Section 12 constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be amended except by written agreement signed by both Parties.

19. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement and the Restrictive Covenants may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different Parties in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement (and all signatures need not appear on any one counterpart), and this Agreement shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the Parties hereto and delivered to each of the other Parties hereto.

20. Waiver. The failure of either of the Parties to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Agreement or any provision hereof or the right of either of the Parties to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement. No waiver of any breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought, and no waiver of any such breach shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

21. Capacity. Executive and the Company hereby represent and warrant to the other that: (i) Executive or the Company has full power, authority and capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement, and to perform Executive's or the Company's obligations hereunder; (ii) such execution, delivery and performance will not (and with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would not) result in the breach of any agreements or other obligations to which Executive or the Company is a party or Executive or the Company is otherwise bound; and
(iii) this Agreement is Executive's or the Company's valid and binding obligation in accordance with its terms.

22. Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof or otherwise arising out of Executive's service or the termination of that service (including, without limitation, any claims of unlawful discrimination whether based on age or

6

otherwise) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be settled by arbitration in any forum and form agreed upon by the parties or, in the absence of such an agreement, under the auspices of the International Arbitration Association ("IAA") in Frankfurt/Main, Germany in accordance with the rules of the IAA the govern dispute resolution of personal services, including, but not limited to, the rules and procedures applicable to the selection of arbitrators. In the event that any person or entity other than Executive or the Employer may be a party with regard to any such controversy or claim, such controversy or claim shall be submitted to arbitration subject to such other person or entity's agreement. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. This Section 22 shall be specifically enforceable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 22 shall not preclude either party from pursuing a court action for the sole purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate; provided that any other relief shall be pursued through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section 22. Punitive and consequential damages shall not be permitted as an award and each party shall bear the fees and expenses of its own counsel and expert witnesses.

23. Consent to Jurisdiction. To the extent that any court action is permitted consistent with or to enforce Section 22 of this Agreement, the parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Accordingly, with respect to any such court action, Executive (a) submits to the personal jurisdiction of such courts; (b) consents to service of process; and (c) waives any other requirement (whether imposed by statute, rule of court, or otherwise) with respect to personal jurisdiction or service of process.

24. German Civil Code. Executive shall be exempt from the restrictions of
Section 181 of the German Civil Code, provided that Executive shall first obtain the prior written consent of IPG Photonics Corporation with respect to the transaction.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Service Agreement has been duly executed on March 1, 2006:

/s/ Valentin P. Gapontsev               /s/ Evgeny Shcherbakov
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
Valentin P. Gapontsev                   Evgeny Shcherbakov
Geschaftsfuhrer, CEO                    Managing Director
IPG Laser GmbH


IPG Photonics Corporation


/s/ Valentin P. Gapontsev
-------------------------------------
By: Valentin P. Gapontsev
Chief Executive Officer

7

Exhibit A

CONFIDENTIALITY, NON-COMPETITION AND CONFIRMATORY ASSIGNMENT Terms (this

"Agreement").

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, the Company is a manufacturer of fiber amplifiers, fiber lasers and associated products.

WHEREAS, the Company's business is conducted throughout the world and the reputation and goodwill of the Company are an integral part of its business success; and

WHEREAS, in consideration and as a condition of any employment (or continued employment) by the Company, Executive agrees to the terms of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

Section 1. Confidentiality. Executive represents, warrants and covenants that he or she has not revealed and will not at any time, whether during or after the termination of his or her employment, reveal to anyone outside the Company any of the trade secrets or confidential information of the Company, its customers or suppliers, or any information received in confidence from third parties by the Company. Confidential information of the Company is any information or material (a) generated or collected by or used in the operation of the Company that relates to the actual or anticipated business, marketing and sales, strategic planning, products, services, research and development, or production and/or manufacturing processes, of the Company or its customers or suppliers, including its and their organization, personnel, customers and finances; or (b) suggested by or resulting from any task assigned to Executive or work performed by Executive for or on behalf of the Company. Executive will deliver to the Company copies of all confidential information upon the earlier of (a) a request by the Company, or (b) termination of Executive's employment. Upon termination of Executive's employment, Executive will not retain any such materials or copies.

Confidential Information shall not include (a) any information that is in the public domain at time of disclosure or thereafter comes into the public domain (other than by breach of this Agreement by Executive); or (b) any information which is disclosed to Executive in good faith by a third party unaffiliated with the Company with the legal right to make such disclosure; or
(c) any information which the Company authorizes its unrestricted use in writing.

Further, Executive represents, warrants and covenants that during his or her employment he or she did not and will not take, use or permit to be used any notes, memoranda, reports, lists, records, drawings, sketches, specifications, software programs, data, documentation or other materials of any nature relating to any matter within the scope of the business of the Company or concerning any of its dealings or affairs otherwise than for the benefit of the Company. Executive further agrees that he or she has not used or permitted to be used and shall not, after the termination of his or her employment, use or permit to be used any such notes, memoranda, reports,

8

lists, records, drawings, sketches, specifications, software programs, data, documentation or other materials, it being agreed that all of the foregoing shall be and remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company and that immediately upon the termination of Executive's employment he or she shall deliver all of the foregoing, and all copies thereof, to the Company, at its main office.

Executive understands that the Company has received and will receive from third parties information that is confidential or proprietary ("Third-Party Information") and that is subject to restrictions on the Company regarding its use and disclosure. Executive, both during and after termination of his or her employment will hold Third-Party Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose or use Third-Party Information except as permitted by the agreement between the Company and the relevant third party, unless expressly authorized to act otherwise by the Company.

Executive agrees to report known or suspected unauthorized disclosures of confidential or proprietary information of the Company by any other person immediately to an officer of the Company.

Section 2. Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation. In view of the fact that any activity of the Executive in violation of the terms hereof would adversely affect the Company and its subsidiaries (as defined below), and to preserve the goodwill associated with the Company's business, the Executive hereby agrees to the following restrictions on his activities:

(a) Non-Competition. The Executive hereby agrees that one (1) year after the date on which the Executive's employment with the Company and its subsidiaries terminates for any reason (the "Non-Competition Period"), Executive will not, without the express written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, anywhere where the Company sells or offers (at any time during the term of this Agreement ) products directly or indirectly through distributors, subsidiaries or affiliated companies including IPG Photonics Corporation, engage in any activity which is, or participate or invest in, or provide or facilitate the provision of financing to, or assist (whether as owner, part-owner, shareholder, member, partner, director, officer, trustee, employee, agent or consultant, or in any other capacity) any business, organization or person other than the Company (or any subsidiary of the Company), and including any such business, organization or person involving, or which is, a family member of the Executive, whose business, activities, products or services are competitive with the products/technologies/services listed on the Annex to this Agreement. The Executive hereby acknowledges that, because of the global-based nature of the Company's business, the geographic scope as set forth above is reasonable and fair.

(b) Non-Solicitation. The Executive hereby agrees that during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the date which is the later of (i) two (2) years after the date hereof and (ii) eighteen (18) months after the date on which the Executive's employment with the Company and its subsidiaries terminates for any reason, he will not, without the express written consent of the Company, (w) hire or engage or attempt to hire or engage for or on behalf of himself or herself or any such competitor any officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any former employee of the Company and any of its subsidiaries who was employed during the one (1) year period immediately preceding the date on which the Executive's employment or service relationship with the Company or any of its subsidiaries was terminated for any reason, (x) encourage for or on behalf of himself or any such competitor any such officer or employee to terminate his

9

or her relationship or employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries,
(y) solicit for or on behalf of himself or any such competitor any client or supplier of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (z) divert to any person (as hereinafter defined) any client or business opportunity of the Company or any of any of its subsidiaries.

The Board of Directors, with prior notice and adequate disclosure of any opportunity or proposed activity, shall be entitled to interpret the provisions of this Agreement and exempt any opportunity or activity of the Executive which the Board of Directors of IPG Photonics Corporation, in its reasonable judgment, believes is in the interests of, or not opposed to the interests of, the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Executive may make passive investments in any enterprise the shares of which are publicly traded if such investment constitutes less than three percent (3%) of the equity of such enterprise.

Neither the Executive nor any business entity controlled by the Executive is a party to any contract, commitment, arrangement or agreement which could, following the date hereof, restrain or restrict the Company or any subsidiary of the Company from carrying on its business or restrain or restrict the Executive from performing his or her employment obligations, and as of the date of this Agreement the Executive has no business interests whatsoever in or relating to the industries in which the Company and its subsidiaries currently engage other than Executive's interest in the Company and other than interests in public companies of less than three percent (3%).

For purposes of this Agreement, any reference to the "subsidiaries" of the Company shall be deemed to include all entities directly or indirectly controlled by it through an ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interests. As used in this Agreement, the term "person" shall mean an individual, a corporation, an association, a partnership, a limited liability company, an estate, a trust, and any other entity or organization.

Section 3. Scope of Agreement. The parties acknowledge that the time, scope, geographic area and other provisions of this Agreement have been specifically negotiated by sophisticated parties and agree that (a) all such provisions are reasonable and fair to the parties hereto under the circumstances of the transactions contemplated hereby, and (b) are given as an integral and essential part of the transactions contemplated hereby. The Executive has independently consulted with Executive's counsel and has been advised in all respects concerning the reasonableness and fairness of the covenants contained herein, with specific regard to the business to be conducted by Company and its subsidiaries, and represents that the Agreement is intended to be, and shall be, fully enforceable and effective in accordance with its terms.

Section 4. Acknowledgement Regarding Inventions/Receipt of Fair Compensation. Executive hereby confirms, acknowledges and agrees that all inventions, modifications, discoveries, designs, developments, improvements, processes, know-how, or intellectual property rights whatsoever (collectively, "Developments") that he or she (either alone or with others) has conceived, made or reduced to practice at any time or times while employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries that:

(a) related to fixtures for and methods of manufacture of fiber lasers and fiber amplifiers and certain aspects of fiber laser and fiber amplifiers, or otherwise relate to the business of the

10

Company from time to time, or any customer or supplier to the Company, or any of the products or services being developed, manufactured or sold by the Company or any of the products which may be used in connection therewith,

(b) resulted from tasks assigned to the Executive by the Company or any of its subsidiaries to the business, or

(c) resulted from the use of premises or personal property (whether tangible or intangible) owned, leased or contracted for or by the Company or any of its subsidiaries,

are the sole and absolute property of the Company, its successors and assigns. Executive acknowledges that all Developments were made as a "work for hire" and all proprietary rights which the Executive may have acquired in such Developments were assigned to the Company. The Executive hereby acknowledges he or she has not created any Developments that do not satisfy the provisions of
Section 4(a), (b) or (c). Executive hereby confirms, acknowledges and agrees that Executive has received mutually-agreed upon compensation from the Company in consideration for the Company's ownership rights to the Developments set forth in this Section 4 and that such consideration is fair and reasonable.

Executive will make and maintain adequate and current records of and communicate to the Company (or any persons designated by it) promptly and fully each Development without publishing the same. Further, Executive will, both during and after the period of his or her employment by the Company, execute all appropriate documents and give the Company all assistance it reasonably requires to perfect, protect and use its rights to the Developments. In the event the Company is unable, after reasonable effort, to secure Executive's signature on any letter patent, copyright or other analogous protection relating to a Development, Executive hereby irrevocably appoints the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as Executive's agent and attorney-in-fact, to execute and file any such application or applications and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of letters patent, copyright or other protection with the same legal force and effect as if signed by Executive.

Executive has attached hereto, as Addendum A, a list describing all Inventions which were made by Executive prior to his employment by the Company ("Prior Inventions"), which belong to Executive and which relate in any way to the Company's business, products, services, research or development, and which are not assigned to the Company. If no such list is attached, Executive represents that there are no such Prior Inventions. If in the course of employment by the Company, Executive incorporates into a Company product or process a Prior Invention, the Company is hereby granted and shall have a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license to make, have made, modify, use and sell such Prior Invention as part of or in connection with such product or process.

Section 5. Use of Voice, Image and Likeness; Publication of Statements. Executive gives the Company permission to use Executive's voice, image or likeness, with or without using Executive's name, for the purposes of advertising and promoting the Company, except to the extent expressly prohibited by law. To ensure that the Company delivers a consistent message about its products, services and operations to the public, and further in recognition that even positive statements may have a detrimental effect on the Company in certain securities transactions and other contexts, Executive agrees that any statement about the Company which he or she creates, publishes or posts during Executive's period of employment and for six (6)

11

months thereafter, on any media accessible by the public, including but not limited to electronic bulletin boards and Web-based chat rooms, shall first be reviewed and approved by an officer of the Company before it is released in the public domain.

Section 6. No Employment Obligation. Executive understands that this Agreement does not create an obligation on the Company or entity to continue Executive's employment or to exploit any Developments. Executive acknowledges that nothing in this Agreement shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company, to discharge Executive at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except as may be expressly provided in a separate agreement between the Company and Executive.

Section 7. Certain Remedies; Severability. It is specifically understood and agreed that any breach of the provisions of this agreement by the Executive will result in irreparable injury to the Company and its subsidiaries, that the remedy at law alone will be an inadequate remedy for such breach and that, in addition to any other remedy it may have, the Company and upon authorization by the Board of Directors of the Company its subsidiaries shall be entitled to enforce the specific performance of this agreement by the Executive through both temporary and permanent injunctive relief without the necessity of proving actual damages, but without limitation of their right to damages and any and all other remedies available to them, it being understood that injunctive relief is in addition to, and not in lieu of, such other remedies.

In the event that any covenant contained in this Agreement shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason of its being too extensive in any other respect, it shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which it may be enforceable and/or over the maximum geographical area as to which it may be enforceable and/or to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which it may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action. The existence of any claim or cause of action which the Executive may have against the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall not constitute a defense or bar to the enforcement of any of the provisions of this Agreement. Executive agrees that Executive will not assert, and it should not be considered, that any provision contained in this Agreement prevents him or her from earning a living or is otherwise void, voidable, or unenforceable or should be voided or held to be unenforceable.

Section 8. Jurisdiction. The parties hereby irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Federal Republic of Germany to construe and enforce the covenants contained in this Agreement. In the event that the courts of any state shall hold such covenants unenforceable (in whole or in part) by reason of the breadth of such scope or otherwise, it is the intention of the parties hereto that such determination shall not bar or in any way affect the right of the Company or upon authorization by other the Directors of the Company any its subsidiaries to the relief provided for herein in the courts of any other state within the geographic scope of such covenants, as to breaches of such covenants in such other respective states, the above covenants as they relate to each state being, for this purpose, severable into diverse and independent covenants.

Section 9. Notices. Any notice or demand which is required or provided to be given under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been

12

sufficiently given and received for all purposes when delivered by hand, telecopy, telex or other method of facsimile, or five days after being sent by certified or registered mail, postage and charges prepaid, return receipt requested, or two days after being sent by overnight delivery providing receipt of delivery, to the following addresses: if to the Company, Siemensstrasse 7, D-57299 Burbach, Germany 01540, Facsimile: +49-2736-4420-150, Attn: CEO, or at any other address designated by the Company to the Executive in writing; and if to the Executive, to the home address of Executive as designated in the current personnel files maintained by the Company, or at any other address designated by the Executive to the Company in writing.

Section 10. Miscellaneous. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without regard to its conflict of laws principles) and shall not be modified or discharged in whole or in part except by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Executive. The failure of any of the parties to require the performance of a term or obligation or to exercise any right under this Agreement or the waiver of any breach hereunder shall not prevent subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or exercise of such right or the enforcement at any time of any other right hereunder or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach of the provision so breached, or of any other breach hereunder. Executive's obligations under this Agreement shall survive the termination of Executive's employment regardless of the manner of such termination and shall be binding upon by Executive's heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Company shall have the right to assign this Agreement to its affiliates, successors and assigns but this Agreement may not be assigned by the Executive. This Agreement supersedes all prior understandings and agreements between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, including the Confidentiality and Assignment of Inventions Agreement and the Non-Competition and Confirmatory Assignment Agreement, each dated August 30, 2000.

Section 11. No Conflicting Agreements. Executive warrants that Executive is not bound by the terms of a confidentiality agreement or other agreement with a third party that would conflict with Executive's obligations hereunder.

Section 12. Third Party Beneficiaries. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Investors named in that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated August 30, 2000 are third party beneficiaries of this Agreement.

13

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Confidentiality, Non-Competition And Confirmatory Assignment Terms has been duly executed on March 1, 2006:

/S/ Valentin P. Gapontsev               /s/ Evgeny Shcherbakov
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
Valentin P. Gapontsev                   Evgeny Shcherbakov
Geschaftsfuhrer, CEO                    Managing Director
IPG Laser GmbH


IPG Photonics Corporation


/s/ Valentin P. Gapontsev
-------------------------------------
By: Valentin P. Gapontsev
Chief Executive Officer

14

Annex

Section 2(a) Non-Competition Limitation: All systems, products and components manufactured, sold or being developed, including without limitation fiber lasers, fiber amplifiers and diode lasers, and all services provided, by IPG Laser.

15

Exhibit 10.10

Employment Agreement

This Employment Agreement ("Agreement"), dated as of March 1, 2006, is made by and between IPG Photonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation having an office at 50 Old Webster Road, Oxford, MA, 01540 (the "Corporation"), and Timothy Mammen ("Executive"). The Corporation and Executive are referred to jointly below as the "Parties."

WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to employ Executive on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Executive desires to accept employment by the Corporation on such terms and conditions.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the employment of Executive, the mutual terms and conditions set forth below, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Employment. Executive will be employed by the Corporation in the position of Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Executive will report to the Corporation's Chief Executive Officer. Executive's primary responsibility will be managing the financial affairs of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. Executive will carry out such duties as shall be assigned from time to time by the Corporation's Chief Executive Officer, subject to applicable laws, and ethical duties. During the Employment Term (as defined below), Executive shall devote Executive's reasonable best efforts, energies and abilities and Executive's full business time, skill and attention to the business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall act at all times according to the highest professional standards, for the purpose of advancing the business of the Corporation.

2. Term. Subject to the Termination provisions below, Executive's employment by the Corporation is for a term of two (2) years commencing on the date of this Agreement (the "Initial Employment Period"). Executive's employment by the Corporation will continue for successive one year terms following expiration of the Initial Employment Period (the Initial Employment Period together with any subsequent employment period shall be referred to as the "Employment Term"), unless either party provides notice of intent not to renew not less than (a) one hundred eighty (180) days prior to expiration of the then current term or (b) 364 days prior to the end of the then current term following a "Change of Control" of the Corporation (as such term is defined in the Corporation's 2006 Incentive Stock Plan in effect on the date of this Agreement), or unless in either case employment is terminated under the termination provisions below.

3. Compensation. The Corporation shall pay Executive on a salary basis at an annual rate of $270,000 (the "Base Salary"). The Base Salary will be paid in equal installments in accordance with the Corporation's standard payroll policies and schedule and is subject to tax and elective withholding and deductions. The Corporation may, in its sole discretion, increase the Base Salary on an annual or other basis. The amount of any bonus compensation to Executive under any such program will be determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion.


4. Benefits.

(i) Executive shall be entitled to the extent eligible to participate in any benefit plans as may be adopted and modified by the Corporation from time to time, including without limitation health, dental and medical plans, life and disability insurance, paid time off, holiday, and retirement plans. The benefits available to Executive shall be no less favorable than those available to other executives at similar levels within the organization or to the employees of the Company at the location where Executive works. Benefits provided under this Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of any applicable benefit plan, including any eligibility and vesting requirements, as such plans may be in effect from time to time.

(ii) Executive shall be entitled to four weeks vacation each year. The maximum number of accrued vacation hours that Executive can have at any point in time is equal to the total vacation hours earned in the last twelve months, plus one week of vacation carried over from the prior twelve months of service.

5. Intentionally Omitted.

6. Other Activities. The employment of Executive shall be on a full-time basis, but Executive may be an investor or otherwise have an interest in or serve on the board of directors or advisory board to other businesses, partnerships and entities so long as the other activities of Executive do not materially interfere with the performance of Executive's duties to the Corporation, and so long as such other activities do not cause Executive to violate the Restrictive Covenants incorporated herein in Section 12 of this Agreement, and so long as Executive discloses all such activities to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Nothing in this provision or this Agreement limits or restricts Executive's duties and obligations, including the duty of loyalty, that arise under the law.

7. Termination by the Corporation. The Corporation may terminate the Employment Term:

(i) by giving Executive ninety (90) days' prior written notice without Cause (as defined below), or

(ii) for Cause (as defined below).

"Cause" shall mean: (A) an act of fraud, embezzlement or theft by Executive in connection with Executive's duties or in the course of Executive's employment with the Corporation; (B) Executive's intentional wrongful damage to the property of the Corporation; (C) Executive's intentional breach of Section 12 hereof while Executive remains in the employ of the Corporation; (D) an act of Gross Misconduct (as defined below); or (E) a felony conviction or a conviction for a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; and, in each case, the determination by the Directors of the Corporation as hereafter provided that any such act shall have been materially harmful to the Corporation. For purposes of this Agreement, "Gross Misconduct" shall mean a willful or grossly negligent act or omission which has or will have a material and adverse impact on the business or reputation of the Corporation, or on the business of the Corporation's customers or suppliers as such relate to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for "Cause" hereunder unless and until there

2

shall have been delivered to Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the independent Directors then in office at a meeting of the Directors called and held for such purpose, finding that, Executive has committed an act set forth above in this Section 7. Nothing herein shall limit Executive's right or Executive's beneficiaries' right to contest the validity or propriety of any such determination.

8. Termination by Executive. Executive may terminate the Employment Term
(i) by giving the Corporation sixty (60) days' prior written notice, or (ii) for Good Reason (as defined below), subject to the Corporation's right to cure the breach for a period of thirty (30) days after notice from Executive of his intention to terminate for Good Reason. In the event of termination by notice under the preceding subsection (i), the Corporation in its discretion may elect a termination date that is earlier than the conclusion of the sixty (60) day notice period, but in the event of such election the termination shall still be deemed a voluntary termination by Executive under this Section. "Good Reason" means the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive's express written consent:

(a) The assignment to Executive of any duties materially inconsistent (except in the nature of a promotion) with Executive's position in the Corporation and the responsibilities specified in this Agreement or a substantial adverse alteration in the nature of Executive's position or responsibilities or in the conditions of employment;

(b) A reduction by the Corporation of or a failure to pay Executive's Base Salary, or a material reduction in benefits Executive is entitled to under this Agreement other than a reduction approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation that similarly applies to all executive officers of the Company, provided that a reduction in Base Salary shall not exceed more than 10% of then Base Salary;

(c) A relocation of the offices of Executive to a place greater than thirty-five (35) miles in distance from Executive offices of the Corporation in Oxford, MA; or

(d) The failure of Executive to be the Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of (i) a company having its securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 following the effectiveness of the Corporation's initial public offering, or (ii) the Corporation following a "Change of Control" of the Corporation (as such term is defined in the Corporation's 2006 Incentive Stock Plan in effect on the date of this Agreement).

The Corporation shall have no obligations to Executive after Executive's last day of employment following termination of employment under this Section, except as specifically set forth in this Agreement or under the option agreement.

3

9. Automatic Termination. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2, Executive's employment shall automatically terminate upon Executive's death or Disability (as defined below). Executive shall be deemed to have a "Disability" for purposes of this Agreement if Executive is unable to substantially perform, by reason of physical or mental incapacity, Executive's duties or obligations under this Agreement, with or without reasonable accommodation as defined in the Americans with Disabilities Act and implementing regulations, for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) consecutive days in any 360-day period. The Board of Directors shall determine, according to the facts then available, whether and when the disability of Executive has occurred and shall state that date of termination in the Notice of Termination. Such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors in the exercise of reasonable discretion.

10. Certain Obligations of the Corporation Following Termination of the Employment Period. Following termination of the Employment Period under the circumstances described below, the Corporation will pay to Executive the following compensation and provide the following benefits in addition to any benefits to which Executive may be entitled by law in full satisfaction and final settlement of any and all claims and demands that Executive or the Corporation may have against the other under this Agreement:

(i) Without Cause by the Corporation or Good Reason by Executive. In the event that the Employment Period is terminated by the Corporation without Cause pursuant to Section 7(i) hereof or by Executive for Good Reason pursuant to Section 8 hereof, Executive shall be entitled to the following payments:

(a) Base Salary through the termination date and any bonus that has been actually earned as of or prior to the termination date, but has not been paid; and

(b) Continuing payments of Base Salary, payable in accordance with regular payroll practices of the Corporation, for twelve months following the date of termination.

(ii) Termination by Executive Without Good Reason or by the Corporation for Cause. In the event the Employment Period as terminated by Executive pursuant to 8(i) hereof without Good Reason or by the Corporation pursuant to Section 7(ii) hereof for Cause, Executive shall be entitled to no further compensation or other benefits under this Agreement except as to that portion of any unpaid Base Salary and other benefits accrued, earned or vested up to and including the effective date of such termination.

(iii) Death; Disability. In the event that the Employment Period is terminated by reason of Executive's death or for Disability, Executive or Executive's estate, as the case may be, shall be entitled to the payments Base Salary through the date of death or the date of termination as specified in the Notice of Termination in the event of Disability, plus any unpaid bonus previously awarded to Executive.

11. Nature of Payments. Upon termination of employment pursuant to Sections 7, 8 or 9, Executive will be released from any duties and obligations to the Corporation set forth in this Agreement (except the duties and obligations under the Restrictive Covenants and as set forth in Section 12 hereof) and the obligations of the Corporation to Executive will be as set forth in Section 10.

4

12. Restrictive Covenants. Executive has executed and delivered an Employee Non-Disclosure Agreement, dated the date hereof (the "Restrictive Covenants") and Executive agrees that, as part of this Agreement, Executive shall comply with the terms of the Restrictive Covenants.

13. Indemnification.

(i) Indemnification Terms. The Corporation agrees that if Executive is made a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a "Proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, member, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether or not the basis of such Proceeding is Executive's alleged action in an official capacity while serving as a director, officer, member, employee or agent, Executive shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by the Corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws or, if greater, by the laws of the State of Massachusetts, against all cost, expense, liability and loss (including, without limitation, attorney's fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by Executive in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to Executive even if he has ceased to be a director, member, employee or agent of the Corporation or other entity and shall inure to the benefit of Executive's heirs, executors and administrators. The Corporation shall advance to Executive all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by him in connection with a Proceeding within 20 days after receipt by the Corporation of a written request for such advance. Such request shall include an undertaking by Executive to repay the amount of such advance if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified against such costs and expenses.

(ii) No Presumptions. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any proceeding concerning payment of amounts claimed by Executive under Section 15(a) above that indemnification of Executive is proper because he has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor a determination by the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel or stockholders) that Executive has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Executive has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(iii) Liability Insurance. The Corporation agrees to continue and maintain a directors' and officers' liability insurance policy covering Executive to the extent the Corporation provides such coverage for its other executive officers, and which would provide coverage for Executive after the Term of Employment for actions taken during the Term of Employment.

14. Notices. Any and all notices provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by certified mail, return receipt requested or in person. Notice shall be deemed to have been given when notice is received by the party on whom the notice was served. Notice to the Corporation shall be addressed to the Corporation at its principal office, and notice to Executive at Executive's last address as shown on the records of the Corporation.

5

15. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its internal conflicts of law provisions.

16. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable or contrary to law or public policy, the enforceability of the other provisions in this Agreement shall not affected thereby.

17. Assignment. Executive recognizes that this is an agreement for personal services and that Executive may not assign this Agreement. The Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and binding upon the Corporation's successors and assigns.

18. Entire Agreement/Amendment. This Agreement and the restrictive agreement referred to in Section 12 constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be amended except by written agreement signed by both Parties.

19. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different Parties in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement (and all signatures need not appear on any one counterpart), and this Agreement shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the Parties hereto and delivered to each of the other Parties hereto.

20. Waiver. The failure of either of the Parties to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Agreement or any provision hereof or the right of either of the Parties to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement. No waiver of any breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought, and no waiver of any such breach shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

21. Capacity. Executive and the Corporation hereby represent and warrant to the other that: (i) Executive or the Corporation has full power, authority and capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement, and to perform Executive's or the Corporation's obligations hereunder; (ii) such execution, delivery and performance will not (and with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would not) result in the breach of any agreements or other obligations to which Executive or the Corporation is a party or Executive or the Corporation is otherwise bound; and (iii) this Agreement is Executive's or the Corporation's valid and binding obligation in accordance with its terms.

22. Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof or otherwise arising out of Executive's employment or the termination of that employment (including, without limitation, any claims of unlawful employment discrimination whether based on age or otherwise) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be settled by arbitration in any forum and form agreed upon by the parties or, in the absence of such an agreement, under the auspices of the American

6

Arbitration Association ("AAA") in Worcester, Massachusetts in accordance with the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the AAA, including, but not limited to, the rules and procedures applicable to the selection of arbitrators. In the event that any person or entity other than Executive or the Employer may be a party with regard to any such controversy or claim, such controversy or claim shall be submitted to arbitration subject to such other person or entity's agreement. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. This Section 23 shall be specifically enforceable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 23 shall not preclude either party from pursuing a court action for the sole purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate; provided that any other relief shall be pursued through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section 23. Punitive and consequential damages shall not be permitted as an award and each party shall bear the fees and expenses of its own counsel and expert witnesses.

23. Consent to Jurisdiction. To the extent that any court action is permitted consistent with or to enforce Section 23 of this Agreement, the parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts. Accordingly, with respect to any such court action, Executive (a) submits to the personal jurisdiction of such courts; (b) consents to service of process; and (c) waives any other requirement (whether imposed by statute, rule of court, or otherwise) with respect to personal jurisdiction or service of process.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Employment Agreement has been duly executed:

/s/ Valentin P. Gapontsev               /s/ Timothy Mammen
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
Chief Executive Officer, by and for     Timothy Mammen
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION               Executive

7

Exhibit 10.11

Employment Agreement

This Employment Agreement ("Agreement"), dated as of March 1, 2006 is made by and between IPG Photonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation having an office at 50 Old Webster Road, Oxford, MA, 01540 (the "Corporation"), and Angelo P. Lopresti ("Executive"). The Corporation and Executive are referred to jointly below as the "Parties."

WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to employ Executive on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Executive desires to accept employment by the Corporation on such terms and conditions.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the employment of Executive, the mutual terms and conditions set forth below, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Employment. Executive will be employed by the Corporation in the position of General Counsel, Vice President and Secretary. Executive will report to only the Corporation's Chief Executive Officer. Executive's primary responsibility will be managing the legal affairs of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, and performing corporate secretary tasks. Executive will carry out such duties as shall be assigned from time to time by the Corporation's Chief Executive Officer, subject to applicable laws, ethical duties and legal cannons. During the Employment Term (as defined below), Executive shall devote Executive's reasonable best efforts, energies and abilities and Executive's full business time, skill and attention to the business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall act at all times according to the highest professional standards, for the purpose of advancing the business of the Corporation.

2. Term. Subject to the Termination provisions below, Executive's employment by the Corporation is for a term of two (2) years commencing on the date of this Agreement (the "Initial Employment Period"). Executive's employment by the Corporation will continue for successive one year terms following expiration of the Initial Employment Period (the Initial Employment Period together with any subsequent employment period shall be referred to as the "Employment Term"), unless either party provides notice of intent not to renew not less than (a) one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to expiration of the then current term or (b) 364 days prior to the end of the then current term following a "Change of Control" of the Corporation (as such term is defined in the Corporation's 2006 Incentive Stock Plan in effect on the date of this Agreement), or unless in either case employment is terminated under the termination provisions below.

3. Compensation. The Corporation shall pay Executive on a salary basis at an annual rate of $270,000 (the "Base Salary"). The Base Salary will be paid in equal installments in accordance with the Corporation's standard payroll policies and schedule and is subject to tax and elective withholding and deductions. The Corporation may, in its sole discretion, increase the Base Salary on an annual or other basis. The amount of any bonus compensation to Executive under any such program will be determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion.


4. Benefits.

(i) Executive shall be entitled to the extent eligible to participate in any benefit plans as may be adopted and modified by the Corporation from time to time, including without limitation health, dental and medical plans, life and disability insurance, paid time off, holiday, and retirement plans. The benefits available to Executive shall be no less favorable than those available to other executives at similar levels within the organization or to the employees of the Company at the location where Executive works. Benefits provided under this Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of any applicable benefit plan, including any eligibility and vesting requirements, as such plans may be in effect from time to time.

(ii) The Corporation shall obtain and directly pay for legal malpractice insurance with respect to the performance of the Executive's duties.

(iii) Executive shall be entitled to four weeks vacation each year. The maximum number of accrued vacation hours that Executive can have at any point in time is equal to the total vacation hours earned in the last twelve months, plus one week of vacation carried over from the prior twelve months of service.

5. Intentionally Omitted.

6. Other Activities. The employment of Executive shall be on a full-time basis, but Executive may be an investor or otherwise have an interest in or serve on the board of directors or advisory board to other businesses, partnerships and entities so long as the other activities of Executive do not materially interfere with the performance of Executive's duties to the Corporation, and so long as such other activities do not cause Executive to violate the Restrictive Covenants incorporated herein in Section 12 of this Agreement, and so long as Executive discloses all such activities to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Nothing in this provision or this Agreement limits or restricts Executive's duties and obligations, including the duty of loyalty, that arise under the law.

7. Termination by the Corporation. The Corporation may terminate the Employment Term:

(i) by giving Executive ninety (90) days' prior written notice without Cause (as defined below), or

(ii) for Cause (as defined below).

"Cause" shall mean: (A) an act of fraud, embezzlement or theft by Executive in connection with Executive's duties or in the course of Executive's employment with the Corporation; (B) Executive's intentional wrongful damage to the property of the Corporation; (C) Executive's intentional breach of Section 12 hereof while Executive remains in the employ of the Corporation; (D) an act of Gross Misconduct (as defined below); or (E) a felony conviction or a conviction for a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; and, in each case, the determination by the Directors of the Corporation as hereafter provided that any such act shall have been materially harmful to the Corporation. For purposes of this Agreement, "Gross Misconduct" shall mean a

2

willful or grossly negligent act or omission which has or will have a material and adverse impact on the business or reputation of the Corporation, or on the business of the Corporation's customers or suppliers as such relate to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for "Cause" hereunder unless and until there shall have been delivered to Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the independent Directors then in office at a meeting of the Directors called and held for such purpose, finding that, Executive has committed an act set forth above in this Section 7. Nothing herein shall limit Executive's right or Executive's beneficiaries' right to contest the validity or propriety of any such determination.

8. Termination by Executive. Executive may terminate the Employment Term
(i) by giving the Corporation sixty (60) days' prior written notice, or (ii) for Good Reason (as defined below), subject to the Corporation's right to cure the breach for a period of thirty (30) days after notice from Executive of his intention to terminate for Good Reason. In the event of termination by notice under the preceding subsection (i), the Corporation in its discretion may elect a termination date that is earlier than the conclusion of the sixty (60) day notice period, but in the event of such election the termination shall still be deemed a voluntary termination by Executive under this Section. "Good Reason" means the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive's express written consent:

(a) The assignment to Executive of any duties materially inconsistent (except in the nature of a promotion) with Executive's position in the Corporation and the responsibilities specified in this Agreement or a substantial adverse alteration in the nature of Executive's position or responsibilities or in the conditions of employment;

(b) A reduction by the Corporation of or a failure to pay Executive's Base Salary, or a material reduction in benefits Executive is entitled to under this Agreement other than a reduction approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation that similarly applies to all executive officers of the Company, provided that a reduction in Base Salary shall not exceed more than 10% of then Base Salary;

(c) A relocation of the offices of Executive to a place greater than thirty-five (35) miles in distance from the executive offices of the Corporation in Oxford, MA; or

(d) The failure of Executive to be the chief legal officer of
(i) a company having its securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 following the effectiveness of the Corporation's initial public offering, or (ii) the Corporation following a "Change of Control" of the Corporation (as such term is defined in the Corporation's 2006 Incentive Stock Plan in effect on the date of this Agreement).

3

The Corporation shall have no obligations to Executive after Executive's last day of employment following termination of employment under this Section, except as specifically set forth in this Agreement or under the option agreement.

9. Automatic Termination. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2, Executive's employment shall automatically terminate upon Executive's death or Disability (as defined below). Executive shall be deemed to have a "Disability" for purposes of this Agreement if Executive is unable to substantially perform, by reason of physical or mental incapacity, Executive's duties or obligations under this Agreement, with or without reasonable accommodation as defined in the Americans with Disabilities Act and implementing regulations, for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) consecutive days in any 360-day period. The Board of Directors shall determine, according to the facts then available, whether and when the disability of Executive has occurred and shall state that date of termination in the Notice of Termination. Such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors in the exercise of reasonable discretion.

10. Certain Obligations of the Corporation Following Termination of the Employment Period. Following termination of the Employment Period under the circumstances described below, the Corporation will pay to Executive the following compensation and provide the following benefits in addition to any benefits to which Executive may be entitled by law in full satisfaction and final settlement of any and all claims and demands that Executive or the Corporation may have against the other under this Agreement:

(i) Without Cause by the Corporation or Good Reason by Executive. In the event that the Employment Period is terminated by the Corporation without Cause pursuant to Section 7(i) hereof or by Executive for Good Reason pursuant to Section 8 hereof, Executive shall be entitled to the following payments:

(a) Base Salary through the termination date and any bonus that has been actually earned as of or prior to the termination date, but has not been paid; and

(b) Continuing payments of Base Salary, payable in accordance with regular payroll practices of the Corporation, for twelve months following the date of termination.

(ii) Termination by Executive Without Good Reason or by the Corporation for Cause. In the event the Employment Period as terminated by Executive pursuant to 8(i) hereof without Good Reason or by the Corporation pursuant to Section 7(ii) hereof for Cause, Executive shall be entitled to no further compensation or other benefits under this Agreement except as to that portion of any unpaid Base Salary and other benefits accrued, earned or vested up to and including the effective date of such termination.

(iii) Death; Disability. In the event that the Employment Period is terminated by reason of Executive's death or for Disability, Executive or Executive's estate, as the case may be, shall be entitled to the payments Base Salary through the date of death or the date of termination as specified in the Notice of Termination in the event of Disability, plus any unpaid bonus previously awarded to Executive.

4

11. Nature of Payments. Upon termination of employment pursuant to Sections 7, 8 or 9, Executive will be released from any duties and obligations to the Corporation set forth in this Agreement (except the duties and obligations under the Restrictive Covenants and as set forth in Section 12 hereof) and the obligations of the Corporation to Executive will be as set forth in Section 10.

12. Restrictive Covenants. Executive has executed and delivered an Employee Non-Disclosure Agreement, dated the date hereof (the "Restrictive Covenants") and Executive agrees that, as part of this Agreement, Executive shall comply with the terms of the Restrictive Covenants.

13. Indemnification.

(i) Indemnification Terms. The Corporation agrees that if Executive is made a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a "Proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, member, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether or not the basis of such Proceeding is Executive's alleged action in an official capacity while serving as a director, officer, member, employee or agent, Executive shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by the Corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws or, if greater, by the laws of the State of Massachusetts, against all cost, expense, liability and loss (including, without limitation, attorney's fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by Executive in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to Executive even if he has ceased to be a director, member, employee or agent of the Corporation or other entity and shall inure to the benefit of Executive's heirs, executors and administrators. The Corporation shall advance to Executive all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by him in connection with a Proceeding within 20 days after receipt by the Corporation of a written request for such advance. Such request shall include an undertaking by Executive to repay the amount of such advance if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified against such costs and expenses.

(ii) No Presumptions. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any proceeding concerning payment of amounts claimed by Executive under Section 15(a) above that indemnification of Executive is proper because he has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor a determination by the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel or stockholders) that Executive has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Executive has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(iii) Liability Insurance. The Corporation agrees to continue and maintain a directors' and officers' liability insurance policy covering Executive to the extent the Corporation provides such coverage for its other executive officers, and which would provide coverage for Executive after the Term of Employment for actions taken during the Term of Employment.

5

14. Notices. Any and all notices provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by certified mail, return receipt requested or in person. Notice shall be deemed to have been given when notice is received by the party on whom the notice was served. Notice to the Corporation shall be addressed to the Corporation at its principal office, and notice to Executive at Executive's last address as shown on the records of the Corporation.

15. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its internal conflicts of law provisions.

16. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable or contrary to law or public policy, the enforceability of the other provisions in this Agreement shall not affected thereby.

17. Assignment. Executive recognizes that this is an agreement for personal services and that Executive may not assign this Agreement. The Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and binding upon the Corporation's successors and assigns.

18. Entire Agreement/Amendment. This Agreement and the restrictive agreement referred to in Section 12 constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be amended except by written agreement signed by both Parties.

19. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different Parties in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement (and all signatures need not appear on any one counterpart), and this Agreement shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the Parties hereto and delivered to each of the other Parties hereto.

20. Waiver. The failure of either of the Parties to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Agreement or any provision hereof or the right of either of the Parties to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement. No waiver of any breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought, and no waiver of any such breach shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

21. Capacity. Executive and the Corporation hereby represent and warrant to the other that: (i) Executive or the Corporation has full power, authority and capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement, and to perform Executive's or the Corporation's obligations hereunder; (ii) such execution, delivery and performance will not (and with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would not) result in the breach of any agreements or other obligations to which Executive or the Corporation is a party or Executive or the Corporation is otherwise bound; and (iii) this Agreement is Executive's or the Corporation's valid and binding obligation in accordance with its terms.

6

22. Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof or otherwise arising out of Executive's employment or the termination of that employment (including, without limitation, any claims of unlawful employment discrimination whether based on age or otherwise) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be settled by arbitration in any forum and form agreed upon by the parties or, in the absence of such an agreement, under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") in Worcester, Massachusetts in accordance with the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the AAA, including, but not limited to, the rules and procedures applicable to the selection of arbitrators. In the event that any person or entity other than Executive or the Employer may be a party with regard to any such controversy or claim, such controversy or claim shall be submitted to arbitration subject to such other person or entity's agreement. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. This Section 23 shall be specifically enforceable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 23 shall not preclude either party from pursuing a court action for the sole purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate; provided that any other relief shall be pursued through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section 23. Punitive and consequential damages shall not be permitted as an award and each party shall bear the fees and expenses of its own counsel and expert witnesses.

23. Consent to Jurisdiction. To the extent that any court action is permitted consistent with or to enforce Section 23 of this Agreement, the parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts. Accordingly, with respect to any such court action, Executive (a) submits to the personal jurisdiction of such courts; (b) consents to service of process; and (c) waives any other requirement (whether imposed by statute, rule of court, or otherwise) with respect to personal jurisdiction or service of process.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Employment Agreement has been duly executed:

/s/ Valentin P. Gapontsev               /s/ Angelo Lopresti
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
Chief Executive Officer, by and for     Angelo Lopresti
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION               Executive

7

Exhibit 10.12

Employment Agreement

This Employment Agreement ("Agreement"), dated as of March 1, 2006, is made by and between IPG Photonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation having an office at 50 Old Webster Road, Oxford, MA, 01540 (the "Corporation"), and Denis Gapontsev ("Executive"). The Corporation and Executive are referred to jointly below as the "Parties."

WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to employ Executive on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Executive desires to accept employment by the Corporation on such terms and conditions.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the employment of Executive, the mutual terms and conditions set forth below, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Employment. Executive will be employed by the Corporation in the position of Vice President - Research and Development. Executive will report to the Corporation's Chief Executive Officer. Executive's primary responsibility will be managing the laser and amplifier research staff at the Corporation's US operation, sales and marketing of the Corporation's products (other than telecom products) research and development. Executive will carry out such duties as shall be assigned from time to time by the Corporation's Chief Executive Officer, subject to applicable laws, and ethical duties. During the Employment Term (as defined below), Executive shall devote Executive's reasonable best efforts, energies and abilities and Executive's full business time, skill and attention to the business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall act at all times according to the highest professional standards, for the purpose of advancing the business of the Corporation.

2. Term. Subject to the Termination provisions below, Executive's employment by the Corporation is for a term of two (2) years commencing on the date of this Agreement (the "Initial Employment Period"). Executive's employment by the Corporation will continue for successive one year terms following expiration of the Initial Employment Period (the Initial Employment Period together with any subsequent employment period shall be referred to as the "Employment Term"), unless either party provides notice of intent not to renew not less than (a) one hundred eighty (180) days prior to expiration of the then current term or (b) 364 days prior to the end of the then current term following a "Change of Control" of the Corporation (as such term is defined in the Corporation's 2006 Incentive Stock Plan in effect on the date of this Agreement), or unless in either case employment is terminated under the termination provisions below.

3. Compensation. The Corporation shall pay Executive on a salary basis at an annual rate of $240,000 (the "Base Salary"). The Base Salary will be paid in equal installments in accordance with the Corporation's standard payroll policies and schedule and is subject to tax and elective withholding and deductions. The Corporation may, in its sole discretion, increase the Base Salary on an annual or other basis. The amount of any bonus compensation to Executive under any such program will be determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion.


4. Benefits.

(i) Executive shall be entitled to the extent eligible to participate in any benefit plans as may be adopted and modified by the Corporation from time to time, including without limitation health, dental and medical plans, life and disability insurance, paid time off, holiday, and retirement plans. The benefits available to Executive shall be no less favorable than those available to other executives at similar levels within the organization or to the employees of the Company at the location where Executive works. Benefits provided under this Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of any applicable benefit plan, including any eligibility and vesting requirements, as such plans may be in effect from time to time.

(ii) Executive shall be entitled to four weeks vacation each year. The maximum number of accrued vacation hours that Executive can have at any point in time is equal to the total vacation hours earned in the last twelve months, plus one week of vacation carried over from the prior twelve months of service.

5. Intentionally Omitted.

6. Other Activities. The employment of Executive shall be on a full-time basis, but Executive may be an investor or otherwise have an interest in or serve on the board of directors or advisory board to other businesses, partnerships and entities so long as the other activities of Executive do not materially interfere with the performance of Executive's duties to the Corporation, and so long as such other activities do not cause Executive to violate the Restrictive Covenants incorporated herein in Section 12 of this Agreement, and so long as Executive discloses all such activities to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Nothing in this provision or this Agreement limits or restricts Executive's duties and obligations, including the duty of loyalty, that arise under the law.

7. Termination by the Corporation. The Corporation may terminate the Employment Term:

(i) by giving Executive ninety (90) days' prior written notice without Cause (as defined below), or

(ii) for Cause (as defined below).

"Cause" shall mean: (A) an act of fraud, embezzlement or theft by Executive in connection with Executive's duties or in the course of Executive's employment with the Corporation; (B) Executive's intentional wrongful damage to the property of the Corporation; (C) Executive's intentional breach of Section 12 hereof while Executive remains in the employ of the Corporation; (D) an act of Gross Misconduct (as defined below); or (E) a felony conviction or a conviction for a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; and, in each case, the determination by the Directors of the Corporation as hereafter provided that any such act shall have been materially harmful to the Corporation. For purposes of this Agreement, "Gross Misconduct" shall mean a willful or grossly negligent act or omission which has or will have a material and adverse impact on the business or reputation of the Corporation, or on the business of the Corporation's customers or suppliers as such relate to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for "Cause" hereunder unless and until there

2

shall have been delivered to Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the independent Directors then in office at a meeting of the Directors called and held for such purpose, finding that, Executive has committed an act set forth above in this Section 7. Nothing herein shall limit Executive's right or Executive's beneficiaries' right to contest the validity or propriety of any such determination.

8. Termination by Executive. Executive may terminate the Employment Term
(i) by giving the Corporation sixty (60) days' prior written notice, or (ii) for Good Reason (as defined below), subject to the Corporation's right to cure the breach for a period of thirty (30) days after notice from Executive of his intention to terminate for Good Reason. In the event of termination by notice under the preceding subsection (i), the Corporation in its discretion may elect a termination date that is earlier than the conclusion of the sixty (60) day notice period, but in the event of such election the termination shall still be deemed a voluntary termination by Executive under this Section. "Good Reason" means the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive's express written consent:

(a) The assignment to Executive of any duties materially inconsistent (except in the nature of a promotion) with Executive's position in the Corporation and the responsibilities specified in this Agreement or a substantial adverse alteration in the nature of Executive's position or responsibilities or in the conditions of employment;

(b) A reduction by the Corporation of or a failure to pay Executive's Base Salary, or a material reduction in benefits Executive is entitled to under this Agreement other than a reduction approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation that similarly applies to all executive officers of the Company, provided that a reduction in Base Salary shall not exceed more than 10% of then Base Salary;

(c) A relocation of the offices of Executive to a place greater than thirty-five (35) miles in distance from Executive offices of the Corporation in Oxford, MA; or

(d) The failure of Executive to be the Vice President - Research and Development of (i) a company having its securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 following the effectiveness of the Corporation's initial public offering, or (ii) the Corporation following a "Change of Control" of the Corporation (as such term is defined in the Corporation's 2006 Incentive Stock Plan in effect on the date of this Agreement).

The Corporation shall have no obligations to Executive after Executive's last day of employment following termination of employment under this Section, except as specifically set forth in this Agreement or under the option agreement.

3

9. Automatic Termination. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2, Executive's employment shall automatically terminate upon Executive's death or Disability (as defined below). Executive shall be deemed to have a "Disability" for purposes of this Agreement if Executive is unable to substantially perform, by reason of physical or mental incapacity, Executive's duties or obligations under this Agreement, with or without reasonable accommodation as defined in the Americans with Disabilities Act and implementing regulations, for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) consecutive days in any 360-day period. The Board of Directors shall determine, according to the facts then available, whether and when the disability of Executive has occurred and shall state that date of termination in the Notice of Termination. Such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors in the exercise of reasonable discretion.

10. Certain Obligations of the Corporation Following Termination of the Employment Period. Following termination of the Employment Period under the circumstances described below, the Corporation will pay to Executive the following compensation and provide the following benefits in addition to any benefits to which Executive may be entitled by law in full satisfaction and final settlement of any and all claims and demands that Executive or the Corporation may have against the other under this Agreement:

(i) Without Cause by the Corporation or Good Reason by Executive. In the event that the Employment Period is terminated by the Corporation without Cause pursuant to Section 7(i) hereof or by Executive for Good Reason pursuant to Section 8 hereof, Executive shall be entitled to the following payments:

(a) Base Salary through the termination date and any bonus that has been actually earned as of or prior to the termination date, but has not been paid; and

(b) Continuing payments of Base Salary, payable in accordance with regular payroll practices of the Corporation, for twelve months following the date of termination.

(ii) Termination by Executive Without Good Reason or by the Corporation for Cause. In the event the Employment Period as terminated by Executive pursuant to 8(i) hereof without Good Reason or by the Corporation pursuant to Section 7(ii) hereof for Cause, Executive shall be entitled to no further compensation or other benefits under this Agreement except as to that portion of any unpaid Base Salary and other benefits accrued, earned or vested up to and including the effective date of such termination.

(iii) Death; Disability. In the event that the Employment Period is terminated by reason of Executive's death or for Disability, Executive or Executive's estate, as the case may be, shall be entitled to the payments Base Salary through the date of death or the date of termination as specified in the Notice of Termination in the event of Disability, plus any unpaid bonus previously awarded to Executive.

11. Nature of Payments. Upon termination of employment pursuant to Sections 7, 8 or 9, Executive will be released from any duties and obligations to the Corporation set forth in this Agreement (except the duties and obligations under the Restrictive Covenants and as set forth in Section 12 hereof) and the obligations of the Corporation to Executive will be as set forth in Section 10.

4

12. Restrictive Covenants. Executive has executed and delivered a Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Confirmatory Assignment Agreement, dated the date hereof (the "Restrictive Covenants") and Executive agrees that, as part of this Agreement, Executive shall comply with the terms of the Restrictive Covenants.

13. Indemnification.

(i) Indemnification Terms. The Corporation agrees that if Executive is made a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a "Proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, member, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether or not the basis of such Proceeding is Executive's alleged action in an official capacity while serving as a director, officer, member, employee or agent, Executive shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by the Corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws or, if greater, by the laws of the State of Massachusetts, against all cost, expense, liability and loss (including, without limitation, attorney's fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by Executive in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to Executive even if he has ceased to be a director, member, employee or agent of the Corporation or other entity and shall inure to the benefit of Executive's heirs, executors and administrators. The Corporation shall advance to Executive all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by him in connection with a Proceeding within 20 days after receipt by the Corporation of a written request for such advance. Such request shall include an undertaking by Executive to repay the amount of such advance if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified against such costs and expenses.

(ii) No Presumptions. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any proceeding concerning payment of amounts claimed by Executive under Section 15(a) above that indemnification of Executive is proper because he has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor a determination by the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel or stockholders) that Executive has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Executive has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(iii) Liability Insurance. The Corporation agrees to continue and maintain a directors' and officers' liability insurance policy covering Executive to the extent the Corporation provides such coverage for its other executive officers, and which would provide coverage for Executive after the Term of Employment for actions taken during the Term of Employment.

14. Notices. Any and all notices provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by certified mail, return receipt requested or in person. Notice shall be deemed to have been given when notice is received by the party on whom the notice was served. Notice to the Corporation shall be addressed to the Corporation at its principal office, and notice to

5

Executive at Executive's last address as shown on the records of the Corporation.

15. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its internal conflicts of law provisions.

16. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable or contrary to law or public policy, the enforceability of the other provisions in this Agreement shall not affected thereby.

17. Assignment. Executive recognizes that this is an agreement for personal services and that Executive may not assign this Agreement. The Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and binding upon the Corporation's successors and assigns.

18. Entire Agreement/Amendment. This Agreement and the restrictive agreement referred to in Section 12 constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be amended except by written agreement signed by both Parties.

19. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different Parties in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement (and all signatures need not appear on any one counterpart), and this Agreement shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the Parties hereto and delivered to each of the other Parties hereto.

20. Waiver. The failure of either of the Parties to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Agreement or any provision hereof or the right of either of the Parties to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement. No waiver of any breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought, and no waiver of any such breach shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

21. Capacity. Executive and the Corporation hereby represent and warrant to the other that: (i) Executive or the Corporation has full power, authority and capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement, and to perform Executive's or the Corporation's obligations hereunder; (ii) such execution, delivery and performance will not (and with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would not) result in the breach of any agreements or other obligations to which Executive or the Corporation is a party or Executive or the Corporation is otherwise bound; and (iii) this Agreement is Executive's or the Corporation's valid and binding obligation in accordance with its terms.

22. Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof or otherwise arising out of Executive's employment or the termination of that employment (including, without limitation, any claims of unlawful employment discrimination whether

6

based on age or otherwise) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be settled by arbitration in any forum and form agreed upon by the parties or, in the absence of such an agreement, under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") in Worcester, Massachusetts in accordance with the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the AAA, including, but not limited to, the rules and procedures applicable to the selection of arbitrators. In the event that any person or entity other than Executive or the Employer may be a party with regard to any such controversy or claim, such controversy or claim shall be submitted to arbitration subject to such other person or entity's agreement. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. This Section 23 shall be specifically enforceable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 23 shall not preclude either party from pursuing a court action for the sole purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate; provided that any other relief shall be pursued through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section 23. Punitive and consequential damages shall not be permitted as an award and each party shall bear the fees and expenses of its own counsel and expert witnesses.

23. Consent to Jurisdiction. To the extent that any court action is permitted consistent with or to enforce Section 23 of this Agreement, the parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts. Accordingly, with respect to any such court action, Executive (a) submits to the personal jurisdiction of such courts; (b) consents to service of process; and (c) waives any other requirement (whether imposed by statute, rule of court, or otherwise) with respect to personal jurisdiction or service of process.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Employment Agreement has been duly executed:

/s/ Valentin P. Gapontsev               /s/ Denis Gapontsev
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
Chief Executive Officer, by and for     Denis Gapontsev
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION               Executive

7

Exhibit 10.13

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this "Agreement") is made this __ day of _______, 2006, between IPG Photonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and _______________________ ("Indemnitee").

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company that it be able to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

WHEREAS, increased corporate litigation has subjected directors and officers to litigation risks and expenses, and the limitations on the availability of directors and officers liability insurance have made it increasingly difficult for the Company to attract and retain such persons;

WHEREAS, the Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company (the "By-laws") provide for the indemnification of its directors and officers and permit it to make other indemnification arrangements and agreements;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance of Indemnitee's rights to full indemnification against litigation risks and expenses (regardless, among other things, of any change in the ownership of the Company or the composition of its board of directors);

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the "Certificate") and the By-laws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder;

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company's By-laws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as director or officer without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is relying upon the rights afforded to the Indemnitee under this Agreement in [accepting] [continuing in] Indemnitee's position as a director or an officer of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Indemnitee agree as follows.

1. Definitions.

(a) "Corporate Status" describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (i) as a director and/or officer of the Company, (ii) in any capacity with respect to any employee benefit plan of the Company or (iii) as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of any other Entity at the request of the Company. For purposes of subsection (iii) of this Section
1(a), a director of the Company who is serving or has served as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of a Subsidiary


shall be deemed to be serving in each such capacity at the request of the Company.

(b) "Change in Control" shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below), other than Persons who are beneficial Owners of the Company's securities on the date of this Agreement, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities;

(ii) Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the board of directors, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 1(b)(i), 1(b)(iii) or 1(b)(iv)) whose election by the board of directors or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors;

(iii) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 51% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

(iv) Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets; and

(v) Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 1(b), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(A) "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2

(B) "Person" shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and
(iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(C) "Beneficial Owner" shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(c) "Disinterested Director" means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding (as defined below) in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(d) "Entity" means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, foundation, association, organization or other entity.

(e) "Enterprise" means the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f) "Expenses" means all reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with any Proceeding (as defined below), including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees, disbursements and retainers, fines, excise taxes assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan, fees and disbursements of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating, printing and binding costs, telephone and fax transmission charges, postage, delivery services, secretarial services and other disbursements and expenses.

(g) "Independent Counsel" means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding (as defined below) giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term "Independent Counsel" shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee's rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses,

3

claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(h) "Liabilities" means judgments, damages, liabilities, obligations, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement.

(i) "Proceeding" means any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution process, investigation, administrative hearing, appeal or any other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative, whether formal or informal, including a proceeding initiated by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement to enforce Indemnitee's rights hereunder.

(j) "Subsidiary" means any Entity of which the Company owns (either directly or through or together with another Subsidiary of the Company) either
(i) a general partner, managing member or other similar interest or (ii) 50% or more of the outstanding voting capital stock or other voting equity interests of such Entity.

2. Services of Indemnitee. In consideration of the Company's undertakings in this Agreement, Indemnitee agrees to serve or continue to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company. However, this Agreement does not impose any obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee's service to the Company beyond any period otherwise required by law or by other agreements between the Company and Indemnitee, if any.

3. Agreement to Indemnify. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee as follows:

(a) Subject to the exceptions contained in Section 4(a) below, if Indemnitee was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of Indemnitee's Corporate Status, the Company shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses and Liabilities incurred or paid by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding (referred to herein as "Indemnifiable Expenses" and "Indemnifiable Liabilities," respectively, and collectively as "Indemnifiable Amounts").

(b) To the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to the exceptions contained in Section 4(b) below, if Indemnitee was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of Indemnitee's Corporate Status, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Indemnifiable Expenses.

4. Exceptions to Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee under Sections 3(a) and 3(b) above in all circumstances other than the following:

(a) If indemnification is requested under Section 3(a) and it has been finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction (or arbitrator in an arbitration proceeding commenced by Indemnitee in accordance with Section 12 hereof) that, (i) in connection with the subject of the

4

Proceeding out of which the claim for indemnification has arisen, Indemnitee failed to act in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, or (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee's conduct was unlawful, then any such case, Indemnitee will not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder.

(b) If indemnification is requested under Section 3(b) and:

(i) it has been finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction (or arbitrator in an arbitration proceeding commenced by Indemnitee in accordance with Section 12 hereof) that, in connection with the subject of the Proceeding out of which the claim for indemnification has arisen, Indemnitee failed to act in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, then Indemnitee will not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Expenses hereunder; or

(ii) it has been finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction (or arbitrator in an arbitration proceeding commenced by Indemnitee in accordance with Section 12 hereof) that Indemnitee is liable to the Company with respect to any claim, issue or matter involved in the Proceeding out of which the claim for indemnification has arisen, including, without limitation, a claim that Indemnitee received an improper personal benefit, then no Indemnifiable Expenses will be paid with respect to such claim, issue or matter unless the court in which such Proceeding was brought determines upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to such Indemnifiable Expenses as such court deems proper.

(c) Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

(ii) for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act; or

(iii) except as provided in Sections 12(d) and 22 of this Agreement, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the

5

board of directors of the Company authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

5. Procedure for Payment of Indemnifiable Amounts. Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying the Indemnifiable Amounts for which Indemnitee seeks payment under Section 3 of this Agreement and the basis for the request. The Company shall pay such Indemnifiable Amounts to Indemnitee within fifteen (15) days of receipt of the request. At the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall furnish such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and necessary to establish that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder.

6. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee's Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee's behalf in connection therewith.

7. Indemnification for Expenses When Indemnitee is Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, if, in any Proceeding, Indemnitee is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but fewer than all claims, counts, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with Section 3 of this Agreement in connection with each such successful claim, count, issue or matter. For purposes of this Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the termination of any claim, count, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, is to be construed as a successful result as to such claim, count, issue or matter from the perspective of the Person requesting such dismissal.

8. Effect of Certain Resolutions. Neither the settlement or termination of any Proceeding nor the failure of the Company to award indemnification or to determine that indemnification is payable creates an adverse presumption that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder. In addition, the termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent does not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner that Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee's action was unlawful.

9. Agreement to Advance Expenses; Conditions. The Company shall, to the extent not prohibited by law, pay to Indemnitee all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding, including those incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company, in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding to which the Indemnifiable Expenses relate, if Indemnitee furnishes the Company with a written undertaking to repay the amount of such Expenses advanced to Indemnitee if it is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that Indemnitee is not entitled under this Agreement to indemnification. This undertaking is an unlimited general obligation of Indemnitee, which the

6

Company shall accept without regard to the financial ability of Indemnitee to make repayment, and in no event is be required to be secured.

10. Procedure for Advance Payment of Expenses. Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying the Expenses for which Indemnitee seeks an advancement under Section 9 of this Agreement, together with documentation evidencing that Indemnitee has incurred such Expenses. The Company shall pay Expenses under Section 9 no later than fifteen (15) days after the Company's receipt of such request.

11. Procedure Upon Request for Payment of Indemnifiable Amounts and Expenses.

(a) Upon written request by Indemnitee for payment pursuant to Sections 5 and 10 of this Agreement, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee's entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the board of directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the board of directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company; and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or Indemnifiable Expenses (including attorneys' fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(b) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 11(b). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as

7

the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of "Independent Counsel" as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for payment pursuant to Sections 5 and 10 hereof and the final disposition of the Proceeding, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other's selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the Court or by such other person as the Court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 11(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

12. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) Right to Petition. If Indemnitee makes a request for payment of Indemnifiable Amounts under Section 5 above or a request for an advancement of Expenses under Section 10 above and the Company fails to make such payment or advancement in a timely manner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee may petition the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the "Delaware Court") in accordance with Section 20 hereof to enforce the Company's obligations under this Agreement. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within ninety (90) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a). The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee's right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) Burden of Proof. In any action brought under Section 12(a) above, the Company has the burden of proving by a preponderance of the evidence that Indemnitee is not entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder; provided, however, that if prior to the commencement of such action, this form of agreement has been approved by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the Company, the Company has the burden of proving by clear and convincing evidence that Indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification.

(c) Reliance as Safe Harbor. For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee's action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties,

8

or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with the reasonable care by the Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 12(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(d) Expenses. The Company shall reimburse Indemnitee in full for any Indemnifiable Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with investigating, preparing for, litigating, defending or settling any action brought by Indemnitee under Section 12(a) above, except where such action is resolved wholly in favor of the Company.

(e) Validity of Agreement. The Company is precluded from asserting in any Proceeding, including, without limitation, an action under Section 12(a) above, that the provisions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable or that there is insufficient consideration for this Agreement and shall stipulate that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(f) Failure to Act Not a Defense. The failure of the Company (including its board of directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or the advancement of Expenses under this Agreement is not a defense in any action brought under Section 12(a) above, and does not create a presumption that such payment or advancement is not permissible.

(g) Indemnitee's Right to Counsel. If the Company fails to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement or if the Company or any other Person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any action, suit or proceeding to deny or to recover from Indemnitee the benefits provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee may retain counsel of Indemnitee's choice, at the expense of the Company, to represent Indemnitee in connection with any such matter.

13. Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall notify the Company promptly upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding that may result in the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or the advancement of Expenses hereunder; provided, however, that the failure to give any such notice does not disqualify Indemnitee from the right, or otherwise affect in any manner any right of Indemnitee, to receive payments of Indemnifiable Amounts or advancements of Expenses except to the extent the Company's ability to defend in such Proceeding is prejudiced thereby.

14. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to Indemnitee as follows:

(a) Authority. The Company has all necessary power and authority to enter into and be bound by the terms of this Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the obligations of the Company contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by the Company.

9

(b) Enforceability. This Agreement is valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

15. Expenses. During Indemnitee's service as a director and/or officer, the Company shall promptly reimburse Indemnitee for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with Indemnitee's service as a director and or officer or member of any board committee.

16. Contract Rights Not Exclusive. The rights to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts and advancement of Expenses in this Agreement are in addition to any other rights that Indemnitee has under applicable law, the Company's By-laws or its Certificate, as each may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (collectively, the "Organization Documents"), or any other agreement, vote of stockholders or directors (or a committee of directors), or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee's official capacity and as to action in any other capacity as a result of Indemnitee's serving as a director and/or officer of the Company.

17. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Indemnifiable Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

18. Successors. This Agreement is to (a) be binding upon all successors and assigns of the Company (including any transferee of all or a substantial portion of the business, stock or assets of the Company and any direct or indirect successor by merger or consolidation or otherwise by operation of law), and (b) be binding on and inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators of Indemnitee. This Agreement will continue to benefit Indemnitee and such heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators after Indemnitee has ceased to have Corporate Status.

19. Subrogation. If any payment of Indemnifiable Amounts is made under this Agreement, the Company is to be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of contribution or recovery of Indemnitee against other Persons, and Indemnitee shall take, at the request of the Company, all reasonable action necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

20. Governing Law; Change in Law; Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement is to be governed by and construed and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the provisions thereof relating to conflicts of law (the "Governing Law"). If a change in the Governing Law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits broader

10

indemnification or advancement of Expenses than is provided under the terms of the Organization Documents or this Agreement, Indemnitee will be entitled to such broader indemnification and advancements, and this Agreement will be deemed to be amended to such extent. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought (except for an arbitration proceeding commenced by Indemnitee in accordance with Section 12 hereof) only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably RL&F Service Corp., One Rodney Square, 10th Floor, 10th and King Streets, Wilmington, Delaware 19801 as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party's agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

21. Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement is to be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement, or any clause thereof, is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction (or arbitrator in an arbitration proceeding commenced by Indemnitee in accordance with Section 12 hereof) to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, such provision or clause will be limited or deemed to be modified in its application to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision or clause valid, legal and enforceable, and the remaining provisions and clauses of this Agreement will remain fully enforceable and binding on the parties.

22. Indemnitee as Plaintiff. Except as provided in Section 12 of this Agreement, Indemnitee is not entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any Entity that it controls, or any director or officer thereof or any third party, unless the Company consents to the initiation of such Proceeding; provided, however, that this Section 22 does not apply to affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee or any counterclaims by Indemnitee that are resolved successfully (from Indemnitee's perspective) in an action brought against Indemnitee.

23. Modifications and Waiver. Except as provided in Section 20 above with respect to changes in the Governing Law that broaden the right of Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Company, no supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement will be effective unless executed in writing by each of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement constitutes a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement, nor does such waiver constitute a continuing waiver of the provisions subject to such waiver.

24. General Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when delivered by hand, (b) when transmitted by facsimile and

11

receipt is acknowledged, or (c) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed to such address as may have been furnished by any party to the others.

25. Enforcement.

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the Company and Indemnitee with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate, the By-laws, applicable insurance and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

26. Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or (b) one
(1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his heirs, executors and administrators.

[Signature page follows]

12

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

By:

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

INDEMNITEE:

Name:

EXHIBIT 10.14

OPTION AGREEMENT

OPTIONEE: _______________ GRANT DATE: ___________________________

SHARES GRANTED: _______________________
PRICE PER SHARE: ______________________
OPTION TYPE: NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION
OPTION PLAN: PLAN 1
OPTION ID: PLAN 1-_____________________

IPG Photonics Corporation is pleased to report that the IPG Board of Directors has granted to you (the "Optionee") a stock option (the "Option") to purchase shares of IPG Common Stock, $0.0001 par value, according to the terms in this Option Agreement:

Shares will vest in accordance with the following schedule:

SHARES AVAILABILITY VEST DATE EXPIRE DATE

By signing this Option Agreement, you agree that (1) this Option is granted under the IPG Photonics 2000 Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan"), as amended, and (2) you will be bound by the terms of the Plan (attached as Exhibit
A) and the 2006 Option Plan Terms & Conditions (attached as Exhibit B), the terms of which are incorporated by reference in their entirety into this Option Agreement. You acknowledge that you have received a copy of the Plan and the Option Terms & Conditions.

Nothing in this Option Agreement, the Plan, or Option Terms and Conditions shall confer on the Optionee any right to continue any employment or other service provider relationship for any period of specific duration. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the substantive laws of Delaware, and this Option Agreement shall not be modified except in writing signed by Optionee and IPG.

-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
IPG Photonics Corporation               Date

-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
                                        Date


NON-QUALIFIED STOCK
OPTION AGREEMENT TERMS AND CONDITIONS UNDER
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION 2000 INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

1. Definitions; Section References. All terms used in this Agreement that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the IPG Photonics Corporation 2000 Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time (the "Plan") or the Option Agreement ("Option Agreement") executed by the Optionee and IPG Photonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"). Unless otherwise indicated, all section references are to sections of this Agreement. If the Notice states that the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, then the Option is intended to be incentive stock options within the meaning of
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and subject to the limitations and treatment thereof.

2. Term and Exercise of Option Shares. The term and exercise of the Option shall be as follows:

(a) The term of the Option granted shall commence as of Grant Date and shall end on the Expiration Date, unless earlier terminated in accordance with Section 5. No option may be exercised after the Expiration Date.

(b) The Option shall only be exercised to the extent the Option has Vested and has not been previously exercised. The Option granted shall be exercised by the Optionee by delivering the following to the Secretary of the Company or to any other person as may be designated by the Company from time to time, on any business day prior to or on the Expiration Date:

(i) A signed Notice of Exercise of Stock Option in the form prescribed by the Company from time to time specifying the number of Shares the Optionee desires to purchase;

(ii) A signed Stock Option Purchase Agreement in the form prescribed by the Company from time to time (The Notice of Exercise of Stock Option and Stock Purchase Agreement attached are available from the Secretary of the Company);

(iii) Payment in full of the purchase price, subject to the requirements of
Section 4; and

(iv) Such other documents or agreements requested by the Secretary or the Committee.

(c) For the first six months following an IPO of the Company, Optionee agrees that Optionee may not sell, exchange, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option without the consent of the Company, which consent may be withheld in the Company's absolute and sole discretion.

4. Exercise Price.

(a) The price per Share at which the Option shall be exercisable shall be the Exercise Price as defined in the Notice.

(b) The exercise price of the Shares subject to this Agreement may be paid by
(i) certified or bank check; (ii) the tender of unrestricted Shares already owned by the Optionee; or (iii) such other means the Committee determines are consistent with the purpose of the Award and applicable law.

(c) The Optionee may satisfy the applicable withholding tax obligations by paying the amount of any taxes in cash within thirty (30) days of the date of exercise. Shares or other securities of the Company may, subject to compliance with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules promulgated thereunder, if applicable, be delivered to the Company or deducted from the number of Shares to be delivered to the Optionee to satisfy the obligation in full or in part as long as such withholding of Shares does not violate any applicable laws, rules, or regulations of federal, state, or local authorities. The number of Shares or other securities of the Company to be deducted shall be determined by reference to the Fair Market Value of

BY SIGNING THE OPTION AGREEMENT, YOU AGREE TO THESE TERMS & CONDITIONS. READ
THEM CARFULLY.


such Shares or Fair Market Value of such other securities as determined by the Committee on the applicable date.

5. Termination of Option.

(a) Death, Disability or Retirement. In the event of termination of the Optionee's employment due to Disability or Retirement, this Option may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee within ninety (90) days following the date of Disability or Retirement, to the extent it was exercisable at the time such event occurred. The Committee may at any time and in its sole discretion accelerate the exercisability of this Option. Upon the death of an Optionee, Options shall be exercisable for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date.

(b) Separation from Service for Cause. If Optionee's employment by the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company or other service provider relationship with the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company terminates involuntarily for Cause, any unexercised Option held by Optionee and not in fact exercised prior to termination shall immediately expire and all rights under such Option shall immediately be forfeited.

(c) Other Terminations of Employment. If the Optionee's employment is terminated for any reason other than for Cause or other than due to death, Disability or Retirement:

(i) all non-Vested portions of Options held by the Optionee on the date of the termination of his or her employment shall immediately be forfeited by the Optionee as of such date; and

(ii) all Vested portions of Options held by the Optionee on the date of the termination of his or her employment shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the end of the 90-day period following the date of the termination of the Optionee's employment or (ii) the date the Options would otherwise expire.

6. Rights as a Stockholder; Effect of Option. The Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any Shares covered by this Option until the issuance of a stock certificate for those Shares. Once this Option or any portion thereof is exercised and Shares are transferred to the Optionee, any shareholder agreements that apply to the Shares shall be binding on the Optionee. This Option shall not be deemed to confer upon the Optionee any rights to continue in the employ of the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company. Neither the Optionee nor his or her transferee is or will be obligated by the grant of the Option to exercise it.

7. Changes in Capitalization.

(a) The grant of an Option pursuant to this Agreement shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

(b) If, while this Option is outstanding, the outstanding Shares have increased, decreased, changed into, or been exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or securities of the Company through reorganization, merger, recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made by the Committee to the number and/or kind of Shares which are subject to purchase under this Option and for the Option exercise price or prices applicable to this Option. Such adjustments will be made so that the same proportion of the Company's issued and outstanding Shares in each instance shall remain subject to purchase at the same aggregate exercise price.

(c) In the event of a change in the Shares of the Company as presently constituted, which is limited to a change of all its authorized shares with par value into the same number of shares with a different par value or without par value, the Shares resulting

BY SIGNING THE OPTION AGREEMENT, YOU AGREE TO THESE TERMS & CONDITIONS. READ
THEM CARFULLY.

2

from any such change shall be deemed to be Shares within the meaning of this Agreement.

(d) In the event of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition of substantially all of the Company's Shares or assets, the Committee may take such actions with respect to outstanding Options as the Committee deems appropriate.

(e) If any fractional share would result from any such adjustment under this
Section 7, the Company shall not issue such fractional share, but shall round any portion of a share equal to .500 or greater up, and any portion of a share equal to less than .500 down, in each case to the nearest whole number.

8. Nondisclosure, Noncompete, and Nonsolicit.

(a) Nondisclosure and Nonuse of Confidential Information. Optionee agrees that Optionee will not at any time, whether during or after the Optionee's Service, use or reveal to anyone outside the Company any of the trade secrets or confidential information of the Company, its customers or suppliers, or any information received in confidence from third parties by the Company, except to the extent that such disclosure or use is directly related to and required by Optionee's performance of duties assigned to the Optionee by the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company. Confidential Information of the Company is any information or material (a) generated or collected by or used in the operation of the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company that relates to the actual or anticipated business, marketing and sales, strategic planning, products, services, research and development, or production and/or manufacturing processes, of the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company or its customers or suppliers, including its and their organization, personnel, customers and finances; or (b) suggested by or resulting from any task assigned to Optionee or work performed by Optionee for or on behalf of the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company not otherwise readily available to members of the general public.

(b) Forfeiture for Competition. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that (i) in the course of the Optionee's Service, Optionee shall become familiar with the trade secrets of the Company, its Affiliates and Group Companies and with other Confidential Information concerning the Company, its Affiliates and Group Companies, (ii) Optionee's Services to the Company, its Affiliates and Group Companies are unique in nature and of an extraordinary value to the Company, its Affiliates and Group Companies, and (iii) the Company, its Affiliates and Group Companies could be irreparably damaged if Optionee were to provide similar services to any person or entity competing with the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company or engaged in a similar business. In connection with the issuance to Optionee of the Option hereunder, and in consideration for and as an inducement to the Company to enter into this Agreement, the Optionee covenants and agrees that during the period beginning on the Grant Date and ending on the first anniversary of the date of the termination of the Optionee's Service, the Optionee shall not, directly or indirectly, either for himself or for or through any other Person, without the express written consent of the Company, anywhere in the world, engage in any activity that is, or participate or invest in, or provide or facilitate the provision of financing to, or assist (whether as owner, part-owner, shareholder, member, partner, director, officer, trustee, employee, agent or consultant, or in any other capacity) any business, organization or Person other than the Company (or any subsidiary of the Company), and including any such business, organization or person involving, or which is, a family member of Optionee, whose business, activities, products or services are competitive with the products, technologies or services offered or proposed to be offered by the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company. The Optionee agrees that this covenant is reasonable with respect to its duration, geographical area and scope. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "participate in" includes having any direct or indirect interest in any Person, whether as a sole proprietor, owner, shareholder, partner, joint venture, creditor or otherwise, or rendering any direct or indirect service or assistance to any Person (whether as a director, officer, manager, supervisor, employee, agent, consultant or otherwise), other than owning up to 3% of the outstanding stock of any class that is publicly traded.

BY SIGNING THE OPTION AGREEMENT, YOU AGREE TO THESE TERMS & CONDITIONS. READ
THEM CARFULLY.

3

(c) Nonsolicitation. Optionee hereby agrees that during the period commencing on the Grant Date and ending on the date which is the later to occur of (i) two (2) years after the Grant Date and (ii) eighteen (18) months after the date of the termination of Optionee's Service, the Optionee will not, without the express written consent of the Company, (w) induce or attempt to induce for or on behalf of himself or herself or any such competitor any officer, employee or former employee of the Company, its Affiliates or Group Companies, who was employed during the one (1) year period immediately preceding the date on which Optionee's Service with the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company was terminated for any reason, (x) encourage for or on behalf of himself or any such competitor any such officer or employee to terminate his or her Service to the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company, (y) solicit for or on behalf of himself or any such competitor any client or supplier of the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company, or (z) divert to any Person any client or business opportunity of the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company.

(d) Judicial Modification. If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision of this Section 8 is invalid or unenforceable, the parties agree that (i) the court making the determination of invalidity or unenforceability shall have the power to reduce the scope, duration, or geographic area of the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, (ii) the parties shall request that the court exercise that power, and (iii) this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified after the expiration of the time within which the judgment or decision may be appealed.

(e) Remedy for Breach. The Optionee agrees that in the event of a breach or threatened breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section 8, in addition to any other penalties or restrictions that may apply under any employment agreement, state law, or otherwise, the Optionee shall forfeit:

(i) any and all Options granted or transferred to him or her under the Plan and this Agreement, including vested Options; and

(ii) the profit the Optionee has realized on the exercise of any Options, which is the difference between the Exercise Price of the Options and the applicable Fair Market Value of the Shares (the Optionee may be required to repay such difference to the Company).

The forfeiture for competition provisions of this Section 8 shall continue to apply, in accordance with their terms, after the noncompete provisions of any employment or other agreement between the Company and the Optionee have lapsed.

9. Investment Representations. The Committee or the Secretary may require the Optionee to furnish to the Company, prior to the issuance of any Shares upon the exercise of all or any part of this Option, an agreement in which the Optionee represents that the Shares acquired upon exercise thereof are being acquired for investment and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and which provides for certain share transfer restrictions and other related matters.

10. Compliance with Securities Laws. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if, at any time specified herein for the issue of Shares to the Optionee, any law, or any regulation or requirement of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental authority having jurisdiction shall require either the Company or the Optionee to take any action in connection with the Shares then to be issued, the issue of the Shares shall be deferred until the action shall have been taken; however, the Company shall have no liability whatsoever as a result of the non-issuance of the Shares, except to refund to the Optionee any consideration tendered in respect of the exercise price.

11. Governing Law: Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be construed by, enforced in accordance with and governed by the substantive laws of the State of

BY SIGNING THE OPTION AGREEMENT, YOU AGREE TO THESE TERMS & CONDITIONS. READ
THEM CARFULLY.

4

Delaware without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions thereof. The Company and the Optionee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the "Delaware Court"), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, and (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

12. Notice. Any notice which either party hereto may be required or permitted to give to the other shall be in writing, and may be delivered personally or by mail, postage prepaid, if to the Company, addressed to the Company at the following address: IPG Photonics Corporation, 50 Old Webster Road, Oxford, MA 01540, USA, Attention: Secretary, or at any other address as the Company, by notice to the Optionee, may designate in writing from time to time; and, if to the Optionee, to the last know address of the Optionee or at any other address as the Optionee, by notice to the Company, may designate in writing from time to time.

13. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, beneficiaries, legal representatives and successors of the parties. Any successors to the parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to all of the rights of and obligated to abide by all provisions of any shareholder agreements that apply to the Shares held by such successors.

14. Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions or portion thereof contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, the same shall not invalidate or otherwise affect any other provisions of this Agreement and this Agreement shall be construed as if the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision or portion thereof had never been contained herein.

15. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Notice and the Plan constitute and contain the entire Agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all prior agreements, if any, understandings and negotiations relating thereto. No promise, understanding, representation, inducement, condition or warranty not set forth herein has been made or relied upon by any party hereto.

16. Waiver. No waiver by either party of the application of any term, provision or condition of this Agreement, or a breach thereof by the other party, shall constitute a waiver of any succeeding breach of the same or any other provision hereof. No such waiver shall be valid unless executed in writing by the party making the waiver.

17. Transferability. The Optionee shall not transfer, sell, assign or otherwise dispose of the Option other than by his or her will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any attempted transfer, sale, assignment or other disposition of the Option, or of Optionee's rights and obligations under this Agreement, contrary to the provisions of this Agreement shall be null and void.

18. Subject to Plan. This Option is granted under and subject to the terms of the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

19. Plan and Agreement Not a Contract of Employment or Service. Neither the Plan nor this Agreement is a contract of employment or Service, and no terms of the Optionee's employment or Service will be affected in any way by the Plan, this Agreement or related instruments, except to the extent specifically expressed therein. Neither the Plan nor this Agreement will be construed as conferring any legal rights of the Optionee to continue to be employed or remain in Service with the Company, nor will it interfere with the right of the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company to discharge the Optionee or to deal with him or her regardless of the existence of the Plan, this Agreement or the Option.

BY SIGNING THE OPTION AGREEMENT, YOU AGREE TO THESE TERMS & CONDITIONS. READ
THEM CARFULLY.

5

20. Counterparts. The parties may execute this Agreement in one or more counterparts, all of which together shall constitute but one Agreement.

[END OF DOCUMENT]

BY SIGNING THE OPTION AGREEMENT, YOU AGREE TO THESE TERMS & CONDITIONS. READ
THEM CARFULLY.

6

EXHIBIT 10.15

OPTION AGREEMENT

OPTIONEE: ______________ GRANT DATE: ___________________________

SHARES GRANTED: _______________________
PRICE PER SHARE: ______________________
OPTION TYPE: NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION
OPTION PLAN: 2006 PLAN - PLAN 3
OPTION ID: 2006 PLAN- PLAN 3-__________

IPG Photonics Corporation is pleased to report that the IPG Board of Directors has granted to you (the "Optionee") a stock option (the "Option") to purchase shares of IPG Common Stock, $0.0001 par value, according to the terms in this Option Agreement:

Shares will vest in accordance with the following schedule:

SHARES AVAILABILITY VEST DATE EXPIRE DATE

By signing this Option Agreement, you agree that (1) this Option is granted under the IPG Photonics 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan"), as amended, and (2) you will be bound by the terms of the Plan (attached as Exhibit
A) and the 2006 Option Plan Terms & Conditions (attached as Exhibit B), the terms of which are incorporated by reference in their entirety into this Option Agreement. You acknowledge that you have received a copy of the Plan and the Option Terms & Conditions.

Nothing in this Option Agreement, the Plan, or Option Terms and Conditions shall confer on the Optionee any right to continue any employment or other service provider relationship for any period of specific duration. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the substantive laws of Delaware, and this Option Agreement shall not be modified except in writing signed by Optionee and IPG.

------------------------------------    ---------------------
IPG Photonics Corporation               Date

------------------------------------    ---------------------
                                        Date


NON-QUALIFIED STOCK
OPTION AGREEMENT TERMS AND CONDITIONS UNDER
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION 2006 INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

1. Definitions; Section References. All terms used in this Agreement that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the IPG Photonics Corporation 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time (the "Plan") or the Option Agreement ("Option Agreement") executed by the Optionee and IPG Photonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"). Unless otherwise indicated, all section references are to sections of this Agreement. If the Notice states that the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, then the Option is intended to be incentive stock options within the meaning of
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and subject to the limitations and treatment thereof.

2. Term and Exercise of Option Shares. The term and exercise of the Option shall be as follows:

(a) The term of the Option granted shall commence as of Grant Date and shall end on the Expiration Date, unless earlier terminated in accordance with Section 5. No option may be exercised after the Expiration Date.

(b) The Option shall only be exercised to the extent the Option has Vested and has not been previously exercised. The Option granted shall be exercised by the Optionee by delivering the following to the Secretary of the Company or to any other person as may be designated by the Company from time to time, on any business day prior to or on the Expiration Date:

(1) A signed Notice of Exercise of Stock Option in the form prescribed by the Company from time to time specifying the number of Shares the Optionee desires to purchase;

(ii) A signed Stock Option Purchase Agreement in the form prescribed by the Company from time to time (The Notice of Exercise of Stock Option and Stock Purchase Agreement attached are available from the Secretary of the Company);

(iii) Payment in full of the purchase price, subject to the requirements of
Section 4; and such other documents or agreements requested by the Secretary or the Committee.

(c) For the first six months following an IPO of the Company, Optionee agrees that Optionee may not sell, exchange, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option without the consent of the Company, which consent may be withheld in the Company's absolute and sole discretion.

4. Exercise Price.

(a) The price per Share at which the Option shall be exercisable shall be the Exercise Price as defined in the Notice.

(b) The exercise price of the Shares subject to this Agreement may be paid by
(i) certified or bank check; (ii) the tender of unrestricted Shares already owned by the Optionee; or (iii) such other means the Committee determines are consistent with the purpose of the Award and applicable law.

(c) The Optionee may satisfy the applicable withholding tax obligations by paying the amount of any taxes in cash within thirty (30) days of the date of exercise. Shares or other securities of the Company may, subject to compliance with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules promulgated thereunder, if applicable, be delivered to the Company or deducted from the number of Shares to be delivered to the Optionee to satisfy the obligation in full or in part as long as such withholding of Shares does not violate any applicable laws, rules, or regulations of federal, state, or local authorities. The number of Shares or other securities of the Company to be deducted shall be determined by reference to the Fair Market Value of such Shares or Fair Market Value of such other securities as determined by the Committee on the applicable date.

5. Termination of Option.

(a) Death, Disability or Retirement. In the event of termination of the Optionee's employment due to Disability or Retirement, this Option may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee within ninety (90) days following the date of Disability or Retirement, to the extent it was exercisable at the time such event occurred. The Committee may at any time and in its sole discretion accelerate the exercisability of this Option. Upon the death of an Optionee, Options shall be exercisable for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date.

BY SIGNING THE OPTION AGREEMENT, YOU AGREE TO THESE TERMS & CONDITIONS. READ
THEM CAREFULLY.


(b) Separation from Service for Cause. If Optionee's employment by the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company or other service provider relationship with the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company terminates involuntarily for Cause, any unexercised Option held by Optionee and not in fact exercised prior to termination shall immediately expire and all rights under such Option shall immediately be forfeited.

(c) Other Terminations of Employment. If the Optionee's employment is terminated for any reason other than for Cause or other than due to death, Disability or Retirement:

(i) all non-Vested portions of Options held by the Optionee on the date of the termination of his or her employment shall immediately be forfeited by the Optionee as of such date; and

(ii) all Vested portions of Options held by the Optionee on the date of the termination of his or her employment shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the end of the 90-day period following the date of the termination of the Optionee's employment or (ii) the date the Options would otherwise expire.

6. Rights as a Stockholder; Effect of Option. The Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any Shares covered by this Option until the issuance of a stock certificate for those Shares. Once this Option or any portion thereof is exercised and Shares are transferred to the Optionee, any shareholder agreements that apply to the Shares shall be binding on the Optionee. This Option shall not be deemed to confer upon the Optionee any rights to continue in the employ of the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company. Neither the Optionee nor his or her transferee is or will be obligated by the grant of the Option to exercise it.

7. Changes in Capitalization.

(a) The grant of an Option pursuant to this Agreement shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

(b) If, while this Option is outstanding, the outstanding Shares have increased, decreased, changed into, or been exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or securities of the Company through reorganization, merger, recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made by the Committee to the number and/or kind of Shares which are subject to purchase under this Option and for the Option exercise price or prices applicable to this Option. Such adjustments will be made so that the same proportion of the Company's issued and outstanding Shares in each instance shall remain subject to purchase at the same aggregate exercise price.

(c) In the event of a change in the Shares of the Company as presently constituted, which is limited to a change of all its authorized shares with par value into the same number of shares with a different par value or without par value, the Shares resulting from any such change shall be deemed to be Shares within the meaning of this Agreement.

(d) In the event of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition of substantially all of the Company's Shares or assets, the Committee may take such actions with respect to outstanding Options as the Committee deems appropriate.

(e) If any fractional share would result from any such adjustment under this
Section 7, the Company shall not issue such fractional share, but shall round any portion of a share equal to .500 or greater up, and any portion of a share equal to less than .500 down, in each case to the nearest whole number.

8. Nondisclosure, Noncompete, and Nonsolicit.

(a) Nondisclosure and Nonuse of Confidential Information. Optionee agrees that Optionee will not at any time, whether during or after the Optionee's Service, use or reveal to anyone outside the Company any of the trade secrets or confidential information of the Company, its customers or suppliers, or any information received in confidence from third parties by the Company, except to the extent that such disclosure or use is directly related to and required by Optionee's performance of duties assigned to the Optionee by the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company. Confidential Information of the Company is any information or material (a) generated or collected by or used in the operation of the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company that relates to the actual or anticipated business, marketing and sales, strategic planning, products, services, research and development, or production and/or manufacturing processes, of the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company or its customers or suppliers, including its and

BY SIGNING THE OPTION AGREEMENT, YOU AGREE TO THESE TERMS & CONDITIONS. READ
THEM CAREFULLY.

2

their organization, personnel, customers and finances; or (b) suggested by or resulting from any task assigned to Optionee or work performed by Optionee for or on behalf of the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company not otherwise readily available to members of the general public.

(b) Forfeiture for Competition. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that (i) in the course of the Optionee's Service, Optionee shall become familiar with the trade secrets of the Company, its Affiliates and Group Companies and with other Confidential Information concerning the Company, its Affiliates and Group Companies, (ii) Optionee's Services to the Company, its Affiliates and Group Companies are unique in nature and of an extraordinary value to the Company, its Affiliates and Group Companies, and (iii) the Company, its Affiliates and Group Companies could be irreparably damaged if Optionee were to provide similar services to any person or entity competing with the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company or engaged in a similar business. In connection with the issuance to Optionee of the Option hereunder, and in consideration for and as an inducement to the Company to enter into this Agreement, the Optionee covenants and agrees that during the period beginning on the Grant Date and ending on the first anniversary of the date of the termination of the Optionee's Service, the Optionee shall not, directly or indirectly, either for himself or for or through any other Person, without the express written consent of the Company, anywhere in the world, engage in any activity that is, or participate or invest in, or provide or facilitate the provision of financing to, or assist (whether as owner, part-owner, shareholder, member, partner, director, officer, trustee, employee, agent or consultant, or in any other capacity) any business, organization or Person other than the Company (or any subsidiary of the Company), and including any such business, organization or person involving, or which is, a family member of Optionee, whose business, activities, products or services are competitive with the products, technologies or services offered or proposed to be offered by the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company. The Optionee agrees that this covenant is reasonable with respect to its duration, geographical area and scope. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "participate in" includes having any direct or indirect interest in any Person, whether as a sole proprietor, owner, shareholder, partner, joint venture, creditor or otherwise, or rendering any direct or indirect service or assistance to any Person (whether as a director, officer, manager, supervisor, employee, agent, consultant or otherwise), other than owning up to 3% of the outstanding stock of any class that is publicly traded.

(c) Nonsolicitation. Optionee hereby agrees that during the period commencing on the Grant Date and ending on the date which is the later to occur of (i) two (2) years after the Grant Date and (ii) eighteen (18) months after the date of the termination of Optionee's Service, the Optionee will not, without the express written consent of the Company, (w) induce or attempt to induce for or on behalf of himself or herself or any such competitor any officer, employee or former employee of the Company, its Affiliates or Group Companies, who was employed during the one (1) year period immediately preceding the date on which Optionee's Service with the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company was terminated for any reason, (x) encourage for or on behalf of himself or any such competitor any such officer or employee to terminate his or her Service to the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company, (y) solicit for or on behalf of himself or any such competitor any client or supplier of the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company, or (z) divert to any Person any client or business opportunity of the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company.

(d) Judicial Modification. If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision of this Section 8 is invalid or unenforceable, the parties agree that (i) the court making the determination of invalidity or unenforceability shall have the power to reduce the scope, duration, or geographic area of the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, (ii) the parties shall request that the court exercise that power, and (iii) this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified after the expiration of the time within which the judgment or decision may be appealed.

(e) Remedy for Breach. The Optionee agrees that in the event of a breach or threatened breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section 8, in addition to any other penalties or restrictions that may apply under any employment agreement, state law, or otherwise, the Optionee shall forfeit:

(i) any and all Options granted or transferred to him or her under the Plan and this Agreement, including vested Options; and

(ii) the profit the Optionee has realized on the exercise of any Options, which is the difference between the Exercise Price of the Options and the applicable Fair Market Value of the Shares (the Optionee may be required to repay such difference to the Company).

BY SIGNING THE OPTION AGREEMENT, YOU AGREE TO THESE TERMS & CONDITIONS. READ
THEM CAREFULLY.

3

The forfeiture for competition provisions of this Section 8 shall continue to apply, in accordance with their terms, after the noncompete provisions of any employment or other agreement between the Company and the Optionee have lapsed.

9. Investment Representations. The Committee or the Secretary may require the Optionee to furnish to the Company, prior to the issuance of any Shares upon the exercise of all or any part of this Option, an agreement in which the Optionee represents that the Shares acquired upon exercise thereof are being acquired for investment and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and which provides for certain share transfer restrictions and other related matters.

10. Compliance with Securities Laws. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if, at any time specified herein for the issue of Shares to the Optionee, any law, or any regulation or requirement of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental authority having jurisdiction shall require either the Company or the Optionee to take any action in connection with the Shares then to be issued, the issue of the Shares shall be deferred until the action shall have been taken; however, the Company shall have no liability whatsoever as a result of the non-issuance of the Shares, except to refund to the Optionee any consideration tendered in respect of the exercise price.

11. Governing Law: Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be construed by, enforced in accordance with and governed by the substantive laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions thereof. The Company and the Optionee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the "Delaware Court"), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, and (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

12. Notice. Any notice which either party hereto may be required or permitted to give to the other shall be in writing, and may be delivered personally or by mail, postage prepaid, if to the Company, addressed to the Company at the following address: IPG Photonics Corporation, 50 Old Webster Road, Oxford, MA 01540, USA, Attention: Secretary, or at any other address as the Company, by notice to the Optionee, may designate in writing from time to time; and, if to the Optionee, to the last know address of the Optionee or at any other address as the Optionee, by notice to the Company, may designate in writing from time to time.

13. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, beneficiaries, legal representatives and successors of the parties. Any successors to the parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to all of the rights of and obligated to abide by all provisions of any shareholder agreements that apply to the Shares held by such successors.

14. Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions or portion thereof contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, the same shall not invalidate or otherwise affect any other provisions of this Agreement and this Agreement shall be construed as if the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision or portion thereof had never been contained herein.

15. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Notice and the Plan constitute and contain the entire Agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all prior agreements, if any, understandings and negotiations relating thereto. No promise, understanding, representation, inducement, condition or warranty not set forth herein has been made or relied upon by any party hereto.

16. Waiver. No waiver by either party of the application of any term, provision or condition of this Agreement, or a breach thereof by the other party, shall constitute a waiver of any succeeding breach of the same or any other provision hereof. No such waiver shall be valid unless executed in writing by the party making the waiver.

17. Transferability. The Optionee shall not transfer, sell, assign or otherwise dispose of the Option other than by his or her will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any attempted transfer, sale, assignment or other disposition of the Option, or of Optionee's rights and obligations under this Agreement, contrary to the provisions of this Agreement shall be null and void.

BY SIGNING THE OPTION AGREEMENT, YOU AGREE TO THESE TERMS & CONDITIONS. READ
THEM CAREFULLY.

4

18. Subject to Plan. This Option is granted under and subject to the terms of the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

19. Plan and Agreement Not a Contract of Employment or Service. Neither the Plan nor this Agreement is a contract of employment or Service, and no terms of the Optionee's employment or Service will be affected in any way by the Plan, this Agreement or related instruments, except to the extent specifically expressed therein. Neither the Plan nor this Agreement will be construed as conferring any legal rights of the Optionee to continue to be employed or remain in Service with the Company, nor will it interfere with the right of the Company, an Affiliate or Group Company to discharge the Optionee or to deal with him or her regardless of the existence of the Plan, this Agreement or the Option.

20. Counterparts. The parties may execute this Agreement in one or more counterparts, all of which together shall constitute but one Agreement.

[END OF DOCUMENT]

BY SIGNING THE OPTION AGREEMENT, YOU AGREE TO THESE TERMS & CONDITIONS. READ
THEM CAREFULLY.

5

EXHIBIT 10.16

OPTION AGREEMENT

OPTIONEE: GRANT DATE: ___________________________

SHARES GRANTED: _______________________
PRICE PER SHARE: ______________________
OPTION TYPE: NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION
OPTION PLAN: DIRECTORS PLAN-PLAN 4
OPTION ID: DIRECTORS PLAN-PLAN 4-______

IPG Photonics Corporation is pleased to report that the IPG Board of Directors has granted to you (the "Optionee") a stock option (the "Option") to purchase shares of IPG Common Stock, $00001 par value, according to the terms in this Option Agreement:

Shares will vest in accordance with the following schedule:

SHARES AVAILABILITY VEST DATE EXPIRE DATE

By signing this Option Agreement, you agree that (I) this Option is granted under the IPG Photonics Corporation Non-Employee Directors Plan (the "Plan"), as amended, and (2) you will be bound by the terms of the Plan attached as Exhibit A and the IPG Photonics Corporation Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement Plan Terms & Conditions (revision 6_06) attached as Exhibit B (the "Option Terms and Conditions"), the terms of which are incorporated by reference in their entirety into this Option Agreement. You acknowledge that you have received a copy of the Plan and the Option Terms & Conditions.

Nothing in this Option Agreement, the Plan, or Option Terms and Conditions shall confer on the Optionee any right to continue any service provider relationship for any period of specific duration. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the substantive laws of Delaware, and this Option Agreement shall not be modified except in writing signed by Optionee and IPO.

-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
IPG Photonics Corporation               Date


-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
                                        Date


NON-QUALIFIED STOCK
OPTION AGREEMENT TERMS AND CONDITIONS UNDER
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS STOCK PLAN

1. Definitions; Section References. All terms used in this Agreement that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the IPG Photonics Corporation Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan, as amended from time to time (the "Plan") or the Option Agreement ("Option Agreement") executed by the Optionee and IPG Photonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"). Unless otherwise indicated, all section references are to sections of this Agreement.

2. Term and Exercise of Option Shares. The term and exercise of the Option shall be as follows:

(a) The term of the Option granted shall commence as of Grant Date and shall end on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Grant Date (the "Expiration Date"), unless earlier terminated in accordance with Section 5. No option may be exercised after the Expiration Date.

(b) The Option shall only be exercised to the extent the Option has Vested and has not been previously exercised. The Option granted shall be exercised by the Optionee by delivering the following to the Secretary of the Company or to any other person as may be designated by the Company from time to time, on any business day prior to or on the Expiration Date:

(i) A signed Notice of Exercise of Stock Option in the form prescribed by the Company from time to time specifying the number of Shares the Optionee desires to purchase;

(ii) A signed Stock Option Purchase Agreement in the form prescribed by the Company from time to time (The Notice of Exercise of Stock Option and Stock Purchase Agreement are available from the Secretary of the Company);

(iii) Payment in full of the exercise price, subject to the requirements of
Section 4; and

Such other documents or agreements requested by the Secretary or the Committee.

(c) For the first six months following the first date that the Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act and offered for sale to the public, Optionee agrees that Optionee may not sell, exchange, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option without the consent of the Company, which consent may be withheld in the Company's absolute and sole discretion.

4. Exercise Price.

(a) The price per Share at which the Option shall be exercisable shall be the Exercise Price as defined in the Notice.

(b) The exercise price of the Shares subject to this Agreement may be paid by
(i) certified or bank check; (ii) the tender of unrestricted Shares already owned by the Optionee; or (iii) such other means the Committee determines are consistent with the purpose of the Award and applicable law.

(c) Shares or other securities of the Company may, subject to compliance with
Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules promulgated thereunder, if applicable, be delivered to the Company or deducted from the number of Shares to be delivered to the Optionee to satisfy the obligation in full or in part as long as such withholding of Shares does not violate any applicable laws, rules, or regulations of federal, state, or local authorities. The number of Shares or other securities of the Company to be deducted shall be determined by reference to the Fair Market Value of such Shares or Fair Market Value of such other securities as determined by the Committee on the applicable date. The Optionee may also satisfy the applicable withholding tax obligations by paying the amount of any taxes in cash within thirty (30) days of the date of exercise.

5. Termination of Option.

(a) Death, Disability or Retirement. In the event of termination of the Optionee's Service due to death, Disability or Retirement, all non-Vested portions of this Options shall immediately become vested, and all Vested portions of this Option shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the end of the 12-month period following the date of the Optionee's death or the date of the termination of his or her Service for disability or Retirement, as the case may be, or (ii) the date the Options would otherwise expire.

(b) Separation from Service for Cause. If Optionee's Service with the Company terminates for Cause, any unexercised Option held by Optionee and not in fact exercised prior to termination shall immediately expire and all rights under such Option shall immediately be forfeited.

BY SIGNING THE OPTION AGREEMENT, YOU AGREE TO THESE TERMS & CONDITIONS. READ
THEM CAREFULLY.


(c) Other Terminations of Service. If the Optionee's Service is terminated for any reason other than for Cause, death, Disability or Retirement:

(i) all non-Vested portions of Options held by the Optionee on the date of the termination of his or her Service shall immediately be forfeited by the Optionee as of such date; and

(ii) all Vested portions of Options held by the Optionee on the date of the termination of his or her Service shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the end of the 90-day period following the date of the termination of the Optionee's Service, or (ii) the date the Options would otherwise expire.

6. Rights as a Stockholder; Effect of Option. The Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any Shares covered by this Option until the issuance of a stock certificate for those Shares. Once this Option or any portion thereof is exercised and Shares are transferred to the Optionee, any shareholder agreements that apply to the Shares shall be binding on the Optionee. This Option shall not be deemed to confer upon the Optionee any rights to continue in the Service of the Company. Neither the Optionee nor his or her transferee is or will be obligated by the grant of the Option to exercise it.

7. Changes in Capitalization.

(a) The grant of an Option pursuant to this Agreement shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

(b) If, while this Option is outstanding, the outstanding Shares have increased, decreased, changed into, or been exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or securities of the Company through reorganization, merger, recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made by the Committee to the number and/or kind of Shares which are subject to purchase under this Option and for the Option exercise price or prices applicable to this Option. Such adjustments will be made so that the same proportion of the Company's issued and outstanding Shares in each instance shall remain subject to purchase at the same aggregate exercise price.

(c) In the event of a change in the Shares of the Company as presently constituted, which is limited to a change of all its authorized shares with par value into the same number of shares with a different par value or without par value, the Shares resulting from any such change shall be deemed to be Shares within the meaning of this Agreement.

(d) In the event of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition of substantially all of the Company's Shares or assets, the Committee may take such actions with respect to outstanding Options as the Committee deems appropriate.

(e) If any fractional share would result from any such adjustment under this
Section 7, the Company shall not issue such fractional share, but shall round any portion of a share equal to .500 or greater up, and any portion of a share equal to less than .500 down, in each case to the nearest whole number.

8. Investment Representations. The Committee or the Secretary may require the Optionee to furnish to the Company, prior to the issuance of any Shares upon the exercise of all or any part of this Option, an agreement in which the Optionee represents that the Shares acquired upon exercise thereof are being acquired for investment and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and which provides for certain share transfer restrictions and other related matters.

9. Compliance with Securities Laws. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if, at any time specified herein for the issue of Shares to the Optionee, any law, or any regulation or requirement of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental authority having jurisdiction shall require either the Company or the Optionee to take any action in connection with the Shares then to be issued, the issue of the Shares shall be deferred until the action shall have been taken; however, the Company shall have no liability whatsoever as a result of the non-issuance of the Shares, except to refund to the Optionee any consideration tendered in respect of the exercise price.

10. Governing Law: Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be construed by, enforced in accordance with and governed by the substantive laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions thereof. The Company and the Optionee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the "Delaware Court"), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other

BY SIGNING THE OPTION AGREEMENT, YOU AGREE TO THESE TERMS & CONDITIONS. READ
THEM CAREFULLY.

2

country, and (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

11. Notice. Any notice which either party hereto may be required or permitted to give to the other shall be in writing, and may be delivered personally or by mail, postage prepaid, if to the Company, addressed to the Company at the following address: IPG Photonics Corporation, 50 Old Webster Road, Oxford, MA 01540, USA, Attention: Secretary, or at any other address as the Company, by notice to the Optionee, may designate in writing from time to time; and, if to the Optionee, to the last know address of the Optionee or at any other address as the Optionee, by notice to the Company, may designate in writing from time to time.

12. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, beneficiaries, legal representatives and successors of the parties. Any successors to the parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to all of the rights of and obligated to abide by all provisions of any shareholder agreements that apply to the Shares held by such successors.

13. Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions or portion thereof contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, the same shall not invalidate or otherwise affect any other provisions of this Agreement and this Agreement shall be construed as if the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision or portion thereof had never been contained herein.

14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Notice and the Plan constitute and contain the entire Agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all prior agreements, if any, understandings and negotiations relating thereto. No promise, understanding, representation, inducement, condition or warranty not set forth herein has been made or relied upon by any party hereto.

15. Waiver. No waiver by either party of the application of any term, provision or condition of this Agreement, or a breach thereof by the other party, shall constitute a waiver of any succeeding breach of the same or any other provision hereof. No such waiver shall be valid unless executed in writing by the party making the waiver.

16. Transferability. The Optionee shall not transfer, sell, assign or otherwise dispose of the Option other than by his or her will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any attempted transfer, sale, assignment or other disposition of the Option, or of Optionee's rights and obligations under this Agreement, contrary to the provisions of this Agreement shall be null and void.

17. Subject to Plan. This Option is granted under and subject to the terms of the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

18. Plan and Agreement Not a Contract of Employment or Service. Neither the Plan nor this Agreement is a contract of employment or Service, and no terms of the Optionee's Service will be affected in any way by the Plan, this Agreement or related instruments, except to the extent specifically expressed therein. Neither the Plan nor this Agreement will be construed as conferring any legal rights of the Optionee to continue to remain in Service with the Company, nor will it interfere with the right of the Company to remove the Optionee or to deal with him or her regardless of the existence of the Plan, this Agreement or the Option.

19. Counterparts. The parties may execute this Agreement in one or more counterparts, all of which together shall constitute but one Agreement.

[END OF DOCUMENT]

BY SIGNING THE OPTION AGREEMENT, YOU AGREE TO THESE TERMS & CONDITIONS. READ
THEM CAREFULLY.

3

EXHIBIT 10.17

CONFIDENTIALITY, NON-COMPETITION AND
CONFIRMATORY ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

This CONFIDENTIALITY, NON-COMPETITION AND CONFIRMATORY ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made effective as of _______________ by and among IPG Photonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and _________________________________ (the "Employee").

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, the Company is a manufacturer of fiber amplifiers, fiber lasers and associated products.

WHEREAS, the Company's business is conducted throughout the world and the reputation and goodwill of the Company are an integral part of its business success; and

WHEREAS, in consideration and as a condition of any employment (or continued employment) by the Company, Employee agrees to the terms of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

Section 1. Confidentiality. Employee represents, warrants and covenants that he or she has not revealed and will not at any time, whether during or after the termination of his or her employment, reveal to anyone outside the Company any of the trade secrets or confidential information of the Company, its customers or suppliers, or any information received in confidence from third parties by the Company. Confidential information of the Company is any information or material (a) generated or collected by or used in the operation of the Company that relates to the actual or anticipated business, marketing and sales, strategic planning, products, services, research and development, or production and/or manufacturing processes, of the Company or its customers or suppliers, including its and their organization, personnel, customers and finances; or (b) suggested by or resulting from any task assigned to Employee or work performed by Employee for or on behalf of the Company. Employee will deliver to the Company copies of all confidential information upon the earlier of (a) a request by the Company, or (b) termination of Employee's employment. Upon termination of Employee's employment, Employee will not retain any such materials or copies.

Confidential Information shall not include (i) any information that is in the public domain at time of disclosure or thereafter comes into the public domain (other than by breach of this Agreement by Employee); or (ii) any information which is disclosed to Employee in good faith by a third party unaffiliated with the Company with the legal right to make such disclosure; or
(iii) any information which the Company authorizes its unrestricted use in writing.

Further, Employee represents, warrants and covenants that during his or her employment he or she did not and will not take, use or permit to be used


any notes, memoranda, reports, lists, records, drawings, sketches, specifications, software programs, data, documentation or other materials of any nature relating to any matter within the scope of the business of the Company or concerning any of its dealings or affairs otherwise than for the benefit of the Company. Employee further agrees that he or she has not used or permitted to be used and shall not, after the termination of his or her employment, use or permit to be used any such notes, memoranda, reports, lists, records, drawings, sketches, specifications, software programs, data, documentation or other materials, it being agreed that all of the foregoing shall be and remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company and that immediately upon the termination of Employee's employment he or she shall deliver all of the foregoing, and all copies thereof, to the Company, at its main office.

Employee understands that the Company has received and will receive from third parties information that is confidential or proprietary ("Third-Party Information") and that is subject to restrictions on the Company regarding its use and disclosure. Employee, both during and after termination of his or her employment will hold Third-Party Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose or use Third-Party Information except as permitted by the agreement between the Company and the relevant third party, unless expressly authorized to act otherwise by the Company.

Employee agrees to report known or suspected unauthorized disclosures of confidential or proprietary information of the Company by any other person immediately to an officer of the Company.

Section 2. Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation. In view of the fact that any activity of the Employee in violation of the terms hereof would adversely affect the Company and its subsidiaries (as defined below), and to preserve the goodwill associated with the Company's business, the Employee hereby agrees to the following restrictions on his activities:

(a) Non-Competition. The Employee hereby agrees that one (1) year after the date on which the Employee's employment with the Company and its subsidiaries terminates for any reason (the "Non-Competition Period"), Employee will not, without the express written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, anywhere in the world, engage in any activity which is, or participate or invest in, or provide or facilitate the provision of financing to, or assist (whether as owner, part-owner, shareholder, member, partner, director, officer, trustee, employee, agent or consultant, or in any other capacity) any business, organization or person other than the Company (or any subsidiary of the Company), and including any such business, organization or person involving, or which is, a family member of the Employee, whose business, activities, products or services are competitive with the products/technologies/services listed on the signature page hereof. The Employee hereby acknowledges that, because of the global-based nature of the Company's business, the geographic scope as set forth above is reasonable and fair.

(b) Non-Solicitation. The Employee hereby agrees that during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the date which is the later of (i) two (2) years after the date hereof and (ii) eighteen (18) months after the date on which the Employee's employment with the Company and its subsidiaries terminates for any reason, he will not, without the express written consent of the Company, (w) hire or engage or attempt to hire or engage for or on behalf of himself or herself or any such competitor any

2

officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any former employee of the Company and any of its subsidiaries who was employed during the one (1) year period immediately preceding the date on which the Employee's employment or service relationship with the Company or any of its subsidiaries was terminated for any reason, (x) encourage for or on behalf of himself or any such competitor any such officer or employee to terminate his or her relationship or employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (y) solicit for or on behalf of himself or any such competitor any client or supplier of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (z) divert to any person (as hereinafter defined) any client or business opportunity of the Company or any of any of its subsidiaries.

The Board of Directors, with prior notice and adequate disclosure of any opportunity or proposed activity, shall be entitled to interpret the provisions of this Agreement and exempt any opportunity or activity of the Employee which the Board of Directors, in its reasonable judgment, believes is in the interests of, or not opposed to the interests of, the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Employee may make passive investments in any enterprise the shares of which are publicly traded if such investment constitutes less than three percent (3%) of the equity of such enterprise.

Neither the Employee nor any business entity controlled by the Employee is a party to any contract, commitment, arrangement or agreement which could, following the date hereof, restrain or restrict the Company or any subsidiary of the Company from carrying on its business or restrain or restrict the Employee from performing his or her employment obligations, and as of the date of this Agreement the Employee has no business interests whatsoever in or relating to the industries in which the Company and its subsidiaries currently engage other than Employee's interest in the Company and other than interests in public companies of less than three percent (3%).

For purposes of this Agreement, any reference to the "subsidiaries" of the Company shall be deemed to include all entities directly or indirectly controlled by it through an ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interests. As used in this Agreement, the term "person" shall mean an individual, a corporation, an association, a partnership, a limited liability company, an estate, a trust, and any other entity or organization.

Section 3. Scope of Agreement. The parties acknowledge that the time, scope, geographic area and other provisions of this Agreement have been specifically negotiated by sophisticated parties and agree that (a) all such provisions are reasonable and fair to the parties hereto under the circumstances of the transactions contemplated hereby, and (b) are given as an integral and essential part of the transactions contemplated hereby. The Employee has independently consulted with Employee's counsel and has been advised in all respects concerning the reasonableness and fairness of the covenants contained herein, with specific regard to the business to be conducted by Company and its subsidiaries, and represents that the Agreement is intended to be, and shall be, fully enforceable and effective in accordance with its terms.

Section 4. Acknowledgement Regarding Inventions/Receipt of Fair Compensation. Employee hereby confirms, acknowledges and agrees that all inventions, modifications, discoveries, designs, developments, improvements,

3

processes, know-how, or intellectual property rights whatsoever (collectively, "Developments") that he or she (either alone or with others) has conceived, made or reduced to practice at any time or times while employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries that:

(a) related to fixtures for and methods of manufacture of fiber amplifiers and certain aspects of fiber amplifiers, or otherwise relate to the business of the Company from time to time, or any customer or supplier to the Company, or any of the products or services being developed, manufactured or sold by the Company or any of the products which may be used in connection therewith,

(b) resulted from tasks assigned to the Employee by the Company or any of its subsidiaries to the business, or

(c) resulted from the use of premises or personal property (whether tangible or intangible) owned, leased or contracted for or by the Company or any of its subsidiaries,

are the sole and absolute property of the Company, its successors and assigns. Employee acknowledges that all Developments were made as a "work for hire" and all proprietary rights which the Employee may have acquired in such Developments were assigned to the Company. The Employee hereby acknowledges he or she has not created any Developments that do not satisfy the provisions of Section 4(a), (b) or (c). Employee hereby confirms, acknowledges and agrees that Employee has received mutually-agreed upon compensation from the Company in consideration for the Company's ownership rights to the Developments set forth in this Section 4 and that such consideration is fair and reasonable.

Employee will make and maintain adequate and current records of and communicate to the Company (or any persons designated by it) promptly and fully each Development without publishing the same. Further, Employee will, both during and after the period of his or her employment by the Company, execute all appropriate documents and give the Company all assistance it reasonably requires to perfect, protect and use its rights to the Developments. In the event the Company is unable, after reasonable effort, to secure Employee's signature on any letter patent, copyright or other analogous protection relating to a Development, Employee hereby irrevocably appoints the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as Employee's agent and attorney-in-fact, to execute and file any such application or applications and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of letters patent, copyright or other protection with the same legal force and effect as if signed by Employee.

Employee has attached hereto, as Addendum A, a list describing all Inventions which were made by Employee prior to his employment by the Company ("Prior Inventions"), which belong to Employee and which relate in any way to the Company's business, products, services, research or development, and which are not assigned to the Company. If no such list is attached, Employee represents that there are no such Prior Inventions. If in the course of employment by the Company, Employee incorporates into a Company product or process a Prior Invention, the Company is hereby granted and shall have a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license to make, have made, modify, use and sell such Prior Invention as part of or in connection with such product or process.

4

Section 5. Use of Voice, Image and Likeness; Publication of Statements. Employee gives the Company permission to use Employee's voice, image or likeness, with or without using Employee's name, for the purposes of advertising and promoting the Company, except to the extent expressly prohibited by law. To ensure that the Company delivers a consistent message about its products, services and operations to the public, and further in recognition that even positive statements may have a detrimental effect on the Company in certain securities transactions and other contexts, Employee agrees that any statement about the Company which he or she creates, publishes or posts during Employee's period of employment and for six (6) months thereafter, on any media accessible by the public, including but not limited to electronic bulletin boards and Web-based chat rooms, shall first be reviewed and approved by an officer of the Company before it is released in the public domain.

Section 6. No Employment Obligation. Employee understands that this Agreement does not create an obligation on the Company or entity to continue Employee's employment or to exploit any Developments. Employee acknowledges that nothing in this Agreement shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company, , to discharge Employee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except as may be expressly provided in a separate agreement between the Company and Employee.

Section 7. Certain Remedies; Severability. It is specifically understood and agreed that any breach of the provisions of this agreement by the Employee will result in irreparable injury to the Company and its subsidiaries, that the remedy at law alone will be an inadequate remedy for such breach and that, in addition to any other remedy it may have, the Company and upon authorization by the Board of Directors of the Company its subsidiaries shall be entitled to enforce the specific performance of this agreement by the Employee through both temporary and permanent injunctive relief without the necessity of proving actual damages, but without limitation of their right to damages and any and all other remedies available to them, it being understood that injunctive relief is in addition to, and not in lieu of, such other remedies.

In the event that any covenant contained in this Agreement shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason of its being too extensive in any other respect, it shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which it may be enforceable and/or over the maximum geographical area as to which it may be enforceable and/or to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which it may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action. The existence of any claim or cause of action which the Employee may have against the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall not constitute a defense or bar to the enforcement of any of the provisions of this Agreement. Employee agrees that Employee will not assert, and it should not be considered, that any provision contained in this Agreement prevents him or her from earning a living or is otherwise void, voidable, or unenforceable or should be voided or held to be unenforceable.

Section 8. Jurisdiction. The parties hereby irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts to construe and enforce the covenants contained in this Agreement. In the event that the courts of any state shall hold such covenants unenforceable (in whole or in part) by reason of the breadth of such scope or otherwise, it

5

is the intention of the parties hereto that such determination shall not bar or in any way affect the right of the Company or upon authorization by the Board of Directors of the Company any its subsidiaries to the relief provided for herein in the courts of any other state within the geographic scope of such covenants, as to breaches of such covenants in such other respective states, the above covenants as they relate to each state being, for this purpose, severable into diverse and independent covenants.

Section 9. Notices. Any notice or demand which is required or provided to be given under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given and received for all purposes when delivered by hand, telecopy, telex or other method of facsimile, or five days after being sent by certified or registered mail, postage and charges prepaid, return receipt requested, or two days after being sent by overnight delivery providing receipt of delivery, to the following addresses: if to the Company, 50 Old Webster Road, Oxford, MA 01540, Facsimile:
508-373-1101, Attn: CEO, or at any other address designated by the Company to the Employee in writing; and if to the Employee, to the home address of Employee as designated in the current personnel files maintained by the Company, or at any other address designated by the Employee to the Company in writing.

Section 10. Miscellaneous. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without regard to its conflict of laws principles) and shall not be modified or discharged in whole or in part except by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Employee. The failure of any of the parties to require the performance of a term or obligation or to exercise any right under this Agreement or the waiver of any breach hereunder shall not prevent subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or exercise of such right or the enforcement at any time of any other right hereunder or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach of the provision so breached, or of any other breach hereunder. Employee's obligations under this Agreement shall survive the termination of Employee's employment regardless of the manner of such termination and shall be binding upon by Employee's heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Company shall have the right to assign this Agreement to its affiliates, successors and assigns but this Agreement may not be assigned by the Employee. This Agreement supersedes all prior understandings and agreements between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

Section 11. No Conflicting Agreements. Employee warrants that Employee is not bound by the terms of a confidentiality agreement or other agreement with a third party that would conflict with Employee's obligations hereunder.

Section 12. Third Party Beneficiaries. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Investors named in that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated August 30, 2000 are third party beneficiaries of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Confidentiality, Non-Competition Agreement and Confirmatory Assignment Agreement under seal as of the date first set forth above.

6

COMPANY:

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

By:

Name:
Title:

EMPLOYEE:

Name:

Section 2(a) Non-Competition
Limitation: ____________________________________________________________________


7

[FOR USE IN CALIFORNIA, ILLINOIS,
KANSAS, MINNESOTA AND WASHINGTON ONLY]

ADDENDUM TO CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

This addendum is made and entered into this ___ day of _________, by and between IPG Photonics Corporation, its subsidiaries and affiliates, with an office and place of business at 50 Old Webster Road, Oxford, MA 01540 (the "Company") and __________________, residing at _______________________________ ("Employee") and incorporated by reference into the Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Confirmatory Assignment Agreement dated ____________________ between the Company and Employee.

Employee understands and agrees that the provisions of paragraph 4 of the Confidentiality Agreement, on assignment of inventions do not apply to an invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility or trade-secret information of the Company was used and which was developed entirely on the Employee's own time and (1) which does not relate (a) directly to the business of the Company or (b) to the Company's demonstrably anticipated research or development or (2) which does not result from any work performed by the Employee for the Company.

Attest:                                 IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION


-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
                                        Corporate Officer


In the presence of:


-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
                                        Employee

8

EXHIBIT 10.18

CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT

This AGREEMENT made as of the 28th day of April, 2000 by and between IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 660 Main Street, Sturbridge, Massachusetts 01566 (the "Borrower") and FAMILY BANK, FSB, a federal savings bank, at its office at 370 Main Street, Worcester, Massachusetts 01608 (the "Lender").

WITNESSETH:

In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. RECITALS

1.1 Borrower owns certain real estate located on Old Webster Road, Oxford, Massachusetts (hereinafter referred to as the "Premises") and more particularly described in Exhibit A annexed hereto, and proposes to incur certain costs and expenses in connection with the construction of two office/assembly buildings on the Premises (hereinafter called the "Improvements") in accordance with (i) the plans, drawings, and specifications described in Exhibit B annexed hereto, and
(ii) plans, drawings and specifications to be developed and prepared after the date hereof which future plans, drawings and specifications and all amendments must be approved in writing by Lender prior to the use thereof by Borrower (all such existing and future plans, drawings and specifications being hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Plans"); and

1.2 Borrower simultaneously herewith is executing or causing to be executed and delivering to Lender:

1.2.1 a Promissory Note dated of even date herewith by Borrower in the principal amount of $6,500,000.00 (the "Note");

1.2.2 a Mortgage and Security Agreement dated of even date herewith by Borrower with respect to the Premises (the "Mortgage");

1.2.3 a Collateral Assignment of Construction Contract dated of even date herewith by Borrower (the "Construction Assignment");

1.2.4 a Collateral Assignment of Architect's Contract and Plans and Specifications dated of even date herewith by Borrower (the "Architect and Plans and Specifications Assignment");

1.2.5 a Collateral Assignment of Licenses, Permits and Agreements dated of even date herewith by Borrower (the "Permits Assignment");

1.2.6 UCC Financing Statements against Borrower to be filed with the Massachusetts Secretary of State, the Clerks of the Towns of Oxford and Sturbridge, and the Worcester District Registry of Deeds (the "Financing Statements");

1.2.7 Unlimited Guaranty dated of even date herewith with respect to the obligations of Borrower to Lender by IP Fibre Devices (UK) Limited (the


"Corporate Guaranty");

1.2.8 Unlimited Guaranty dated of even date herewith with respect to the obligations of Borrower to Lender by Valentin P. Gapontsev (the "Individual Guaranty"); and

1.2.9 an Assignment of Life Insurance Policy as Collateral with respect to a life insurance policy on the life of Valentin P. Gapontsev in the minimum amount of $3,000,000.00 (the "Life Insurance Assignment").

(The Note, the Mortgage, the Construction Assignment, the Architect and Plans and Specifications Assignment, the Permits Assignment, the Financing Statements, the Corporate Guaranty, the Individual Guaranty and the Life Insurance Assignment are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Security Instruments".)

1.3 Borrower has entered into an agreement dated March 10, 2000 (hereinafter referred to as the "Construction Contract") with Aho Construction, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the "Contractor") to construct the Improvements (including all development and site work) on the Premises; and

1.4 Lender is willing to lend to Borrower sums of money to be evidenced by the Note of Borrower (the "Loan") upon the terms and covenants and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth.

2. AGREEMENTS

2.1 Lender's Agreement to Advance Proceeds

Lender agrees (provided the terms, conditions, covenants and agreements hereof shall be observed and performed, and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth) to make advances to Borrower of the proceeds of the Note from time to time up to a total amount not exceeding the principal amount thereof, such proceeds being hereinafter referred to as the "Loan Proceeds." The Loan Proceeds shall be advanced to finance construction of the Improvements.

2.2 Conditions Precedent

As conditions precedent to Lender's obligation to make advances from time to time of the Loan Proceeds, Borrower shall, at the time of the advance in question:

2.2.1 hold marketable title to the Premises in fee simple and full possession thereof, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances except such as are approved by Lender in writing and except such permitted exceptions as are set forth in Exhibit C annexed hereto;

2.2.2 have granted to Lender a fully perfected first mortgage on the Premises and Improvements, a fully perfected first security interest in accordance with the Uniform Commercial Code in the accounts receivable and inventory of the Borrower and the fixtures of the Borrower located or to be located on the Premises, an assignment of licenses, permits, agreement, plans and specifications pertaining to the Improvements and an assignment of leases and rents with respect to the Premises to secure the Note of Borrower and the obligations of Borrower under this Agreement;

2

2.2.3 have delivered to Lender a mortgagee's title insurance policy in the face amount of Six Million Five Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($6,500,000.00) issued by First American Title Insurance Company (hereinafter referred to as the "Title Insurance Company") in the form of the American Land Title Association's standard form of mortgagee title insurance policy (or in such other form as may be required by statute); said policy to show no prior liens or encumbrances except and particularly approved in writing by Lender; to contain only standard exceptions, excluding, without limitation, any exceptions for lack of a survey or mechanics' and materialmen's liens, and to be in all respects satisfactory to Lender;

2.2.4 have entered into and delivered to Lender a written Construction Contract with Contractor, which Contract and Contractor first shall have been approved in writing by Lender, a collateral assignment of the Construction Contract in a form acceptable to Lender, and a performance bond issued by a surety acceptable to Lender and naming Lender as loss payee, securing performance of the Construction Contract;

2.2.5 have delivered to Lender evidence in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, that all public utilities necessary for the construction and operation of the Improvements upon the Premises for their intended purposes are available at the boundaries of the Premises and there is no impediment or restriction to connecting any of such facilities to the Improvements;

2.2.6 have delivered to Lender a certified survey showing the location and dimensions of the proposed Improvements, utilities, parking areas, rights-of-way and all easements affecting the Premises, and the points of access to the main road upon which the Premises front and including a certification that all proposed Improvements, if constructed in accordance with the Plans, will be in full compliance with all zoning laws and regulations applicable thereto;

2.2.7 have delivered to Lender an opinion of Borrower's counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, that the Loan has been duly authorized by Borrower; that the Note and the Security Instruments are binding obligations of Borrower or the guarantors, as applicable; that construction and operation of the Improvements, as contemplated hereunder, will not violate any applicable zoning or building code, law, ordinance or other governmental regulation; that all necessary action required by federal, state and/or local law to be taken pursuant to the construction and completion of the Improvements has been taken; and containing such other opinions as Lender may request;

2.2.8 have delivered to Lender written assurances satisfactory to Lender from Borrower's engineer, and Contractor that Lender shall have the same rights as Borrower to the continued use of the Plans and all services related thereto for the construction of the Improvements;

2.2.9 not be in default with respect to any of the provisions of this Agreement to be performed or observed;

2.2.10 have submitted to Lender all subcontractors' subcontracts requested by Lender; Lender reserving the right at any time to require submission of subcontracts from (i) each and every subcontractor and material supplier whose bid represents ten percent (10%) or more of the total construction costs and (ii) a sufficient number of subcontractors and material suppliers whose bids collectively represent not less than seventy percent (70%) of the total costs of construction, and Lender reserving the right to approve or

3

disapprove of each such subcontractor and subcontract;

2.2.11 have qualified for a first advance hereunder within thirty (30) days from the date hereof or such other date as may be agreed upon in writing by the parties hereto; and

2.2.12 have delivered to Lender copies of all partial waiver and subordination forms, releases, notices of contract, notices of identification, statements of account, statements of claim and other documents relating to the Improvements or the Premises by whomsoever filed.

2.3 Representations of Borrower

Borrower represents and warrants to Lender:

2.3.1 that at least one copy of the Plans has been deposited with Lender;

2.3.2 that the Plans have been filed with all governmental authorities having jurisdiction, that it has obtained all necessary approvals thereof and all necessary building, zoning, parking, street opening, access, and other permits from said authorities, and that construction and operation of the Improvements on the Premises will not violate (i) any zoning, building code, subdivision, or land use ordinance, regulation or law promulgated by any governmental agency, department or subdivision, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the United States Environmental Protection Agency and the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection or (ii) any restrictions of any kind affecting the Premises;

2.3.3 that all utilities and services necessary for the operation of the Improvements for their intended purpose (including, without limitation, water, gas, electricity, telephone, and storm and sanitary sewer facilities) are available at the boundary of the Premises, can be tapped into or installed by Borrower, and are of sufficient capacity to adequately meet all needs and requirements necessary for the operation of the Improvements for their intended purposes;

2.3.4 that there is unrestricted access for the passage of motor vehicles to and from the Premises to and from the main road upon which the Premises fronts and all required curb cut or access permits (if any) have been obtained;

2.3.5 that no part of the Premises is located in a designated flood hazard area (as defined in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended by the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994);

2.3.6 that all test borings and other engineering studies normally performed by prudent developers of similar projects on similar type land have been performed and have yielded results normally considered favorable to permit the utilization and development of the Premises for the purpose herein referred to;

2.3.7 that there are no easements across or affecting the Premises which will have any adverse effect upon the operation of the Improvements for their intended purpose, nor which will in any way interfere with the construction of the Improvements on the Premises;

4

2.3.8 that Borrower is the true, sole and lawful owner of the Premises, is lawfully seized and possessed of the same in fee simple, and has good right, full power and lawful authority to mortgage, grant, bargain, sell and convey the same and the Security Instruments, when properly filed and recorded, will all create valid liens on the Premises;

2.3.9 that the execution and delivery of, and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under this Agreement, the Note, and the Security Instruments have been authorized by all appropriate action; and that said instruments, upon delivery, will be the valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, and will not violate or conflict with any other agreements or instruments to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower is bound;

2.3.10 that no litigation or proceedings are pending or threatened against Borrower or the Premises, or any properties adjacent to the Premises, which would or might affect the validity or priority of the lien of the Mortgage or other security for the Note on the Premises or which could or might materially affect Borrower's ability to perform this Agreement;

2.3.11 that the making of the Loan or Lender's acquisition of the Note or any of the Security Instruments will not subject Lender to any claim for a brokerage commission;

2.3.12 that all financial statements and other information furnished to the Lender by the Borrower and the guarantors in connection with the Loan, the Premises and the Improvements are true, accurate and complete in all material respects and fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and the guarantors as of the respective dates of such statements;

2.3.13 that neither the Borrower nor any of the guarantors is subject to any contingent liabilities or obligations (whether for taxes, long-term commitments or otherwise) which are not accurately reflected in financial information furnished to the Lender in connection with the Loan; and

2.3.14 that each Borrower and guarantor has filed all required tax returns and paid all applicable federal, state and local taxes.

Each of the foregoing representations and warranties shall survive the making of the Loan and each advance of the Loan Proceeds hereunder, and Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless Lender from and against any loss, damage or liability attributable to the breach thereof, including all fees and expenses incurred in the defense or settlement of any claim arising therefrom against Lender.

2.4 Covenants of Borrower

Until payment in full of the Note and all other sums required to be paid by Borrower under the Security Instruments and this Agreement, Borrower shall:

2.4.1 cause the Improvements to be constructed, equipped and completed, diligently and continuously and with all reasonable dispatch, in accordance with all laws, rules, regulations and requirements of all governmental authorities having jurisdiction with respect to the Improvements, the appropriate Board of Fire Underwriters, and the Plans and any modifications and additions to the Plans which may be deemed necessary or desirable by Lender

5

and/or Lender's construction representative, which modifications and additions to the Plans, Borrower agrees to provide within ten (10) days after Lender's request therefor;

2.4.2 in any event, cause the Improvements to be completed and ready for operation and occupancy on or before April 28, 2001 (the "Construction Completion Date");

2.4.3 make no material changes or amendments to the Plans and make no change orders without the prior written approval of Lender;

2.4.4 with respect to any amendments or supplements to the Plans, to which Lender shall have given its prior written approval, file all such amendments and supplements with, and obtain all necessary approvals from, all governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereof and promptly deliver true copies thereof to Lender;

2.4.5 permit Lender and its representatives to enter upon the Premises and inspect the Improvements at all times during normal business hours and examine all detailed plans, shop drawings, specifications and other books and records relating to the Premises and the Improvements;

2.4.6 not enter into any lease with respect to the Premises (excepting equipment leases) without first having submitted to the Lender a copy of said lease together with a duly executed subordination of lease agreement;

2.4.7 within five (5) days after construction of the foundation has been completed, deliver a certificate from an engineer or surveyor satisfactory to Lender to the effect that no part of the foundation or Improvements encroaches on any adjoining parcel of land, that the foundation is located on the Premises in accordance with the Plans, and that all Improvements then constructed are contained within the boundaries of the Premises and are in compliance with all applicable setback (front, side, and rear) requirements;

2.4.8 permit Lender to erect an appropriate sign on the Premises at such location as Lender, in its discretion, may determine, indicating that the Improvements are being financed by Lender;

2.4.9 furnish or cause to be furnished to Lender:

2.4.9.1 as soon as available, but in any event upon filing with applicable taxing authorities, a copy of each federal and state tax return of Borrower and any guarantors;

2.4.9.2 as soon as available, but in any event within fifteen
(15) days after the close of each fiscal month: (a) a statement of stockholders' equity and a statement of changes in cash flow of Borrower for such fiscal month; (b) income statement of Borrower for such fiscal month; and (c) balance sheets of Borrower as of the end of such fiscal month-all such statements to be in reasonable detail, including all supporting schedules and comments and any management letters issued with respect to Borrower; the statements and balance sheets to be certified as accurate and complete by the President or chief financial officer of Borrower and acceptable to Lender in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, such statement to present fairly the financial position and results of operations of Borrower;

2.4.9.3 as soon as available, but in any event within forty-

6

five (45) days after the close of each fiscal quarter: (a) a statement of stockholders' equity and a statement of changes in cash flow of IP Fibre Devices (UK) Limited for such fiscal quarter; (b) income statement of 113 Fibre Devices (UK) Limited for such fiscal quarter; and (c) balance sheets of IP Fibre Devices (CK) Limited as of the end of such fiscal quarter - all such statements to be in reasonable detail, including all supporting schedules and comments and any management letters issued with respect to IP Fibre Devices (UK) Limited; the statements and balance sheets to be certified as accurate and complete by the President or chief financial officer of IP Fibre Devices (UK) Limited and acceptable to Lender in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, such statement to present fairly the financial position and results of operations of IP Fibre Devices (UK) Limited and to be stated in United States dollars;

2.4.9.4 as soon as available, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the close of each fiscal year: (a) a statement of stockholders' equity and a statement of changes in cash flow of each of Borrower and IP Fibre Devices (UK) Limited for such fiscal year: (b) income statement of each of Borrower and IP Fibre Devices (UK) Limited for such fiscal year; and (c) balance sheets of each of Borrower and IP Fibre Devices (UK) Limited as of the end of such fiscal year-all such statements to be in reasonable detail, including all supporting schedules and comments and any management letters issued with respect to each of Borrower and IP Fibre Devices (UK) Limited; the statements and balance sheets to be prepared upon audit by an independent certified public accountant selected by each of Borrower and IP Fibre Devices (UK) Limited and acceptable to Lender in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, such statement to present fairly the financial position and results of operations of each of Borrower and IP Fibre Devices (UK) Limited and, in the case of IP Fibre Devices (UK) Limited, to be stated in United States dollars;

2.4.9.5 if Borrower becomes a public company, quarterly financial statements required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in lieu of the monthly statements required by Section 2.4.9.2 above and, promptly after the sending or making available or filing of the same, copies of all reports, proxy statements, and financial statements that Borrower sends or makes available to its stockholders and all registration statements and reports that the Borrower or any guarantor files with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any regulatory agency; and

2.4.9.6 as soon as available, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each calendar year, complete, accurate, signed personal financial statements of Valentin P. Gapontsev, in form satisfactory to Lender;

2.4.10 furnish Lender such budgets and revisions of budgets as Lender may require in order to show the estimated cost of construction of Improvements and the amount of funds required, at any given time, to pay for the completion thereof;

2.4.11 in the event that any of the Improvements shall be damaged or destroyed by fire or any other casualty exceeding $250,000.00 as determined by an independent insurance adjuster, and Lender shall have agreed in its business judgment, after reviewing the delay, if any, caused by such casualty loss and the impact upon Borrower's business plans and prospects and financial condition, to make the proceeds of any fire insurance available, proceed with the restoration thereof and diligently prosecute the work of restoration to completion. No part of the cost of such restoration shall be made the basis of

7

any application for advances of Loan Proceeds under this Agreement unless all proceeds of insurance shall be first exhausted in the restoration of the damage to the Improvements;

2.4.12 cooperate fully with Lender with respect to any proceedings before any court, board or governmental agency which may in any way affect the rights of Lender hereunder or any rights obtained by Lender under any of the Security Instruments and, in connection therewith, permit Lender, at its election, to participate in any such proceedings;

2.4.13 make no changes in ownership beyond those permitted by Section 2.4.18 below, or in the nature of business of the Borrower or the active involvement of Valentin P. Gapontsev in the operations of the Borrower, without the prior written consent of the Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or conditioned;

2.4.14 maintain its principal depository accounts with the Lender;

2.4.15 establish and maintain with the Lender a construction fund account for all funds used by Borrower for construction of the Improvements, including, without limitation, Loan Proceeds;

2.4.16 establish and maintain with Lender a segregated account into which shall be deposited all first round equity funds raised by Borrower through private placements during the term of the Loan;

2.4.17 maintain, at all times, a Debt Service Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.20:1.00, to be tested as of the end of each fiscal year of Borrower. For purposes of this Section 2.4.17, "Debt Service Coverage Ratio" means, for any applicable fiscal period, the ratio equal to (i) net profit of Borrower plus depreciation and amortization divided by (ii) (a) current maturities of long term debt and capital leases, plus (b) interest expense of Borrower;

2.4.18 not permit any transfer, sale, redemption, retirement, or other change in the ownership of more than twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding capital stock of Borrower, without Lender's prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or conditioned;

2.4.19 permit the Lender to conduct quarterly field examination of Borrower at Borrower's cost and expense not exceeding $1,000.00 per examination; and

2.4.20 pay, perform and observe all obligations now existing, or arising in the future, to Massachusetts Capital Resource Company ("MCRC") or any other subordinated lender pertaining to financing provided with respect to the construction of the Improvements.

2.5 Total Project Budget

2.5.1 Borrower represents and warrants that Exhibit D attached hereto contains a complete and full enumeration of all costs (hard, soft, and land costs) which Borrower anticipates will be incurred in connection with the construction and development of the Improvements and in connection with the starting up of the operation of the Improvements; Exhibit D being hereinafter referred to as the "Total Project Budget."

8

2.5.2 The Total Project Budget will be financed in accordance with Exhibit D and this Agreement by:

2.5.2.1 $5,500,000.00 in equity funds or subordinated debt from MCRC, or binding commitments acceptable to Lender for equity injections or subordinated debt from MCRC in such amounts, to be provided by Borrower; and

2.5.2.2 the balance (not to exceed $6,500,000.00) from the Loan Proceeds.

2.5.3 It is understood and agreed that:

2.5.3.1 initial equity funds required to be provided by Borrower shall be fully expended in payment of items listed in the Total Project Budget prior to the disbursement of any of the Loan Proceeds by Lender, and any subordinated loans from MCRC shall be disbursed pari passu with Loan Proceeds disbursed by Lender;

2.5.3.2 the undistributed Loan Proceeds and subordinated loans to be disbursed by MCRC at all times shall equal or exceed the amount necessary to pay for the completion of the Improvements, including (i) all items set forth in the Total Project Budget; (ii) all incurred cost overruns and incurred costs for items not included in the Total Project Budget; and (iii) all cost overruns and costs not included in the Total Project Budget which Lender deems likely to be incurred;

2.5.3.3 the undistributed portion of the Loan Proceeds allocated to each item in the Total Project Budget at all times shall equal or exceed the amount necessary to pay for such items;

2.5.3.4 if for any reason the amount of such undistributed Loan Proceeds with respect to the Improvements or any of the individually budgeted items set forth in Exhibit D shall at any time be, or become, or in the judgment of Lender appear reasonably likely to become, insufficient for the purpose described in Subsections 2.5.3.2 or 2.5.3.3 (regardless of how such condition may be caused), Borrower will, within five (5) days after written request by Lender, deposit an amount equal to the deficiency with Lender, which deposit first shall be exhausted before any further disbursement of the Loan Proceeds shall be made; and

2.5.3.5 the amount of the outstanding indebtedness of Borrower to Lender shall not exceed 80% of the fair market value of the Premises as determined from time to time by appraisals acceptable to Lender.

2.6 Advances of Loan Proceeds

2.6.1 Provided Borrower shall have first expended $2,500,000.00 of its initial equity funds in the payment of hard costs listed in the Total Project Budget as certified to by Lender's construction representative or in the payment of soft costs listed in the Total Project Budget as verified by proof satisfactory to Lender; provided Borrower shall not be in default under, and there shall exist no event of default under, this Agreement or the Note, or any of the Security Instruments, or any other agreement or instrument executed in connection herewith, nor shall there exist any condition or event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute such an event of default; provided Borrower shall have complied with the provisions of Section 2.2 hereof; and provided Borrower shall have paid all interest charges then due,

9

and all fees of Lender's construction representative and legal fees incurred in connection with the construction of the Improvements or the Note or the Loan evidenced thereby, and subject to the provisions of Section 2.5 hereof, Lender, upon written application by Borrower (made not less than seven (7) business days prior to the date of the requested advance under this Section 2.6 and made not more often than every thirty (30) days), shall make advances from the Loan Proceeds pari passu with any subordinated loans from MCRC or equity funds in excess of the first $2,500,000.00 of equity as hereinafter specified.

2.6.2 The amount of each such advance, together with advances from MCRC, shall represent:

2.6.2.1 ninety-five percent (95%) of the total "hard costs" incurred by Borrower (i.e., costs incurred under the Construction Contract) and approved by Lender in conformance with the budgeted expenses enumerated in Exhibit D in connection with the construction of the Improvements as of the date of the advance application in excess of funds required to be provided and expended by Borrower under the terms hereof as of the date of said advance application, less any amounts previously advanced by Lender from the Loan Proceeds but in no event more that the amount certified by Lender's construction representative (whose costs and fees shall be borne by the Borrower) as then being due and payable; and

2.6.2.2 such portion of the "soft costs" enumerated in Exhibit D incurred by Borrower in connection with the construction of the Improvements as of the date of the advance application, as Lender in its uncontrolled discretion shall deem reasonable in relation to the hard costs incurred as of the date of the advance application, provided that the Lender agrees that it shall advance Loan Proceeds to pay the architect's fees included in the Construction Contract.

2.6.3 Each application for advances pursuant to this Section 2.6. must be accompanied by the following:

2.6.3.1 a completed itemized request for payment, signed by Contractor and Borrower on a standard AIA Requisition Form or in such other form approved by Lender;

2.6.3.2 the written report of the Title Insurance Company as of the date of the making of such advance, affirmatively insuring such advance and that there are no liens or other encumbrances on the Premises (other than real estate taxes for the then current year, payment of which is not in default, the Security Instruments and such other liens and encumbrances as appeared in the policy of title insurance delivered prior thereto to Lender) and no notice of contract or other notice of intention to file liens thereon in any public office; unless released, subordinated or waived as provided in subparagraph 2.6.3.4 of this Section 2.6;

2.6.3.3 Lender's inspection and verification that, or (at Lender's option) a certificate of the construction representative of Lender, as selected by Lender in its sole discretion (who will make monthly inspections of the Premises and Improvements on Lender's behalf, the cost of each such inspection to be borne by Borrower), that all work performed at the site of construction when the advance is requested has been performed in good and workmanlike manner, that all materials and fixtures usually furnished and installed at that time have been furnished and installed, all in accordance with the Plans, and that sufficient hard cost Loan Proceeds remain undisbursed to complete the Improvements in accordance with the Plans and the Total Project

10

Budget set forth in Exhibit D;

2.6.3.4 such fully executed lien releases, waivers, partial waiver and subordination forms, and affidavits from, or the submission of other appropriate forms by, Borrower, Contractor, subcontractors and materialmen as Lender may require; and

2.6.3.5 an affidavit of Borrower that as of the date of the advance application, Borrower knows of no material or substantive fact which will or could in any way impair completion of the Improvements in accordance with the Plans or impair the timely repayment of the Loan or interfere with the operation of the Improvements for their intended purpose.

2.6.4 The making of any advance or any part of an advance shall not be deemed an approval or acceptance by Lender of the work theretofore done or of materials theretofore furnished.

2.6.5 Advances of the Loan Proceeds made pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall, at the option of Lender, be made (i) directly to Borrower by check or wire transfer, or by depositing same in Borrower's checking account with Lender,
(ii) by check payable to Borrower and Contractor jointly and delivered either to Borrower or Contractor, (iii) by check or wire transfer payable to Contractor or, after the occurrence of an Event of Default or if the Lender determines it is necessary to protect its lien upon the Premises, directly to other subcontractors, materialmen, and creditors of the Improvements, (iv) to the Title Insurance Company by check or wire transfer for disbursement in accordance with Lender's directions, or (v) by any combination of the above. Lender reserves the right to condition each and every advance pursuant to this Section 2.6.5 upon Borrower's certification that such advance(s) has or have been made within such time as necessary to grant and/or preserve the priority of Lender's lien on the Premises.

2.6.6 Lender shall advance to Borrower the balance of the funds to be loaned hereunder for which Borrower has qualified (but not earlier than thirty
(30) days after the last advance of funds provided under this Section 2.6) as soon as Borrower shall have delivered to Lender the following:

2.6.6.1 a written certificate of the construction representative selected by Lender, that the construction of the Improvements and the installation of the equipment to be installed therein has been completed in a good workmanlike manner in accordance with the Plans;

2.6.6.2 a duly executed, notarized and recorded Notice of Substantial Completion;

2.6.6.3 a written report of the Title Insurance Company that there are no liens or other encumbrances on the Premises (other than real estate taxes for the then current year, payment of which is not in default, the Mortgage and such other liens and encumbrances as appear in the policy of title insurance delivered prior thereto to Lender) and no notices of contract or other notice of intention to file liens thereon in any public office; if not previously submitted to and accepted by Lender in a format acceptable to Lender, a certificate by Borrower in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, listing all categories of Improvements costs and the amount paid by Borrower with respect to each;

11

2.6.6.4 the written certificates of Borrower and the Contractor that they, and each of them, have received no affidavits, notices of identification, or other notices in connection with the obtaining of a mechanic's lien by any contractor, subcontractor, subsubcontractor, materialman or laborer;

2.6.6.5 such lien releases, notices of dissolution of lien, waivers, subordinations and affidavits from, or the submission of other appropriate forms by Borrower, Contractor, any architect, subcontractors and materialmen as Lender may require;

2.6.6.6 an affidavit of Borrower that as of the date of the final advance application Borrower knows of no material or substantive fact which will or could in any way negatively impact the Improvements, repayment of the Loan, or operation of the Premises for their intended purpose;

2.6.6.7 a copy of the original permanent certificate of occupancy and all other applicable certificates, licenses, consents and approvals issued or required to be issued by the various governmental authorities having jurisdiction with respect to the Improvements and by the appropriate Board of Fire Underwriters, or other similar bodies; and

2.6.6.8 true, correct and complete copies of "as built" plans including the location of foundations, underground utilities, septic systems, retention and detention ponds, irrigation wells, drains, and irrigation system components.

2.6.7 Lender, in its sole discretion, may advance parts or the whole of any advances before the requirements in Section 2.6.3 or 2.6.6 are complied with, and all such advances or payments shall be deemed to have been made pursuant to this Agreement, provided Lender will consult with Borrower prior to doing so except in cases of emergency.

2.6.8 Borrower agrees that Lender shall assume no duty with respect to disbursement of the Loan Proceeds and that any sums disbursed by Lender in good faith and in reliance upon this Agreement, or the Security Instruments, shall be secured by the lien of the Security Instruments, and that Lender, in its discretion, may make such changes in the method of disbursing the Loan Proceeds and the conditions precedent thereto as Lender may deem reasonable.

2.6.9 With the exception of change orders of $10,000.00 or less in each instance up to an aggregate sum of $100,000.00, at no time shall Lender be under any obligation to make advances of the Loan Proceeds for any costs or expenses not specifically provided for in the Total Project Budget or for any costs or expenses in excess of the specific amount budgeted for such cost or expense in the Total Project Budget, all of which costs and expenses shall be promptly paid for by Borrower from Borrower's equity funds.

2.6.10 All interest payments due under the Note shall be paid by Borrower. Borrower shall not be reimbursed for interest payments allocable to periods prior to the commencement of construction of the Improvements. After the commencement of construction of the Improvements, advances from the Loan Proceeds for reimbursement of interest paid under the Note and for payment of other soft costs shall be made (i) only in conjunction with approved advances for hard construction costs and shall not be the basis for separate advances,
(ii) only to the extent provided for in the Total Project Budget, and (iii) only

12

if agreed to by Lender in accordance with Section 2.6.2.2 hereof.

2.6.11 Borrower shall promptly pay when due from Borrower's own funds, any costs for which Lender makes no advance pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

2.6.12 Any sum which, in accordance with any provision of this Agreement, shall be payable by Borrower to Lender, at the election of Lender, shall be deemed an advance by Lender to Borrower pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

2.6.13 If Borrower shall fail to promptly pay (i) any installment of interest due under the Note, (ii) any construction supervisory fee incurred by Lender pursuant to Section 2.6.3.3 hereof, (iii) any expenses incurred by Lender as set forth in Section 2.10 hereof (including without limiting the generality of the foregoing, legal fees) or (iv) any other sums due to Lender under the Note, this Agreement or any of the Security Instruments, Lender shall be authorized to charge Borrower's checking account with Lender for the amount so due without the further approval of Borrower.

2.6.14 Lender reserves the right to refuse to make any advance(s) of the Loan (i) if, in Lender's sole determination, to do so would result in the advance being made more than twenty-five (25) days after the last day of the period stated in an accurate, duly executed partial waiver and subordination of lien form in substantially the form provided by M.G.L. c.254, (S)32; (ii) if, in Lender's sole determination, to do so would jeopardize the priority of the liens granted to Lender pursuant to the Security Instruments; (iii) if, following Lender's request, Borrower fails to record, or to cause to be recorded, a bond pursuant to M.G.L. c.254, (S) 14 sufficient in form, substance and amount to dissolve any lien which may encumber the Premises; or (iv) if, in Lender's discretion, reasonably exercised, the Borrower's ability to repay the Loan is impaired; or (v) if there shall have been filed or recorded documents claiming a lien pursuant to M.G.L. c.254, (S)4, which lien or claim of lien is not dissolved or waived prior to or contemporaneously with said advance.

2.7 Insurance

Borrower shall maintain insurance at its own expense in the form, type (including without limitation, fire, extended coverage, liability, builder's risk. collapse, earthquake and workers' compensation) and amounts reasonably required by Lender, which insurance shall name Lender as an additional insured party and loss payee and shall (to the extent obtainable) provide that (i) such insurance may not be cancelled or amended without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender, and (ii) no act or omission or negligence of Borrower, its agents or employees, shall in any way affect the validity of such insurance insofar as Lender is concerned. Borrower has the right of free choice in the selection of the agent and insurer through or by which insurance required hereunder is to be placed; provided, however, that all such insurance coverage shall be written by a company with a general policyholder's rating of A or A+ in Best's latest Rating Guide. Certificates evidencing such insurance coverage shall be promptly delivered to Lender. If Borrower shall fail to provide the insurance herein required, Lender may procure same at Borrower's expense, and such expenditure shall be secured by the Security Instruments and be considered an advance by Lender to Borrower pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

13

2.8 Events of Default

The occurrence of any one of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

2.8.1 if Borrower fails to pay any principal, interest or late charge under the Note within ten (10) days of the date due or at stated maturity or by acceleration or pursuant to any prepayment requirements;

2.8.2 if Borrower fails to observe or perform any other covenant, condition or agreement on its part to be observed or performed under the provisions of the Note, this Agreement or any of the Security Instruments within thirty (30) days after the earlier of (a) the date of written notice of default to Borrower from Lender, or (b) the date on which Borrower knew or should have known of the existence of such failure;

2.8.3 if Borrower fails to pay any amount of money within ten (10) days of the date any such sum becomes due or fails to observe or perform any other covenant, condition or agreement which is the obligation of Borrower to the Lender under any other existing or future note, mortgage, agreement or obligation within thirty (30) days after the earlier of (a) the date of written notice of default to Borrower from Lender, or (b) the date on which Borrower knew or should have known of the existence of such failure;

2.8.4 if Borrower is unable to pay its debts generally as they become due; an involuntary petition against (if the same is not removed within thirty
(30) days), or a voluntary petition by, Borrower under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or insolvency law; if the Borrower makes any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or if any trustee, custodian, receiver or liquidator appointed for the Borrower or of all or any part of the Premises or any or all of the rents or income thereof and such appointment remains in effect for more than thirty (30) days;

2.8.5 if at any time title to the Premises and the Improvements is not satisfactory to Lender by reason of any lien, charge, encumbrance, title condition, or exception (other than exceptions contained in the said title insurance policy to be issued to Lender);

2.8.6 if the Title Insurance Company shall refuse to insure any advance made hereunder to be secured by the Mortgage as a valid second priority lien on the Premises and the Improvements (to the extent constructed and equipped);

2.8.7 if Borrower assigns or attempts to assign this Agreement, or any advance made or to be made hereunder, or any interest herein or therein, or if the Premises are conveyed or encumbered (except for the execution of leases consented to by Lender), in any way without the written consent of Lender;

2.8.8 if any survey, report, or examination, discloses that the Improvements, or any portion thereof, encroach upon or project over a street, or upon or over adjoining property, or violate any setback or other restriction, however created, or any zoning regulations, or any building restriction of any governmental authority having jurisdiction;

2.8.9 if, for any reason, construction of the Improvements had not been commenced within thirty (30) days of the date of this Agreement;

14

2.8.10 if the Improvements are materially damaged or destroyed by fire or otherwise in an amount exceeding $250,000.00 as determined by an independent insurance adjuster acceptable to Lender, and adequate insurance is not available to restore such damage within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of such damage or destruction (as a result of a determination of Lender pursuant to Section 2.4.11 not to make insurance proceeds available or for any other reason);

2.8.11 if Borrower or Contractor does not construct any of the Improvements substantially in accordance with the Plans previously furnished to and approved in writing by Lender, as the same may be amended and supplemented with the approval of Lender, and which have been. filed with and approved by all governmental authorities having jurisdiction with respect to the Premises;

2.8.12 if any representation or warranty herein, or in any report, certificate, financial statement, or other instrument furnished in connection with this Agreement or the advances made hereunder by or on behalf of Borrower shall prove to be false, misleading, or incomplete in any material respect;

2.8.13 if any mechanics', laborers', materialmen's, or similar statutory liens or any notice thereof shall be filed against the Premises and/or the Improvements and shall not be discharged, subordinated or dissolved within twenty (20) days of such filing;

2.8.14 if Borrower shall default in the due observance or performance of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement on its part to be paid. performed, or observed beyond any applicable grace or cure period;

2.8.15 if any Event of Default described in the Note or any of the Security Instruments shall occur or any breach or default in the observance or performance of any condition, term, agreement, or covenant contained in the Note or the Security Instruments, or any of them, or any other instrument securing the Note after giving effect to any grace or cure period contained therein shall occur;

2.8.16 if any voucher is submitted at any time which Borrower knows or has reason to know has not been earned by the payee for services performed or for materials used in or furnished with respect to the Improvements;

2.8.17 if any cessation occurs at any time in construction of the Improvements for more than two (2) weeks except for strikes, riots, or other causes beyond Borrower's control, or if any substantial change is made in the schedule for the construction thereof from that provided in the Plans or this Agreement;

2.8.18 if the cost to complete the Improvements, as estimated by Lender in good faith, at any time appears likely to exceed the balance of funds retained by Lender after deducting from the amount hereof the total of unpaid vouchers outstanding, and Borrower fails to pay the deficiency as required by
Section 2.5.3.4 hereof;

2.8.19 if Borrower requests a termination of the Loan or confesses inability to continue performance in accordance with this Agreement; or

15

2.8.20 if at any time Borrower permits any transfer, sale, redemption, retirement, or other change in the ownership of more than forty-nine percent (49%) of the outstanding voting stock of Borrower.

2.8.21 if IP Fibre Devices (UK) Limited defaults on its obligations under, or terminates or attempts to terminate, the Corporate Guaranty;

2.8.22 if Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev defaults on his obligations under, or terminates or attempts to terminate, the Individual Guaranty; or

2.8.23 the occurrence of a default or event of default under any of the Security Instruments beyond any applicable grace period.

2.9 Lender's Rights and Remedies Upon Default

2.9.1 Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default as hereinabove referred to in Section 2.8, all obligations on the part of Lender to make advances under this Agreement, if Lender so elects, shall cease and terminate, and, at the option of Lender, the Note shall become immediately due and payable, and Lender shall thereupon be authorized and empowered to exercise any rights of foreclosure or as otherwise provided for the realization of any security for the Note covered by any of the Security Instruments; but Lender may make any advances or portions of advances, after the occurrence of any such Event of Default, without thereby waiving its right to demand payment of Borrower's indebtedness evidenced by the Note and secured by the Security Instruments, and without becoming liable to make any other or further advances as hereinabove contemplated by this Agreement.

2.9.2 In addition to the remedies hereinabove provided, upon the occurrence of any one or more of the Events of Default, Lender shall be authorized and empowered, at its election, (i) to enter upon the Premises and construct, equip and/or complete the Improvements in accordance with the Plans, with such changes therein as Lender may from time to time, in its sole discretion, deem appropriate, and to appoint watchmen to protect the Improvements, all at the risk, cost and expense of Borrower; (ii) to discontinue, at any time, any work with respect to the Improvements commenced by it or change any course of action undertaken by it in connection therewith, and shall not be bound by any limitations or requirements of time, whether set forth herein or otherwise; and/or (iii) to assume any construction contract or related agreement made by Borrower in any way pertaining to the Improvements and to take over and use all or any part or parts of the labor, materials, supplies, and equipment contracted for by Borrower, whether or not previously incorporated into the Improvements, all in the sole discretion of Lender.

2.9.3 In connection with any construction, equipping, and/or completion of the Improvements undertaken by Lender pursuant to the provisions of Subsection 2.9.2 (but without intending hereby to limit the powers and discretions conferred by said subsection), Lender may engage builders, contractors, architects, engineers, and others for the purpose of furnishing labor, materials, and equipment for the Improvements; pay, settle, or compromise all bills or claims which may become liens against the Improvements and the Premises or which have been or shall be incurred in any manner in connection with such construction, equipping, and/or completion of the Improvements; and take such action or refrain from acting hereunder as Lender may, in its sole discretion, from time to time determine, without limitation, to carry out the intent of this Section 2.9.

16

2.9.4 Borrower shall be liable to Lender for all costs paid or incurred for the construction, completion, and/or equipping of the Improvements, whether the same shall be paid or incurred pursuant to the provisions of Subsections 2.9.2 or 2.9.3, or otherwise, and all payments made or liabilities incurred by Lender hereunder of any kind whatsoever shall be paid by Borrower to Lender on demand, with interest to the date of payment at the rate set forth in the Note and shall be secured by the Security Instruments.

2.9.5 Upon the occurrence of any of the Events of Default, the rights, powers, and privileges provided in this Section 2.9 and all other remedies available to Lender under this Agreement or at law or in equity may be exercised by Lender at any time and from time to time, whether or not the indebtedness evidenced and secured by the Note and the Security Instruments shall be due and payable, and whether or not Lender shall have instituted any foreclosure proceedings or other action for the enforcement of its rights under the Note or any of the Security Instruments.

2.9.6 For the purpose of carrying out the provisions and exercising the rights, powers and privileges granted by this Section 2.9, Borrower hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Lender its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, and with full power of substitution, to execute, acknowledge, and deliver any instruments, and do and perform any acts which are referred to in this Section 2.9 in the name and behalf of Borrower. The power vested in said attorney-in-fact is, and shall be deemed to be, coupled with an interest and cannot be revoked.

2.10 Expenses of Lender

Borrower shall pay Lender, on demand, any and all expenses incurred or paid by Lender which relates to this loan transaction, this Agreement, the Note, and any Security Instruments, including (without limitation) the examination of title to the Premises, the cost of title insurance, charges for examining public records in connection with advances from the Loan Proceeds, inspections, drawing of papers, recording and filing fees, revenue stamps, if any, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel and Lender's construction representative. At Lender's election all of such fees or expenses may be paid from the Loan Proceeds hereunder and in such event, shall constitute additional indebtedness of Borrower evidenced by the Note and secured by the Security Instruments.

2.11 Assignment of This Agreement

Lender may assign, negotiate, or pledge all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement or any of its rights or security with respect to the Note and the Security Instruments, and, in case of such assignment, Borrower shall accord full recognition thereto. Borrower shall not assign or attempt to assign directly or indirectly, any of its rights under this Agreement or under any instrument referred to herein without the prior written consent of Lender.

2.12 General Provisions

2.12.1 The captions in this instrument are for convenience and reference only and do not define, limit, or describe the scope of the provisions hereof.

2.12.2 The terms, covenants, agreements, and conditions contained herein shall extend to, include and inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon Borrower and Lender and their respective heirs, executors, administrators,

17

successors and assigns, and may not be terminated, changed, or amended orally.

2.12.3 Any notice, demand, request, instruction, document, or other communication to be given hereunder or in connection herewith shall be in writing and sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

If to Lender:     FAMILY BANK, FSB
                  370 Main Street
                  Worcester, MA 01608
                  Attention: Senior Commercial Loan Officer

with a copy to:   George W. Tetler III, Esquire
                  Bowditch & Dewey, LLP
                  311 Main Street
                  Worcester, MA 01608

If to Borrower:   IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
                  660 Main Street
                  Sturbridge Business Park
                  P.O. Box 519
                  Sturbridge, MA 01566
                  Attention: Controller

with a copy to:   Joel P. Greene, Esquire
                  Lane, Greene, Murtha & Edwards, LLP
                  446 Main Street, Suite 1500
                  Worcester, MA 01608

Any party may change the address to which notices are to be sent to it by giving written notice of such change of address to the other party in the manner herein provided for giving notice. Any such notice, demand, request, or other communication shall be deemed given when mailed as aforesaid.

2.12.4 BORROWER AND LENDER MUTUALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY, WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING, WHETHER CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM, BROUGHT OR INSTITUTED BY ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THEIR SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, WHICH RELATES DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE SECURITY INSTRUMENTS, THE OBLIGATIONS, OR THE RELATIONSHIP BY AND AMONG BORROWER, ANY CO-OBLIGOR OR GUARANTOR, LENDER AND/OR ANY OR ALL OF THEM.

2.12.5 This Agreement has been made in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and the provisions thereof shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as a sealed instrument as of the day and year first above written.

FAMILY BANK, FSB

                                        By /s/ Douglas J. G. MacLean
-------------------------------------      -------------------------------------
Witness                                    Douglas J. G. MacLean, Vice President

18

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

/s/ Joel P. Greene                      By /s/ Valentin P. Gapontsev
-------------------------------------      -------------------------------------
Witness                                    Valentin P. Gapontsev, Its President

19

EXHIBIT A

The land in Oxford, Worcester County, Massachusetts situated on the easterly side of Old Webster Road and being shown as two (2) parcels of land on a plan entitled "Boundary Plan prepared to Elmar Realty Trust, by CME Associates, Inc., Engineers & Planners, Southbridge, Massachusetts, Scale 1" = 100, dated October 1, 1999", recorded with the Worcester Registry of Deeds in Plan Book 748, Plan 89, and shown as "N/F Elmar Realty Trust, area = 2.4 acres" and "N/F Elmar Realty Trust, area = 34.0 Acres, more or less".

Together with all rights of the Borrower, if any, in and to the French River.

BEING the same premises conveyed to the Borrower by deed of Elmar Realty Trust dated November 11, 1999 and recorded with the Worcester Registry of Deeds in Book 22042, Page 324.

20

EXHIBIT B

PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS

DELIVERED DIRECTLY TO THE LENDER

21

EXHIBIT C

PERMITTED EXCEPTIONS

NONE

22

EXHIBIT D

TOTAL PROJECT BUDGET

DELIVERED DIRECTLY TO THE LENDER

23

EXHIBIT 10.19

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of November 15, 2004 is by and between IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation with a principal place of business at 50 Old Webster Road, Oxford, Massachusetts 01540 (the "Borrower") and BANKNORTH, N.A., a national banking association with its principal office at 370 Main Street, Worcester, Massachusetts 01608 (the "Lender").

WITNESSETH:

BACKGROUND. The Borrower has requested the Lender to lend it up to the sum of $3,000,000.00 on a revolving line of credit basis (the "Loan"), and the Lender is willing to do so upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises herein contained, and each intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1.0 DEFINITIONS

As used herein:

"Accounts", "Chattel Paper", "Collateral", "Commercial Tort Claims", "Contracts", "Deposit Accounts", "Documents", "Electronic Chattel Paper", "Equipment", "Financial Assets", "Fixtures", "General Intangibles", "Goods", "Instruments", "Inventory", "Investment Property", "Letter-of-Credit-Rights", "Payment Intangibles", "Promissory Notes", "Supporting Obligations" and "Tangible Chattel Paper" shall have the same respective meanings as are given to those terms in the Uniform Commercial Code as presently in effect in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, if not otherwise defined in this Agreement.

"Affiliate" means, as to any Person, each other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or under common control with, such Person.

"Agreement" means this Loan and Security Agreement (together with any and all schedules and exhibits attached from time to time hereto), as the same may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented.

"Blocked Account Deposit Agreement" means the Blocked Account Deposit Agreement dated as of January 16, 2002 between the Borrower and the Lender with respect to the Blocked Account, as amended by a First Amendment to and Ratification of Blocked Account Deposit Agreement dated as of even date herewith in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.01(A).

"Blocked Account" means Money Market Deposit Account No. 8720483150, IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION for the benefit of Banknorth, N.A., Blocked Account.

"Borrowing Base" means, at any time, the amount computed on the Borrowing Base Certificate most recently delivered to, and accepted by, the Lender in accordance with this Agreement and equal to the lesser of:

(A) $3,000,000.00; or

(B) Seventy-five percent (75%) of the Eligible Accounts of the Borrower.


"Borrowing Base Certificate" means a fully completed certificate in the form of Exhibit 1.01(B) to this Agreement, and to include the worksheets, supporting documentation and schedules as may be required by the Lender, certified by the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Borrower to be correct and delivered to, and accepted by, the Lender pursuant to Section 3.01(Q) or Section 6.01(B)(7).

"Business Day" means a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a day on which commercial banks in Worcester, Massachusetts are authorized to close.

"Change in Control" means any circumstance by which forty-nine percent (49%) or more of the aggregate voting power of the Borrower's voting stock is directly or indirectly transferred from the current ownership of such voting power of the voting stock of the Borrower.

"Closing" has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.01.

"Collateral" has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.01.

"Current Assets" means, at any time, all assets that, in accordance with GAAP, should be classified as current assets on a balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

"Demand Note" means the Demand Note referred to in Section 2.03.

"Eligible Account" means, at any time, an Account that the Lender in its sole discretion, determines is eligible for inclusion in the Borrowing Base and that conforms and continues to conform to each of the following conditions:

(A) The Account arose from a bona fide outright sale of Goods by the Borrower or from services performed by the Borrower, and such Goods have been shipped to the appropriate account debtors or their designees (or the sale has otherwise been consummated), or the services have been performed for the appropriate account debtors;

(B) The Account is based upon an enforceable order or contract, written or oral, for Goods shipped or held or for services performed, and the same were shipped, held, or performed in accordance with such order or contract;

(C) The title of the Borrower to the Account and, except as to the account debtor, to any Goods is absolute and is not subject to any prior assignment, claim, lien, or security interest, except Permitted Liens;

(D) The amount shown on the books of the Borrower and on any invoice or statement delivered to the Lender is owing to the Borrower, less any partial payment that has been made thereon by anyone;

(E) The Account is not subject to any claim of reduction, counterclaim, set-off, recoupment, or any claim for credits, allowances, or adjustments by the account debtor because of returned, inferior, or damaged Goods or unsatisfactory services, or for any other reason, except for customary discounts not to exceed two percent (2%) allowed for prompt payment;

(F) The account debtor has not returned or refused to retain, or otherwise notified the Borrower of any dispute concerning, or claimed nonconformity of, any of the Goods or services from the sale of which the Account arose;

(G) The Account is due and payable not more than sixty (60) days from the date of the invoice therefor;

2

(H) The Account is not more than sixty (60) days past due nor outstanding more than ninety (90) days from the date of the invoice therefor;

(I) The Account is not with an account debtor which has outstanding, at any time, fifty percent (50%) or more of its accounts on an aggregate basis for a period of ninety (90) days from the date of the invoice therefor;

(J) The Account does not arise out of a contract with, or order from, an account debtor that, by its terms, forbids or makes void or unenforceable the assignment by the Borrower to the Lender of the Account arising with respect thereto;

(K) The Borrower has not received any note, trade acceptance, draft, or other Instrument with respect to, or in payment of, the Account, nor any Chattel Paper with respect to the Goods giving rise to the Account, unless, if any such Instrument or Chattel Paper has been received, the Borrower immediately notifies the Lender and, at the latter's request, endorses or assigns and delivers the same to the Lender and the Lender accepts same;

(L) The Borrower has not received any notice of the death of the account debtor or a partner thereof; nor of the dissolution, termination of existence, insolvency, business failure, appointment of a receiver for any part of the property of, assignment for the benefit of creditors by, or the filing of a petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against, the account debtor. Upon the receipt by the Borrower of any such notice, it will immediately give the Lender written advice thereof;

(M) The account debtor is not an officer, agent, employee, shareholder (other than JDS Uniphase), director, Subsidiary or other Affiliate of, or a sales representative for, the Borrower; and

(N) The Lender has not deemed such Account ineligible because of uncertainty about the creditworthiness of the account debtor or because the Lender determines, in the exercise of its business judgment, otherwise reasonably considers the collateral value thereof to the Lender to be impaired or its ability to realize such value to be insecure.

In addition to the foregoing, Eligible Account shall mean any amount receivable by the Borrower under any insurance policy covering Goods which have, within the preceding forty-five (45) days, been damaged or destroyed by fire or other direct casualty loss, provided that a claim therefor has been made in compliance with such insurance policy, to the extent that such claim has not been in any way denied or contested by the insurer and provided that such insurer, if such insurer were an account debtor of the Borrower, would be a qualified account debtor under this Section.

The enumeration of the aforementioned conditions shall not in any way alter the right of the Lender, in its sole discretion, to exclude any Account from being an Eligible Account for any purposes hereunder.

In the event of any dispute under the foregoing criteria as to whether an Account is or has ceased to be an Eligible Account, the decision of the Lender shall control.

"Event of Default" has the meaning provided in Section 7.01.

"Financial Statements" means those financial statements presented to the Lender by the Borrower in connection with the underwriting of the Loan as more particularly described in Exhibit 1.01(C) attached hereto.

3

"Financing Statements" means those certain Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statements duly authorized and authenticated by the Borrower and duly filed or recorded for the benefit of the Lender, as from time to time supplemented or amended.

"Fixed Assets" means, at any time, all assets (other than Current Assets) that should, in accordance with GAAP, be classified as assets on a balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles applied consistently, with such changes or modifications thereto as may be approved in writing by the Lender.

"Guarantor" means Valentin P. Gapontsev.

"Guaranty" means with respect to the Guarantor, a duly authorized and executed Limited Guaranty dated as of even date herewith in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.01(D), as may be ratified or amended from time to time.

"Indebtedness" means, as to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, all items of indebtedness, obligation or liability whether joint or several, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, direct or contingent, including without limitation:

(A) All indebtedness guarantied, directly or indirectly, in any manner, or endorsed (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business) or discounted with recourse;

(B) All indebtedness in effect guarantied, directly or indirectly, through agreements, contingent or otherwise: (1) to purchase such indebtedness; or (2) to purchase, sell, or lease (as lessee or lessor) property, products, materials, or supplies or to purchase or sell services, primarily for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of such indebtedness or to insure the owner of the indebtedness against loss; or (3) to supply funds to, or in any other manner invest in, the debtor;

(C) All indebtedness secured by (or for which the holder of such indebtedness has a right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest, or other charge or encumbrance upon property owned or acquired subject thereto, whether or not the liabilities secured thereby have been assumed; and

(D) All indebtedness incurred as the lessee of goods or services under leases that, in accordance with GAAP, should not be reflected on the lessee's balance sheet.

"Intellectual Property" means trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade styles, logos, goodwill, trade secrets, patents, applications, and licenses acquired under any statutory, common law or registration process in any state or nation at any time, or under any agreement executed with any person or entity at any time. The term "license" refers not only to rights granted by agreement from the owner of patents, trade marks, service marks and the like, but also to rights granted by a franchisor under a franchise or similar agreement. The foregoing enumeration is not intended as a limitation of the meaning of the word "license".

"Intercreditor Agreement" means that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of November 15, 2004 by and between the Lender and JDS Uniphase, as from time to time amended.

4

"IP Fibre Devices" means IP Fibre Devices (UK) Limited, a company registered in England and Wales with Company Number 2989622, whose registered office is at Stuart House, 59 Catherine Place, London.

"IP Fibre Devices Subordination Agreement" means that certain Subordination Agreement by and between IP Fibre Devices and the Lender dated as of November 15, 2004, as from time to time amended.

"JDS Uniphase" means JDS Uniphase Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

"JDS Uniphase Subordination Agreement" means that certain Subordination Agreement by and between JDS Uniphase and the Lender dated as of November 15, 2004, as from time to time amended.

"Laws" means all ordinances, statutes, rules, regulations, orders, injunctions, writs, or decrees of any government or political subdivision or agency thereof, or of any court or similar entity established by any thereof.

"Liabilities" means all Indebtedness that, in accordance with GAAP, should be classified as liabilities on a balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

"Loan Documents" includes the Notes, the Guaranty, the Blocked Account Deposit Agreement, the Mortgage and the documents, whether deliverable at or after the Closing, required under Article 4.0.

"Mortgage" means that certain Mortgage and Security Agreement dated as of April 28, 2000 and recorded with the Worcester District Registry of Deeds (the "Registry") in Book 22541, Page 78 as amended by First Amendment to Mortgage and Security Agreement dated as of April 10, 2001 and recorded with the Registry in Book 23885, Page 74, and by Second Amendment to Mortgage and Security Agreement dated as of even date herewith, to be recorded with the Registry, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.01(E), as from time to time supplemented or amended.

"Mortgage Note" means that certain Promissory Note dated April 10, 2001 in the face amount of $8,560,000.00 issued by the Borrower to the Lender.

"Mortgaged Property" means the property owned by the Borrower and located on Old Webster Road, Oxford, Massachusetts, as such term is defined in the Mortgage.

"Notes" means the Demand Note and the Mortgage Note, individually and collectively.

"Obligations" is intended to be used in its most comprehensive sense and means the obligation of the Borrower to the Lender of whatever kind and description, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, primary or secondary, joint or several, due or to become due, or held or to be held by, the Lender for its own account or as agent for another or others, whether created directly or acquired by assignment or otherwise and howsoever evidenced, whether now existing or hereafter incurred or acquired and whether by way of loan, guaranty, discount, letter of credit, lease or otherwise, including without limitation, the following obligations:

(A) To pay the principal of, and interest on, the Notes in accordance with the terms thereof and to satisfy all other liabilities to the Lender, whether hereunder or otherwise, whether now existing or hereafter incurred, matured or unmatured, direct or contingent, joint or several, including any extensions, modifications, renewals thereof and substitutions therefor.

5

(B) To repay to the Lender all amounts advanced by the Lender hereunder or otherwise on behalf of the Borrower, including, but without limitation, advances for principal or interest payments to prior secured parties, mortgagees, or lienors, or for taxes, levies, insurance, rent, or repairs to, or maintenance or storage of, any of the Collateral;

(C) To perform and observe all covenants, agreements and undertakings of the Borrower pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Notes, the Loan Documents or any other agreement or instrument now or hereafter delivered to the Lender by the Borrower;

(D) All obligations under any interest rate swap agreement, foreign exchange contract, any cap, floor or hedging agreement or other similar agreement, or other financial agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Borrower against fluctuations in any interest rate charged by the Lender under the Notes or otherwise, including any obligations of the Borrower arising out of or in connection with any Automated Clearing House ("ACH") Agreement relating to the processing of ACH transactions, together with all fees, expenses, charges and other amounts owing by or chargeable to the Borrower under any ACH Agreement;

(E) All obligations to reimburse the Lender, on demand, in connection with overdrafts and other amounts due to the Lender under any existing or future agreements relating to cash management services; and

(F) All obligations to reimburse the Lender, on demand, for all of the Lender's expenses and costs, including without limitation the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel, in connection with the preparation, administration, amendment, modification, or enforcement of this Agreement and the documents required hereunder or related hereto, including, without limitation, any proceeding brought, or threatened, to enforce payment of any of the obligations referred to in the foregoing Paragraphs (A) through (E).

"Perfection Certificate" means a duly authorized and executed Perfection Certificate from the Borrower in the form of Exhibit 1.01(F) to this Agreement.

"Permitted Investments" means: (a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof; (b) without limiting the provisions of paragraph (d) below, investments in commercial paper maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, a rating of at least "A-2" or the equivalent thereof from Standard & Poor's Corporation or of at least "P-2" or the equivalent thereof from Moody's Investors Service, Inc.; (c) investments in certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances and time deposits (including Eurodollar time deposits) maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with (i) the Lender or (ii) any domestic office of any other commercial bank of recognized standing organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof that has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $250,000,000 and is the principal banking Subsidiary of a bank holding company having a long-term unsecured debt rating of at least "A-2" or the equivalent thereof from Standard & Poor's Corporation or at least "P-2" or the equivalent thereof from Moody's Investors Service, Inc.; (d) investments in commercial paper maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and issued by (i) the holding company of the Lender or (ii) the holding company of any other commercial bank of recognized standing organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof that has

6

(A) a combined capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000 and (B) commercial paper rated at least "A-2" or the equivalent thereof from Standard & Poor's Corporation or of at least "P-2" or the equivalent thereof from Moody's Investors Service, Inc.; (e) investments in repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (a) above entered into with any office of a bank or trust company meeting the qualifications specified in clause (c) above; (f) investments in money markets funds substantially all the assets of which are comprised of securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (e) above.

"Permitted Liens" means:

(A) Liens for taxes, assessments, or similar charges, incurred in the ordinary course of business, that are not yet due and payable;

(B) Pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure payment of worker's compensation, or to participate in any fund in connection with worker's compensation, unemployment insurance, old-age pensions, or other social security programs;

(C) Liens of mechanics, materialmen, repairmen, warehousemen, carriers, or other like liens, securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business that are not yet due and payable;

(D) Good faith pledges or deposits not exceeding an aggregate amount of $150,000.00 made in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or leases, not in excess of thirty percent (30%) of the aggregate amount due thereunder, or to secure statutory obligations, or surety, appeal, indemnity, performance, or other similar bonds required in the ordinary course of business;

(E) Encumbrances consisting of zoning restrictions, easements, or other restrictions on the use of real property, none of which materially impairs the use of such property by the Borrower in the operation of its business, and none of which is violated in any material respect by existing or proposed structures or land use;

(F) Liens in favor of the Lender;

(G) Existing liens set forth or described on Exhibit 1.01(G), attached hereto and made a part hereof;

(H) Purchase money security interests granted to secure not more than seventy-five percent (75%) of the purchase price of assets, the purchase of which does not violate this Agreement or any instrument required hereunder; and

(I) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.02(K) of this Agreement;

(J) The following, if the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate and lawful proceedings, so long as levy and execution thereon have been stayed and continue to be stayed and they do not, in the aggregate, materially detract from the value of the property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its business:

(1) Claims or liens for taxes, assessments, or charges due and payable and subject to interest or penalty;

7

(2) Claims, liens and encumbrances upon, and defects of title to, real or personal property, including any attachment of personal or real property or other legal process prior to adjudication of a dispute on the merits;

(3) Claims or liens of mechanics, materialmen, warehousemen, carriers, or other like liens; and

(4) Adverse judgments on appeal.

"Person" means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, joint venture, court, or government or political subdivision or agency thereof.

"Records" means correspondence, memoranda, tapes, discs, papers, books and other documents, or transcribed information of any type, whether expressed in ordinary or machine readable language.

"Stockholders' Equity" means, at any time the aggregate of Subordinated Indebtedness, plus the sum of the following accounts set forth on a balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP: (A) the par or stated value of all outstanding capital stock; (B) capital surplus; and (C) retained earnings.

"Subordinated Indebtedness" means all Indebtedness incurred at any time by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, the repayment of which is subordinated to the Loan in form and manner satisfactory to the Lender. All currently existing Subordinated Indebtedness is so specified in Exhibit 1.01(H).

"Subordination Agreements" means each and every of the Intercreditor Agreement, the JDS Uniphase Subordination Agreement and the IP Fibre Devices Subordination Agreement.

"Subsidiary" means any Affiliate organized in any state or territory of the United States of America that is directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controlled by the Borrower or not less than 50% of the voting interest of which is owned, directly or through one or more intermediaries, by the Borrower.

1.02 Accounting.

Accounting terms used and not otherwise defined in this Agreement have the meanings determined by, and all calculations with respect to accounting or financial matters unless otherwise provided herein shall be computed in accordance with, GAAP.

ARTICLE 2.0 THE LOAN

2.01 Disbursement of the Loan.

The Lender will credit the proceeds of the Loan to the Borrower's deposit account with the Lender.

2.02 General Terms.

Subject to the terms hereof, the Lender will lend the Borrower, from time to time until the earlier of the date the Lender makes demand on the Demand Note or the occurrence of an Event of Default, such sums as the Borrower may request by reasonable same day notice to the Lender, received by

8

the Lender not later than 11:00 A.M. of such day, but which shall not exceed, in the aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding, the lesser of the then existing Borrowing Base or $3,000,000.00 (the "Line of Credit Commitment"). The Borrower may borrow, repay without penalty or premium and reborrow hereunder, from the date of this Agreement until the earlier the date the Lender makes demand on the Demand Note or the occurrence of an Event of Default, the lesser of the then existing Borrowing Base or the Line of Credit Commitment in integral multiples of $50,000.00. It is the intention of the parties that the outstanding principal amount of the Loan shall at no time exceed the amount of the then existing Borrowing Base, and if, at any time, an excess shall for any reason exist, the full amount of such excess, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon as herein provided, shall be immediately due and payable in full.

2.03 The Demand Note.

The Line of Credit Commitment shall be evidenced by a note, payable on demand, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2.03.

2.04 Interest Rate and Payments of Interest.

(A) Interest shall be paid as follows:

(1) Except as otherwise provided under Section 2.04(B), interest on the principal balance of the Loan from time to time outstanding will be payable at the rate(s) of interest and in the manner set forth in the Notes.

(2) Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year, counting the actual number of days elapsed, and shall be payable monthly in arrears on the first day of each month and at maturity, whether by acceleration or otherwise.

(B) All agreements between or among the Borrower, the Guarantor and the Lender are hereby expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever, whether by reason of acceleration of maturity of the indebtedness evidenced by the Notes, this Agreement, or otherwise, shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid to the Lender for the use or the forbearance of the indebtedness evidenced by the Notes, this Agreement, or otherwise, exceed the maximum permissible under applicable law. As used herein, the term "applicable law" shall mean the law in effect as of the date hereof provided, however that in the event there is a change in the law which results in a higher permissible rate of interest, then the Notes shall be governed by such new law as of its effective date. In this regard, it is expressly agreed that it is the intent of the Borrower and the Lender in the execution, delivery and acceptance of the Notes and this Agreement to contract in strict compliance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts from time to time in effect. If, under or from any circumstances whatsoever, fulfillment of any provision hereof or of the Notes or any of the Loan Documents or other financing instruments executed in connection herewith at the time of performance of such provision shall be due, shall involve transcending the limit of such validity prescribed by applicable law, then the obligation to be fulfilled shall automatically be reduced to the limits of such validity, and if under or from circumstances whatsoever the Lender should ever receive as interest an amount which would exceed the highest lawful rate, such amount which would be excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of the principal balance evidenced by the Notes and not to the payment of interest.

9

This provision shall control every other provision of all agreements between or among the Borrower, the Guarantor and the Lender.

2.05 Payment to the Lender.

The Lender shall send the Borrower statements of all amounts due hereunder, which statements shall be considered correct and conclusively binding on the Borrower absent manifest error unless the Borrower notifies the Lender to the contrary within thirty (30) days of its receipt of any statement that it deems to be incorrect. Alternatively, at its sole discretion, the Lender may charge against any deposit account of the Borrower all or any part of any amount due hereunder.

ARTICLE 3.0 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

The obligation of the Lender to make the Loan is subject to the following conditions precedent:

3.01 Documents Required for the Closing.

The Borrower shall have delivered to the Lender, prior to the initial disbursement of the Loan (the "Closing"), the following:

(A) The Demand Note duly executed by the Borrower, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2.03;

(B) A duly executed Second Amendment to Mortgage and Security Agreement from the Borrower in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.01(E);

(C) the duly executed Subordination Agreements;

(D) A duly executed Perfection Certificate from the Borrower in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.01(F);

(E) The Guaranty duly executed by the Guarantor in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.01(D);

(F) A First Amendment to and Ratification of Blocked Account Deposit Agreement duly executed by the Borrower in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.01(A);

(G) The Financing Statements and other instruments required by Article 4.0;

(H) A copy, certified as of the date of the Closing, of resolutions of the board of directors of the Borrower, authorizing the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement, the Demand Note, the Loan Documents, and each other document to be delivered pursuant hereto;

(I) A copy, certified as of the date of the Closing, of the bylaws of the Borrower;

(J) A certificate (dated the date of the Closing) of the corporate secretary or assistant secretary of the Borrower as to the incumbency and signatures of the officers of the Borrower signing this Agreement, the Demand Note, the Loan Documents, and each other document to be delivered pursuant hereto;

(K) A copy, certified as of the most recent date practicable by the Secretary of the State of Delaware, of the Articles of Incorporation of the Borrower, and all amendments thereto, together with a certificate (dated the

10

date of the Closing) of the corporate secretary or assistant secretary of the Borrower to the effect that such Articles of Incorporation have not been further amended since the date of the aforesaid certification of the Secretary of the State of Delaware;

(L) Certificates of tax and corporate good standing dated as of the most recent date practicable, issued by the Commissioner of the Department of Revenue and the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as to the tax good standing and the legal existence and good legal standing, respectively, of the Borrower;

(M) Certificates, as of the most recent dates practicable, of the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and of the secretary of state of each other state in which the Borrower is qualified as a foreign corporation and, if applicable, of the department of revenue or taxation of each of the foregoing states, as to the good standing of the Borrower;

(N) A written opinion of legal counsel to the Borrower dated the date of the Closing and addressed to the Lender, in form satisfactory to the Lender and its counsel;

(O) A certificate, dated the date of the Closing, signed by the chief executive officer, the president or a vice president of the Borrower and to the effect that:

(1) The representations and warranties set forth in Section 5.01 are true as of the date of the Closing; and

(2) No Event of Default hereunder, and no event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time or both, would become such an Event of Default, has occurred as of such date;

(P) Copies of all documents evidencing the terms and conditions of any debt specified as Subordinated Indebtedness on Exhibit 1.01(H); and

(Q) A duly executed Borrowing Base Certificate as of a date not more than one (1) day prior to the Closing, acceptable to the Lender and certifying a Borrowing Base of not less than $3,057,559.62.

3.02 Documents Required for Subsequent Disbursements.

At the time of, and as a condition to, any disbursement of any part of the Loan to be made by the Lender subsequent to the Closing, the Lender may require the Borrower to deliver to the Lender a certificate, dated the date on which any such disbursement is to be made, signed by the chief executive officer, the president or a vice president of the Borrower, and to the effect that:

(A) As of the date thereof, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and no event has occurred and is continuing that, but for the giving of notice or passage of time or both, would be an Event of Default;

(B) No material adverse change has occurred in the financial condition or results of operations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, considered as a whole, since the date of the Financial Statements; and

(C) Each of the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.01 is true and correct in all material respects as if made on and as of the date of such disbursement (except for such representations and warranties made as of a particular date).

11

3.03 Certain Events.

At the time of, and as a condition to, the Closing and each disbursement of any part of the Loan to be made by the Lender at or subsequent to the Closing:

(A) No Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and no event shall have occurred and be continuing that, with the giving of notice or passage of time or both, would be an Event of Default;

(B) No material adverse change shall have occurred in the financial condition or results of operations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, considered as a whole, since the dates of the Financial Statements; and

(C) All of the Loan Documents shall have remained in full force and effect.

3.04 Legal Matters.

At the time of the Closing and, at the discretion of the Lender, at the time of each subsequent disbursement, all legal matters incidental thereto shall be satisfactory to Bowditch & Dewey, LLP, legal counsel to the Lender.

ARTICLE 4.0 COLLATERAL SECURITY

4.01 Composition of the Collateral.

The property in which a security interest is granted pursuant to the provisions of Sections 4.02 and 4.03 and pursuant to the Loan Documents is herein collectively called the "Collateral". The Collateral, together with all other property of the Borrower of any kind held by the Lender, shall stand as one general, continuing collateral security for all Obligations and may be retained by the Lender until all Obligations have been satisfied in full, but subject to Section 4.07 hereof.

4.02 Rights in Property Held by the Lender.

As security for the prompt satisfaction of all Obligations, the Borrower hereby assigns, transfers, and sets over to the Lender all of its right, title, and interest in and to, and grants the Lender a lien on and a security interest in, all amounts that may be owing, from time to time, by the Lender to the Borrower in any capacity, including, but without limitation, any balance or share belonging to the Borrower, or any deposit or other account with the Lender, which lien and security interest shall be independent of, and in addition to, any right of set-off that the Lender has under Section 8.06 or otherwise. The Lender's security interest in the Blocked Account shall be subject to the provisions of the Blocked Account Agreement.

4.03 Rights in Property Held Either by the Borrower or by the Lender.

As further security for the prompt satisfaction of all of the Obligations, the Borrower hereby assigns to the Lender all of its right, title and interest in and to, and grants the Lender a lien upon and a continuing security interest in all assets of every type and description, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, together with all substitutions and replacements therefor, accessions thereto, and proceeds (including, but without limitation, insurance proceeds) and products thereof, including, without limitation, the following:

(A) All Inventory;

12

(B) All Accounts, Deposit Accounts, Contracts, accounts receivable, contract rights, and Chattel Paper, regardless whether they constitute proceeds of other Collateral;

(C) All Investment Property, securities entitlements and Financial Assets, and all General Intangibles (including Payment Intangibles), regardless whether they constitute proceeds of other Collateral, including, without limitation, all the Borrower's rights (which the Lender may exercise or not as it in its sole discretion may determine) to acquire or obtain Goods and/or services with respect to the manufacture, processing, storage, sale, shipment, delivery or installation of any of the Borrower's Inventory or other Collateral; all Payment Intangibles; and including any and all right, title and interest of the Borrower in, to or under any and all licenses, franchises, permits and approvals obtained or required in connection with Borrower's business operations;

(D) All rights to payment of any insurance proceeds or awards for damages in connection with any condemnations or takings of any interest in and to any real or personal property, wherever located, or any conveyance in lieu thereof;

(E) All products of and accessions to any of the Collateral;

(F) All liens, guaranties, securities, rights, remedies and privileges pertaining to any of the Collateral, including the right of stoppage in transit;

(G) All obligations owing to the Borrower of every kind and nature, and all choses in action, all Commercial Tort Claims, all Letter-of-Credit Rights and all Supporting Obligations;

(H) All tax refunds of every kind and nature to which the Borrower is now or hereafter may become entitled no matter however arising, including, without limitation, loss carry back refunds;

(I) All Intellectual Property, goodwill, trade secrets, computer programs, source codes, licenses, customer lists, trade names, copyrights, trademarks and patents, all domain names, internet web sites and other rights;

(J) All Chattel Paper (including Electronic Chattel Paper and Tangible Chattel Paper), Documents and Instruments, including Promissory Notes (whether negotiable or non-negotiable, and regardless of their being attached to Chattel Paper) and all money, cash and coins;

(K) All Equipment, including without limitation machinery, furniture, motor vehicles, Fixtures and all other goods used in the conduct of the business of the Borrower;

(L) All insurance policies and all proceeds of Collateral of every kind and nature and in whatever form, including without limitation both cash and non-cash proceeds resulting or arising from the rendering of services by the Borrower or the sale or other disposition by the Borrower of the Inventory or other Collateral and including all insurance proceeds;

(M) All books and records, magnetic tapes, electronic data, computer records and discs relating to the conduct of the Borrower's business including, without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, those relating to its Accounts;

13

(N) All Deposit Accounts maintained by the Borrower with any bank, trust company, credit union, investment firm or fund, or any similar institution or organization; and

(O) All property of the Borrower in the possession of the Lender, including without limitation, all sums in the Blocked Account.

4.04 Priority of Liens.

The foregoing liens shall be first and prior liens except for Permitted Liens.

4.05 Financing Statements and Certificates of Title.

(A) The Borrower will:

(1) Execute or authenticate and deliver to the Lender any writings and do all things necessary, effectual or reasonably requested by the Lender to carry into effect the provisions and intent of this Agreement, or to vest more fully in or assure to the Lender (including without limitation, all steps to create and perfect) the security interest in the Collateral granted to the Lender by this Agreement or to comply with applicable statute or law and to facilitate the collection of the Collateral, including the furnishing at the Borrower's cost and expense, at such intervals as the Lender may establish from time to time, of reports, financial data and analyses satisfactory to the Lender. The Borrower hereby authorizes the filing of any financing statements or continuation statement, and amendments to financing statements, in any jurisdiction and with any filing offices as are necessary or desirable to perfect the security interests granted to the Lender pursuant to this Agreement, and the Borrower hereby appoints the Lender as its attorney-in-fact (without requiring the Lender to act as such) to perform all other acts that the Lender deems appropriate to protect and preserve the Collateral;

(2) Pay, or reimburse the Lender for paying, all costs and taxes of filing or recording the same in all offices and registries in which it is necessary to file or record such financing statements so as to perfect the Lender's security interest in and lien on all Collateral; and

(3) Take such other steps as the Lender, from time to time, may direct, including the noting of the Lender's lien on the Collateral and, to the extent a motor vehicle is not subject to a Permitted Lien, on any Certificates of Title therefor, all to perfect to the satisfaction of the Lender the Lender's interest in the Collateral.

(B) In addition to the foregoing, and not in limitation thereof, to the extent lawful, the Borrower hereby appoints the Lender as its attorney-in-fact (without requiring the Lender to act as such) (i) to execute, authenticate, amend, file, record and/or register any financing statement in the name of the Borrower, and to perform all other acts that the Lender deems appropriate to perfect and continue its security interest in and lien on, and to protect or preserve, the Collateral; (ii) to enter into a control agreement or other agreement for the purpose of perfecting or maintaining the perfection of the security interests in and liens upon the Collateral; and (iii) to take any other action deemed necessary or prudent by the Lender, in the sole exercise of its discretion, to effect, perfect, continue or maintain the security interests in and liens upon any Collateral as contemplated by this Agreement or the Loan Documents.

14

4.06 Mortgagees', Landlords', and Warehousemen's Waivers.

The Borrower will, within thirty (30) days after any request of the Lender, cause any mortgagee of real estate owned by the Borrower, any landlord of premises leased by the Borrower, and any warehouseman or other bailee on whose premises any of the Collateral with a value in excess of $100,000 may be located to execute and deliver to the Lender instruments, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, by which such mortgagee, landlord or warehouseman or other bailee waives its rights, if any, in and to all Goods composing a part of the Collateral.

4.07 Termination.

When all indebtedness under the Demand Note has been fully, finally and indefeasibly paid and the Borrower acknowledges in writing that (a) Lender has no further obligations to make advances thereunder and (b) the Borrower has no claims, causes of action, demands or rights of setoff against the Lender under this Agreement or the Notes, then, provided no Event of Default exists hereunder, the Lender shall provide the Borrower with a written acknowledgment that the security interests granted by the Borrower to the Lender under this Article 4 have been terminated. In addition, upon receipt of a written acknowledgement from each counterparty to the Subordination Agreements or from the Guarantor, as applicable, that they have no claims, causes of action or rights of setoff against the Lender arising out of the applicable Subordination Agreement or the Guaranty, the Lender shall acknowledge that the Subordination Agreements or the Guaranty, as applicable, have been terminated.

ARTICLE 5.0 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

5.01 Original.

To induce the Lender to enter into this Agreement, the Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender as follows:

(A) The Borrower is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware; the Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than the Subsidiaries named in Exhibit 5.01(A); each Subsidiary is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the Laws of its state of incorporation, all as set forth in Exhibit 5.01(A); the Borrower and Subsidiaries have the lawful power to own their properties and to engage in the businesses they conduct, and each is duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign corporation in Massachusetts and such other jurisdictions wherein the nature of the business transacted by it or property owned by it makes such qualification necessary; the states in which the Borrower and each Subsidiary are qualified to do business are set forth in Exhibit 5.01(A) or otherwise disclosed to the Lender in writing; the percentage of the Borrower's ownership of the outstanding stock of each Subsidiary is as listed in Exhibit 5.01(A); the identity of each shareholder of the Borrower and the number of shares owned by each is as listed on Exhibit 5.01(A); the addresses of all places of business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are as set forth in Exhibit 5.01(A) or otherwise disclosed to the Lender in writing; neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has changed its name, been the surviving corporation in a merger, acquired any business, or changed its principal executive office within five (5) years and one (1) month prior to the date hereof except as set forth in Exhibit 5.01(A); and all of the authorized, issued, and outstanding shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary are owned by the Borrower;

(B) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is directly or indirectly controlled by, or acting on behalf of, any Person which is an "Investment

15

Company", within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

(C) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in default with respect to any of its existing Indebtedness beyond any applicable grace or cure period (or, in the case of trade Indebtedness, is not more than ninety (90) days past due), and the making and performance of this Agreement, the Notes, and the other Loan Documents will not (immediately or with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both):

(1) Violate the charter or by-laws of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or violate any Laws or result in a default under any contract, agreement, or instrument to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party or by which the Borrower or any Subsidiary or its property is bound; or

(2) Result in the creation or imposition of any security interest in, or lien or encumbrance upon, any of the assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary except in favor of the Lender;

(D) The Borrower and the Guarantor, to the extent applicable to it or to him, has the power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement, the Notes, and the other Loan Documents, and to incur the obligations herein and therein provided for, and has taken all actions necessary to authorize the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement, the Notes, and the other Loan Documents;

(E) This Agreement, the Notes, and the other Loan Documents are, or when delivered will be, valid, binding, and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms;

(F) Except as disclosed in Exhibit 5.01(F) hereto, there is no pending order, notice, claim, litigation, proceeding, or investigation known to the Borrower against or affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary, whether or not covered by insurance, that would in the aggregate involve the payment of $50,000.00 or more or would otherwise materially or adversely affect the financial condition or business prospects of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, considered as a whole, if adversely determined;

(G) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all of their assets, none of which is subject to any security interest, encumbrance or lien, or claim of any third Person except for Permitted Liens;

(H) The Financial Statements, including any schedules and notes pertaining thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, and fully and fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at the dates thereof and the results of operations for the periods covered thereby, and there have been no material adverse changes in the financial condition or business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, considered as a whole, from December 31, 2003 to the date hereof;

(I) As of the date hereof, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have no material Indebtedness of any nature, including, but without limitation, liabilities for taxes and any interest or penalties relating thereto except to the extent reflected (in a footnote or otherwise) and reserved against in the balance sheet dated December 31, 2003 included in the Financial Statements or as disclosed in, or permitted by, this Agreement; and the Borrower does not know or have reasonable ground to know of any basis for the assertion against it or any Subsidiary of any such claim or litigation based upon such Indebtedness as of the date of the Closing except as disclosed on Exhibit 5.01(F) or otherwise disclosed to the Lender in writing;

16

(J) Except as otherwise permitted herein, the Borrower has filed all federal, state, and local tax returns and other reports required by any applicable Laws to have been filed prior to the date hereof, has paid or caused to be paid all taxes, assessments, and other governmental charges that are due and payable prior to the date hereof, and has made adequate provision for the payment of such taxes, assessments, or other charges accruing but not yet payable; the Borrower has no knowledge of any deficiency or additional assessment in a materially important amount in connection with any taxes, assessments, or charges not provided for on its books;

(K) Except to the extent that the failure to comply would not materially interfere with the conduct of the business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, considered as a whole, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have each complied with all applicable Laws with respect to (1) any restrictions, specifications, or other requirements pertaining to products that it manufactures or sells or to the services it performs; (2) the conduct of its business; and (3) the use, maintenance, and operation of the real and personal properties owned or leased by it in the conduct of its business;

(L) No representation or warranty by or with respect to the Borrower or any Subsidiary contained herein or in any certificate or other document furnished by the Borrower or any Subsidiary pursuant hereto contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make such representation or warranty not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was made;

(M) Each consent, approval or authorization of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any Person required to be obtained or effected by the Borrower, any Subsidiary, or the Guarantor in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Demand Note, and the Loan Documents or the undertaking or performance of any obligation hereunder or thereunder has been duly obtained or effected;

(N) All existing Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary: (1) for money borrowed, or (2) under any security agreement, mortgage or agreement covering the lease by the Borrower or any Subsidiary as lessee of real or personal property is described in Exhibit 5.01(N);

(O) Except as described in Exhibit 5.01(O), attached hereto, or otherwise disclosed to the Lender in writing, (a) neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has any material leases, contracts, or commitments of any kind (including, without limitation, employment agreements; collective bargaining agreements; powers of attorney; distribution arrangements; licenses, patents or license agreements; contracts for future purchase or delivery of goods or rendering of services; bonuses, pension, and retirement plans; or accrued vacation pay, insurance, and welfare agreements); (b) to the best of Borrower's knowledge, all parties to all such material leases, contracts, and other commitments to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party have complied in all material respects with the provisions of such leases, contracts, and other commitments; and (c) to the best of Borrower's knowledge, no party is in default under any thereof and no event has occurred which, but for the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a default, which default might have a materially adverse effect upon the business or financial condition of the Borrower or, as applicable, any Subsidiary, considered as a whole;

(P) All registered patents, trademarks and copyrights of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, all pending applications of the Borrower or any Subsidiary for registration of any patents, trademarks or copyrights, and all licenses or agreements in connection with any Intellectual Property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary are described in Exhibit 5.01(P) attached hereto;

17

(Q) The Borrower has not made any agreement or taken any action which may cause anyone to become entitled to a commission or finder's fee as a result of or in connection with the making of the Loan;

(R) The Borrower's federal tax returns for all years of operation, including the year ended December 31, 2003, have been filed with the Internal Revenue Service and have not been challenged;

(S) Any Employee Pension Benefit Plans, as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), of the Borrower and each Subsidiary meet, as of the date hereof, the minimum funding standards of 29 U.S.C.A. 1082 (Section 302 of ERISA), and no Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, has occurred with respect to any Employee Benefit Plans, as defined in ERISA, of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and

(T) The liens and security interests created pursuant to Sections 4.02 and 4.03 are in all cases first and prior liens except for Permitted Liens.

5.02 Survival.

All of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5.01 shall survive until there remain no outstanding commitments hereunder.

ARTICLE 6.0 COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

6.01 Affirmative Covenants.

The Borrower does hereby covenant and agree with the Lender that, so long as any of the Obligations remain unsatisfied or any commitments hereunder remain outstanding, it will comply, or if appropriate cause its Subsidiaries to comply, at all times with the following affirmative covenants:

(A) The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loan only for the purposes set forth in Exhibit 6.01(A), and will furnish the Lender such evidence as it may reasonably require with respect to such use;

(B) The Borrower will furnish the Lender:

(1) As soon as available, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the close of each calendar month in each fiscal year: (a) a statement of changes in cash flow of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such month; (b) income statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such month; and (c) balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such month-all prepared by management on a consolidated basis in reasonable detail, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and certified by the Borrower's chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer or chief accounting officer to have been prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(2) As soon as available, but in any event within one hundred twenty
(120) days after the close of each fiscal year: (a) a statement of stockholders' equity and a statement of changes in cash flow of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year; (b) income statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year; and (c) balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year-all such statements to be prepared on a consolidated basis, together with other subsidiaries of the Borrower, in reasonable detail, including all supporting schedules, comments, footnotes and related management letters; the statements and balance sheets to be audited by Deloitte & Touche or another independent certified public accountant selected by Borrower and acceptable to the Lender,

18

and certified by such accountants to have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and to present fairly the financial position and results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, together with other subsidiaries of the Borrower; the Lender shall have the right, from time to time to discuss the affairs of the Borrower directly with such independent certified public accountants after notice to the Borrower and opportunity of the Borrower to be represented at any such discussions.

(3) Upon request by the Lender, for the most recent fiscal quarter of IP Fibre Devices (a) an income statement of IP Fibre Devices for such fiscal quarter; and (b) a balance sheet of IP Fibre Devices as of the end of such fiscal quarter - all prepared in reasonable detail, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and certified as accurate and complete by the chief executive officer, president or chief financial officer of IP Fibre Devices and acceptable to Lender in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applicable in the United Kingdom and presented in United Kingdom pounds sterling, such statements to present fairly the financial position and results of operations of IP Fibre Devices (UK) Limited and to be stated in United Kingdom pounds sterling;

(4) Contemporaneously with the monthly financial report in conjunction with the end of each fiscal quarter and the year-end financial report required by the foregoing paragraphs (1) and (2), a certificate of the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Borrower stating that he has individually reviewed the provisions of this Agreement and that a review of the activities of the Borrower during such year or monthly period, as the case may be, has been made by him or under his supervision, with a view to determining whether the Borrower has fulfilled all its obligations under this Agreement, and that, to the best of his knowledge, the Borrower has observed and performed each undertaking contained in this Agreement and is not in default in the observance or performance of any of the provisions hereof in any material respect or, if the Borrower shall be so in default, specifying all such defaults and events of which he may have knowledge;

(5) Promptly after the sending or making available or filing of the same, copies of all reports, proxy statements, and financial statements that the Borrower sends or makes available to its stockholders and all registration statements and reports that the Borrower files with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor Person;

(6) Within fifteen (15) days after the end of each calendar month, in such form and detail as shall be satisfactory to the Lender, an aging, as of the end of such month, of (a) the then Eligible Accounts, (b) all other Accounts of the Borrower certified by the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Borrower to be complete and correct;

(7) Within fifteen (15) days after the end of each calendar month (and at any additional time in the discretion of the Lender or if any material deterioration in the Borrowing Base would be disclosed thereby) a Borrowing Base Certificate as of the end of such month (or as of a date not more than three (3) days prior to the date of any such additional Borrowing Base Certificate). Each Borrowing Base Certificate shall be effective only as accepted by the Lender (and with such revisions, if any, as the Lender may require as a condition to such acceptance), such acceptance to be presumed after receipt of such Borrowing Base Certificate unless the Lender otherwise

19

notifies the Borrower, whether thereafter, theretofore, or contemporaneously therewith; and

(8) Upon the Lender's request, from time to time, copies of any or all agreements, contracts, or commitments referred to in Section 5.01(O) hereof;

(C) The Borrower will maintain its Inventory, Equipment, the Mortgaged Property and its other real estate, and other properties in good condition and repair (normal wear and tear excepted), and will pay and discharge or cause to be paid and discharged, when due, the cost of repairs to, or maintenance of, the same, and will pay or cause to be paid in a timely manner all rental or mortgage payments due on such real estate. The Borrower hereby agrees that, in the event it fails to pay or cause to be paid any such payment, it will promptly notify the Lender thereof, and the Lender may, in its discretion, do so and on demand be reimbursed therefor by the Borrower;

(D) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries will maintain, or cause to be maintained, public liability insurance (subject to such deductibles for each entity as are acceptable to the Lender in its discretion) and fire and extended coverage insurance on all assets that are of a character usually insured by businesses engaged in the same or similar operations, all in form and amount sufficient to indemnify the Borrower or Subsidiary for 100% of the appraised value of any such asset lost or damaged (subject to any deductible customary in the Borrower's or Subsidiary's industry) or in an amount consistent with the amount of insurance generally carried on comparable assets within the industry and with such insurers as may be satisfactory to the Lender. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries will cause all such insurance policies to contain a standard mortgage clause and to be payable to the Lender as its interest may appear, to cause the Lender to be named as an additional insured on all such liability policies, to deliver the policies of insurance to the Lender, and, in the case of all policies of insurance carried for the benefit of the Borrower or any Subsidiary by any lessee, sublessee, subtenant, or other party having rights to occupy or use the mortgaged property or any part thereof or interest therein under any lease, sublease, or other agreement (whether oral, written, or otherwise evidenced), to cause all such policies to be payable to the Lender as its interest may appear. Such policies shall contain a provision whereby they cannot be cancelled except after thirty (30) days' written notice to the Lender. The Borrower will furnish to the Lender such evidence of insurance as the Lender may reasonably require. The Borrower hereby agrees that, in the event it or any Subsidiary fails to pay or cause to be paid the premium on any such insurance when due, the Lender, in its discretion, may do so and be reimbursed by the Borrower therefor. The Borrower and each Subsidiary hereby assign to the Lender any returned or unearned premiums that may be due the Borrower or any Subsidiary upon cancellation by the insurer of any such policy for any reason whatsoever and direct any such insurer to pay the Lender any amounts so due. provided, however, that the Lender will pay to the Borrower or the appropriate Subsidiary any such returned or unearned premiums within five (5) days after the receipt thereof if there has not occurred and be continuing an Event of Default hereunder. The Lender is hereby appointed the attorney-in-fact of the Borrower and each Subsidiary (without requiring the Lender to act as such), effective after demand upon the Demand Note or during the continuance of an Event of Default, to endorse any check which may be payable to the Borrower or any Subsidiary to collect any premiums or the proceeds of such insurance (other than proceeds of public liability insurance), and any amount so collected may be applied by the Lender toward satisfaction of the Loan and any other Obligations. If the Lender receives any proceeds from insurance in the absence of an Event of Default, it shall remit such proceeds to the Borrower or such Subsidiary within three (3) Business Days after the Lender's receipt of such proceeds, provided that immediately prior to any such remittance the

20

Lender is provided with a Borrowing Base Certificate reflecting a current Borrowing Base not less than the amount of the Loan then outstanding without first providing the Lender with thirty (30) days advance written notice of its intention to do so;

(E) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries will each pay or cause to be paid when due, all taxes, assessments, and charges or levies imposed upon it or on any of its property or which it is required to withhold and pay except where contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings with adequate reserves therefor having been set aside on its books; provided, however, that the Borrower and each Subsidiary shall pay or cause to be paid all such taxes, assessments, charges or levies forthwith whenever foreclosure on any lien that may have attached (or security therefor) appears imminent;

(F) The Borrower will maintain a Borrowing Base such that the amount of the Borrower's outstanding Loan will not, at any time, exceed its Borrowing Base;

(G) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries will each, when requested to do so, make available for inspection by duly authorized representatives of the Lender any of its books and records and will furnish the Lender any information regarding its business affairs and financial condition within a reasonable time after written request therefor;

(H) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries will each take all necessary steps to preserve its corporate existence and franchises and comply in all material respects with all present and future Laws applicable to it in the operation of its business, and all material agreements to which it is subject;

(I) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries will each collect its Accounts and sell its Inventory only in the ordinary course of business;

(J) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries will each keep accurate and complete Records of its Accounts, Inventory, and Equipment consistent with sound business practices;

(K) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries will each give immediate notice to the Lender of (1) any litigation or proceeding in which it is a party if an adverse decision therein would require it to pay more than $100,000.00 or deliver assets the value of which exceeds such sum (except where the claim is covered by insurance and the insurer has acknowledged coverage); and (2) the institution of any other suit or proceeding involving it that might materially and adversely affect its operations, financial condition or property of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, considered as a whole;

(L) At the Lender's request, the Borrower will furnish the Lender with true, correct and complete copies of federal income tax returns filed by the Borrower, together with all schedules thereto. The Borrower will cause the full amount of each federal and other income tax refund (including any interest component thereof) received by the Borrower to be applied as an immediate repayment or partial repayment of the Loan, but such repayment shall not of itself reduce the Line of Credit Commitment;

(M) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries will each pay when due (or within applicable grace periods (or, in the case of trade indebtedness, no later than ninety (90) days from the date incurred)) all of its other Indebtedness due third Persons except when the amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with adequate reserves therefor being set aside on its books; provided, however, that no payment shall be made in respect to Subordinated Indebtedness except in strict compliance with all of the terms of the Subordination Agreements or the terms

21

of such other applicable provisions of subordination theretofore approved in writing by the Lender. If default be made by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the payment of any principal (or installment thereof) of, or interest on, any such Indebtedness, the Lender shall have the right, in its discretion, to pay such interest or principal for the account of the Borrower or such Subsidiary and be reimbursed by the Borrower or such Subsidiary therefor;

(N) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries will each notify the Lender immediately if it becomes aware of the occurrence of any Event of Default or of any fact, condition, or event that only with the giving of notice or passage of time or both, could become an Event of Default or if it becomes aware of any material adverse change in the financial condition (including, without limitation, proceedings in bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or the appointment of a receiver or trustee), or results of operations of the Borrower, a Subsidiary, or the Guarantor or of the failure of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to observe any of their respective undertakings hereunder or under the Loan Documents;

(O) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries will each notify the Lender thirty
(30) days in advance of any change in the location of any of its places of business or of the establishment of any new, or the discontinuance of any existing, place of business;

(P) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries will each (1) fund any of its Employee Pension Benefit Plans in accordance with no less than the minimum funding standards of 29 U.S.C.A. 1082 (Section 302 of ERISA); (2) furnish the Lender, promptly after a request for same by the Lender, with copies of any reports or other statements filed with the United States Department of Labor or the Internal Revenue Service with respect to any such Plan; and (3) promptly advise the Lender of the occurrence of any Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan;

(Q) The Borrower will permit the Lender to conduct field audits periodically, and at least annually, at reasonable times on any premises occupied by the Borrower or on which any Collateral is located. The Borrower shall pay to the Lender the Lender's reasonable costs and expenses related to one such field audit in any calendar year, provided, however, that the Borrower shall pay to the Lender the Lender's reasonable costs and expenses related to any field audit conducted during the occurrence of an Event of Default; and

(R) The Borrower will maintain the Blocked Account in accordance with the provisions of the Blocked Account Agreement.

6.02 Negative Covenants.

The Borrower does hereby covenant and agree with the Lender that, so long as any of the Obligations remain unsatisfied or any commitments hereunder remain outstanding, it will comply, or if appropriate cause its Subsidiaries to comply, at all times with the following negative covenants, unless the Lender shall otherwise have agreed in writing:

(A) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will change its name, enter into any merger or consolidation (other than with wholly owned subsidiaries resulting in no change in the beneficial ownership of the Borrower);

(B) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary nor IPG Laser GmbH will sell, transfer, lease, or otherwise dispose of all or (except in the ordinary course of business) any material part of its assets, excluding (i) obsolete inventory or equipment sold at depreciated book value or (ii) up to

22

$100,000.00 in assets in any one transaction or series of related transaction, provided the aggregate cumulative amount of such transactions shall not exceed $1,000,000.00;

(C) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral except in the ordinary course of business or in the case of obsolete Inventory or Equipment, in sales for amounts equal to or exceeding depreciated book value;

(D) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will sell or otherwise dispose of, or for any reason cease operating, any of its divisions, franchises, or lines of business without first providing the Lender with thirty (30) days advance written notice of its intention to do so;

(E) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will mortgage, pledge, grant, or permit to exist a security interest in, or a lien upon, any of its assets of any kind, now owned or hereafter acquired, except for Permitted Liens, liens of the Loan Documents, and existing liens listed on Exhibit 1.01(G) to the extent shown on such Exhibit 1.01(G) to be permitted to exist after the Closing;

(F) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will become liable, directly or indirectly, as guarantor or otherwise for any obligation of any other Person without notifying the Lender in writing in advance, except for (i) the endorsement of commercial paper for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) unsecured guarantees of obligations of foreign subsidiaries of the Borrower;

(G) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will incur, create, assume, or permit to exist any Indebtedness except: (1) the Loan; (2) existing Indebtedness listed on Exhibit 5.01(N); (3) trade indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business, (4) contingent Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.02(F);
(5) operating lease obligations permitted by Section 6.02(M); (6) Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens; (7) Subordinated Indebtedness; and (8) capital leases or purchase money Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.02(K);

(H) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary (other than a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower) will declare or pay any dividends, or make any other payment or distribution on account of its capital stock (other than shares of stock of, or other instruments issued by, the Borrower convertible into stock of the Borrower), nor make any assignment or transfer of Accounts, or, other than in the ordinary course of business, of Inventory;

(I) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will form any subsidiary, make any investment in (including any assignment of Inventory or other property), or make any loan in the nature of an investment to, any Person, other than investments of the Borrower in the Subsidiaries listed on Exhibit 5.01(A) without first providing the Lender within thirty (30) days advance written notice of its intention to do so;

(J) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will make any loan or advance to any officer, shareholder, director, or employee of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, except for (i) business travel, educational or relocation and similar temporary advances in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) loans not exceeding $100,000.00 to any one such individual up to $200,000.00 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

(K) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will make payments on account of the purchase or lease of Fixed Assets that, in the aggregate, in any fiscal year (commencing with the current fiscal year) will exceed the

23

lesser of 15% of the revenues of the Borrower for such fiscal year or $6,000,000; as used in this paragraph, the term "lease" means a lease reflected on a balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or a lease that should be so reflected under GAAP;

(L) INTENTIONALLY OMITTED;

(M) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will pay or commit to pay, in an aggregate amount for any fiscal quarter (commencing with the current fiscal quarter), lease obligations in excess of $210,000.00 without obtaining the Lender's prior written consent (as used in this paragraph, the term "lease" means a lease that is not capitalized in a balance sheet of the Borrower and should not be so capitalized under GAAP);

(N) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will purchase or otherwise invest in or hold securities, nonoperating real estate, or other nonoperating assets except: (1) Permitted Investments; (2) the present investment in any such assets held as of December 31, 2003 and reflected in the Financial Statements; and (3) operating assets that hereafter become nonoperating assets;

(O) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will permit any change in the active involvement of Valentin P. Gapontsev in the operations of the Borrower, without the prior written consent of the Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or conditioned;

(P) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will prepay Indebtedness for borrowed money except the Obligations, Indebtedness secured by any of its assets (except the Obligations), or so-called "mandatory prepayments" of that Indebtedness due to JDS Uniphase which is subject to the Intercreditor Agreement (such prepayments to be in accordance with existing payment terms), or enter into or modify any agreement as a result of which the terms of payment of any of the foregoing Indebtedness are waived or modified;

(Q) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will enter into any sale-leaseback transaction without first providing the Lender with thirty (30) days advance written notice of its intention to do so;

(R) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will acquire or agree to acquire any stock in, or all or substantially all of the assets of, any Person without first providing the Lender with thirty (30) days advance written notice of its intention to do so;

(S) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will furnish the Lender any certificate or other document that will contain any untrue statement of material fact or that will omit to state a material fact necessary to make it not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was furnished;

(T) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will directly or indirectly apply any part of the proceeds of the Loan to the purchasing or carrying of any "margin stock" within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any regulations, interpretations, or rulings thereunder; and

(U) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will make distributions, directly or indirectly, to IP Fibre Devices except that the Borrower may make a distribution of up to US$150,000 to IP Fibre Devices in the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2004 to be used to pay tax liabilities or for working capital requirements of IP Fibre Devices for such fiscal quarter and, thereafter, with the Lender's prior written approval, the Borrower may be

24

permitted to make additional distributions to IP Fibre Devices on a quarterly basis as may be necessary to pay tax liabilities or for working capital requirements of IP Fibre Device due and payable within such quarterly period.

ARTICLE 7.0 DEFAULT

7.01 Events of Default.

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder:

(A) The Borrower or the Guarantor shall fail to pay when due any of its Obligations to the Lender within ten (10) days of the date due;

(B) The Borrower or the Guarantor or any Subsidiary shall fail to observe or perform any other obligation to be observed or performed by it hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents, and such failure shall continue for fifteen
(15) days after (1) notice of such failure from the Lender; or (2) the Lender is notified of such failure or should have been so notified pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.01(N), whichever is earlier;

(C) The Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to pay Indebtedness exceeding $50,000.00 due any third Person, and such failure shall continue beyond any applicable grace period (or, with respect to trade Indebtedness which is not subject to a grace period, within ninety (90) days of the date such trade Indebtedness is incurred), or the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall suffer to exist any other event of default under any agreement binding the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

(D) Any financial statement, representation, warranty, or certificate made or furnished by or with respect to the Borrower or the Guarantor or any Subsidiary to the Lender in connection with this Agreement, or as inducement to the Lender to enter into this Agreement, or in any separate statement or document to be delivered to the Lender hereunder, shall be materially false or incorrect when made;

(E) The Borrower or the Guarantor or any Subsidiary shall admit its inability to pay its debts as they mature or shall make an assignment for the benefit of itself or any of its creditors;

(F) Proceedings in bankruptcy, or for reorganization of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or for the readjustment of any of their respective debts under the Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or any part thereof, or under any other Laws, whether state or federal, for the relief of debtors, now or hereafter existing, shall be commenced against or by the Borrower or the Guarantor or any Subsidiary and, except with respect to any such proceedings instituted by the Borrower, the Guarantor or a Subsidiary, shall not be discharged within sixty (60) days of their commencement;

(G) A receiver or trustee shall be appointed for the Borrower or the Guarantor or any Subsidiary or for any substantial part of their respective assets, or any proceedings shall be instituted for the dissolution or the full or partial liquidation of the Borrower or the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, and except with respect to any such appointments requested or instituted by the Borrower, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, such receiver or trustee shall not be discharged within sixty (60) days of his appointment, and except with respect to any such proceedings instituted by the Borrower, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, such proceedings shall not be discharged within sixty (60) days of their commencement, or the Borrower or the Guarantor or any Subsidiary shall discontinue business or materially change the nature of its business, or the Collateral becomes, in the reasonable judgment of the Lender, insufficient

25

in value to satisfy the Obligations, or the Lender otherwise reasonably finds itself insecure as to the prompt and punctual payment and discharge of the Obligations;

(H) The Borrower or the Guarantor or any Subsidiary shall suffer final judgments (which are not covered by insurance where the insurer has acknowledged coverage) for payment of money aggregating in excess of $100,000.00 and shall not discharge the same within a period of thirty (30) days unless, pending further proceedings, execution has not been commenced or, if commenced, has been effectively stayed;

(I) A judgment creditor of the Borrower or the Guarantor or any Subsidiary shall obtain possession of any of the Collateral by any means, including (without implied limitation) levy, distraint, replevin, or self-help;

(J) An uninsured loss by fire or other casualty to any security for the Loan exceeding $100,000.00 as determined by a public adjuster acceptable to the Lender;

(K) Failure by the Borrower or the Guarantor to pay any amount of money or to observe or perform any other covenant, condition or agreement which is the obligation of the Borrower or the Guarantor to the Lender under any other existing or future note, mortgage or other document or instrument;

(L) Any obligee of Subordinated Indebtedness shall fail to comply with the subordination provisions of the instruments evidencing such Subordinated Indebtedness; or

(M) The Guarantor shall fail to comply fully with the requirements of the Guaranty, or give notice of or assert the termination, discontinuance, invalidity or unenforceability of the Guaranty; or

(N) There occurs a Change in Control; or

(O) There is a change in the current ownership of more than twenty percent (20%) of the voting power of the capital stock of the Borrower, whether such change occurs by sale, transfer, redemption, retirement or alteration of the voting rights of existing capital stock of the Borrower or by the Borrower's issuance of additional capital stock.

Notwithstanding the enumeration of the foregoing Events of Default, the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the Loan is a demand Obligation that is payable on demand regardless of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an Event of Default.

7.02 Acceleration.

At its option, and at any time, whether immediately or otherwise, the Lender may, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, declare all Obligations immediately due and payable without further action of any kind including without limitation, notice, demand or presentment.

ARTICLE 8.0 THE LENDER'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

8.01 Account Debtors

Upon demand on the Demand Note or the occurrence of an Event of Default and at any time thereafter, the Lender, without presentment, demand, notice, protest or advertisement of any kind, may notify account debtors, at the Borrower's expense, that the Collateral has been assigned to the Lender and

26

that payments shall be made directly to the Lender. Upon request of the Lender, the Borrower will notify such account debtors that their accounts must be paid to the Lender. Upon demand on the Demand Note or the occurrence of an Event of Default and at all times thereafter, the Borrower will hold all checks, drafts, cash and other remittances in trust for the Lender and deliver them in kind to the Lender. The Lender shall have full power to collect, compromise, endorse, sell or otherwise deal with the Collateral or proceeds thereof in its own name or in the name of the Borrower.

8.02 Possession and Foreclosure of Collateral

Upon demand on the Demand Note or the occurrence of an Event of Default and at any time thereafter, to the extent that the Borrower could legally do so, the Lender, without presentment, demand, notice, protest or advertisement of any kind, may enter onto, occupy and use any premises owned by the Borrower or in which the Borrower has any interest. The Lender may take possession of all Collateral. In the Lender's sole discretion, the Lender may operate and use the Borrower's equipment, complete work in process and sell inventory without being liable to the Borrower on account of any losses, damage or depreciation that may occur as a result thereof (so long as the Lender acts in good faith). The Lender may lease or license the Collateral to any Person for such purposes. In any event, the Lender may sell, lease, assign and deliver the whole or any part of the Collateral, at public or private sale, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery, at such prices and upon such terms as the Lender deems advisable. The Lender may sell or lease Collateral alone or in conjunction with other property, real or personal, and allocate the sale proceeds or leases among the items of Collateral sold without the necessity of the Collateral being present at any such sale, or in view of prospective purchasers thereof. If notice of sale is legally required, the Borrower agrees that ten (10) days written notice shall be deemed reasonable. Upon such sale, the Lender may become the purchaser of the whole or any part of the Collateral sold, discharged from all claims and free from any right of redemption. In case of any such sale by the Lender of all or any of the Collateral on credit, or for future delivery, such Collateral so sold may be retained by the Lender until the selling price is paid by the purchaser. The Lender shall incur no liability in case of the failure of the purchaser to take possession and pay for the Collateral so sold. In case of any such failure, the said Collateral may be resold. Any Collateral remaining unsold after being offered at public auction may be abandoned or disposed of for no consideration in such manner as the Lender deems appropriate.

In any event, at any time and from time to time the Lender may abandon the Collateral or any part thereof. The Borrower agrees immediately upon demand to take possession of any and all abandoned Collateral and to remove it from any location in the possession of or under the control of the Lender.

8.03 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED;

8.04 Notification of Default to Third Parties

The Lender may notify account debtors of the Borrowers to pay over to the Lender for application against the Obligations any sums due from such account debtors to the Borrowers. In addition, upon demand on the Demand Note or the occurrence of an Event of Default and at any time thereafter, the Lender, without presentment, demand, notice, protest or advertisement of any kind, may notify the Borrowers' suppliers and other third parties of the default and of any and all decisions made and actions taken by the Lender with respect to this Agreement, the Obligations or the Collateral, without liability of any kind.

27

8.05 Assembly of Collateral

Upon demand on the Demand Note or the occurrence of an Event of Default and at any time thereafter, the Lender, without presentment, demand, notice, protest or advertisement of any kind, may require the Borrower to assemble the Collateral in a single location at a place to be designated by the Lender and make the Collateral at all times secure and available to the Lender.

8.06 Right of Set-Off.

The Lender may, and is hereby authorized by the Borrower, at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws, without advance notice to the Borrower (any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower), set-off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and any other indebtedness at any time owing by the Lender to, or for the credit or the account of, the Borrower against any or all of the Obligations of the Borrower or the Guarantor, now or hereafter existing, whether or not such Obligations have matured and irrespective of whether the Lender has exercised any other rights that it has or may have with respect to such Obligations, including without limitation any acceleration rights. The Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower after any such set-off and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of the Lender under this Section 8.06 are in addition to the other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off) which the Lender may have.

8.07 Exercise of Other Remedies

Upon demand on the Demand Note or the occurrence of any Event of Default and at any time thereafter, the Lender, without presentment, demand, notice, protest or advertisement of any kind, may exercise the remedies of a secured party afforded by the Uniform Commercial Code and other applicable law or by the terms of any agreement between the Borrower and the Lender.

8.08 Cumulative Rights and Remedies

All rights and remedies of the Lender, whether provided for herein or in other agreements, instruments or documents or conferred by law, are cumulative and may be exercised alone or simultaneously.

8.09 Additional Rights and Remedies

(A) Upon demand on the Demand Note or the occurrence of an Event of Default, all obligations on the part of the Lender to make advances on the Demand Note, if the Lender so elects, shall cease and terminate, and, at the option of the Lender, the Demand Note shall become immediately due and payable, and the Lender shall thereupon be authorized and empowered to exercise any rights of foreclosure or as otherwise provided for the realization of any security for the Notes covered by any of the Loan Documents; but the Lender may, at its sole discretion, make any advances or portions of advances, after demand or the occurrence of any such Event of Default, without thereby waiving its right to demand payment of the Borrower's indebtedness evidenced by the Notes and secured by the Loan Documents, and without becoming liable to make any other or further advances as hereinabove contemplated by this Agreement.

(B) Upon demand on the Demand Note or the occurrence of any Event of Default, the rights, powers, and privileges provided in this Section 8.09 and all other remedies available to the Lender under this Agreement or at law or in equity may be exercised by the Lender at any time and from time to time,

28

whether or not the indebtedness evidenced and secured by the Notes and the Loan Documents shall be due and payable, and whether or not the Lender shall have instituted any foreclosure proceedings or other action for the enforcement of its rights under the Notes or any of the Loan Documents.

ARTICLE 9.0 ATTORNEY-IN-FACT

9.01 Attorney-In-Fact

The Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints the Lender, or its designee, as the Borrower's true and lawful attorney-in-fact, effective upon demand upon the Demand Note or during the continuance of an Event of Default, with full power as follows: (A) to endorse the name of the Borrower on any assignments, notes, checks, drafts, money orders, or other instruments of payment for Collateral; (B) to sign or endorse the name of the Borrower on any negotiable instrument, invoice, freight or express bill, bill of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts, assignments, verifications and notices in connection with accounts; (C) to obtain, adjust, settle and cancel, in the Borrower's name, insurance policies as required by Section 6.01(D) and to sign the Borrower's name on settlement checks or drafts; (D) in the Borrower's name, to do any act which this Agreement requires Borrower to do, and, (E) to give notice to the United States Post Office to effect changes of address so that mail addressed to the Borrower may be delivered directly to the Lender. In exercising this power-of-attorney, the Lender shall not be liable to the extent that it acts in good faith.

ARTICLE 10.0 MISCELLANEOUS

10.01 Construction.

The provisions of this Agreement shall be in addition to those of any guaranty, pledge or security agreement, note, or other evidence of liability now or hereafter held by the Lender, all of which shall be construed as complementary to each other. Nothing herein contained shall prevent the Lender from enforcing any or all other guaranty, pledge or security agreements, notes, or other evidences of liability in accordance with their respective terms.

10.02 Further Assurance.

From time to time, the Borrower will execute and deliver to the Lender such additional documents and will provide such additional information as the Lender may reasonably require to carry out the terms of this Agreement and be informed of the status and affairs of the Borrower.

10.03 Enforcement and Waiver by the Lender.

The Lender shall have the right at all times to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and the Loan Documents in strict accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, notwithstanding any conduct or custom on the part of the Lender in refraining from so doing at any time or times. The failure of the Lender at any time or times to enforce its rights under such provisions, strictly in accordance with the same, shall not be construed as having created a custom in any way or manner contrary to specific provisions of this Agreement or as having in any way or manner modified or waived the same. All rights and remedies of the Lender are cumulative and concurrent and the exercise of one right or remedy shall not be deemed a waiver or release of any other right or remedy.

29

10.04 Expenses of the Lender.

The Borrower will, on demand, reimburse the Lender for all expenses, including the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel for the Lender, incurred by the Lender in connection with the preparation, administration, amendment, modification, or enforcement of this Agreement and the Loan Documents and the collection or attempted collection of any of the Obligations including without limitation by reason of enumeration, all reasonable expenses and fees of legal counsel for the Lender incurred in connection with any bankruptcy or insolvency action of the Borrower or the Guarantor or any Subsidiary.

10.05 Notices.

Any notices or consents required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered if delivered in person or if sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, facsimile transmission, as follows, unless such address is changed by written notice hereunder:

(A) If to the Borrower: IPG Photonics Corporation

                          50 Old Webster Road
                          Oxford, MA 01540
                          Attention: Its Chief Executive Officer

      With a copy to:     IPG Photonics Corporation
                          50 Old Webster Road
                          Oxford, MA 01540
                          Attention: Chief Financial Officer and General
                          Counsel

(B)   If to the Lender:   Banknorth, N.A.
                          370 Main Street
                          Worcester, Massachusetts 01608
                          Attention: Senior Commercial Loan Officer

      With a copy to:     George W. Tetler III, Esquire
                          Bowditch & Dewey, LLP
                          P.O. Box 15156
                          311 Main Street
                          Worcester, MA 01615-015

Any party may change the address to which notices are to be sent to it by giving written notice of such change of address to the other party in the manner herein provided for giving notice. Any such notice, demand, request, or other communication shall be deemed given when mailed as aforesaid.

10.06 Waiver and Indemnification by the Borrower.

To the maximum extent permitted by applicable Laws, the Borrower:

(A) Waives (1) protest of all commercial paper at any time held by the Lender on which the Borrower is in any way liable; (2) except as the same may herein be specifically granted, notice of acceleration and of intention to accelerate; and (3) notice and opportunity to be heard, after acceleration in the manner provided in Section 7.02, before exercise by the Lender of the remedies of self-help, set-off, or of other summary procedures permitted by any applicable Laws or by any agreement with the Borrower, and, except where required hereby or by any applicable Laws, notice of any other action taken by the Lender; and

30

(B) Defends, indemnifies and holds harmless the Lender and its officers, attorneys, agents, and employees from all claims for loss or damage caused by any act or omission on the part of any of them in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or related to the banking relationship between or among the Borrower, the Guarantor and the Lender, excepting only the Lender's willful misconduct or gross negligence.

10.07 Participation/Pledge.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower understands that the Lender may at any time enter into participation agreements with one or more participating banks whereby the Lender will allocate certain percentages of its commitment to them. The Borrower acknowledges that, for the convenience of all parties, this Agreement is being entered into with the Lender only and that its obligations under this Agreement are undertaken for the benefit of, and as an inducement to, any such participating bank as well as the Lender, and the Borrower hereby grants to each such participating bank, to the extent of its participation in the Loan, the right to set off deposit accounts maintained by the Borrower with such bank. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, any Lender may at any time pledge or assign all or any portion of such Lender's rights under this Agreement, the Demand Note and the Loan Documents to a Federal Reserve bank; provided, however, that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from such Lender's obligations hereunder or under the Demand Note or any of the Loan Documents.

10.08 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

EACH OF THE LENDER AND THE BORROWER WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING, WHETHER CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM, BROUGHT OR INSTITUTED BY ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THEIR SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, WHICH RELATES DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE LENDER AND THE BORROWER.

10.09 Applicable Law.

This Agreement is entered into and performable in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and shall be subject to and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

10.10 Binding Effect, Assignment, and Entire Agreement.

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto. The Borrower has no right to assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Lender. This Agreement, including the Exhibits hereto, all of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference, and the documents executed and delivered pursuant hereto, constitute the entire agreement between the parties and may be amended only by a writing signed on behalf of each party.

10.11 Severability.

If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid under any applicable Laws, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement that can be given effect without the invalid provision, and, to this end, the provisions hereof are severable.

31

10.12 Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

10.13 Integration Clause

This Agreement is intended by the parties as the final, complete and exclusive statement of the transactions evidenced by this Agreement. All prior or contemporaneous promises, agreements and understandings, whether oral or written, are deemed to be superceded by this Agreement, and no party is relying on any promise, agreement or understanding not set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by written instrument describing such amendment or modification executed by the Borrower and the Lender.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as a sealed instrument as of the day and year first above written.

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

                                        By: /s/ Valentin P. Gapontsev
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Witness                                     Valentin P. Gapontsev,
                                            Chief Executive Officer

BANKNORTH, N.A.

                                        By: /s/ Douglas J.G. MacLean
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Witness                                     Douglas J.G. MacLean,
                                        Its Senior Vice President

32

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of August 9, 2006 (the "First Amendment") is by and between IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation with a principal place of business at 50 Old Webster Road, Oxford, Massachusetts 01540 (the "Borrower") and TD BANKNORTH, N.A., a national banking association with its principal office at 370 Main Street, Worcester, Massachusetts 01608 (the "Lender"), formerly known as Banknorth, N.A.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Borrower and Banknorth, N.A. entered into a Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 15, 2004 (the "Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested an increase in its borrowing availability and certain other modifications to the Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Lender is agreeable to such modifications, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this First Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and other valuable consideration, the parties do hereby agree as follows:

A. The Borrower acknowledges that TD Banknorth, N.A. is the holder of the Agreement and that all references to the Lender and Banknorth, N.A. in the Agreement shall henceforth mean and refer to TD Banknorth, N.A., with notices to be sent to TD Banknorth, N.A. at 370 Main Street, Worcester, Massachusetts 01608, Attention: Senior Commercial Loan Officer.

B. Amendments to the Agreement.

1. All references to the "Loan" and the "Line of Credit Commitment" in the Agreement, including without limitation the definition of "Line of Credit Commitment" in Section 2.02 of the Agreement, shall henceforth mean a revolving line of credit facility up to $7,000,000.00 to be furnished by the Lender to the Borrower.

2. Definitions.

a. The definition of "Demand Note" is hereby deleted from Article 1.0 of the Agreement and a definition of "Revolving Credit Note" substituted therefor to read as follows:

""Revolving Credit Note" means the Revolving Credit Note referred to in Section 2.03."

b. The definitions of "Borrowing Base", "Guarantor", "Guaranty" and "Notes" set forth in Article 1.0 of the Agreement are hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

""Borrowing Base" means, at any time, the amount computed on the Borrowing Base Certificate most recently delivered to, and accepted by, the Lender in accordance with this Agreement and equal to the lesser of:

(A) $7,000,000.00; or


(B) Eighty percent (80%) of the Eligible Accounts of the Borrower."

""Guarantor" or "Guarantors" means each and both of Valentin P. Gapontsev and IP Fibre Devices (UK) Limited.

"Guaranty" or "Guaranties" means (A) with respect to Valentin P. Gapontsev, a duly executed Limited Guaranty in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.01(D)-1, as may be ratified or amended from time to time and (B) with respect to IP Fibre Devices (UK) Limited, a duly authorized and executed Unlimited Guaranty dated as of May 3, 2005 in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.01(D-2), as may be ratified or amended from time to time."

""Notes" means the Revolving Credit Note and the Mortgage Note, individually and collectively."

c. Definitions of "Current Liabilities", "Current Ratio", "Debt Service Coverage Ratio", "IPO", "Leverage Ratio", "Life Insurance Assignment", "Tangible Net Worth" and "Total Liabilities" are added to Article 1.0 of the Agreement, to read as follows:

""Current Liabilities" means at any time all Liabilities that, in accordance with GAAP, should be classified as current liabilities on a balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

"Current Ratio" means the ratio of (A) Current Assets to (B) Current Liabilities.

"Debt Service Coverage Ratio" means at any time the ratio of (A) the Borrower's cash available for debt service to (B) the Borrower's debt service requirements, such ratio to be calculated in accordance with the sample Covenant Compliance Calculation attached hereto as Exhibit 1.01(I).

"IPO" means an initial public offering by the Borrower of its common stock pursuant to which at least $100,000,000.00 of equity funding is raised by the Borrower.

"Leverage Ratio" means at any time the ratio of (A) Total Liabilities to (B) Tangible Net Worth.

"Life Insurance Assignment" means a Collateral Assignment of Life Insurance Policy dated July 27, 2001 with respect to life insurance policy number AUACOO1242 owned by the Borrower and issued by Valley Forge Life Insurance Company on the life of Valentin P. Gapontsev in the minimum amount of $3,000,000.00, acknowledged by Valley Forge Life Insurance Company on September 10, 2001.

"Tangible Net Worth" means, at any time, Stockholders' Equity, less the sum of:

(A) Any surplus resulting from any write-up of assets subsequent to December 31, 2005;

(B) Goodwill, including any amounts, however designated on a balance sheet of the Borrower and its

2

Subsidiaries, representing the excess of the purchase price paid for assets or stock acquired over the value assigned thereto on the books of the Borrower;

(C) Patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights and licenses;

(D) Any amount at which shares of capital stock of the Borrower appear as an asset on the Borrower's balance sheet;

(E) Loans and advances to stockholders, directors, officers, or employees and any loans, advances or payables owing to any Affiliate;

(F) Deferred expenses; and

(G) Any other amount in respect of an intangible that should be classified as an asset on a balance sheet of the Borrower in accordance with GAAP.

"Total Liabilities" means all Indebtedness that, in accordance with GAAP, should be classified as liabilities on a balance sheet of the Borrower and any Subsidiaries."

3. General Terms.

a. Section 2.02 of the Agreement is restated in its entirety to read as follows:

"2.02 General Terms.

Subject to the terms hereof, the Lender will lend the Borrower, from time to time until the earlier of June 30, 2008 (the "Line of Credit Termination Date") or the occurrence of an Event of Default, such sums as the Borrower may request by reasonable same day notice to the Lender, received by the Lender not later than 11:00 A.M. of such day, but which shall not exceed, in the aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding, the lesser of the then existing Borrowing Base or $7,000,000.00 (the "Line of Credit Commitment"). The Borrower may borrow, repay without penalty or premium and reborrow hereunder, from the date of this Agreement until the occurrence of an Event of Default, the lesser of the then existing Borrowing Base or the Line of Credit Commitment in integral multiples of $50,000.00. It is the intention of the parties that the outstanding principal amount of the Loan shall at no time exceed the amount of the then existing Borrowing Base, and if, at any time, an excess shall for any reason exist, the full amount of such excess, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon as herein provided, shall be immediately due and payable in full."

b. Section 2.03 of the Agreement is restated in its entirety to read as follows:

"2.03 The Revolving Credit Note.

3

The Line of Credit Commitment shall be evidenced by a revolving credit note in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2.03."

c. A new Section 2.06 is added to the Agreement to read as follows:

"2.06 The Commitment Fee.

The Borrower shall pay a commitment fee of one-quarter of one percent (0.25%) per annum on the average daily undisbursed amount of the Line of Credit Commitment during each quarterly period or portion thereof. This commitment fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears, on the last day of each June, September, December and March of each year, commencing September 30, 2006."

4. Affirmative Covenants. Section 6.01 of the Agreement is amended by adding Sections 6.01(S) and 6.01(T) as follows:

"(S) The Borrower shall maintain (1) a Debt Service Coverage Ratio at all times equal to or greater than 1.20:1.00, to be tested on a rolling four fiscal quarter basis at the close of each fiscal quarter beginning with the fiscal quarter ending on September 30, 2006;

(T) Upon successful completion of the IPO, the Borrower shall maintain at all times:

(1) a Current Ratio equal to or greater than 2.50:1.00, tested quarterly as of the end of each fiscal quarter, and

(2) a Leverage Ratio equal to or less than 2.01:1.00, tested quarterly as of the end of each fiscal quarter."

5. Negative Covenants.

a. Section 6.02(K) of the Agreement is hereby intentionally deleted.

b. Section 6.02(M) of the Agreement is hereby amended by striking "$210,000.00" and inserting "$500,000.00" in its place.

6. Events of Default. The last non-lettered paragraph is deleted from the end of Section 7.01 of the Agreement.

7. Certain Additional Amendments. The phrase "after demand upon the Demand Note or" is deleted from Section 6.01(D) of the Agreement, the phrase "demand on the Demand Note or" is deleted from each of Sections 8.01, 8.02, 8.05, 8.07, 8.09 and 9.01 of the Agreement and the phrase "demand upon the Demand Note or" is deleted from Section 9.01 of the Agreement.

8. Exhibits. Exhibit 1.01(B), Exhibit 1.01(D-1), Exhibit 1.01(D-2), Exhibit 1.01(I) and Exhibit 2.03, as attached to this First Amendment, are hereby added to the Agreement.

C. Representations and Warranties. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that:

4

1. no Event of Default pursuant to the Agreement has occurred and is continuing, and no event has occurred and is continuing that, but for the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default; and

2. except as set forth on Exhibit C.2. attached hereto, each of the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.01 of the Agreement is true and correct in all material respects as if made on and as of the date hereof except to the extent any such representation and warranty pertains to a specific date other than the date hereof.

D. Ratification of Obligations. All Obligations of the Borrower to the Lender are hereby ratified and confirmed.

E. Bringdown. The Borrower hereby certifies to the Lender that:

1. since November 15, 2004 (the "Date of Closing") to and including the date hereof, there have been no amendments to or changes in the Articles of Organization or By-Laws of the Borrower as delivered to the Lender as of the Date of Closing;

2. nothing has occurred which would lead the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware to refuse to issue a Certificate of Legal Existence and Good Corporate and Tax Standing as of the date of this First Amendment or which would lead the Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts to refuse to issue a Certificate of Legal Existence and Good Standing as of the date of this First Amendment;

3. all taxes required to be paid or withheld and deposited by the Borrower as of the date of this First Amendment have been paid or withheld;

4. except as set forth on Exhibit E.4. attached hereto, there has been no change in the officers, directors or shareholders (or their holdings) of the Borrower since the Date of Closing to and including the date of this First Amendment; and

5. the resolutions adopted by the Borrower and attached to a Certificate dated as of and delivered to the Lender on or about the Date of Closing have not been rescinded or amended and remain in full force and effect.

F. Acknowledgements. The Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that it has no claim, cause of action, defense, right of setoff of recoupment or counterclaim against the Lender with respect to the Agreement, the Obligations, or any related loan documents as of the date hereof.

G. Commitment Fee. In consideration of the increase by the Lender to the Borrower's borrowing availability, the Borrower agrees to pay the Lender, contemporaneously with the execution of this First Amendment, a non-refundable fee in the amount of $10,000.00.

H. Capitalized Terms. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings set forth in the Agreement.

I. Entire Agreement. The Agreement, as hereby amended, shall remain in full force and effect pursuant to its terms and provisions as set forth herein.

5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement as a sealed instrument as of the day and year first above written.

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION

/s/ Dallas Moody                          By:   /s/ Timothy P.V. Mammen
------------------------------                  ----------------------------
Witness                                         Timothy P.V. Mammen,
                                                Chief Financial Officer

TD BANKNORTH, N.A.

/s/ George W. Tetler                      By:   /s/ Mark D. Fellion
------------------------------                  ----------------------------
Witness                                         Mark D. Fellion,
                                                Its Vice President

THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

Worcester, ss.

On this 9th day of August, 2006, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared Timothy P.V. Mammen, Chief Financial Officer of IPG Photonics Corporation, proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification, which was / / photographic identification with signature issued by a federal or state governmental agency, / / oath or affirmation of a credible witness, / / personal knowledge of the undersigned, to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding document, and acknowledged to me that he signed it voluntarily for its stated purpose as Chief Financial Officer of IPG Photonics Corporation.

  /s/ Angelo P. Lopresti
------------------------------------------
Notary Public, Angelo P. Lopresti
My Commission Expires:  November 13, 2009

6

EXHIBIT 21.1

IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
SUBSIDIARY LISTING

IPG Laser GmbH
IPG Photonics (UK) Ltd.
IRE-Polus NTO
IPG Fibertech S.r.l.
IPG Photonics (Japan) Ltd.
IPG Photonics (India) Pvt. Ltd.
IPG Photonics (Korea) Ltd.
IPG Photonics (China) Ltd.
IPG Investment Corp.


EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated July 5, 2006, relating to the financial statements of IPG Photonics Corporation and subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
August 11, 2006